10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Dec 2024
    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study describes a novel flow-responsive gene and its role in regulating the inflammation-associated transcription factor IRF5. While the in vivo experiments are solid, the in vitro data is inadequate since embryonic fibroblasts are used throughout despite the work aiming to investigate mechanisms of endothelial cell activation in atherosclerosis.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors report the role of a novel gene Aff3ir-ORF2 in flow-induced atherosclerosis. They show that the gene is anti-inflammatory in nature. It inhibits the IRF5-mediated athero-progression by inhibiting the causal factor (IRF5). Furthermore, the authors show a significant connection between shear stress and Aff3ir-ORF2 and its connection to IRF5 mediated athero-progression in different established mice models which further validates the ex vivo findings.

      Strengths:

      (1) An adequate number of replicates were used for this study.<br /> (2) Both in vitro and in vivo validation was done.<br /> (3) The figures are well presented.<br /> (4) In vivo causality is checked with cleverly designed experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Inflammatory proteins must be measured with standard methods e.g ELISA as mRNA level and protein level does not always correlate.

      (2) RNA seq analysis has to be done very carefully. How does the euclidean distance correlate with the differential expression of genes. Do they represent the neighborhood? If they do how does this correlation affect the conclusion of the paper?

      (3) The volcano plot does not indicate the q value of the shown genes. It is advisable to calculate the q value for each of the genes which represents the FDR probability of the identified genes.

      (4) GO enrichment was done against the Global gene set or a local geneset? The authors should provide more detailed information about the analysis.

      (5) If the analysis was performed against a global gene set. How does that connect with this specific atherosclerotic microenvironment?

      (6) What was the basal expression of genes and how did the DGE (differential gene expression) values differ?

      (7) How was IRF5 picked from GO analysis? was it within the 20 most significant genes?

      (8) Microscopic studies should be done more carefully? There seems to be a global expression present on the vascular wall for Aff3ir-ORF2 and the expression seems to be similar to AFF3 in Figure 1.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors recently uncovered a novel nested gene, Aff3ir, and this work sets out to study its function in endothelial cells further. Based on differences in expression correlating with areas of altered shear stress, they investigate a role for the isoform Aff3ir-ORF2 in endothelial activation and development of atherosclerosis downstream of disturbed shear stress. Using a knockout mouse model and in vivo overexpression experiments, they demonstrate a strong potential for Aff3ir-ORF2 to alleviate atherosclerosis. They find that Aff3ir-ORF2 interacts with the pro-inflammatory transcription factor IRF5 and retains it in the cytoplasm, hence preventing upregulation of inflammation-associated genes. The data expands our knowledge of IRF5 regulation which could be relevant to researchers studying various inflammatory diseases as well as adding to our understanding of atherosclerosis development.

      Strengths:

      The in vivo data is solid using immunofluorescence staining to assess AFF3ir-ORF2 expression, a knockout mouse model, overexpression and knockdown studies, and rescue experiments in combination with two atherosclerotic models to demonstrate that Aff3ir-ORF2 can lessen atherosclerotic plaque formation in ApoE-/- mice.

      Weaknesses:

      While the in vivo data is generally convincing, a few data panels have issues and will need addressing. Also, the knockout mouse model will need to be described, since the paper referred to in the manuscript does not actually report any knockout mouse model. Hence it is unclear how Aff3ir-ORF2 is targeted, but Figure S2B shows that targeting is partial, since about 30% expression remains at the RNA level in MEFs isolated from the knockout mice.

      While the effect on atherosclerosis is clear, the conclusion that this is the result of reduced endothelial cell activation is not supported by the data. The mouse model is described as a global knockout and the shRNA knockdowns (Figure 5) and overexpression data in Figure 2 are not cell type-specific. Only the overexpression construct in Figure 6 uses an ICAM-2 promoter construct, which drives expression in endothelial cells, though leaky expression of this promoter has been reported in the literature. Therefore, other cell types such as smooth muscle cells or macrophages could be responsible for the effects observed.

      The weakest part of the manuscript is the in vitro experiments. While they are solidly executed, all experiments are performed in MEFs, and results are interpreted as being equivalent to endothelial cell responses. There is also an RNA-seq experiment performed on MEFs from the Aff3ir-ORF2 knockout and control mice, but the data is not disclosed other than showing some non-identifiable expression differences. The data is used to hypothesise on a role for IRF5 in the effects observed with Aff3ir-ORF2 knockout.

      Overall, the paper succeeds in demonstrating a link between Aff3ir-ORF2 and atherosclerosis, but the cell types involved and mechanisms remain unclear. The study also shows a functional interaction between Aff3ir-ORF2 and IRF5 in embryonic fibroblasts, but any relevance of this mechanism for atherosclerosis or any cell types involved in the development of this disease remains largely speculative.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study is to demonstrate the role of Aff3ir-ORF2 in the atheroprone flow-induced EC dysfunction and ensuing atherosclerosis in mouse models. Overall, the data quality and comprehensiveness are convincing. In silico, in vitro, and in vivo experiments and several atherosclerosis were well executed. To strengthen further, the authors can address human EC relevance.

      Major comments:

      (1) The tissue source in Figures 1A and 1B should be clarified, the whole aortic segments or intima? If aortic segment was used, the authors should repeat the experiments using intima, due to the focus of the current study on the endothelium.

      (2) Why were MEFs used exclusively in the in vitro experiments? Can the authors repeat some of the critical experiments in mouse or human ECs?

      (3) The authors should explain why AFF3ir-ORF2 overexpression did not affect the basal level expression of ICAM-1, VCAM-1, IL-1b, and IL-6 under ST conditions (Figure 2A-C).

      (4) Please include data from sham controls, i.e., right carotid artery in Figure 2E.

      (5) Given that the merit of the study lies in the effect of different flow patterns, the legion areas in AA and TA (Figure 3B, 3C) should be separately compared.

      (6) For confirmatory purposes for the variations of IRF5 and IRF8, can the authors mine available RNA-seq or even scRNA-seq data on human or mouse atherosclerosis? This approach is important and could complement the current results that are lacking EC data.

      (7) With the efficacy of using AAV-ICAM2-AFF3ir-ORF2 in atherosclerosis reduction (Figure 6), the authors are encouraged to use lung ECs isolated from the AFF3ir-ORF2-/-mice to recapitulate its regulation of IRF5.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study demonstrates that screening by artificial intelligence can identify relevant novel compounds for interacting with KATP channels. The experimental work is compelling. The broader significance of this work relates to the possibility that KATP channel mutations linked to congenital hyperinsulinism may be effectively rescued to the cell surface with a drug, which could normalize insulin secretion or enhance the effectiveness of existing KATP channel activators such as diazoxide.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Multiple compounds that inhibit ATP-sensitive potassium (KATP) channels also chaperone channels to the surface membrane. The authors used an artificial intelligence (AI)-based virtual screening (AtomNet) to identify novel compounds that exhibit chaperoning effects on trafficking-deficient disease-causing mutant channels. One compound, which they named Aekatperone, acts as a low affinity, reversible inhibitor and effective chaperone. A cryoEM structure of KATP bound to Aekatperone showed that the molecule binds at the canonical inhibitory site.

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      The details of the AI screening itself are inevitably opaque but appear to differ from classical virtual screening in not involving any physical docking of test compounds into the target site. The authors mention criteria that were used to limit the number of compounds so that those with high similarity to known binders and 'sequence identity' (does this mean structural identity) were excluded. The identified molecules contain sulfonylurea-like moieties. How different are they from other sulfonylure4as?

      The experimental work confirming that Aekatperone acts to traffic mutant KATP channels to the surface and acts as a low affinity, reversible, inhibitor is comprehensive and clear, with very convincing cell biological and patch-clamp data, as is the cryoEM structural analysis, for which the group are leading experts. In addition to the three positive chaperone-effective molecules, the authors identified a large number of compounds that are predicted binders but apparently have no chaperoning effect. Did any of them have an inhibitory action on channels? If so, does this give clues to separating chaperoning from inhibitory effects?

      The authors suggest that the novel compound may be a promising therapeutic for the treatment of congenital hyperinsulinism due to trafficking defective KATP mutations. Because they are low-affinity, reversible, inhibitors. This is a very interesting concept, and perhaps a pulsed dosing regimen would allow trafficking without constant channel inhibition (which otherwise defeats the therapeutic purpose), although it is unclear whether the new compound will offer advantages over earlier low-affinity sulfonylurea inhibitor chaperones. These include tolbutamide which has very similar affinity and effect to Aekatperone. As the authors point out this (as well as other sulfonylureas) is currently out of favor because of potential adverse cardiovascular effects, but again, it is unclear why Aekatperone should not have the same concerns.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their study 'AI-Based Discovery and CryoEM Structural Elucidation of a KATP Channel Pharmacochaperone', ElSheikh and colleagues undertake a computational screening approach to identify candidate drugs that may bind to an identified binding pocket in the SUR1 subunit of KATP channels. Other KATP channel inhibitors such as glibenclamide have been previously shown to bind in this pocket, and in addition to inhibition of KATP channel function, these inhibitors can very effectively rescue cell surface expression of trafficking deficient KATP mutations that cause excessive insulin secretion (Congenital Hyperinsulinism). However, a challenge for their utility for the treatment of hyperinsulinism has been that they are powerful inhibitors of the channels that are rescued to the channel surface. In contrast, successful therapeutic pharmacochaperones (eg. CFTR chaperones) permit the function of the channels rescued to the cell membrane. Thus, a key criterion for the authors' approach, in this case, was to identify relatively low-affinity compounds that target the glibenclamide binding site (and be washed off) - these could potentially rescue KATP surface expression but also permit KATP function.

      Strengths:

      The main findings of the manuscript include:

      (1) Computational screening of a large virtual compound library, followed by functional screening of cell surface expression, which identified several potential candidate pharmacochaperones that target the glibenclamide binding site.

      (2) Prioritization and functional characterization of Aekatperone as a low-affinity KATP inhibitor which can be readily 'washed off' in patch clamp and cell-based efflux assays. Thus the drug clearly rescues cell surface expression but can be manipulated experimentally to permit the function of rescued channels.

      (3) Determination of the binding site and dynamics of this candidate drug by cryo-EM, and functional validation of several residues involved in drug sensitivity using mutagenesis and patch clamp.

      The experiments are well-conceived and executed, and the study is clearly described. The results of the experiments are very straightforward and clearly support the conclusions drawn by the authors. I found the study to provide important new information about the KATP chaperone effects of certain drugs, with interesting considerations in terms of ion channel biology and human disease.

      Weaknesses:

      I don't have any major criticisms of the study as described, but I had some remaining questions that could be addressed in a revision.

      (1) The chaperones can effectively rescue KATP trafficking mutants, but clearly not as strongly as the higher affinity inhibitor glibenclamide. Is this relationship between inhibitory potency, and efficacy of trafficking an intrinsic challenge of the approach? I suspect that it may be an intractable problem in the sense that the inhibitor-bound conformation that underlies the chaperone effect cannot be uncoupled from the inhibited gating state. But this might not be true (many partial agonist drugs with low efficacy can be strongly potent, for example). In this case, the approach is really to find a 'happy medium' of a drug that is a weak enough inhibitor to be washed away, but still strong enough to exert some satisfactory chaperone effect. Could some additional clarity be added in the discussion on whether the chaperone and gating effects can be 'uncoupled'?

      (2) Based on the western blots in Figure 2B, the rescue of cell surface expression appears to require a higher concentration of AKP compared to the concentration-response of channel inhibition (~9 microM in Figure 3, perhaps even more potent in patch clamp in Figure 2C). Could the authors clarify/quantify the concentration response for trafficking rescue?

      (3) A future challenge in the application of pharmacochaperones of this type in hyperinsulinism may be the manipulation of chaperone concentration in order to permit function. In experiments, it is straightforward to wash off the chaperone, but this would not be the case in an organism. I wondered if the authors had attempted to rescue channel function with diazoxide in the presence of AKP, rather than after washing off (ie. is AKP inhibition insurmountable, or can it be overcome by sufficient diazoxide).

      (4) Do the authors have any information about the turnover time of KATP after the wash-off of the chaperone (how stable are the rescued channels at the cell surface)? This is a difficult question to probe when glibenclamide is used as a chaperone, but may be much simpler to address with a lower affinity chaperone like AKP.

    1. eLife Assessment

      In this important manuscript, the authors investigate the phospho-regulation of the C. elegans kinesin-2 motor protein OSM-3, revealing that the kinase, NEKL-3, phosphorylates a serine/threonine patch at the hinge region of the motor to mediate autoinhibition until it reaches the ciliary middle segment. The findings are supported by robust genetic data, in vivo imaging, and motility assays with wild-type and mutant motors, although the methods section lacks detailed protocols for NEKL-3 assays and in silico analyses. Overall, the study provides a solid contribution to understanding the regulation of OSM-3 kinesin activity.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript is a focused investigation of the phosphor-regulation of a C. elegans kinesin-2 motor protein, OSM-3. In C-elegans sensory ciliary, kinesin-2 motor proteins Kinesin-II complex and OSM-3 homodimer transport IFT trains anterogradely to the ciliary tip. Kinesin-II carries OSM-3 as an inactive passenger from the ciliary base to the middle segment, where kinesin-II dissociates from IFT trains and OSM-3 gets activated and transports IFT trains to the distal segment. Therefore, activation/inactivation of OSM-3 plays an essential role in its ciliary function.

      Strengths:

      In this study, using mass spectrometry, the authors have shown that the NEKL-3 kinase phosphorylates a serine/threonine patch at the hinge region between coiled coils 1 and 2 of an OSM-3 dimer, referred to as the elbow region in ubiquitous kinesin-1. Phosphomimic mutants of these sites inhibit OSM-3 motility both in vitro and in vivo, suggesting that this phosphorylation is critical for the autoinhibition of the motor. Conversely, phospho-dead mutants of these sites hyperactivate OSM-3 motility in vitro and affect the localization of OSM3 in C. elegans. The authors also showed that Alanine to Tyrosine mutation of one of the phosphorylation rescues OS-3 function in live worms.

      Weaknesses:

      Collectively, this study presents evidence for the physiological role of OSM-3 elbow phosphorylation in its autoregulation, which affects ciliary localization and function of this motor. Overall, the work is well performed, and the results mostly support the conclusions of this manuscript. However, the work will benefit from additional experiments to further support conclusions and rule out alternative explanations, filling some logical gaps with new experimental evidence and in-text clarifications, and improving writing.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The regulation of kinesin is fundamental to cellular morphogenesis. Previously, it has been shown that OSM-3, a kinesin required for intraflagellar transport (IFT), is regulated by autoinhibition. However, it remains totally elusive how the autoinhibition of OSM-3 is released. In this study, the authors have shown that NEKL-3 phosphorylates OSM-3 and releases its autoinhibition.

      The authors found NEKL-3 directly phosphorylates OSM-3 (although the method is not described clearly) (Figure 1). The phophorylated residue is the "elbow" of OSM-3. The authors introduced phospho-dead (PD) and phospho-mimic (PM) mutations by genome editing and found that the OSM-3(PD) protein does not form cilia, and instead, accumulates to the axonal tips. The phenotype is similar to another constitutive active mutant of OSM-3, OSM-3(G444A) (Imanishi et al., 2006; Xie et al., 2024). osm-3(PM) has shorter cilia, which resembles with loss of function mutants of osm-3 (Figure 3). The authors did structural prediction and showed that G444E and PD mutations change the conformation of OSM-3 protein (Figure 3). In the single-molecule assays G444E and PD mutations exhibited increased landing rate (Figure 4). By unbiased genetic screening, the authors identified a suppressor mutant of osm-3(PD), in which A489T occurs. The result confirms the importance of this residue. Based on these results, the authors suggest that NEKL-3 induces phosphorylation of the elbow domain and inactivates OSM-3 motor when the motor is synthesized in the cell body. This regulation is essential for proper cilia formation.

      Strengths:

      The finding is interesting and gives new insight into how the IFT motor is regulated.

      Weaknesses:

      The methods section has not presented sufficient information to reproduce this study.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study provides a framework for applying single-cell transcriptome data and network analysis from genetically diverse mouse cells to identify novel driver genes underlying the role of genetic loci associated with bone mineral density. The evidence supporting the identification of the driver genes and the conclusion of the paper is convincing. Overall, this approach may be broadly applicable and of interest to researchers investigating the genetics of complex diseases.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Dillard and colleagues integrate cross-species genomic data with a systems approach to identify potential driver genes underlying human GWAS loci and establish the cell type(s) within which these genes act and potentially drive disease. Specifically, they utilize a large single-cell RNA-seq (scRNA-seq) dataset from an osteogenic cell culture model - bone marrow-derived stromal cells cultured under osteogenic conditions (BMSC-OBs) - from a genetically diverse outbred mouse population called the Diversity Outbred (DO) stock to discover network driver genes that likely underlie human bone mineral density (BMD) GWAS loci. The DO mice segregate over 40M single nucleotide variants, many of which affect gene expression levels, therefore making this an ideal population for systems genetic and co-expression analyses. The current study builds on previously published work from the same group that used co-expression analysis to identify co-expressed "modules" of genes that were enriched for BMD GWAS associations. In this study, the authors utilize a much larger scRNA-seq dataset from 80 DO BMSC-OBs, infer co-expression-based and Bayesian networks for each identified mesenchymal cell type, focused on networks with dynamic expression trajectories that are most likely driving differentiation of BMSC-OBs, and then prioritized genes ("differentiation driver genes" or DDGs) in these osteogenic differentiation networks that had known expression or splicing QTLs (eQTL/sQTLs) in any GTEx tissue that colocalized with human BMD GWAS loci. The systems analysis is impressive, the experimental methods are described in detail, and the experiments appear to be carefully done. The computational analysis of the single-cell data is comprehensive and thorough, and the evidence presented in support of the identified DDGs, including Tpx2 and Fgfrl1, is for the most part convincing. Some limitations in the data resources and methods hamper enthusiasm somewhat and are discussed below. Overall, while this study will no doubt be valuable to the BMD community, the cross-species data integration and analytical framework may be more valuable and generally applicable to the study of other diseases, especially for diseases with robust human GWAS data but for which robust human genomic data in relevant cell types is lacking.

      Specific strengths of the study include the large scRNA-seq dataset on BMSC-OBs from 80 DO mice, the clustering analysis to identify specific cell types and sub-types, the comparison of cell type frequencies across the DO mice, and the CELLECT analysis to prioritize cell clusters that are enriched for BMD heritability (Figure 1). The network analysis pipeline outlined in Figure 2 is also a strength, as is the pseudotime trajectory analysis (results in Figure 3). One weakness involves the focus on genes that were previously identified as having an eQTL or sQTL in any GTEx tissue. The authors rightly point out that the GTEx database does not contain data for bone tissue, but the reason that eQTLs can be shared across many tissues - this assumption is valid for many cis-eQTLs, but it could also exclude many genes as potential DDGs with effects that are specific to bone/osteoblasts. Indeed, the authors show that important BMD driver genes have cell-type-specific eQTLs. Furthermore, the mesenchymal cell type-specific co-expression analysis by iterative WGCNA identified an average of 76 co-expression modules per cell cluster (range 26-153). Based on the limited number of genes that are detected as expressed in a given cell due to sparse per-cell read depth (400-6200 reads/cell) and dropouts, it's hard to believe that as many as 153 co-expression modules could be distinguished within any cell cluster. I would suspect some degree of model overfitting here and would expect that many/most of these identified modules have very few gene members, but the methods list a minimum module size of 20 genes. How do the numbers of modules identified in this study compare to other published scRNA-seq studies that use iterative WGCNA?

      In the section "Identification of differentiation driver genes (DDGs)", the authors identified 408 significant DDGs and found that 49 (12%) were reported by the International Mouse Knockout [sic] Consortium (IMPC) as having a significant effect on whole-body BMD when knocked out in mice. Is this enrichment significant? E.g., what is the background percentage of IMPC gene knockouts that show an effect on whole-body BMD? Similarly, they found that 21 of the 408 DDGs were genes that have BMD GWAS associations that colocalize with GTEx eQTLs/sQTLs. Given that there are > 1,000 BMD GWAS associations, is this enrichment (21/408) significant? Recommend performing a hypergeometric test to provide statistical context to the reported overlaps here.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Farber and colleagues have performed single-cell RNAseq analysis on bone marrow-derived stem cells from DO Mice. By performing network analysis, they look for driver genes that are associated with bone mineral density GWAS associations. They identify two genes as potential candidates to showcase the utility of this approach.

      Strengths:

      The study is very thorough and the approach is innovative and exciting. The manuscript contains some interesting data relating to how cell differentiation is occurring and the effects of genetics on this process. The section looking for genes with eQTLs that differ across the differentiation trajectory (Figure 4) was particularly exciting.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is in parts hard to read due to the use of acronyms and there are some questions about data analysis that need to be addressed.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The present study described GEARBOCS, an adeno-associated virus tool for in vivo gene editing in astrocytes, which is both timely and of importance for glial biologists, who often are troubled by efficient gene targeting in astrocytes. Overall, the finding is valuable, and the strength of the evidence is solid. Presumably, there will be great potential associated with GEARBOCS applications in the future.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Bindu et al. created an AAV-based tool (GEARAOCS) to perform in vivo genome editing of mouse astrocytes. The authors engineered a versatile AAV vector that allows for gene deletion through NHNJ, site-specific knock-in by HDR, and gene trap. By utilizing this tool, the authors deleted Sparcl1 virally in subsets of astrocytes and showed that thalamocortical synapses in cortical layer IV are indeed reduced during a critical period of ocular dominance plasticity and in adulthood, whereas there is no change in excitatory synapse number in cortical layer II/III. Furthermore, the authors made a VAMP2 gene-trap AAV vector and showed that astrocyte-derived VAMP2 is required for the maintenance of both excitatory and inhibitory synapses.

      Strengths:

      This AAV-based tool is versatile for astrocytic gene manipulation in vivo. The work is innovative and exciting, given the paucity of tools available to probe astrocytes in vivo.

      Weaknesses:

      Several important considerations need to be made for the validation and usage of this tool, including:

      Major points:

      (1) Efficiency and specificity of spCas9-sgRNA mediated gene knockout in astrocytes. In Figure 3, the authors utilized Sparcl1 gene deletion as the proof-of-principle experiment. The readout for Sparcl1 KO efficiency is solely the immunoreactivity using an antibody raised against Sparcl1. As the method is based on NHEJ, the indels can be diverse and can occur in one allele or two. For the tool and proof-of-principle experiment, it will be important to know the percentage of editing near the PAM site, as well as the actual sequences of indels. This can be done by single-cell PCR of edited astrocytes, similar to the published work (Ye... Chen, Nature Biotechnology 2019).

      (2) Along the same line, the authors showed that GEARBOCS TagIn of Sparcl1 resulted in 12.49% efficiency based on the immunohistochemistry of mCherry tag. It is understandable that the knock-in efficiency is much reduced as compared to gene knockout. However, it remains unclear if those 12.49% knock-in cells represent sequence-correct ones, as spCas9-mediated HDR is also an error-prone process, and it may accidentally alter nucleotides near the PAM site without causing the frameshift. The author will need to consider the related evidence or make comments in the discussion.

      (3) What are the efficiencies of Sparcl1 GEARBOCS GeneTrap (Figure 3V) and Vamp2 GeneTrap and HA TagIn (Figure 5)?

      Minor points:

      (1) Figure 3H-J. The authors only showed the representative images of Sparcl1 KO. Please consider including the control (without gRNA), given that there are still many Sparcl1+ signals in Figure 3I (likely because of its expression in other cell types?).

      (2) In figure 3Q-T, it appears that some Cas9-EGFP+ astrocytes (Q) do not express Sparcl1 (R). Is Sparcl1 expressed in subsets of astrocytes? Does Cas9-EGFP or Sparcl1-TagIn alter Sparcl1 endogenous expression?

      (3) On Page 8, for the explanation of the design of the GEARBOCS construct, the authors have made a self-citation (#43). That was a BioRxiv paper that is being reviewed currently.

      (4) For Figures 4 and 6, the graphs seem to be made in R with the x-axis labeled as "Condition". The y-axis labels are too small to read properly, especially in print. It would be better to make the graphs clearer like Figure 2 and Figure 3.

      (5) On Page 13, "Figures 3V-Y" were referred to. However, there are no Figures 3W, X, and Y.

      (6) There are a few typos in the manuscript, including line 900 "immunofluorescence microscopy images of a Cas9-EGFP-positive astrocytes (green)".

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present study described GEARBOCS, an adeno-associated virus tool for in vivo gene editing in astrocytes. This tool is timely and important for glial biologists who often are troubled by efficient gene targeting in astrocytes. Overall the significance of the finding is valuable, and the strength of the evidence is solid. Presumably, there will be great potential associated with GEARBOCS applications in the future.

      Strengths:

      As efficient tools for targeting non-neuronal cells in the brains are rather limited for astrocytes and microglia, GEARBOCS adds to the small pool of currently available tools and will provide new options for glial biologists studying these tools. As the study revealed, GEARBOCS are capable of knockout and knockin manipulations for genes of interest, also ascribed with reporter tracking and gene-trap strategy. The promising multi-functional tool will advance our understanding of astrocytes and help to further elucidate the mechanism of neuron-glia interaction.

      Weaknesses:

      Even though the tool seems promising and powerful. the authors failed to provide more evidence on the robustness and specificity of GEARBOCS. Also, the advantages of GEARBOCS over some of the traditional methods were not clearly stated. Some of these concerns are described below.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sivadasan Bindu et al. developed a CRISPR/Cas9-based gene-editing strategy using a single AAV vector, named GEARBOCS (Gene Editing in AstRocytes Based On CRISPR/Cas9 System), which enables precise genome manipulation in astrocytes. This tool was shown to effectively perform knockout, tagging, and reporter knock-in gene modifications. The utility of GEARBOCS was demonstrated in two cases: establishing astrocytes as essential for the synaptogenic factor Sparcl1 in thalamocortical synapse maintenance, and revealing that cortical astrocytes express the Vamp2 protein, which is vital for maintaining synapse numbers.

      Strengths:

      Astrocytes play a crucial role in brain development and function, but studying them in vivo has been challenging due to limited molecular tools for manipulation. Sivadasan Bindu et al. developed a valuable system called GEARBOCS for effective astrocyte infection via retro-orbital injection.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript provides data only from the cerebral cortex and results from P42. Additional data from other brain regions and various time points (e.g., P0-15) are needed. Results from local injection experiments would also enhance the utility of this tool for the broader glial research community.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This is an important study that describes the development of optical biosensors for various Rab GTPases and explores the contributions of Rab10 and Rab4 to structural and functional plasticity at hippocampal synapses during glutamate uncaging. Most of the evidence supporting the conclusions of the paper is solid, while the evidence supporting the finding that Rab10 activation during structural LTP is sustained is incomplete due to the characterization of the relevant sensor.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wang et al. created a series of specific FLIM-FRET sensors to measure the activity of different Rab proteins in small cellular compartments. They apply the new sensors to monitor Rab activity in dendritic spines during induction of LTP. They find sustained (30 min) inactivation of Rab10 and transient (5 min) activation of Rab4 after glutamate uncaging in zero Mg. NMDAR function and CaMKII activation are required for these effects. Knockdown of Rab4 reduced spine volume change while knockdown of Rab10 boosted it and enhanced functional LTP (in KO mice). To test Rab effects on AMPA receptor exocytosis, the authors performed FRAP of fluorescently labeled GluA1 subunits in the plasma membrane. Within 2-3 min, new AMPARs appear on the surface via exocytosis. This process is accelerated by Rab10 knock-down and slowed by Rab4 knock-down. The authors conclude that CaMKII promotes AMPAR exocytosis by i) activating Rab4, the exocytosis driver and ii) inhibiting Rab10, possibly involved in AMPAR degradation.

      Strengths:

      The work is a technical tour de force, adding fundamental insights to our understanding of the crucial functions of different Rab proteins in promoting/preventing synaptic plasticity. The complexity of compartmentalized Ras signaling is poorly understood and this study makes substantial inroads. The new sensors are thoroughly characterized, seem to work very well, and will be quite useful for the neuroscience community and beyond (e.g. cancer research). The use of FLIM for read-out is compelling for precise activity measurements in rapidly expanding compartments (i.e., spines during LTP).

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of the FRAP experiments (Figure 5, Ext. Data Figure 13) is not straightforward as spine volume and surface area greatly expand during uncaging. I appreciate the correction for the added spine membrane shown in Extended Data Figure 14i, but shouldn't this be a correction factor (multiplication) derived from the volume increase instead of a subtraction?

      Also, experiments were not conducted or analyzed blind, risking bias in the selection/exclusion of experiments for analysis. This reduces my confidence in the results.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wang et al. developed a set of optical sensors to monitor Rab protein activity. Their investigation into Rab activity in dendritic spines during structural long-term plasticity (sLTP) revealed sustained Rab10 inactivation (>30min) and transient Rab4 activation (~5 min). Through pharmacological and genetic manipulation to constitutively activate or inhibit Rab proteins, they found that Rab10 negatively regulates sLTP and AMPA receptor insertion, while Rab4 positively influences sLTP but only in the transient phase. The optical sensors provide new tools for studying Rab activity in cells and neurobiology. However, a full understanding of the timing of Rab activity will require a detailed characterization of sensor kinetics.

      Strengths:

      (1) Introduction of a series of novel sensors that can address numerous questions in Rab biology.

      (2) Multiple methods to manipulate Rab proteins to reveal the roles of Rab10 and rab4 in LTP.

      (3) Discovery of Rab4 activation and Rab10 inhibition with different kinetics during sLTP, correlating with their functional roles in the transient (Rab4) and both transient and sustained (Rab10) phases of sLTP.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of characterization of sensor kinetics, making it difficult to determine if the observed Rab kinetics during sLTP were due to sensor behavior or actual Rab activity.

      (2) It is crucial to assess whether the overexpression of Rab proteins as reporters, affects Rab activity and cellular structure and physiology (e.g. spine number and size).

      (3) The paper does not explain the apparently different results between NMDA receptor activation and glutamate uncaging. NMDA receptor activation increased Rab10 activity, while glutamate uncaging decreased it. NMDA receptor activation resulted in sustained Rab4 activation, whereas glutamate uncaging caused only brief activation of about 5 minutes. A potential explanation, ideally supported by data, is needed.

      (4) There is a discrepancy between spine phenotype and sLTP potential with Rab10 perturbation. Rab10 perturbation affected spine density but not size, suggesting a role in spinogenesis rather than sLTP. However, glutamate uncaging affected sLTP, and spinogenesis was not examined. Explaining the discrepancy between spine size and sLTP potential is necessary. Exploring spinogenesis with glutamate uncaging would strengthen these results. Additionally, Figure 4j shows no change in synaptic transmission with Rab10 knockout, despite an increase in spine density. An explanation, ideally supported by data, is needed for the unchanged fEPSP slope despite an increase in spine density.

      (5) Spine volume was imaged using acceptor fluorophores (mCherry, or mCherry/Venus) at 920nm, where the two-photon cross-section of mCherry is minimal. 920nm was also used to excite the donor fluorophore, hence the spine volume measurement based on total red channel fluorescence is the sum of minimal mCherry fluorescence from direct 920nm excitation, bleed-through from the green channel, and FRET. This confounded measurement requires correction and clarification.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the roles of Rab10 and Rab4 proteins in structural long-term potentiation (sLTP) and AMPA receptor (AMPAR) trafficking in hippocampal dendritic spines using various different methods and organotypic slice cultures as the biological model.

      The paper shows that Rab10 inactivation enhances AMPAR insertion and dendritic spine head volume increase during sLTP, while Rab4 supports the initial stages of these processes. The key contribution of this study is identifying Rab10 inactivation as a previously unknown facilitator of AMPAR insertion and spine growth, acting as a brake on sLTP when active. Rab4 and Rab10 seem to be playing opposing roles, suggesting a somewhat coordinated mechanism that precisely controls synaptic potentiation, with Rab4 facilitating early changes and Rab10 restricting the extent and timing of synaptic strengthening.

      Strengths:

      The study combines multiple techniques such as FRET/FLIM imaging, pharmacology, genetic manipulations, and electrophysiology to dissect the roles of Rab10 and Rab4 in sLTP. The authors developed highly sensitive FRET/FLIM-based sensors to monitor Rab protein activity in single dendritic spines. This allowed them to study the spatiotemporal dynamics of Rab10 and Rab4 activity during glutamate uncaging-induced sLTP. They also developed various controls to ensure the specificity of their observations. For example, they used a false acceptor sensor to verify the specificity of the Rab10 sensor response.

      This study reveals previously unknown roles for Rab10 and Rab4 in synaptic plasticity, showing their opposing functions in regulating AMPAR trafficking and spine structural plasticity during LTP.

      Weaknesses:

      In sLTP, the initial volume of stimulated spines is an important determinant of induced plasticity. To address changes in initial volume and those induced by uncaging, the authors present Extended Data Figure 2. In my view, the methods of fitting, sample selection, or both may pose significant limitations for interpreting the overall results. While the initial spine size distribution for Rab10 experiments spans ~0.1-0.4 fL (with an unusually large single spine at the upper end), Rab4 spine distribution spans a broader range of ~0.1-0.9 fL. If the authors applied initial size-matched data selection or used polynomials rather than linear fitting, panels a, b, e, f, and g might display a different pattern. In that case, clustering analysis based on initial size may be necessary to enable a fair comparison between groups not only for this figure but also for main Figures 2 and 3.

      Another limitation is the absence of in vivo validation, as the experiments were performed in organotypic hippocampal slices, which may not fully replicate the complexity of synaptic plasticity in an intact brain, where excitatory and inhibitory processes occur concurrently. High concentrations of MNI-glutamate (4 mM in this study) are known to block GABAergic responses due to its antagonistic effect on GABA-A receptors, thereby precluding the study of inhibitory network activity or connectivity [1], which is already known to be altered in organotypic slice cultures.

      [1] https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neural-circuits/articles/10.3389/neuro.04.002.2009/full

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides a valuable set of analyses and theoretical derivations to understand the mechanisms used by recurrent neural networks (RNNs) to perform context-dependent accumulation of evidence. The novelty of some of the findings needs clarification, and additional details need to be provided for some of the analyses. However, the results regarding the dimensionality and neural dynamical signatures of RNNs are solid and provide new avenues to study the mechanisms underlying context-dependent computations.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates how recurrent neural networks (RNNs) can perform context-dependent decision-making (CDM). The authors use low-rank RNN modeling and focus on a CDM task where subjects are presented with sequences of auditory pulses that vary in location and frequency, and they must determine either the prevalent location or frequency based on an external context signal. In particular, the authors focus on the problem of differentiating between two distinct selection mechanisms: input modulation, which involves altering the stimulus input representation, and selection vector modulation, which involves altering the "selection vector" of the dynamical system.

      First, the authors show that rank-one networks can only implement input modulation and that higher-rank networks are required for selection vector modulation. Then, the authors use pathway-based information flow analysis to understand how information is routed to the accumulator based on context. This analysis allows the authors to introduce a novel definition of selection vector modulation that explicitly links it to changes in the effective coupling along specific pathways within the network.

      The study further generates testable predictions for differentiating selection vector modulation from input modulation based on neural dynamics. In particular, the authors find that:<br /> (1) A larger proportion of selection vector modulation is expected in networks with high-dimensional connectivity.<br /> (2) Single-neuron response kernels exhibiting specific profiles (peaking between stimulus onset and choice onset) are indicative of neural dynamics in extra dimensions, supporting the presence of selection vector modulation.<br /> (3) The percentage of explained variance (PEV) of extra dynamical modes extracted from response kernels at the population level can serve as an index to quantify the amount of selection vector modulation.

      Strengths:

      The paper is clear and well-written, and it draws bridges between two recent important approaches in the study of CDM: circuit-level descriptions of low-rank RNNs, and differentiation across alternative mechanisms in terms of neural dynamics. The most interesting aspect of the study involves establishing a link between selection vector modulation, network dimensionality, and dimensionality of neural dynamics. The high correlation between the networks' mechanisms and their dimensionality (Figure 7d) is surprising since differentiating between selection mechanisms is generally a difficult task, and the strength of this result is further corroborated by its consistency across multiple RNN hyperparameters (Figure 7-Figure Supplement 1 and Figure 7-figure supplement 2). Interestingly, the correlation between the selection mechanism and the dimensionality of neural dynamics is also high (Figure 7g), potentially providing a promising future avenue for the study of neural recordings in this task.

      Weaknesses:

      The first part of the manuscript is not particularly novel, and it would be beneficial to clearly state which aspects of the analyses and derivations are different from previous literature. For example, the derivation that rank-1 RNNs cannot implement selection vector modulation is already present in the Extended Discussion of Pagan et al., 2022 (Equations 42-43). Similarly, it would be helpful to more clearly explain how the proposed pathway-based information flow analysis differs from the circuit diagram of latent dynamics in Dubreuil et al., 2022.

      With regard to the results linking selection vector modulation and dimensionality, more work is required to understand the generality of these results, and how practical it would be to apply this type of analysis to neural recordings. For example, it is possible to build a network that uses input modulation and to greatly increase the dimensionality of the network simply by adding additional dimensions that do not directly contribute to the computation. Similarly, neural responses might have additional high-dimensional activity unrelated to the task. My understanding is that the currently proposed method would classify such networks incorrectly, and it is reasonable to imagine that the dimensionality of activity in high-order brain regions will be strongly dependent on activity that does not relate to this task.

      Finally, a number of aspects of the analysis are not clear. The most important element to clarify is how the authors quantify the "proportion of selection vector modulation" in vanilla RNNs (Figures 7d and 7g). I could not find information about this in the Methods, yet this is a critical element of the study results. In Mante et al., 2013 and in Pagan et al., 2022 this was done by analyzing the RNN linearized dynamics around fixed points: is this the approach used also in this study? Also, how are the authors producing the trial-averaged analyses shown in Figures 2f and 3f? The methods used to produce this type of plot differ in Mante et al., 2013 and Pagan et al., 2022, and it is necessary for the authors to explain how this was computed in this case.

      I am also confused by a number of analyses done to verify mathematical derivations, which seem to suggest that the results are close to identical, but not exactly identical. For example, in the histogram in Figure 6b, or the histogram in Figure 7-figure supplement 3d: what is the source of the small variability leading to some of the indices being less than 1?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript examines network mechanisms that allow networks of neurons to perform context-dependent decision-making.

      In a recent study, Pagan and colleagues identified two distinct mechanisms by which recurrent neural networks can perform such computations. They termed these two mechanisms input-modulation and selection-vector modulation. Pagan and colleagues demonstrated that recurrent neural networks can be trained to implement combinations of these two mechanisms, and related this range of computational strategies with inter-individual variability in rats performing the same task. What type of structure in the recurrent connectivity favors one or the other mechanism however remained an open question.

      The present manuscript addresses this specific question by using a class of mechanistically interpretable recurrent neural networks, low-rank RNNs.

      The manuscript starts by demonstrating that unit-rank RNNs can only implement the input-modulation mechanism, but not the selection-vector modulation. The authors then build rank three networks that implement selection-vector modulation and show how the two mechanisms can be combined. Finally, they relate the amount of selection-vector modulation with the effective rank, ie the dimensionality of activity, of a trained full-rank RNN.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is written in a straightforward manner.<br /> (2) The analytic approach adopted in the manuscript is impressive.<br /> (3) Very clear identification of the mechanisms leading to the two types of context-dependent modulation.<br /> (4) Altogether this manuscript reports remarkable insights into a very timely question.

      Weaknesses:

      - The introduction could have been written in a more accessible manner for any non-expert readers.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study introduces a novel method for controlling generalization and interference in neural networks undergoing continual learning. The authors provide solid evidence that their parsimonious method performs better than online gradient descent in several continual learning situations while providing biologically plausible links to three-factor learning rules. However, empirical validation is limited to linear networks, which raises questions about the generality of the results in non-linear networks. While the work is interesting to theoretical and experimental neuroscientists, improving the article presentation by clearly defining terminology before using it and providing more details on the setup of the simulation experiments would be vital to make the article more accessible.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper advances a new understanding of plasticity in artificial neural networks. It shows that weight changes can be decomposed into two components: the first governs the magnitude (or gain) of responses in a particular layer; the second governs the relationship of those responses to the input to that layer. Then, it shows that separate control of these two factors via a surprise-based metaplasticity can avoid catastrophic forgetting as well as induce successful generalization in different conditions, through a series of simulation experiments in linear networks. The authors argue that separate control of the two factors may be at work in the brain and may underlie the ability of humans and other animals to perform successful sequential learning. The paper is hampered by confusing terminology and the precise setup of some of the simulations is unclear. The paper also focuses exclusively on the linear case, which limits confidence in the generality of the results. The paper would also benefit from the inclusion of specific predictions for neural data that would confirm the idea that the separate control of these two factors underlies successful continual learning in the brain.

      Strengths:

      (1) The theoretical framework developed by the paper is interesting, and could have wide applicability for both training networks and for understanding plasticity.

      (2) The simulations convincingly show benefits to the coordinated eligibility model of plasticity advanced by the authors.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The simulation results are limited to simple tasks in linear networks, it would be interesting to see how the intuitions developed in the linear case extend to nonlinear networks.

      (2) The terminology is somewhat confusing and this can make the paper difficult to follow in some places.

      (3) The details of some of the simulations are lacking.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Scott and Frank propose a new method for controlling generalization and interference in neural networks that undergo continual learning. Their method called coordinated eligibility models (CEM), relies on the factorization of synaptic updates into input-driven and output-driving factors. They subsequently employ the fact that it is sufficient to orthogonalize any one of these two factors across different data points to nullify the interference during learning. They exemplify this on a number of toy tasks while comparing their result to vanilla gradient.

      Strengths:

      The specific mechanism proposed here is novel (while, as authors acknowledge, there is a large number of other mechanisms for the selective recruitment of synapses for the prevention of catastrophic forgetting). Furthermore, it is simple, elegant, and to a large extent biologically plausible, potentially pointing to specific and testable aspects of learning dynamics.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Scope and toy nature of experiments: the model was only applied to very simple problems tailored specifically to demonstrate the strengths of the CEM method. Furthermore, single hyperparameter setting is presented for every scenario which leaves it questionable how general the numerical results are. The selection of input, output dimensionality and data set size also seems to be underexplored. Will a larger curriculum, smaller or larger dimension, compromise any of the CEM ingredients? Restriction to linear models seems arbitrary (it should be a no-time test to add non-linearity within a pytorch framework that authors used), and applicability for any non-synthetic problem is not obvious.

      It is also unclear to what extent of domain knowledge is needed for surprise signals to be successfully generated. Can the authors make a stronger case about novel curriculum entries being easily recognizable by cosine distance, either in the brain or in machine learning? Can they alternatively demonstrate their method on a less toy benchmark (e.g. permuted MNIST from Kirkpatrick et al 2017 that they cite)?

      Another limitation is that unlike smoother models of plasticity budgets (e.g. Kirkpatrick et al 17, Zenke et al 17), here eligibility seems to be lost forever, once surprise is applied. What happens to the model if more data from a previously visited task becomes available? Will the system be able to continue learning within the right context and how does CEM perform compared to other catastrophic-forgetting-prevention strategies?

      (2) The clarity and organization must be improved. Specifically, the balance between verbal descriptions, equations, figures, and their captions needs to be improved. For example - two full-size equations are dedicated to the application of linear regression (around lines 183 and 236) while by far less obvious math such as settings for fig 7, including 'feature loadings', 'demands', etc., is presented in a hardly readable mixture figure and main text. Similarly, the surprise mechanism which is a key ingredient for the model is presented in a very non-straightforward fashion, scattered between the main text, figure, and methods. The figure legends are poorly informative in many cases as well (see minor comments for examples).

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes a modification of gradient descent learning, and shows in several simulations that this modification allows online learning of linear regression problems where naive gradient descent fails. The modification starts from the observation that the rank-1 weight update of online gradient learning can be written as the outer product Δw ∝ g xᵀ of a vector g and the input x. Modifying this update rule, by projecting g or x to some subspaces, i.e. Δw ∝ Pg (Qx)ᵀ, allows for preventing the typical catastrophic forgetting behavior of online gradient descent, as confirmed in the simulations. The projection matrices P and Q are updated with a "surprise"-modulation rule.

      Strengths:

      I find it interesting to explore the benefits of alternatives to naive online gradient learning for continual learning.

      Weaknesses:

      The novelty and advancement in our theoretical understanding of plasticity in neural systems are unclear. I appreciate gaining insights from simple mathematical arguments and simulations with toy models, but for this paper, I do not yet clearly see what I learned: on the mathematical/ML/simulation side it is unclear how it relates to the continual learning literature, on the neuroscience/surprise side I see only a number of papers cited but not any clear connection to data or novel insights.

      More specifically:

      (1) It is unclear what exactly the "coordinated eligibility theory" is. Is any update rule that satisfies Equation 4 included in the coordinated eligibility theory? If yes, what is the point: any update rule can be written in this way, including standard online gradient descent. If no, what is it? It is not Equation 5 it seems, because this is called "one of the simplest coordinated eligibility models".

      (2) There is a lot of work on continual learning which is not discussed, e.g. "Orthogonal Gradient Descent for Continual Learning" (Farajtabar et al. 2019), "Continual learning in low-rank orthogonal subspaces" (Chaudhry et al. 2020), or "Keep Moving: identifying task-relevant subspaces to maximise plasticity for newly learned tasks" (Anthes et al. 2024), to name just a few. What is the novelty of this work relative to these existing works? Is the novelty in the specific projection operator? If yes, what are the benefits of this projection operator in theory and simulations? How would, for example, the approach of Farajtabar et al. 2019 perform on the tasks in Figures 3-7?

      (3) There is also work on using surprise signals for multitask learning in models of biological neural networks, e.g. "Fast adaptation to rule switching using neuronal surprise" (Barry et al. 2023).

      (4) What is the motivation for the projection to the unit sphere in Equation 5?

      (5) What is the motivation for the surprise definition? For example, why cos(x⋅μ) = cos(|x||μ|cos(θ)) = cos(cos(θ))? (Assuming x and μ have unit length and θ is the angle between x and μ).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents an important contribution to the understanding of neural speech tracking, demonstrating how minimal background noise can enhance the neural tracking of the amplitude-onset envelope. The evidence supporting the claims of the author is solid, through a well-designed series of EEG experiments. This work will be of interest to auditory scientists, particularly those investigating biological markers of speech processing.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper presents a comprehensive study of how neural tracking of speech is affected by background noise. Using five EEG experiments and Temporal response function (TRF), it investigates how minimal background noise can enhance speech tracking even when speech intelligibility remains very high. The results suggest that this enhancement is not attention-driven but could be explained by stochastic resonance. These findings generalize across different background noise types and listening conditions, offering insights into speech processing in real-world environments.

      I find this paper well-written, the experiments and results are clearly described. However, I have a few comments that may be useful to address.

      (1) The behavioral accuracy and EEG results for clear speech in Experiment 4 differ from those of Experiments 1-3. Could the author provide insights into the potential reasons for this discrepancy? Might it be due to linguistic/ acoustic differences between the passages used in experiments? If so, what was the rationale behind using different passages across different experiments?

      (2) Regarding peak amplitude extraction, why were the exact peak amplitudes and latencies of the TRFs for each subject not extracted, and instead, an amplitude average within a 20 ms time window based on the group-averaged TRFs used? Did the latencies significantly differ across different SNR conditions?

      (3) How is neural tracking quantified in the current study? Does improved neural tracking correlate with EEG prediction accuracy or individual peak amplitudes? Given the differing trends between N1 and P2 peaks in babble and speech-matched noise in experiment 3, how is it that babble results in greater envelope tracking compared to speech-matched noise?

      (4) The paper discusses how speech envelope-onset tracking varies with different background noises. Does the author expect similar trends for speech envelope tracking as well? Additionally, could you explain why envelope onsets were prioritized over envelope tracking in this analysis?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The author investigates the role of background noise on EEG-assessed speech tracking in a series of five experiments. In the first experiment, the influence of different degrees of background noise is investigated and enhanced speech tracking for minimal noise levels is found. The following four experiments explore different potential influences on this effect, such as attentional allocation, different noise types, and presentation mode.

      The step-wise exploration of potential contributors to the effect of enhanced speech tracking for minimal background noise is compelling. The motivation and reasoning for the different studies are clear and logical and therefore easy to follow. The results are discussed in a concise and clear way. While I specifically like the conciseness, one inevitable consequence is that not all results are equally discussed in depth.

      Based on the results of the five experiments, the author concludes that the enhancement of speech tracking for minimal background noise is likely due to stochastic resonance. Given broad conceptualizations of stochastic resonance as a noise benefit this is a reasonable conclusion.

      This study will likely impact the field as it provides compelling support questioning the relationship between speech tracking and speech processing.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study identifies neurotrophin signaling as a molecular mechanism underlying previous findings of structural plasticity in central dopaminergic neurons of the adult fly brain. The authors present solid evidence for neurotrophin signaling in shaping the structure and synapses of certain dopaminergic circuits. The work suggests an intriguing potential link between neurotrophin signaling and experience-induced structural plasticity but further research will be necessary to establish this connection definitively.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sun et al. are interested in how experience can shape the brain and specifically investigate the plasticity of the Toll-6 receptor-expressing dopaminergic neurons (DANs). To learn more about the role of Toll-6 in the DANs, the authors examine the expression of the Toll-6 receptor ligand, DNT-2. They show that DNT-2 expressing cells connect with DANs and that loss of function of DNT-2 in these cells reduces the number of PAM DANs, while overexpression causes alterations in dendrite complexity. Finally, the authors show that alterations in the levels of DNT-2 and Toll-6 can impact DAN-driven behaviors such as climbing, arena locomotion, and learning and long-term memory.

      Strengths:

      The authors methodically test which neurotransmitters are expressed by the 4 prominent DNT-2 expressing neurons and show that they are glutamatergic. They also use Trans-Tango and Bac-TRACE to examine the connectivity of the DNT-2 neurons to the dopaminergic circuit and show that DNT-2 neurons receive dopaminergic inputs and output to a variety of neurons including MB Kenyon cells, DAL neurons, and possibly DANS.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To identify the DNT-2 neurons, the authors use CRISPR to generate a new DN2-GAL4. They note that they identified at least 12 DNT-2 plus neurons. In Supplementary Figure 1A, the DNT-2-GAL4 driver was used to express a UAS-histoneYFP nuclear marker. From these figures, it looks like DNT-2-GAL4 is labeling more than 12 neurons. Is there glial expression? This question is relevant as it is not clear how many other cell types are being manipulated with the DNT-2-GAL4 driver is used in subsequent experiments. For example, is DNT-2-GAL4--> DNT-2-RNAi is reducing DNT2 in many neurons or glia effects could be indirect.

      (2) In Figure 2C the authors show that DNT-2 upregulation leads to an increase in TH levels using q-RT-PCR from whole heads. However, in Figure 3G they also show that DNT-2 overexpression also causes an increase in the number of TH neurons. It is unclear whether TH RNA increases due to expression/cell or number of TH neurons in the head.

      (3)DNT-2 is also known as Spz5 and has been shown to activate Toll-6 receptors in glia (McLaughlin et al., 2019), resulting in the phagocytosis of apoptotic neurons. In addition, the knockdown of DNT-2/Spz5 throughout development causes an increase in apoptotic debris in the brain, which can lead to neurodegeneration. Indeed Figure 3H shows that an adult-specific knockdown of DNT-2 using DNT2-GAL4 causes an increase in Dcp1 signal in many neurons and not just TH neurons.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have made some changes in the text to tone down their claims. They have also provided additional images to support their work. However, requested controls are not provided, and new experiments are not added to address reviewer concerns.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This paper examines how structural plasticity in neural circuits, particularly in dopaminergic systems, is regulated by Drosophila neurotrophin-2 (DNT-2) and its receptors, Toll-6 and Kek-6. The authors show that these molecules are critical for modulating circuit structure, dopaminergic neuron survival, synaptogenesis, and connectivity. They demonstrate that the loss of DNT-2 or Toll-6 function leads to the loss of dopaminergic neurons, reduced dendritic arborization, and synaptic impairment, whereas overexpression of DNT-2 increases dendritic complexity and synaptogenesis. Additionally, DNT-2 and Toll-6 influence dopamine-dependent behaviors, including locomotion and long-term memory, suggesting a link between DNT-2 signaling, structural plasticity, and behavior.

      A major strength of this study is the impressive cellular resolution achieved. By focusing on specific dopaminergic neurons, such as the PAM and PPL1 clusters, and using a range of molecular markers, the authors were able to clearly visualize intricate details of synapse formation, dendritic complexity, and axonal targeting within defined circuits. Given the critical role of dopaminergic pathways in learning and memory, this approach provides a valuable foundation for exploring the role of DNT-2, Toll-6, and Kek-6 in experience-dependent structural plasticity. While the manuscript hints at a connection to experience-induced plasticity, the study does not establish a direct causal link between neurotrophin signaling and experience-driven changes. To support this idea, it would be necessary to observe experience-induced structural changes and demonstrate that downregulation of DNT-2 signaling prevents these changes. The closest attempt in this study was the artificial activation of DNT-2 neurons using TrpA1, which resulted in overgrowth of axonal arbors and an increase in synaptic sites in both DNT-2 and PAM neurons. However, whether the observed structural changes were dependent on DNT-2 signaling remains unclear.

      In conclusion, this study demonstrates that DNT-2 and its receptors play a role in regulating the structure of dopaminergic circuits in the adult fly brain. Whether DNT-2 signaling contributes to experience-dependent structural plasticity within these circuits remains an exciting open question and warrants further investigation.

      Comments on revisions:

      I appreciate the authors' responses to my previous comments and have no further suggestions.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used the model organism Drosophila melanogaster to show that the neurotrophin Toll-6 and its ligands, DNT-2 and kek-6, play a role in maintaining the number of dopaminergic neurons and modulating their synaptic connectivity. This supports previous findings on the structural plasticity of dopaminergic neurons and suggests a molecular mechanism underlying this plasticity.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are overall very well designed and conclusive. Methods are in general state-of-the-art, the sample sizes are sufficient, the statistical analyses are sound, and all necessary controls are at place. The data interpretation is straight forwards, and the relevant literature is taken into consideration. Overall, the manuscript is solid and presents novel, interesting and important findings.

      Weaknesses:

      There are three technical weaknesses that could perhaps be improved.

      First, the model of reciprocal, inhibitory feedback loops (figure 2F) is speculative. On the one hand, glutamate can act in flies as excitatory or inhibitory transmitter (line 157!), and either situation can be the case here. On the other hand, it is not clear how an increase or decrease in cAMP level translates into transmitter release. One can only conclude that two type of neurons potentially influence each other.

      Second, the quantification of bouton volumes (no y-axis label in Figure 5 C and D!) and dendrite complexity are not convincingly laid out. Here, the reader expects fine-grained anatomical characterizations of the structures under investigation, and a method to precisely quantify the lengths and branching patterns of individual dendritic arborizations as well as the volume of individual axonal boutons.

      Third, figure 1C shows two neurons with the goal of demonstrating between-neuron variability. It is not convincingly demonstrated that the two neurons are actually of the very same type of neuron in different flies, or two completely different neurons.

      Review of the revised manuscript:

      The authors have addressed some points of concern raised by the reviewers. I would like to emphasize that I find the overall research study highly interesting and important.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sun et al. are interested in how experience can shape the brain and specifically investigate the plasticity of the Toll-6 receptor-expressing dopaminergic neurons (DANs). To learn more about the role of Toll-6 in the DANs, the authors examine the expression of the Toll-6 receptor ligand, DNT-2. They show that DNT-2 expressing cells connect with DANs and that loss of function of DNT-2 in these cells reduces the number of PAM DANs, while overexpression causes alterations in dendrite complexity. Finally, the authors show that alterations in the levels of DNT-2 and Toll-6 can impact DAN-driven behaviors such as climbing, arena locomotion, and learning and long-term memory.

      Strengths:

      The authors methodically test which neurotransmitters are expressed by the 4 prominent DNT-2 expressing neurons and show that they are glutamatergic. They also use Trans-Tango and Bac-TRACE to examine the connectivity of the DNT-2 neurons to the dopaminergic circuit and show that DNT-2 neurons receive dopaminergic inputs and output to a variety of neurons including MB Kenyon cells, DAL neurons, and possibly DANS.

      We are very pleased that Reviewer 1 found our connectivity analysis a strength.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To identify the DNT-2 neurons, the authors use CRISPR to generate a new DN2-GAL4.

      They note that they identified at least 12 DNT-2 plus neurons. In Supplementary Figure 1A, the DNT-2-GAL4 driver was used to express a UAS-histoneYFP nuclear marker. From these figures, it looks like DNT-2-GAL4 is labeling more than 12 neurons. Is there glial expression?

      Indeed, we claimed that DNT-2 is expressed in at least 12 neurons (see line 141, page 6 of original manuscript), which means more than 12 could be found. The membrane tethered reporters we used – UAS-FlyBow1.1, UASmcD8-RFP, UAS-MCFO, as well as UAS-DenMark:UASsyd-1GFP – gave a consistent and reproducible pattern. However, with DNT-2GAL4>UAS-Histone-YFP more nuclei were detected that were not revealed by the other reporters. We have found also with other GAL4 lines that the patterns produced by different reporters can vary. This could be due to the signal strength (eg His-YFP is very strong) and perdurance of the reporter (e.g. the turnover of His-YFP may be slower than that of the other fusion proteins).

      We did not test for glial expression, as it was not directly related to the question addressed in this work.

      (2) In Figure 2C the authors show that DNT-2 upregulation leads to an increase in TH levels using q-RT-PCR from whole heads. However, in Figure 3H they also show that DNT-2 overexpression also causes an increase in the number of TH neurons. It is unclear whether TH RNA increases due to expression/cell or the number of TH neurons in the head.

      Figure 3H shows that over-expression of DNT-2 FL increased the number of Dcp1+ apoptotic cells in the brain, but not significantly (p=0.0939). The ability of full-length neurotrophins to induce apoptosis and cleaved neurotrophins promote cell survival is well documented in mammals. We had previously shown that DNT-2 is naturally cleaved, and that over-expression of DNT-2 does not induce apoptosis in the various contexts tested before (McIlroy et al 2013 Nature Neuroscience; Foldi et al 2017 J Cell Biol; Ulian-Benitez et al 2017 PLoS Genetics). Similarly, throughout this work we did not find DNT-2FL to induce apoptosis.

      Instead, in Figure 3G we show that over-expression of DNT-2FL causes a statistically significant increase in the number of TH+ cells. This is an important finding that supports the plastic regulation of PAM cell number. We thank the Reviewer for highlighting this point, as we had forgotten to add the significance star in the graph. In this context, we cannot rule out the possibility that the increase in TH mRNA observed when we over-express DNT-2FL could not be due to an increase in cell number instead. Unfortunately, it is not possible for us to separate these two processes at this time. Either way, the result would still be the same: an increase in dopamine production when DNT-2 levels rise.

      We have now edited the abstract lines 38-39 adding that “By contrast, over-expressed DNT-2 increased DAN cell number,…”, within the main text in Results page 10 lines 259-265 and in the Discussion section page 15 lines 391, 393-396.

      (3) DNT-2 is also known as Spz5 and has been shown to activate Toll-6 receptors in glia (McLaughlin et al., 2019), resulting in the phagocytosis of apoptotic neurons. In addition, the knockdown of DNT-2/Spz5 throughout development causes an increase in apoptotic debris in the brain, which can lead to neurodegeneration. Indeed Figure 3H shows that an adult specific knockdown of DNT-2 using DNT2-GAL4 causes an increase in Dcp1 signal in many neurons and not just TH neurons.

      Indeed, we did find Dcp1+ TH-negative cells too (although not widely throughout the brain), although this is not shown in the images of Figure 3H where we showed only TH+ Dcp+ cells.

      That is not surprising, as DNT-2 neurons have large arborisations that can reach a wide range of targets; DNT-2 is secreted, and could reach beyond its immediate targets; Toll-6 is expressed in a vast number of cells in the brain; DNT-2 can bind promiscuously at least also Toll-7 and other Keks, which are also expressed in the adult brain (Foldi et al 2017 J Cell Biology; Ulian-Benitez et al 2017 PLoS Genetics; Li et al 2020 eLife). Together with the findings by McLaughlin et al 2019, our findings further support the notion that DNT-2 is a neuroprotective factor in the adult brain. It will be interesting to find out what other neuron types DNT-2 maintains.

      We have made some edits on these points in page 10 lines 259-265.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 1 for their positive comments on our work and their interesting and valuable feedback.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This paper examines how structural plasticity in neural circuits, particularly in dopaminergic systems, is regulated by Drosophila neurotrophin-2 (DNT-2) and its receptors, Toll-6 and Kek-6. The authors show that these molecules are critical for modulating circuit structure and dopaminergic neuron survival, synaptogenesis, and connectivity. They show that loss of DNT-2 or Toll-6 function leads to loss of dopaminergic neurons, dendritic arborization, and synaptic impairment, whereas overexpression of DNT-2 increases dendritic complexity and synaptogenesis. In addition, DNT-2 and Toll-6 modulate dopamine-dependent behaviors, including locomotion and long-term memory, suggesting a link between DNT-2 signaling, structural plasticity, and behavior.

      A major strength of this study is the impressive cellular resolution achieved. By focusing on specific dopaminergic neurons, such as the PAM and PPL1 clusters, and using a range of molecular markers, the authors were able to clearly visualize intricate details of synapse formation, dendritic complexity, and axonal targeting within defined circuits. Given the critical role of dopaminergic pathways in learning and memory, this approach provides a good opportunity to explore the role of DNT-2, Toll-6, and Kek-6 in experience-dependent structural plasticity. However, despite the promise in the abstract and introduction of the paper, the study falls short of establishing a direct causal link between neurotrophin signaling and experience-induced plasticity.

      Simply put, this study does not provide strong evidence that experience-induced structural plasticity requires DNT-2 signaling. To support this idea, it would be necessary to observe experience-induced structural changes and demonstrate that downregulation of DNT-2 signaling prevents these changes. The closest attempt to address this in this study was the artificial activation of DNT-2 neurons using TrpA1, which resulted in overgrowth of axonal arbors and an increase in synaptic sites in both DNT-2 and PAM neurons. However, this activation method is quite artificial, and the authors did not test whether the observed structural changes were dependent on DNT-2 signaling. Although they also showed that overexpression of DNT-2FL in DNT-2 neurons promotes synaptogenesis, this phenotype was not fully consistent with the TrpA1 activation results (Figures 5C and D).

      In conclusion, this study demonstrates that DNT-2 and its receptors play a role in regulating the structure of dopaminergic circuits in the adult fly brain. However, it does not provide convincing evidence for a causal link between DNT-2 signaling and experience-dependent structural plasticity within these circuits.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 2 for their very positive assessment of our approach to investigate structural circuit plasticity. We are delighted that this Reviewer found our cellular resolution impressive. We are also very pleased that Reviewer 2 found that our work demonstrates that DNT-2 and its receptors regulate the structure of dopaminergic circuits in the adult fly brain. This is already a very important finding that contributes to demonstrating that, rather than being hardwired, the adult fly brain is plastic, like the mammalian brain. Furthermore, it is remarkable that this involves a neurotrophin functioning via Toll and kinase-less Trks, opening an opportunity to explore whether such a mechanism could also operate in the human brain.

      We are very pleased that this Reviewer acknowledges that this work provides a good opportunity to explore the role of DNT-2, Toll-6, and Kek-6 in experience-dependent structural plasticity. We provide a molecular mechanism and proof of principle, and we demonstrate a direct link between the function of DNT-2 and its receptors in circuit plasticity. We also showed a link of DNT-2 to neuronal activity, as neuronal activity increased the production of DNT-2GFP, induced the cleavage of DNT-2 and a feedback loop between DNT-2 and dopamine, and both neuronal activity and increased DNT-2 levels promoted synaptogenesis.

      As the Reviewer acknowledges this approach provides a good opportunity to explore the role of DNT-2, Toll-6, and Kek-6 in experience-dependent structural plasticity. Finding out the direct link in response to lived experience is a big task, beyond the scope of this manuscript, and we will be testing this with future projects. Nevertheless, it is important to place our findings within this context together with the link to mammalian neurotrophins (as explained in the discussion), as it is here where the findings have deep and impactful implications.

      To accommodate the criticism of this Reviewer, we have now toned down our narrative. This does not diminish the importance of the findings, it makes the argument more stringent. Please see edits in: Abstract page 2 lines 42-44; and Discussion page 22 line 586 – which were the only points were a direct claim had been made.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 2 for the positive and thoughtful evaluation of our work, and for their feedback.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used the model organism Drosophila melanogaster to show that the neurotrophin Toll-6 and its ligands, DNT-2 and kek-6, play a role in maintaining the number of dopaminergic neurons and modulating their synaptic connectivity. This supports previous findings on the structural plasticity of dopaminergic neurons and suggests a molecular mechanism underlying this plasticity.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are overall very well designed and conclusive. Methods are in general state-of-the-art, the sample sizes are sufficient, the statistical analyses are sound, and all necessary controls are in place. The data interpretation is straightforward, and the relevant literature is taken into consideration. Overall, the manuscript is solid and presents novel, interesting, and important findings.

      We are delighted that Reviewer 3 found our work solid, novel, interesting and with important findings. We are also very pleased that this Reviewer found that all necessary controls have been carried out.

      Weaknesses:

      There are three technical weaknesses that could perhaps be improved.

      First, the model of reciprocal, inhibitory feedback loops (Figure 2F) is speculative. On the one hand, glutamate can act in flies as an excitatory or inhibitory transmitter (line 157), and either situation can be the case here. On the other hand, it is not clear how an increase or decrease in cAMP level translates into transmitter release. One can only conclude that two types of neurons potentially influence each other.

      Thank you for pointing out that glutamate can be inhibitory. In response, we have removed the word ‘excitatory’ from the only point it had been used in the text: page 7 line 167.

      In mammals, the neurotrophin BDNF has an important function in glutamatergic synapses, thus we were intrigued by a potential evolutionary conservation. Our evidence that DNT-2A neurons could be excitatory is indirect, yet supportive: exciting DNT-2 neurons with optogenetics resulted in an increase in GCaMP in PAMs (data not shown); over-expression of DNT-2 in DNT-2 neurons increased TH mRNA levels; optogenetic activation of DNT-2 neurons results in the Dop2R-dependent downregulation of cAMP levels in DNT-2 neurons. Dop2R signals in response to dopamine, which would be released only if dopaminergic neurons had been excited. Accordingly, glutamate released from DNT-2 neurons would have been rather unlikely to inhibit DANs.

      cAMP is a second messenger that enables the activation of PKA. PKA phosphorylates many target proteins, amongst which are various channels. This includes the voltage gated calcium channels located at the synapse, whose phosphorylation increases their opening probability. Other targets regulate synaptic vesicle release. Thus, a rise in cAMP could facilitate neurotransmitter release, and a downregulation would have the opposite effect. Other targets of PKA include CREB, leading to changes in gene expression. Conceivably, a decrease in PKA activity could result in the downregulation of DNT-2 expression in DNT-2 neurons. This negative feedback loop would restore the homeostatic relationship between DNT-2 and dopamine levels.

      We agree with this Reviewer that whereas our qRT-PCR data show that over-expression of DNT-2 increases TH mRNA levels, this does not demonstrate that originates from PAM neurons. Similarly, although our EPAC data imply that dopamine must be released from DANs and received by DNT-2 neurons to explain those data, the evidence did not include direct visualisation of dopamine release in response to DNT-2 neuron activation. To accommodate these criticisms, we have edited the summary Figure 2E adding question marks to indicate inference points and page 9 line 221.

      Our data indeed demonstrate that DNT-2 and PAM neurons influence each other, not potentially, but really. We have provided data that: DNT-2 and PAMs are connected through circuitry; that the DNT-2 receptors Toll-6 and kek-6 are expressed in DANs, including in PAMs; that alterations in the levels of DNT-2 (both loss and gain of function) and loss of function for the DNT-2 receptors Toll-6 and Kek-6 alter PAM cell number, alter PAM dendritic complexity and alter synaptogenesis in PAMs; alterations in the levels of DNT-2, Toll-6 and kek-6 in adult flies alters dopamine dependent behaviours of climbing, locomotion in an arena and learning and long-term memory. These data firmly demonstrate that the two neuron types DNT-2 and PAMs influence each other.

      We have also shown that over-expression of DNT-2 in DNT-2 neurons increases TH mRNA levels, whereas activation of DNT-2 neurons decreases cAMP levels in DNT-2 neurons in a dopamine/Dop2R-dependent manner. These data show a functional interaction between DNT-2 and PAM neurons.

      Second, the quantification of bouton volumes (no y-axis label in Figure 5 C and D!) and dendrite complexity are not convincingly laid out. Here, the reader expects fine-grained anatomical characterizations of the structures under investigation, and a method to precisely quantify the lengths and branching patterns of individual dendritic arborizations as well as the volume of individual axonal boutons.

      Figure 5C, D do contain Y-axis labels, all our graphs in main manuscript and in supplementary files contain Y-axis labels.

      In fact, we did use a method to precisely quantify the lengths and branching patterns of individual dendritic arborisations, volume of individual boutons and bouton counting. These analyses were carried out using Imaris software. For dendritic branching patterns, the “Filament Autodetect” function was used. Here, dendrites were analysed by tracing semi-automatically each dendrite branch (ie manual correction of segmentation errors) to reconstruct the segmented dendrite in volume. From this segmented dendrite, Imaris provides measurements of total dendrite volume, number and length of dendrite branches, terminal points, etc. For bouton size and number, we used the Imaris “Spot” function. Here, a threshold is set to exclude small dots (eg of background) that do not correspond to synapses/boutons. All samples and genotypes are treated with the same threshold, thus the analysis is objective and large sample sizes can be analysed effectively. We had already provided a description of the use of Imaris in the methods section.

      We have now exapanded the protocol on how we use Imaris to analyse dendrites and synapses, in: Materials and Methods section, page 28 lines 756-768 and page 29 lines 778-799.

      Third, Figure 1C shows two neurons with the goal of demonstrating between-neuron variability. It is not convincingly demonstrated that the two neurons are actually of the very same type of neuron in different flies or two completely different neurons.

      We thank Reviewer 3 for raising this interesting point. It is not possible to prove which of the four DNT-2A neurons per hemibrain, which we visualised with DNT-2>MCFO, were the same neurons in every individual brain we looked at. This is because in every brain we have looked at, the soma of the neurons were not located in exactly the same location. Furthermore, the arborisation patterns are also different and unique, for each individual brain. Thus, there is natural variability in the position of the soma and in the arborisation patterns. Such variability presumably results from the combination of developmental and activity-dependent plasticity. Importantly, for every staining we carried out using DNT-2GAL4 and various membrane reporters and MCFO clones, we never found two identical DNT-2 neuron profiles.

      To increase the evidence in support of this point, we have now expanded Figure 1, adding one more image of DNT-2>FlyBow (Figure 1A) and two more images of DNT-2>MCFO (Figure 1D). In total, seven images in Figure 1 and two further images in Figure 5A demonstrate the variability of DNT-2 neurons.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 3 for the very positive evaluation of our work and the interesting and valuable feedback.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      In the fly list, several fly lines are missing references and sources. 

      Apologies for this over-sight, this has now been corrected.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for their effort and time to scrutinise our work, and for their very positive and helpful feedback.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Here I provide some more specific comments that I hope will help the authors further improve the study.

      (2) L148: "single neuron clones revealed variability in the DNT-2A". How do the authors know that they are labeling the same subtype of DNT-2A neurons? 

      There are four anterior DNT-2A cells per hemibrain, that project from the SOG area to the SMP. It is not possible to verify that every time we look at exactly the same neuron, because the exact position of the somas and the arborisation patterns vary from brain to brain. We know this from two sources of data: (1) when using DNT-2GAL4 to visualise the expression of membrane reporters (e.g. UAS-FlyBow, UAS-mCD8-GFP, UAS-CD8-RFP) no brain ever showed a pattern identical to that of another brain, neither in the exact position of the somas nor in the exact arborisation patterns. (2) When we generated DNT-2>MCFO clones to visualise 1-2 cells at a time, no single neuron or 2-neuron clones ever showed an identical pattern. The most parsimonious interpretation is that the exact location of the somas and the exact arborisation patterns vary across individual flies. Developmental variability in neuronal patterns has also been reporter by Linneweber et al (2020) Science.

      To make our evidence more compelling, and in response to this Reviewer’s query, we have now added further images. Please find in revised Figure 1 A,B three examples of three different brains expressing DNT-2>FlyBow1.1. In Figure 1D, two more examples (altogether 4) of DNT-2>MCFO clones. Here it is clear to see that no neuron shape is identical to that of others, demonstrating variability in individual fly brains. We now show four images in Figure 1 and two more in Figure 5A that demonstrate the variability of DNT-2A neurons.

      (3) Figure 1E: Are all DNT-2A neurons positive for vGlut and Dop2R? This figure shows only two DNT-2A neurons. 

      Yes, all four DNT-2A neurons per hemibrain are vGlut positive and we have now added more images to Supplementary Figure S1A (right), also showing that presynaptic DNT-2A endings at SMP also coincide with a vGlut+ domain (Figure S1A left).

      Yes, all all four DNT-2A neurons per hemibrain are Dop2R positive and we have now added more images to Supplementary Figure S1B.

      (4) L156: Glutamate is generally considered to be inhibitory in the adult fly brain. More evidence is needed before the authors can claim that "DNT-2A neurons are excitatory glutamatergic neurons". 

      Thank you for pointing this out. Although our data do not conclusively demonstrate it, they are consistent with DNT-2A neurons being excitatory. BDNF is most commonly released from glutamatergic neurons in mammals, its release is activity-dependent and leads to formation and stabilisation of synapses.  The phenotypes we have observed are consistent with this and reveal functional evolutionarily conservation: (1) exciting DNT-2 neurons with TrpA1 results in increased production and cleavage of DNT-2GFP and de novo synaptogenesis; (2) over-expression of DNT-2 in the adult induces de novo synaptogenesis; (3) down-regulation or loss of DNT-2 and its receptors Toll-6 and Kek-6 impair synaptogenesis. Furthermore, we show that DNT-2 dependent synaptogenesis is between DNT-2 and dopaminergic neurons, which are involved in the control of locomotion, reward learning and long-term memory, and dopamine itself is required for such behaviour. Consistently with this we found that: (1) over-expression of DNT-2 increases TH mRNA levels, which would lead to the up-regulation of dopamine production; (2) exciting DNT-2 neurons increases locomotion speed in an arena; (3) knock-down of DNT-2 and its receptors decreases locomotion, whereas over-expression of DNT-2 increases locomotion; (4) over-expression of DNT-2 increases learning and long-term memory. Finally, in a previous version in bioRxiv, we also showed using optogenetics and calcium imaging that exciting DNT-2 neurons induced GCaMP signalling in their output PAM neurons, and in this version we show that exciting DNT-2 neurons regulates cAMP in DNT-2 neurons via dopamine-release dependent feedback. Altogether, the most parsimonious interpretation of these data is that vGlut+ DNT-2 neurons are excitatory.

      In any case, to address this reviewer’s point, we have now removed the word ‘excitatory’ from page 7 line 167.

      (5) Figure 1H, I: A more detailed description of the Toll-6 and Kek-6 expressing neurons will be helpful. Are they expressed in specific types of PAM and PPL1 DANs? The legend in Figure S2 mentions labeling in γ2α′1 zones, but it seems to be more than that.

      This information had been already provided, presumable this Reviewer overlooked this. This was already described in great detail by comparing our microscopy data with the single cell RNA-seq data available through Fly Cell Atlas (https://flycellatlas.org) and Scope (https://scope.aertslab.org/#/b77838f4-af3c-4c37-8dd9-cf7a41e4b034/*/welcome).

      Please see our previously submitted Table S1 “Expression of Tolls, keks and Toll downstream adaptors in cells related to DNT-2A neurons”.

      (6) Figure S3 should be controls for Figure 2A. It is incorrectly labeled as controls for Figure 3A. 

      Thank you for pointing out this typo, this has now been corrected.

      (7) L197: The authors state, "This showed that DNT-2 could stimulate dopamine production in neighboring DANs". However, the results do not fully support this conclusion because the experiments measure overall TH levels in the brain, not specifically in neighboring DANs. The observed effect could be indirect via other neurons. 

      Indeed, we have now edited the text to: “This showed that DNT-2 could stimulate dopamine production”: page 8 line 208.

      (8) Figure 3: If Toll-6 is expressed in specific subtypes of PAM DANs, are they the dying cells when Toll-6 was knocked down? I think the paper will be significantly improved if the authors provide a more in-depth analysis of the phenotype. Also, permissive temperature controls are missing for the experiments in (E)-(H). Permissive controls are essential to confirm that the observed effects are due to adult-specific RNAi knockdown.

      Current tools do not enable us to visualise Toll-6+ neurons at the same time as manipulating DNT-2 neurons and at the same time as monitoring Dcp1. Stainings with Dcp1 in the adult brain are not trivial. Thus, we cannot guarantee this. However, Toll-6 is the preferential receptor for DNT-2, and given that apoptosis increases when we knock-down DNT-2, the most parsimonious interpretation is that the dying cells bear the DNT-2 receptor Toll-6. Even if DNT-2 can promiscuously bind other Toll receptors, the simplest way to interpret these data remains that DNT-2 promotes cell survival by signalling via its receptors, as no other possible route is known to date. This would be consistent with all other data in this figure.

      We thank this Reviewer for the feedback on the controls. Unfortunately, these are not trivial experiments, they require considerable time, effort, dedication and skill. This manuscript has already taken 5 years of daily hard work. We no longer have the staff (ie the first author left the lab) nor resources to dedicate to address this point.

      (9) Figure 4B: This phenotype in DNT-2 mutants is very striking. Did the neurons still survive and did their axonal innervation in the lobes remain intact?

      Homozygous DNT-2 mutants are viable and have impair climbing, as we had already shown in Figure 7C.

      (10) L261: The authors mention that "PAM-β2β′2 neurons express Toll-6 (Table S1)". However, I cannot find this information in Table S1. 

      Unfortunately, I cannot identify the source of that statement at present and the first authors has left the lab. In any case, although the fact that knocking down Toll-6 in these neurons causes a phenotype means they must, it does not directly prove it. We have now corrected this to: “PAM-b2b'2 neuron dendrites overlap axonal DNT2 projections”, page 11 line 280.

      (11) Figure 4C, D: What about their synaptogenesis? Do they agree with the result in Figure 4B? 

      This was not tested at the time. Unfortunately, these are not trivial experiments and require considerable time, effort, dedication and skill. Addressing this point experimentally is not possible for us at this point. In any case, given the evidence we already provide, it is highly unlikely they would alter the interpretation of our findings and the value of the discoveries already provided.

      (12) L270: The authors state: "To ask whether DNT-2 might affect axonal terminals, we tested PPL1 axons." However, it is unclear why the focus was shifted to PPL1 neurons when similar analyses could have been performed on PAM DANs for consistency. In addition, it would be beneficial to assess dendritic arbor complexity and synaptogenesis in PPL1-γ1-pedc neurons to provide a more comprehensive comparison between PPL1 and PAM DANs. Performing parallel analyses on both neuron types would strengthen the study by providing insight into the generality and specificity of DNT-2 in different dopaminergic circuits. 

      The question we addressed with Figure 4 was whether the DNT-2 and its receptors could modify axons, dendrites and synapses, ie all features of neuronal plasticity. The reason we used PPL1-g1-pedc to analyse axonal terminals was because of their morphology, which offered a clearer opportunity to visualise axonal endings than PAMs did. An exhaustive analysis of PPL1-g1-pedc is beyond the scope of this work and not the central focus.

      (13) Figure 4G lacks a permissive temperature control, which is essential to confirm that the observed effects are due to adult-specific RNAi knockdown. 

      We thank this Reviewer for this feedback, which we will bear in mind for future projects.

      (14) Figure 5A requires quantification and statistical comparison.

      We thank this Reviewer for this feedback. We did consider this, but the data are too variable to quantify and we decided it was best to present it simply as an observation, interesting nonetheless. This is consistent as well with the data in Figure 1, which we have now expanded with this revision, which show the natural variability in DNT-2 neurons.

      (15) Figure 5B: Many green signals in the control image are not labeled as PSDs, raising concerns about the accuracy of the image analysis methods used for synapse identification. While I trust that the authors have validated their analysis approach, it would strengthen the study if they provided a clearer description or evidence of the validation process. 

      This was done using the Imaris “Spot function”, in volume. A threshold is set to exclude spots due to GFP background and select only synaptic spots. The selection of spots and quantification are done automatically by Imaris. All spots below the threshold are excluded, regardless of genotype and experimental conditions, rendering the analysis objective. We have now provided a detailed description of the protocol in the Materials and Methods section: page 29 lines 778-799.

      (16) Figure 5C lacks genotype controls (i.e., DNT2-GAL4-only and UAS-TrpA1-only). These controls are essential because elevated temperatures alone, without activation of DNT2 neurons, could potentially increase Syt-GCaMP production, leading to an increase in the number of Syt+ synapses. Including these controls would help ensure that the observed effects are truly due to the activation of DNT2 neurons and not temperature-related artifacts. 

      We thank this Reviewer for this feedback, which we will bear in mind for future projects.

      (17) L314-316: The authors state, "Here, the coincidence of... revealed that newly formed synapses were stable." I think this statement needs to be toned down because there is no evidence that these pre- and post-synaptic sites are functionally connected. 

      The Reviewer is correct that our data did not visualise together, in the same preparation and specimen, both pre- and post-synaptic sites. Still, given that PAMs have already been proved by others to be required for locomotion, learning and long-term memory, our data strongly suggest that synapses between them at the SMP are functionally connected.

      Nevertheless, as we do not provide direct cellular evidence, we have now edited the text to tone down this claim: “Here, the coincidence of increased pre-synaptic Syt-GFP from PAMs and post-synaptic Homer-GFP from DNT-2 neurons at SMP suggests that newly formed synapses could be stable”, page 13 line 351.

      (18) Figure 5D lacks permissive temperature controls. Also, the DNT-2FL overexpression phenotypes are different from the TpA1 activation phenotypes. The authors may want to discuss this discrepancy. 

      Regarding the controls, these are not appropriate for this data set. These data were all taken at a constant temperature of 25°C, there were no shifts, and therefore do not require a permissive temperature control. We thank this Reviewer for drawing our attention to the fact that we made a mistake drawing the diagram, which we have now corrected in Figure 5D.

      Regarding the discrepancy, this had already been discussed in the Discussion section of the previously submitted version, page 19 Line 509-526. Presumably this Reviewer missed this before.

      (19) Figure 6A, B lack permissive temperature controls. These controls are important if the authors want to claim that the behavioral defects are due to adult-specific manipulations. In addition, there is no statistical difference between the PAM-GAL4 control and the RNAi knockdown group. The authors should be careful when stating that climbing was reduced in the RNAi knockdown flies (L341-342). 

      We thank this Reviewer for this feedback, which we will bear in mind for future projects.

      Point taken, but climbing of the tubGAL80ts, PAM>Toll-6RNAi flies was significantly different from that of the UAS-Toll-6RNAi/+ control.

      (20) Figure 6C: It seems that the DAN-GAL4 only control (the second group) also rescued the climbing defect. The authors may want to clarify this point. 

      The phenotype for this genotype was very variable, but certainly very distinct from that of flies over-expressing Toll-6[CY].

      We thank Reviewer 2 for their very thorough analysis of our paper that has helped improve the work.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Overall, the manuscript reports highly interesting and mostly very convincing experiments. 

      We are very grateful to this Reviewer for their very positive evaluation of our work.

      Based on my comments under the heading "public review", I would like to suggest three possible improvements. 

      First, the quantification of structural plasticity at the sub-cellular level should be explained in more detail and potentially improved. For example, 3D reconstructions of individual neurons and quantification of the structure of boutons and dendrites could be undertaken. At present, it is not clear how bouton volumes are actually recorded accurately. 

      Thank you for the feedback. The analyses of dendrites and synapses were carried out in 3D-volumes using Imaris “Filament” module and “Spot function”, respectively. Dendrites are analysed semi-automatically, ie correcting potential branching errors of Imaris, and synapses are counted automatically, after setting appropriate thresholds. Details have now been expanded in the Materials and Sections section: page 28 lines 756-768 and page 29 lines 780-799.

      We would also like to thank Imaris for enabling and facilitating our remote working using their software during the Covid-19 pandemic, post-pandemic lockdowns and lab restrictions that spanned for over a year.

      Second, the variability between DNT-2A-positive neurons with increasing sample size compared to a control (DNT-2A-negative neurons) should be demonstrated. Figure 2C does currently not present convincing evidence of increased structural variability. 

      It is unclear what data the Reviewer refers to. Figure 2C shows qRT-PCR data, and it does not show structural variability, which instead is shown with microscopy. If it is the BacTrace data in Figure 2B, the controls had been provided and the data were unambiguous. If Reviewer means Figure 1C, it is unclear why DNT-2GAL4-negative flies are needed when the aim was to visualise normal (not genetically manipulated) DNT-2 neurons. Thus, unfortunately we do not understand what the point is here.

      The observation that DNT-2 neurons are very variable, naturally, is highly interesting, and presumably this is what drew the attention of Reviewer 3. We agree that showing further data in support of this is interesting and valuable. Thus, in response to this Reviewer’s comment we have now increased the number of images that demonstrate variability of DNT-2 neurons:

      (1) We have added an extra image, altogether providing three images in new Figure 1A showing three different individual brains stained with DNT-2GAL4>UAS-FlyBow1.1. These show common morphology and features, but different location of the somas and distinct detailed arborisation patterns. Two more images using DNT-2GAL4 are provided in Figure 5A.

      (2) We have now added two further MCFO images, altogether showing four examples where the somas are not always in the same location and the axons arborise consistently at the SMP, but the detailed projections are not identical: new Figure 1D.

      These data compellingly show natural variability in DNT-2 neuron morphology.

      Third, I propose to simplify the feedback model (Figure 2F) to be less speculative. 

      Indeed, some details in Figure 2F are speculative as we did not measure real dopamine levels. Accordingly, we have now edited this diagram, adding question marks to indicate speculative inference, to distinguish from the arrows that are grounded on the data we provide.

      Accordingly, we have also edited the text in:

      - page 9, lines 221: “Altogether, this shows that DNT-2 up-regulated TH levels (Figure 2E), and presumably via dopamine release, this inhibited cAMP in DNT-2A neurons (Figure 2F)”.

      - page 20, lines 515: “Importantly, we showed that activating DNT-2 neurons increased the levels and cleavage of DNT-2, up-regulated DNT-2 increased TH expression, and this initial amplification resulted in the inhibition of cAMP signalling via the dopamine receptor Dop2R in DNT-2 neurons.”

      As minor points: 

      (1) Appetitive olfactory learning is based on Tempel et al., (1983); Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1983 Mar;80(5):1482-6. doi: 10.1073/pnas.80.5.1482. This paper should perhaps be cited. 

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention, we have now added this reference to page 14 line 394.

      (2) Line 34: I would add ..."ligand for Toll-6 AND KEK-6,". 

      Indeed, thank you, now corrected.

      (3) Line 39: DNT-2-POSITIVE NEURONS. 

      Now corrected, thank you.

      (4) The levels of TH mRNA were quantified. Why not TH or dopamine directly using antibodies, ELISA, or HPLC? After all, later it is explicitly written that DNT modulates dopamine levels (line 481)! 

      We thank this Reviewer for this suggestion. We did try with HPLC once, but the results were inconclusive and optimising this would have required unaffordable effort by us and our collaborators. Part of this work spanned over the pandemic and subsequent lockdowns and lab restrictions to 30% then 50% lab capacity that continued for one year, making experimental work extremely challenging. Although we were unable to carry out all the ideal experiments, the DNT-2-dependent increase in TH mRNA coupled with the EPAC-Dop2R data provided solid evidence of a DNT-2-dopamine link.

      (5) Line 271: The PPL1-g1-pedc neuron has mainly (but not excusively) a function in short-term memory! 

      They do, but others have also shown that PPL1-g1-pedc neurons have a gating function in long-term memory (Placais et al 2012; Placais et al 2017; Huang et al 2024) and are required for long-term memory (Adel and Griffith 2020; Boto et al 2020).

      (6) Line 401: Reward learning requires PAM neurons. PPL1 neurons are required for aversive learning. 

      Indeed, PPL1 neurons are required for aversive learning, but they also have a gating function in long-term memory common for both reward and aversive learning (Adel and Griffith, 2020 Neurosci Bull; Placais et al, 2012 Nature Neuroscience; Placais et al 2017 Nature Communications; Huang et al 2024 Nature).

      Overall, the manuscript presents extremely interesting, novel results, and I congratulate the authors on their findings. 

      We would like to thank this Reviewer for taking the time to scrutinise our work, their helpful feedback that has helped us improve the work and for their interest and positive and kind works.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      The work is important and of potential value to areas other than the bone field because it supports a role and mechanism for beta-catenin that is novel and unusual. The findings are significant in that they support the presence of another anabolic pathway in bone that can be productively targeted for therapeutic goals. The data for the most part are convincing. The work could be strengthened by better characterizing the osteoclast KO of Malat1 related to the Lys cre model and by including biochemical markers of bone turnover from the mice.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their time and their positive and insightful comments. We are pleased that the editors and reviewers were very enthusiastic, as stated in their Strength comments. We have performed experiments and addressed all of the points raised by the reviewers. We have revised the manuscript accordingly and the reviewers’ points are specifically addressed below. 

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      The authors were trying to discover a novel bone remodeling network system. They found that an IncRNA Malat1 plays a central role in the remodeling by binding to β-catenin and functioning through the β-catenin-OPG/Jagged1 pathway in osteoblasts and chondrocytes. In addition, Malat1 significantly promotes bone regeneration in fracture healing in vivo. Their findings suggest a new concept of Malat1 function in the skeletal system. One significantly different finding between this manuscript and the competing paper pertains to the role of Malat1 in osteoclast lineage, specifically, whether Malat1 functions intrinsically in osteoclast lineage or not.

      Strengths:

      This study provides strong genetic evidence demonstrating that Malat1 acts intrinsically in osteoblasts while suppressing osteoclastogenesis in a non-autonomous manner, whereas the other group did not utilize relevant conditional knockout mice. As shown in the results, Malat1 knockout mouse exhibited abnormal bone remodeling and turnover. Furthermore, they elucidated molecular function of Malat1, which is sufficient to understand the phenotype in vivo.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for highlighting the novelty, strengths and significance of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      Discussing differences between previous paper and their status would be highly informative and beneficial for the field, as it would elucidate the solid underlying mechanisms.

      These points have been fully addressed in the point-to-point response below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the roles of IncRNA Malat1 in bone homeostasis which was initially believed to be non-functional for physiology. They found that both Malat1 KO and conditional KO in osteoblast lineage exhibit significant osteoporosis due to decreased osteoblast bone formation and increased osteoclast resorption. More interestingly they found that deletion of Malat1 in osteoclast lineage cells does not affect osteoclast differentiation and function. Mechanistically, they found that Malat1 acts as a co-activator of b-Catenin directly regulating osteoblast activity and indirectly regulating osteoclast activity via mediating OPG, but not RANKL expression in osteoblast and chondrocyte. Their discoveries establish a previously unrecognized paradigm model of Malat1 function in the skeletal system, providing novel mechanistic insights into how a lncRNA integrates cellular crosstalk and molecular networks to fine-tune tissue homeostasis, and remodeling.

      Strengths:

      The authors generated global and conditional KO mice in osteoblast and osteoclast lineage cells and carefully analyzed the role of Matat1 with both in vivo and in vitro systems. The conclusion of this paper is mostly well supported by data.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for highlighting the novelty, strengths and significance of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      More objective biological and biochemical analyses are required.

      These points have been fully addressed in the point-to-point response below.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Qin and colleagues study the role of Malat1 in bone biology. This topic is interesting given the role of lncRNAs in multiple physiologic processes. A previous study (PMID 38493144) suggested a role for Malat1 in osteoclast maturation. However, the role of this lncRNA in osteoblast biology was previously not explored. Here, the authors note osteopenia with increased bone resorption in mice lacking Malat1 globally and in osteoblast lineage cells. At the mechanistic level, the authors suggest that Malat1 controls beta-catenin activity. These results advance the field regarding the role of this lncRNA in bone biology.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written and data are presented in a clear and easily understandable manner. The bone phenotype of osteoblast-specific Malat1 knockout mice is of high interest. The role of Malat1 in controlling beta-catenin activity and OPG expression is interesting and novel.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for highlighting the novelty, strengths and significance of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      The lack of a bone phenotype when Malat1 is deleted with LysM-Cre is of interest given the previous report suggesting a role for this lncRNA in osteoclasts. However, to interpret the findings here, the authors should investigate the deletion efficiency of Malat1 in osteoclast lineage cells in their model. The data in the fracture model in Figure 8 seems incomplete in the absence of a more complete characterization of callus histology and a thorough time course. The role of Malat1 and OPG in chondrocytes is unclear since the osteocalcin-Cre mice (which should retain normal Malat1 levels in chondrocytes) have similar bone loss as the global mutants.

      These points have been fully addressed in the point-to-point response below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are several suggestions for improving the manuscript, and we hope that you will review the recommendations carefully and make changes to the paper to address the concerns raised. Suggestions have been made to better characterize the osteoclast KO of Malat1 related to the Lys cre model as well as suggestions to include biochemical markers of bone turnover from your mice.

      These points have been fully addressed in the point-to-point response below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Replicate numbers in Figure 3 should be noted.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. The experiments in Fig. 3 have been replicated three times, which is now noted in the figure legend.

      (2) It is novel to identify OPG expression in chondrocytes. More discussion is expected.

      Yes, a paragraph regarding this point has been added to the Discussion section.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) It is better to show serum osteoblast bone formation marker and osteoclast resorption marker, such as P1NP and CTx, in both Malat1 KO and osteoblast conditional KO mice.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. Since CTx values are often influenced by food intake, we measured serum TRAP levels, which also reflect changes in osteoclastic bone resorption. We have observed that the serum osteoblastic bone formation marker P1NP was decreased, while osteoclastic bone resorption marker TRAP was increased, in both Malat1<sup>-/-</sup> and Malat1<sup>ΔOcn</sup> mice. These changes in serum biochemical markers of bone turnover are consistent with the bone phenotype caused by Malat1 deficiency. The new data are shown in Fig.1i, Fig. 2e, and Fig.5b.    

      (2) in vitro osteoblast differentiation assay is required to further confirm Malat1 regulates osteoblast differentiation.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. As recommended, we have performed in vitro osteoblast differentiation multiple times using calvarial cells, a commonly used system in the field. However, we observed big variability in the culture results across different experimental batches, whether conducted by different scientists or the same individual. This variability is likely due to differences in the purity of the cultured cells, as literature shows that the current culture system in the field contains a mixture of tissue cells, including not only osteoblasts but also other cells, such as stromal and hematopoietic lineage cells (DOI: 10.1002/jbmr.4052). We hope to test osteoblast differentiation using a purer culture system once it becomes available in the field. In contrast, our in vivo data, indicated by multiple parameters, show consistent osteoblast and bone formation phenotypes across a large number of mice. Therefore, the in vivo results in our study strongly support our conclusion regarding Malat1's role in osteoblastic bone formation.

      (3) The authors found that Matat1 regulates osteoclast activity through OPG expression not only in osteoblasts, but also in chondrocytes and concluded that chondrocyte is involved in the crosstalk with osteoclast lineage cells in marrow. This is a very novel finding. Do the authors have any in vivo data to support this point, such as deleting Malat1 in chondrocyte lineage cells with chondrocyte-specific Cre?

      We appreciate the reviewer for highlighting our novel findings and providing valuable suggestions. Given the considerable time required to generate chondrocyte-specific conditional KO mice, we plan to thoroughly investigate the crosstalk between chondrocytes and osteoclasts via Malat1 in vivo in our next project.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Ideally would show male and female data side by side in the main text figures

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The male and female data are now displayed side by side in Fig. 1b. 

      (2) The sample size for the in vivo datasets is quite large. A power calculation should be provided to better understand how the authors decided to analyze so many mice.

      Due to staff turnover during the pandemic, the first authors and several co-authors were involved in breeding the mice and collecting and analyzing bone samples. To avoid bias in sample selection, we pooled all the samples, resulting in a highly consistent phenotype across mice. This robust approach further strengthens our conclusion. 

      (3) The candidate gene approach to look at beta-catenin is a bit random, it would be ideal to assess Malat1 binding proteins in osteoblasts in an unbiased way. Also, does Malat1 bind bcatenin in other cell types? The importance of this point is further underscored by ref 47 which indicates that Malat binds TEAD3.

      As β-catenin is a key regulator in osteoblasts, we believe that studying the interaction between β-catenin and Malat1 is not random. Instead, this approach is well-founded and based on established knowledge in the field (as discussed below). In parallel, we are investigating genome-wide Malat1-bound targets beyond β-catenin, which will be reported in future studies. 

      More detailed points have been discussed in the manuscript: 

      Given that we identified Malat1 as a critical regulator in osteoblasts, we sought to investigate the mechanisms underlying the regulation of osteoblastic bone formation by Malat1. β-catenin is a central transcriptional factor in canonical Wnt signaling pathway, and plays an important role in positively regulating osteoblast differentiation and function (28-33). Upon stimulation, most notably from canonical Wnt ligands, β-catenin is stabilized and translocates into the nucleus, where it interacts with coactivators to activate target gene transcription. Previous reports observed a link between Malat1 and β-catenin signaling pathway in cancers (34,35), but the underlying molecular mechanisms in terms of how Malat1 interacts with β-catenin and regulates its nuclear retention and transcriptional activity are unclear. 

      Ref47 tested Malat1 binding to Tead3 in osteoclasts. However, a key difference between our findings and those of Ref47 is that both our in vitro and in vivo data, using myeloid osteoclastspecific conditional Malat1 KO mice, do not support an intrinsically significant role for Malat1 in osteoclasts. 

      (4) The statement on page 6 concluding that Malat acts as a scaffold to tether β-catenin in the nucleus is not supported by data in Fig 3d demonstrating that b-catenin nucleus translocation in response to Wnt3a is similar in control and Malat-deficient cells.

      The experiment in Fig. 3d is not designed to demonstrate Malat1 and β-catenin binding, but it is essential as the result rules out the possibility that Malat1 may affect β-catenin nuclear translocation. Moreover, we have utilized two robust approaches, CHIRP and RIP, to demonstrate that Malat1 acts as a scaffold to tether β-catenin in the nucleus (Fig. 3a, b, c, Supplementary Fig. 3). 

      (5) Figure 4e: can the authors show Malat deletion efficiency in the LysM-Cre model? This is important in light of the negative data in this figure and ref 47 which claims an osteoclast intrinsic role for Malat

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The deletion efficiency of Malat1 in the LysM-Cre mice is very high (>90%). This data is now presented in Fig. 4e. 

      (6) Figure 5: since the magnitude of the effects on osteoclasts at the histology level are mild, it would be nice to also look at serum markers of bone resorption (CTX)

      The magnitude of osteoclast changes at the histological level in Fig. 5 is not mild in our view, as we observe 25-30% changes with statistical significance in the osteoclast parameters of Malat1ΔOcn mice. Since CTx values are often influenced by food intake, we measured serum TRAP levels, which reflect changes in osteoclastic bone resorption. As shown in Fig.5b, serum TRAP levels are significantly elevated in Malat1<sup>ΔOcn</sup> mice compared to control mice.

      (7) Data showing chondrocytic expression of OPG is not as novel as the authors claim. Should think about growth plate versus articular sources of OPG. Growth plate chondrocytes express OPG to regulate osteoclasts in the primary spongiosa which resorb mineralized cartilage.

      In the present study, we do not focus on comparing the sources of OPG from the chondrocytes in the growth plate versus articular cartilage. The novelty of our work lies in the discovery that Malat1 links chondrocyte and osteoclast activities through the β-catenin-OPG/Jagged1 axis. This Malat1-β-catenin-OPG/Jagged1 axis represents a novel mechanism regulating the crosstalk between chondrocytes and osteoclasts. 

      (8) The relevance of the chondrocyte role of Malat is unclear since the bone phenotype in global and osteocalcin-Cre mice is similar.

      Bone mass was decreased by 20% in Malat1<sup>ΔOcn</sup> mice, while a 30% reduction was observed in global KO (Malat1<sup>-/-</sup>) mice. This difference indicates potential contributions from other cell types, such as chondrocytes, and our results in Fig. 6 further support the impact of chondrocytes in Malat1's regulation of bone mass. We plan to thoroughly investigate the crosstalk between chondrocytes and osteoclasts via Malat1 in vivo in our next project.

      (9) Fracture data in Figure 8 seems incomplete, it would be ideal to support micro CT with histology and look at multiple time points.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have performed histological analysis of our samples, and found that Malat1 promotes bone healing in the fracture model (Fig. 8f), which is consistent with our μCT data.

    2. eLife Assessment

      This is an important and convincing dataset shedding new light on a role for Malat1 in osteoblast physiology. The work is of value to areas other than the bone field because it supports a role and mechanism for beta-catenin that is novel and unusual. The findings are significant in that they support the presence of another anabolic pathway in bone that can be productively targeted for therapeutic goals. Revisions further improved the paper and addressed the reviewers' concerns.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the roles of IncRNA Malat1 in bone homeostasis which was initially believed to be non-functional for physiology. They found that both Malat1 KO and conditional KO in osteoblast lineage exhibit significant osteoporosis due to decreased osteoblast bone formation and increased osteoclast resorption. More interestingly, they found that deletion of Matat1 in osteoclast lineage cell does not affect osteoclast differentiation and function. Mechanistically, they found that Malat1 acts as an co-activator of b-Catenin directly regulating osteoblast activity and indirectly regulating osteoclast activity via mediating OPG, but not RANKL expression in osteoblast and chondrocyte. Their discoveries establish a previous unrecognized paradigm model of Malat1 function in the skeletal system, providing novel mechanistic insights into how a lncRNA integrates cellular crosstalk and molecular networks to fine tune tissue homeostasis, remodeling.

      Strengths:

      The authors generated global and conditional KO mice in osteoblast and osteoclast lineage cells and carefully analyzed the role of Matat1 with both in vivo and in vitro system. The conclusion of this paper is mostly well supported by data.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all my concerns.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Qin and colleagues study the role of Malat1 in bone biology. This topic is interesting given the role of lncRNAs in multiple physiologic processes. A previous study (PMID 38493144) suggested a role for Malat1 in osteoclast maturation. However, the role of this lncRNA in osteoblast biology was previously not explored. Here, the authors note osteopenia with increased bone resorption in mice lacking Malat1 globally and in osteoblast lineage cells. At the mechanistic level, the authors suggest that Malat1 controls beta-catenin activity. These result advance the field regarding the role of this lncRNA in bone biology.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written and data are presented in a clear and easily understandable manner. The bone phenotype of osteoblast-specific Malat1 knockout mice is of high interest. The role of Malat1 in controlling beta-catenin activity and OPG expression is interesting and novel.

      Weaknesses:

      The lack of a bone phenotype when Malat1 is deleted with LysM-Cre is of interest given the previous report suggesting a role for this lncRNA in osteoclasts, especially in light of satisfactory deletion efficiency in this model. The data in the fracture model in Figure 8 is enhanced with quantitative data. The role of Malat1 and OPG in chondrocytes is unclear since the osteocalcin-Cre mice (which should retain normal Malat1 levels in chondrocytes) have similar bone loss as the global mutants.

      Comments on revised version:

      All previous comments have been addressed in a satisfactory manner.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides valuable new insight into the role of Fgf signalling in SUFU mutation-linked cerebellar tumors and indicates novel therapeutic interventions via inhibition of Fgf signalling. The potential impact of this work is therefore very high and it is supported by solid evidence. However, due to current limitations in the full identification of the cell types secreting FGF5, and issues with robustness of evaluation of genetically engineered animals, the validation of some interpretations awaits future experiments.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      SUFU modulates Sonic hedgehog (SHH) signaling and is frequently mutated in the B-subtype of SHH driven medulloblastoma. The B-subtype occurs mostly in infants, is often metastatic, and lacks specific treatment. Yabut et al. found Fgf5 was highly expressed in the B-subtype of SHH driven medulloblastoma by examining a published microarray expression dataset. They then investigated how Fgf5 functions in the cerebellum of mice that have embryonic Sufu loss of function. This loss was induced using the hGFAP-cre transgene, which is expressed multiple cell types in the developing cerebellum, including granule neuron precursors (GNPs) derived from the rhombic lip. By measuring the area of Pax6+ cells in the external granule cell layer (EGL) of Sufu-cKO mice at postnatal day 0, they find Pax6+ cells occupy a larger area in the posterior lobe adjacent to the secondary fissure, which is poorly defined. They show that Fgf5 RNA and phosphoErk1/2 immunostaining are also higher in the same disrupted region. Some of the phosphoErk1/2+ cells are proliferative in the Sufu-cKO. Western blot analysis of Gli proteins that modulate SHH signaling found reduced expression and absence of Gli1 activity in the region of cerebellar dysgenesis in Sufu-cKO mice. This suggests the GNP expansion in this region is independent of SHH signaling. Amazingly, intraventricular injection of the FGFR1-2 antagonist AZD4547 from P0-4 and examined histologoically at P7 found the treatment restored cytoarchitecture in the cerebella of Sufu-cKO mice. This is further supported by NeuN immunostaining in the internal granule cell layer, which labels mature, non-diving neurons, and KI67 immunostaining, indicating dividing cells, and primarily found in the EGL. The mice were treated beginning at a timepoint when cerebellar cytoarchitecture was shown to be disrupted and it is indistinguishable from control following treatment. Fig.3 presents the most convincing and exciting data in this manuscript.

      Sufu-cKO do not readily develop cerebellar tumors. The authors detected phosphorylated H2AX immunostaining, which labels double strand breaks, was in some cells in the EGL in regions of cerebellar dysgenesis in the Sufu-cKO, as was cleaved Caspase 3, a marker of apoptosis. P53, downstream of the double strand break pathway, protein was reduced in Sufu-cKO cerebellum. Genetically removing p53 from the Sufu-cKO cerebellum resulted in cerebellar tumors in 2 mo mice. The Sufu;p53-dKO cerebella at P0 lacked clear foliation, and the secondary fissure, even more so than the Sufu-cKO. Fgf5 RNA and signaling (pERK1/2) were also expressed ectopically.

      In the revised manuscript, additional details have been added to clarify statistical analyses and to state limitations of the reported results in the absence of further experimental analyses.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mutations in SUFU are implicated in SHH medulloblastoma (MB). SUFU modulates Shh signaling in a context-dependent manner, making its role in MB pathology complex and not fully understood. This study reports that elevated FGF5 levels are associated with a specific subtype of SHH MB, particularly in pediatric cases. The authors demonstrate that Sufu deletion in a mouse model leads to abnormal proliferation of granule cell precursors (GCPs) at the secondary fissure (region B), correlating with increased Fgf5 expression. Notably, pharmacological inhibition of FGFR restores normal cerebellar development in Sufu mutant mice.

      Strengths:

      The identification of increased FGF5 in subsets of MB is novel and a key strength of the paper.

      Weaknesses:

      The study appears incomplete despite the potential significance of these findings. The current paper does not fully establish the causal relationship between Fgf5 and abnormal cerebellar development, nor does it clarify its connection to SUFU-related MB. Some conclusions seem overstated, and the central question of whether FGFR inhibition can prevent tumor formation remains untested.

      Comments on revisions:

      In this revised version, many of the concerns and comments raised by this and other reviewers remain unaddressed and require attention in future studies. The manuscript does not demonstrate significant improvement.

      Specific Comments:

      (1) In the figure provided by the authors, FGF5 appears to be highly expressed beneath the GCPs. Regarding our comment and Reviewer 1's Comment 7, it is essential to identify the cell types secreting FGF5 and clarify whether it functions in a paracrine or autocrine manner. This should be incorporated into the working model illustrated in Figure 5.<br /> (2) Contrary to the authors' claim that their results align completely with Jiwani et al. (2020), there is a discrepancy in the data. Jiwani et al. reported an increase in Gli2 levels in the Sufu mutant, whereas the current study shows the opposite result. This inconsistency needs to be addressed.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The interaction between FGF signaling and SHH-mediated GNP expansion in MB, particularly in the context of Sufu LoF, has just begun to be understood. The manuscript by Yabut et al. establishes a connection between ectopic FGF5 expression and GNP over-expansion in a late stage embryonic Sufu LoF model. The data provided links region-specific interaction between aberrant FGF5 signaling with SHH subtype of medulloblastoma. New data from Yabut et al. suggest that ectopic FGF5 expression correlates with GNP expansion near the secondary fissure in Sufu LoF cerebella. Furthermore, pharmacological blockade of FGF signaling inhibits GNP proliferation. Interestingly, the data indicate that the timing of conditional Sufu deletion (E13.5 using the hGFAP-Cre line) results in different outcomes compared to later deletion (using Math1-cre line, Jiwani et al., 2020). This study provides significant insights into the molecular mechanisms driving GNP expansion in SHH subgroup MB, particularly in the context of Sufu LoF. It highlights the potential of targeting FGF5 signaling as a therapeutic strategy. Additionally, the research offers a model for better understanding MB subtypes and developing targeted treatments.

      Strengths:

      One notable strength of this study is the extraction and analysis of ectopic FGF5 expression from a subset of MB patient tumor samples. This translational aspect of the study enhances its relevance to human disease. By correlating findings from mouse models with patient data, the authors strengthen the validity of their conclusions and highlight the potential clinical implications of targeting FGF5 in MB therapy.

      The data convincingly show that FGFR signaling activation drives GNP proliferation in Sufu conditional knockout models. This finding is supported by robust experimental evidence, including pharmacological blockade of FGF signaling, which effectively inhibits GNP proliferation. The clear demonstration of a functional link between FGFR signaling and GNP expansion underscores the potential of FGFR as a therapeutic target in SHH subgroup medulloblastoma.

      Previous studies have demonstrated the inhibitory effect of FGF2 on tumor cell proliferation in certain MB types, such as the ptc mutant (Fogarty et al., 2006)(Yaguchi et al., 2009). Findings in this manuscript provide additional support suggesting multiple roles for FGF signaling in cerebellar patterning and development.

      Weaknesses:

      In the GEO dataset analysis, where FGF5 expression is extracted, the reporting of the P-value lacks detail on the statistical methods used, such as whether an ANOVA or t-test was employed. Providing comprehensive statistical methodologies is crucial for assessing the rigor and reproducibility of the results. The absence of this information raises concerns about the robustness of the statistical analysis.

      Another concern is related to the controls used in the study. Cre recombinase induces double-strand DNA breaks within the loxP sites, and the control mice did not carry the Cre transgene (as stated in the Method section), while Sufu-cKO mice did. This discrepancy necessitates an additional control group to evaluate the effects of Cre-induced double-strand breaks on phosphorylated H2AX-DSB signaling. Including this control would strengthen the validity of the findings by ensuring that observed effects are not artifacts of Cre recombinase activity.

      Although the use of the hGFAP-Cre line allows genetic access to late embryonic stage, this also targets multiple cell types, including both GNPs and cerebellar glial cells. However, the authors focus primarily on GNPs without fully addressing the potential contributions of neuron-glial interaction. This oversight could limit the understanding of the broader cellular context in which FGF signaling influences tumor development.

      - Statistical analysis from the Geo expression dataset:<br /> The reviewer is satisfied with the revisions provided by the author and considers Figure 1 substantially improved.

      - Generation of Sufu-cKO;Gli1-LacZ triple transgenic mice not described:<br /> >The reviewer finds that the supplementary Figure 1 revisions provided by the author do not fully address the concerns raised, and the issue remains unresolved.

      - Request control group to evaluate the effects of Cre induced double-strand breaks on phosphorylated H2AX-DSB signaling:<br /> >Despite the revisions, control group (hGFAPCre;Sufu-fl/+) highlighted in the author response does not present in the revision, leaving this issue unresolved.

      - hGFAP-Cre line also targets multiple celltypes, including both GNPs and cerebellar glial cells:<br /> >The author acknowledges the limitations of the study, and the reviewer concurs, noting that it enhances the contextual understanding of the findings.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents valuable quantitative insights into the prevalence of functionally clustered synaptic inputs on neuronal dendrites. The simple analytical calculations and computer simulations provide solid support for the main arguments. The findings can lead to a more detailed understanding of how dendrites contribute to the computation of neuronal networks.

    2. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      If synaptic input is functionally clustered on dendrites, nonlinear integration could increase the computational power of neural networks. But this requires the right synapses to be located in the right places. This paper aims to address the question of whether such synaptic arrangements could arise by chance (i.e. without special rules for axon guidance or structural plasticity), and could therefore be exploited even in randomly connected networks. This is important, particularly for the dendrites and biological computation communities, where there is a pressing need to integrate decades of work at the single-neuron level with contemporary ideas about network function.

      Using an abstract model where ensembles of neurons project randomly to a postsynaptic population, back-of-envelope calculations are presented that predict the probability of finding clustered synapses and spatiotemporal sequences. Using data-constrained parameters, the authors conclude that clustering and sequences are indeed likely to occur by chance (for large enough ensembles), but require strong dendritic nonlinearities and low background noise to be useful.

      Strengths:

      - The back-of-envelope reasoning presented can provide fast and valuable intuition. The authors have also made the effort to connect the model parameters with measured values. Even an approximate understanding of cluster probability can direct theory and experiments towards promising directions, or away from lost causes.

      - I found the general approach to be refreshingly transparent and objective. Assumptions are stated clearly about the model and statistics of different circuits. Along with some positive results, many of the computed cluster probabilities are vanishingly small, and noise is found to be quite detrimental in several cases. This is important to know, and I was happy to see the authors take a balanced look at conditions that help/hinder clustering, rather than just focus on a particular regime that works.

      - This paper is also a timely reminder that synaptic clusters and sequences can exist on multiple spatial and temporal scales. The authors present results pertaining to the standard `electrical' regime (~50-100 µm, <50 ms), as well as two modes of chemical signaling (~10 µm, 100-1000 ms). The senior author is indeed an authority on the latter, and the simulations in Figure 5, extending those from Bhalla (2017), are unique in this area. In my view, the role of chemical signaling in neural computation is understudied theoretically, but research will be increasingly important as experimental technologies continue to develop.

      (Editors' note: the paper has been through two rounds of revisions and the authors are encouraged to finalise this as the Version of Record. The earlier reviews are here: https://elifesciences.org/reviewed-preprints/100664v2/reviews)

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this revision, the authors significantly improved the manuscript. They now address some of my concerns. Specifically, they show the contribution of end-effects on spreading the inputs between dendrites. This analysis reveals greater applicability of their findings to cortical cells, with long, unbranching dendrites than other neuronal types, such as Purkinje cells in the cerebellum.

      They now explain better the interactions between calcium and voltage signals, which I believe improve the take-away message of their manuscript. They modified and added new figures that helped to provide more information about their simulations.

      However, some of my points remain valid. Figure 6 shows depolarization of ~5mV from -75. This weak depolarization would not effectively recruit nonlinear activation of NMDARs. In their paper, Branco and Hausser (2010) showed depolarizations of ~10-15mV.

      More importantly, the signature of NMDAR activation is the prolonged plateau potential and activation at more depolarized resting membrane potentials (their Figure 4). Thus, despite including NMDARs in the simulation, the authors do not model functional recruitment of these channels. Their simulation is thus equivalent to AMPA only drive, which can indeed summate somewhat nonlinearly.

      In the current study, we used short sequences of 5 inputs, since the convergence of longer sequences is extremely unlikely in the network configurations we have examined. This resulted in smaller EPSP amplitudes of ~5mV (Figure 6 - Supplement 2A, B). Longer sequences containing 9 inputs resulted in larger somatic depolarizations of ~10mV (Figure 6 - Supplement 2E, F). Although we had modified the (Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010) model to remove the jitter in the timing of arrival of inputs and made slight modifications to the location of stimulus delivery on the dendrite, we saw similar amplitudes when we tested a 9-length sequence using (Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010)’s published code (Figure 6 - Supplement 2I, J). In all the cases we tested (5 input sequence, 9 input sequence, 9 input sequence with (Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010) code repository), removal of NMDA synapses lowered both the somatic EPSPs (Figure 6 - Supplement 2C,D,G,H,K,L) as well as the selectivity (measured as the difference between the EPSPs generated for inward and outward stimulus delivery) (Figure 6 Supplement 2M,N,O). Further, monitoring the voltage along the dendrite for a sequence of 5 inputs showed dendritic EPSPs in the range of 20-45 mV (Figure 6 - Supplement 2P, Q), which came down notably (10-25mV) when NMDA synapses were abolished (Figure 6 - Supplement 2R, S). Thus, even sequences containing as few as 5 inputs were capable of engaging the NMDA-mediated nonlinearity to show sequence selectivity, although the selectivity was not as strong as in the case of 9 inputs.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points:

      Figure 8, what does the scale in A represent? I assume it is voltage, but there are no units. Figure 8, C, E, G, these are unconventional units for synaptic weights, usually, these are given in nS / per input.

      We have corrected these. The scalebar in 8A represents membrane potential in mV. The units of 8C,E,G are now in nS.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      If synaptic input is functionally clustered on dendrites, nonlinear integration could increase the computational power of neural networks. But this requires the right synapses to be located in the right places. This paper aims to address the question of whether such synaptic arrangements could arise by chance (i.e. without special rules for axon guidance or structural plasticity), and could therefore be exploited even in randomly connected networks. This is important, particularly for the dendrites and biological computation communities, where there is a pressing need to integrate decades of work at the single-neuron level with contemporary ideas about network function.

      Using an abstract model where ensembles of neurons project randomly to a postsynaptic population, back-of-envelope calculations are presented that predict the probability of finding clustered synapses and spatiotemporal sequences. Using data-constrained parameters, the authors conclude that clustering and sequences are indeed likely to occur by chance (for large enough ensembles), but require strong dendritic nonlinearities and low background noise to be useful.

      Strengths:

      (1) The back-of-envelope reasoning presented can provide fast and valuable intuition. The authors have also made the effort to connect the model parameters with measured values. Even an approximate understanding of cluster probability can direct theory and experiments towards promising directions, or away from lost causes.

      (2) I found the general approach to be refreshingly transparent and objective. Assumptions are stated clearly about the model and statistics of different circuits. Along with some positive results, many of the computed cluster probabilities are vanishingly small, and noise is found to be quite detrimental in several cases. This is important to know, and I was happy to see the authors take a balanced look at conditions that help/hinder clustering, rather than to just focus on a particular regime that works.

      (3) This paper is also a timely reminder that synaptic clusters and sequences can exist on multiple spatial and temporal scales. The authors present results pertaining to the standard `electrical' regime (~50-100 µm, <50 ms), as well as two modes of chemical signaling (~10 µm, 100-1000 ms). The senior author is indeed an authority on the latter, and the simulations in Figure 5, extending those from Bhalla (2017), are unique in this area. In my view, the role of chemical signaling in neural computation is understudied theoretically, but research will be increasingly important as experimental technologies continue to develop.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The paper is mostly let down by the presentation. In the current form, some patience is needed to grasp the main questions and results, and it is hard to keep track of the many abbreviations and definitions. A paper like this can be impactful, but the writing needs to be crisp, and the logic of the derivation accessible to non-experts. See, for instance, Stepanyants, Hof & Chklovskii (2002) for a relevant example.

      It would be good to see a restructure that communicates the main points clearly and concisely, perhaps leaving other observations to an optional appendix. For the interested but time-pressed reader, I recommend starting with the last paragraph of the introduction, working through the main derivation on page 7, and writing out the full expression with key parameters exposed. Next, look at Table 1 and Figure 2J to see where different circuits and mechanisms fit in this scheme. Beyond this, the sequence derivation on page 15 and biophysical simulations in Figures 5 and 6 are also highlights.

      We appreciate the reviewers' suggestions. We have tightened the flow of the introduction. We understand that the abbreviations and definitions are challenging and have therefore provided intuitions and summaries of the equations discussed in the main text.

      Clusters calculations

      Our approach is to ask how likely it is that a given set of inputs lands on a short segment of dendrite, and then scale it up to all segments on the entire dendritic length of the cell.

      Thus, the probability of occurrence of groups that receive connections from each of the M ensembles (PcFMG) is a function of the connection probability (p) between the two layers, the number of neurons in an ensemble (N), the relative zone-length with respect to the total dendritic arbor (Z/L) and the number of ensembles (M).

      Sequence calculations

      Here we estimate the likelihood of the first ensemble input arriving anywhere on the dendrite, and ask how likely it is that succeeding inputs of the sequence would arrive within a set spacing.

      Thus, the probability of occurrence of sequences that receive sequential connections (PcPOSS) from each of the M ensembles is a function of the connection probability (p) between the two layers, the number of neurons in an ensemble (N), the relative window size with respect to the total dendritic arbor (Δ/L) and the number of ensembles (M).

      (2) I wonder if the authors are being overly conservative at times. The result highlighted in the abstract is that 10/100000 postsynaptic neurons are expected to exhibit synaptic clustering. This seems like a very small number, especially if circuits are to rely on such a mechanism. However, this figure assumes the convergence of 3-5 distinct ensembles. Convergence of inputs from just 2 ense mbles would be much more prevalent, but still advantageous computationally. There has been excitement in the field about experiments showing the clustering of synapses encoding even a single feature.

      We agree that short clusters of two inputs would be far more likely. We focused our analysis on clusters with three of more ensembles because of the following reasons:

      (1) The signal to noise in these clusters was very poor as the likelihood of noise clusters is high.

      (2) It is difficult to trigger nonlinearities with very few synaptic inputs.

      (3) At the ensemble sizes we considered (100 for clusters, 1000 for sequences), clusters arising from just two ensembles would result in high probability of occurrence on all neurons in a network (~50% in cortex, see p_CMFG in figures below.). These dense neural representations make it difficult for downstream networks to decode (Foldiak 2003).

      However, in the presence of ensembles containing fewer neurons or when the connection probability between the layers is low, short clusters can result in sparse representations (Figure 2 - Supplement 2). Arguments 1 and 2 hold for short sequences as well.

      (3) The analysis supporting the claim that strong nonlinearities are needed for cluster/sequence detection is unconvincing. In the analysis, different synapse distributions on a single long dendrite are convolved with a sigmoid function and then the sum is taken to reflect the somatic response. In reality, dendritic nonlinearities influence the soma in a complex and dynamic manner. It may be that the abstract approach the authors use captures some of this, but it needs to be validated with simulations to be trusted (in line with previous work, e.g. Poirazi, Brannon & Mel, (2003)).

      We agree that multiple factors might affect the influence of nonlinearities on the soma. The key goal of our study was to understand the role played by random connectivity in giving rise to clustered computation. Since simulating a wide range of connectivity and activity patterns in a detailed biophysical model was computationally expensive, we analyzed the exemplar detailed models for nonlinearity separately (Figures 5, 6, and new figure 8), and then used our abstract models as a proxy for understanding population dynamics. A complete analysis of the role played by morphology, channel kinetics and the effect of branching requires an in-depth study of its own, and some of these questions have already been tackled by (Poirazi, Brannon, and Mel 2003; Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010; Bhalla 2017). However, in the revision, we have implemented a single model which incorporates the range of ion-channel, synaptic and biochemical signaling nonlinearities which we discuss in the paper (Figure 8, and Figure 8 Supplement 1, 2,3). We use this to demonstrate all three forms of sequence and grouped computation we use in the study, where the only difference is in the stimulus pattern and the separation of time-scales inherent in the stimuli.

      (4) It is unclear whether some of the conclusions would hold in the presence of learning. In the signal-to-noise analysis, all synaptic strengths are assumed equal. But if synapses involved in salient clusters or sequences were potentiated, presumably detection would become easier? Similarly, if presynaptic tuning and/or timing were reorganized through learning, the conditions for synaptic arrangements to be useful could be relaxed. Answering these questions is beyond the scope of the study, but there is a caveat there nonetheless.

      We agree with the reviewer. If synapses receiving connectivity from ensembles had stronger weights, this would make detection easier. Dendritic spikes arising from clustered inputs have been implicated in local cooperative plasticity (Golding, Staff, and Spruston 2002; Losonczy, Makara, and Magee 2008). Further, plasticity related proteins synthesized at a synapse undergoing L-LTP can diffuse to neighboring weakly co-active synapses, and thereby mediate cooperative plasticity (Harvey et al. 2008; Govindarajan, Kelleher, and Tonegawa 2006; Govindarajan et al. 2011). Thus if clusters of synapses were likely to be co-active, they could further engage these local plasticity mechanisms which could potentiate them while not potentiating synapses that are activated by background activity. This would depend on the activity correlation between synapses receiving ensemble inputs within a cluster vs those activated by background activity. We have mentioned some of these ideas in a published opinion paper (Pulikkottil, Somashekar, and Bhalla 2021). In the current study, we wanted to understand whether even in the absence of specialized connection rules, interesting computations could still emerge. Thus, we focused on asking whether clustered or sequential convergence could arise even in a purely randomly connected network, with the most basic set of assumptions. We agree that an analysis of how selectivity evolves with learning would be an interesting topic for further work.

      References

      • Bhalla, Upinder S. 2017. “Synaptic Input Sequence Discrimination on Behavioral Timescales Mediated by Reaction-Diffusion Chemistry in Dendrites.” Edited by Frances K Skinner. eLife 6 (April):e25827. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.25827.

      • Branco, Tiago, Beverley A. Clark, and Michael Häusser. 2010. “Dendritic Discrimination of Temporal Input Sequences in Cortical Neurons.” Science (New York, N.Y.) 329 (5999): 1671–75. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1189664.

      • Foldiak, Peter. 2003. “Sparse Coding in the Primate Cortex.” The Handbook of Brain Theory and Neural Networks. https://research-repository.st-andrews.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/10023/2994/FoldiakSparse HBTNN2e02.pdf?sequence=1.

      • Golding, Nace L., Nathan P. Staff, and Nelson Spruston. 2002. “Dendritic Spikes as a Mechanism for Cooperative Long-Term Potentiation.” Nature 418 (6895): 326–31. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature00854.

      • Govindarajan, Arvind, Inbal Israely, Shu-Ying Huang, and Susumu Tonegawa. 2011. “The Dendritic Branch Is the Preferred Integrative Unit for Protein Synthesis-Dependent LTP.” Neuron 69 (1): 132–46. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2010.12.008.

      • Govindarajan, Arvind, Raymond J. Kelleher, and Susumu Tonegawa. 2006. “A Clustered Plasticity Model of Long-Term Memory Engrams.” Nature Reviews Neuroscience 7 (7): 575–83. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn1937.

      • Harvey, Christopher D., Ryohei Yasuda, Haining Zhong, and Karel Svoboda. 2008. “The Spread of Ras Activity Triggered by Activation of a Single Dendritic Spine.” Science (New York, N.Y.) 321 (5885): 136–40. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1159675.

      • Losonczy, Attila, Judit K. Makara, and Jeffrey C. Magee. 2008. “Compartmentalized Dendritic Plasticity and Input Feature Storage in Neurons.” Nature 452 (7186): 436–41. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature06725.

      • Poirazi, Panayiota, Terrence Brannon, and Bartlett W. Mel. 2003. “Pyramidal Neuron as Two-Layer Neural Network.” Neuron 37 (6): 989–99. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(03)00149-1.

      • Pulikkottil, Vinu Varghese, Bhanu Priya Somashekar, and Upinder S. Bhalla. 2021. “Computation, Wiring, and Plasticity in Synaptic Clusters.” Current Opinion in Neurobiology, Computational Neuroscience, 70 (October):101–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2021.08.001.

    4. eLife Assessment

      This study presents valuable quantitative insights into the prevalence of functionally clustered synaptic inputs on neuronal dendrites. The simple analytical calculations and computer simulations provide solid support for the main arguments. The findings can lead to a more detailed understanding of how dendrites contribute to the computation of neuronal networks.

    5. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      If synaptic input is functionally clustered on dendrites, nonlinear integration could increase the computational power of neural networks. But this requires the right synapses to be located in the right places. This paper aims to address the question of whether such synaptic arrangements could arise by chance (i.e. without special rules for axon guidance or structural plasticity), and could therefore be exploited even in randomly connected networks. This is important, particularly for the dendrites and biological computation communities, where there is a pressing need to integrate decades of work at the single-neuron level with contemporary ideas about network function.

      Using an abstract model where ensembles of neurons project randomly to a postsynaptic population, back-of-envelope calculations are presented that predict the probability of finding clustered synapses and spatiotemporal sequences. Using data-constrained parameters, the authors conclude that clustering and sequences are indeed likely to occur by chance (for large enough ensembles), but require strong dendritic nonlinearities and low background noise to be useful.

      Strengths:

      - The back-of-envelope reasoning presented can provide fast and valuable intuition. The authors have also made the effort to connect the model parameters with measured values. Even an approximate understanding of cluster probability can direct theory and experiments towards promising directions, or away from lost causes.

      - I found the general approach to be refreshingly transparent and objective. Assumptions are stated clearly about the model and statistics of different circuits. Along with some positive results, many of the computed cluster probabilities are vanishingly small, and noise is found to be quite detrimental in several cases. This is important to know, and I was happy to see the authors take a balanced look at conditions that help/hinder clustering, rather than just focus on a particular regime that works.

      - This paper is also a timely reminder that synaptic clusters and sequences can exist on multiple spatial and temporal scales. The authors present results pertaining to the standard `electrical' regime (~50-100 µm, <50 ms), as well as two modes of chemical signaling (~10 µm, 100-1000 ms). The senior author is indeed an authority on the latter, and the simulations in Figure 5, extending those from Bhalla (2017), are unique in this area. In my view, the role of chemical signaling in neural computation is understudied theoretically, but research will be increasingly important as experimental technologies continue to develop.

      (Editors' note: the paper has been through two rounds of revisions and the authors are encouraged to finalise this as the Version of Record. The earlier reviews are here: https://elifesciences.org/reviewed-preprints/100664v2/reviews#tab-content)

    6. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this revision, the authors significantly improved the manuscript. They now address some of my concerns. Specifically, they show the contribution of end-effects on spreading the inputs between dendrites. This analysis reveals greater applicability of their findings to cortical cells, with long, unbranching dendrites than other neuronal types, such as Purkinje cells in the cerebellum.

      They now explain better the interactions between calcium and voltage signals, which I believe improve the take-away message of their manuscript. They modified and added new figures that helped to provide more information about their simulations.

      However, some of my points remain valid. Figure 6 shows depolarization of ~5mV from -75. This weak depolarization would not effectively recruit nonlinear activation of NMDARs. In their paper, Branco and Hausser (2010) showed depolarizations of ~10-15mV.

      More importantly, the signature of NMDAR activation is the prolonged plateau potential and activation at more depolarized resting membrane potentials (their Figure 4). Thus, despite including NMDARs in the simulation, the authors do not model functional recruitment of these channels. Their simulation is thus equivalent to AMPA only drive, which can indeed summate somewhat nonlinearly.

      In the current study, we used short sequences of 5 inputs, since the convergence of longer sequences is extremely unlikely in the network configurations we have examined. This resulted in smaller EPSP amplitudes of ~5mV (Figure 6 - Supplement 2A, B). Longer sequences containing 9 inputs resulted in larger somatic depolarizations of ~10mV (Figure 6 - Supplement 2E, F). Although we had modified the (Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010) model to remove the jitter in the timing of arrival of inputs and made slight modifications to the location of stimulus delivery on the dendrite, we saw similar amplitudes when we tested a 9-length sequence using (Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010)’s published code (Figure 6 - Supplement 2I, J). In all the cases we tested (5 input sequence, 9 input sequence, 9 input sequence with (Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010) code repository), removal of NMDA synapses lowered both the somatic EPSPs (Figure 6 - Supplement 2C,D,G,H,K,L) as well as the selectivity (measured as the difference between the EPSPs generated for inward and outward stimulus delivery) (Figure 6 Supplement 2M,N,O). Further, monitoring the voltage along the dendrite for a sequence of 5 inputs showed dendritic EPSPs in the range of 20-45 mV (Figure 6 - Supplement 2P, Q), which came down notably (10-25mV) when NMDA synapses were abolished (Figure 6 - Supplement 2R, S). Thus, even sequences containing as few as 5 inputs were capable of engaging the NMDA-mediated nonlinearity to show sequence selectivity, although the selectivity was not as strong as in the case of 9 inputs.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points:

      Figure 8, what does the scale in A represent? I assume it is voltage, but there are no units. Figure 8, C, E, G, these are unconventional units for synaptic weights, usually, these are given in nS / per input.

      We have corrected these. The scalebar in 8A represents membrane potential in mV. The units of 8C,E,G are now in nS.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      If synaptic input is functionally clustered on dendrites, nonlinear integration could increase the computational power of neural networks. But this requires the right synapses to be located in the right places. This paper aims to address the question of whether such synaptic arrangements could arise by chance (i.e. without special rules for axon guidance or structural plasticity), and could therefore be exploited even in randomly connected networks. This is important, particularly for the dendrites and biological computation communities, where there is a pressing need to integrate decades of work at the single-neuron level with contemporary ideas about network function.

      Using an abstract model where ensembles of neurons project randomly to a postsynaptic population, back-of-envelope calculations are presented that predict the probability of finding clustered synapses and spatiotemporal sequences. Using data-constrained parameters, the authors conclude that clustering and sequences are indeed likely to occur by chance (for large enough ensembles), but require strong dendritic nonlinearities and low background noise to be useful.

      Strengths:

      (1) The back-of-envelope reasoning presented can provide fast and valuable intuition. The authors have also made the effort to connect the model parameters with measured values. Even an approximate understanding of cluster probability can direct theory and experiments towards promising directions, or away from lost causes.

      (2) I found the general approach to be refreshingly transparent and objective. Assumptions are stated clearly about the model and statistics of different circuits. Along with some positive results, many of the computed cluster probabilities are vanishingly small, and noise is found to be quite detrimental in several cases. This is important to know, and I was happy to see the authors take a balanced look at conditions that help/hinder clustering, rather than to just focus on a particular regime that works.

      (3) This paper is also a timely reminder that synaptic clusters and sequences can exist on multiple spatial and temporal scales. The authors present results pertaining to the standard `electrical' regime (~50-100 µm, <50 ms), as well as two modes of chemical signaling (~10 µm, 100-1000 ms). The senior author is indeed an authority on the latter, and the simulations in Figure 5, extending those from Bhalla (2017), are unique in this area. In my view, the role of chemical signaling in neural computation is understudied theoretically, but research will be increasingly important as experimental technologies continue to develop.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The paper is mostly let down by the presentation. In the current form, some patience is needed to grasp the main questions and results, and it is hard to keep track of the many abbreviations and definitions. A paper like this can be impactful, but the writing needs to be crisp, and the logic of the derivation accessible to non-experts. See, for instance, Stepanyants, Hof & Chklovskii (2002) for a relevant example.

      It would be good to see a restructure that communicates the main points clearly and concisely, perhaps leaving other observations to an optional appendix. For the interested but time-pressed reader, I recommend starting with the last paragraph of the introduction, working through the main derivation on page 7, and writing out the full expression with key parameters exposed. Next, look at Table 1 and Figure 2J to see where different circuits and mechanisms fit in this scheme. Beyond this, the sequence derivation on page 15 and biophysical simulations in Figures 5 and 6 are also highlights.

      We appreciate the reviewers' suggestions. We have tightened the flow of the introduction. We understand that the abbreviations and definitions are challenging and have therefore provided intuitions and summaries of the equations discussed in the main text.

      Clusters calculations

      Our approach is to ask how likely it is that a given set of inputs lands on a short segment of dendrite, and then scale it up to all segments on the entire dendritic length of the cell.

      Thus, the probability of occurrence of groups that receive connections from each of the M ensembles (PcFMG) is a function of the connection probability (p) between the two layers, the number of neurons in an ensemble (N), the relative zone-length with respect to the total dendritic arbor (Z/L) and the number of ensembles (M).

      Sequence calculations

      Here we estimate the likelihood of the first ensemble input arriving anywhere on the dendrite, and ask how likely it is that succeeding inputs of the sequence would arrive within a set spacing.

      Thus, the probability of occurrence of sequences that receive sequential connections (PcPOSS) from each of the M ensembles is a function of the connection probability (p) between the two layers, the number of neurons in an ensemble (N), the relative window size with respect to the total dendritic arbor (Δ/L) and the number of ensembles (M).

      (2) I wonder if the authors are being overly conservative at times. The result highlighted in the abstract is that 10/100000 postsynaptic neurons are expected to exhibit synaptic clustering. This seems like a very small number, especially if circuits are to rely on such a mechanism. However, this figure assumes the convergence of 3-5 distinct ensembles. Convergence of inputs from just 2 ense mbles would be much more prevalent, but still advantageous computationally. There has been excitement in the field about experiments showing the clustering of synapses encoding even a single feature.

      We agree that short clusters of two inputs would be far more likely. We focused our analysis on clusters with three of more ensembles because of the following reasons:

      (1) The signal to noise in these clusters was very poor as the likelihood of noise clusters is high.

      (2) It is difficult to trigger nonlinearities with very few synaptic inputs.

      (3) At the ensemble sizes we considered (100 for clusters, 1000 for sequences), clusters arising from just two ensembles would result in high probability of occurrence on all neurons in a network (~50% in cortex, see p_CMFG in figures below.). These dense neural representations make it difficult for downstream networks to decode (Foldiak 2003).

      However, in the presence of ensembles containing fewer neurons or when the connection probability between the layers is low, short clusters can result in sparse representations (Figure 2 - Supplement 2). Arguments 1 and 2 hold for short sequences as well.

      (3) The analysis supporting the claim that strong nonlinearities are needed for cluster/sequence detection is unconvincing. In the analysis, different synapse distributions on a single long dendrite are convolved with a sigmoid function and then the sum is taken to reflect the somatic response. In reality, dendritic nonlinearities influence the soma in a complex and dynamic manner. It may be that the abstract approach the authors use captures some of this, but it needs to be validated with simulations to be trusted (in line with previous work, e.g. Poirazi, Brannon & Mel, (2003)).

      We agree that multiple factors might affect the influence of nonlinearities on the soma. The key goal of our study was to understand the role played by random connectivity in giving rise to clustered computation. Since simulating a wide range of connectivity and activity patterns in a detailed biophysical model was computationally expensive, we analyzed the exemplar detailed models for nonlinearity separately (Figures 5, 6, and new figure 8), and then used our abstract models as a proxy for understanding population dynamics. A complete analysis of the role played by morphology, channel kinetics and the effect of branching requires an in-depth study of its own, and some of these questions have already been tackled by (Poirazi, Brannon, and Mel 2003; Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010; Bhalla 2017). However, in the revision, we have implemented a single model which incorporates the range of ion-channel, synaptic and biochemical signaling nonlinearities which we discuss in the paper (Figure 8, and Figure 8 Supplement 1, 2,3). We use this to demonstrate all three forms of sequence and grouped computation we use in the study, where the only difference is in the stimulus pattern and the separation of time-scales inherent in the stimuli.

      (4) It is unclear whether some of the conclusions would hold in the presence of learning. In the signal-to-noise analysis, all synaptic strengths are assumed equal. But if synapses involved in salient clusters or sequences were potentiated, presumably detection would become easier? Similarly, if presynaptic tuning and/or timing were reorganized through learning, the conditions for synaptic arrangements to be useful could be relaxed. Answering these questions is beyond the scope of the study, but there is a caveat there nonetheless.

      We agree with the reviewer. If synapses receiving connectivity from ensembles had stronger weights, this would make detection easier. Dendritic spikes arising from clustered inputs have been implicated in local cooperative plasticity (Golding, Staff, and Spruston 2002; Losonczy, Makara, and Magee 2008). Further, plasticity related proteins synthesized at a synapse undergoing L-LTP can diffuse to neighboring weakly co-active synapses, and thereby mediate cooperative plasticity (Harvey et al. 2008; Govindarajan, Kelleher, and Tonegawa 2006; Govindarajan et al. 2011). Thus if clusters of synapses were likely to be co-active, they could further engage these local plasticity mechanisms which could potentiate them while not potentiating synapses that are activated by background activity. This would depend on the activity correlation between synapses receiving ensemble inputs within a cluster vs those activated by background activity. We have mentioned some of these ideas in a published opinion paper (Pulikkottil, Somashekar, and Bhalla 2021). In the current study, we wanted to understand whether even in the absence of specialized connection rules, interesting computations could still emerge. Thus, we focused on asking whether clustered or sequential convergence could arise even in a purely randomly connected network, with the most basic set of assumptions. We agree that an analysis of how selectivity evolves with learning would be an interesting topic for further work.

      References

      Bhalla, Upinder S. 2017. “Synaptic Input Sequence Discrimination on Behavioral Timescales Mediated by Reaction-Diffusion Chemistry in Dendrites.” Edited by Frances K Skinner. eLife 6 (April):e25827. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.25827.

      Branco, Tiago, Beverley A. Clark, and Michael Häusser. 2010. “Dendritic Discrimination of Temporal Input Sequences in Cortical Neurons.” Science (New York, N.Y.) 329 (5999): 1671–75. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1189664.

      Foldiak, Peter. 2003. “Sparse Coding in the Primate Cortex.” The Handbook of Brain Theory and Neural Networks. https://research-repository.st-andrews.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/10023/2994/FoldiakSparse HBTNN2e02.pdf?sequence=1.

      Golding, Nace L., Nathan P. Staff, and Nelson Spruston. 2002. “Dendritic Spikes as a Mechanism for Cooperative Long-Term Potentiation.” Nature 418 (6895): 326–31. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature00854.

      Govindarajan, Arvind, Inbal Israely, Shu-Ying Huang, and Susumu Tonegawa. 2011. “The Dendritic Branch Is the Preferred Integrative Unit for Protein Synthesis-Dependent LTP.” Neuron 69 (1): 132–46. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2010.12.008.

      Govindarajan, Arvind, Raymond J. Kelleher, and Susumu Tonegawa. 2006. “A Clustered Plasticity Model of Long-Term Memory Engrams.” Nature Reviews Neuroscience 7 (7): 575–83. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn1937.

      Harvey, Christopher D., Ryohei Yasuda, Haining Zhong, and Karel Svoboda. 2008. “The Spread of Ras Activity Triggered by Activation of a Single Dendritic Spine.” Science (New York, N.Y.) 321 (5885): 136–40. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1159675.

      Losonczy, Attila, Judit K. Makara, and Jeffrey C. Magee. 2008. “Compartmentalized Dendritic Plasticity and Input Feature Storage in Neurons.” Nature 452 (7186): 436–41. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature06725.

      Poirazi, Panayiota, Terrence Brannon, and Bartlett W. Mel. 2003. “Pyramidal Neuron as Two-Layer Neural Network.” Neuron 37 (6): 989–99. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(03)00149-1.

      Pulikkottil, Vinu Varghese, Bhanu Priya Somashekar, and Upinder S. Bhalla. 2021. “Computation, Wiring, and Plasticity in Synaptic Clusters.” Current Opinion in Neurobiology, Computational Neuroscience, 70 (October):101–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2021.08.001.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents valuable quantitative insights into the prevalence of functionally clustered synaptic inputs on neuronal dendrites. The simple analytical calculations and computer simulations provide solid support for the main arguments. The findings can lead to a more detailed understanding of how dendrites contribute to the computation of neuronal networks.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In the current manuscript, the authors use theoretical and analytical tools to examine the possibility of neural projections to engage ensembles of synaptic clusters in active dendrites. The analysis is divided into multiple models that differ in the connectivity parameters, speed of interactions and identity of the signal (electric vs. second messenger). They first show that random connectivity almost ensures the representation of presynaptic ensembles. As expected, this convergence is much more likely for small group sizes and slow processes, such as calcium dynamics. Conversely, fast signals (spikes and postsynaptic potentials) and large groups are much less likely to recruit spatially clustered inputs. Dendritic nonlinearity in the postsynaptic cells was found to play a highly important role in distinguishing these clustered activation patterns, both when activated simultaneously and in sequence. The authors tackled the difficult issue of noise, showing a beneficiary effect when noise 'happen' to fill in gaps in a sequential pattern but degraded performance at higher background activity levels. Last, the authors simulated selectivity to chemical and electrical signals. While they find that longer sequences are less perturbed by noise, in more realistic activation conditions, the signals are not well resolved in the soma.

      While I think the premise of the manuscript is worth exploring, I have a number of reservations regarding the results.

      (1) In the analysis, the authors made a simplifying assumption that the chemical and electrical processes are independent. However, this is not the case; excitatory inputs to spines often trigger depolarization combined with pronounced calcium influx; this mixed signaling could have dramatic implications on the analysis, particularly if the dendrites are nonlinear (see below)<br /> (2) Sequence detection in active dendrites is often simplified to investigating activation in a part of or the entirety of individual branches. However, the authors did not do that for most of their analysis. Instead, they treat the entire dendritic tree as one long branch and count how many inputs form clusters. I fail to see why the simplification is required and suspect it can lead to wrong results. For example, two inputs that are mapped to different dendrites in the 'original' morphology but then happen to fall next to each other when the branches are staggered to form the long dendrites would be counted as neighbors.<br /> (3) The simulations were poorly executed. Figures 5 and 6 show examples but no summary statistics. The authors emphasize the importance of nonlinear dendritic interactions, but they do not include them in their analysis of the ectopic signals! I find it to be wholly expected that the effects of dendritic ensembles are not pronounced when the dendrites are linear.

      To provide a comprehensive analysis of dendritic integration, the authors could simulate more realistic synaptic conductances and voltage-gated channels. They would find much more complicated interactions between inputs on a single site, a sliding temporal and spatial window of nonlinear integration that depends on dendritic morphology, active and passive parameters and synaptic properties. At different activation levels, the rules of synaptic integration shift to cooperativity between different dendrites and cellular compartments, further complicated by nonlinear interactions between somatic spikes and dendritic events.

      While it is tempting to extend back-of-the-napkin calculations of how many inputs can recruit nonlinear integration in active dendrites, the biological implementation is very different from this hypothetical. It is important to consider these questions, but I am not convinced that this manuscript adequately addressed the questions it set out to probe, nor does it provide information that was unknown beforehand.

      Update after the first revision:

      In this revision, the authors significantly improved the manuscript. They now address some of my concerns. Specifically, they show the contribution of end-effects on spreading the inputs between dendrites. This analysis reveals greater applicability of their findings to cortical cells, with long, unbranching dendrites than other neuronal types, such as Purkinje cells in the cerebellum.

      They now explain better the interactions between calcium and voltage signals, which I believe improve the take-away message of their manuscript. They modified and added new figures that helped to provide more information about their simulations.<br /> However, some of my points remain valid. Figure 6 shows depolarization of ~5mV from -75. This weak depolarization would not effectively recruit nonlinear activation of NMDARs. In their paper, Branco and Hausser (2010) showed depolarizations of ~10-15mV. More importantly, the signature of NMDAR activation is the prolonged plateau potential and activation at more depolarized resting membrane potentials (their Figure 4). Thus, despite including NMDARs in the simulation, the authors do not model functional recruitment of these channels. Their simulation is thus equivalent to AMPA only drive, which can indeed summate somewhat nonlinearly.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      If synaptic input is functionally clustered on dendrites, nonlinear integration could increase the computational power of neural networks. But this requires the right synapses to be located in the right places. This paper aims to address the question of whether such synaptic arrangements could arise by chance (i.e. without special rules for axon guidance or structural plasticity), and could therefore be exploited even in randomly connected networks. This is important, particularly for the dendrites and biological computation communities, where there is a pressing need to integrate decades of work at the single-neuron level with contemporary ideas about network function.

      Using an abstract model where ensembles of neurons project randomly to a postsynaptic population, back-of-envelope calculations are presented that predict the probability of finding clustered synapses and spatiotemporal sequences. Using data-constrained parameters, the authors conclude that clustering and sequences are indeed likely to occur by chance (for large enough ensembles), but require strong dendritic nonlinearities and low background noise to be useful.

      Strengths:

      - The back-of-envelope reasoning presented can provide fast and valuable intuition. The authors have also made the effort to connect the model parameters with measured values. Even an approximate understanding of cluster probability can direct theory and experiments towards promising directions, or away from lost causes.

      - I found the general approach to be refreshingly transparent and objective. Assumptions are stated clearly about the model and statistics of different circuits. Along with some positive results, many of the computed cluster probabilities are vanishingly small, and noise is found to be quite detrimental in several cases. This is important to know, and I was happy to see the authors take a balanced look at conditions that help/hinder clustering, rather than just focus on a particular regime that works.

      - This paper is also a timely reminder that synaptic clusters and sequences can exist on multiple spatial and temporal scales. The authors present results pertaining to the standard `electrical' regime (~50-100 µm, <50 ms), as well as two modes of chemical signaling (~10 µm, 100-1000 ms). The senior author is indeed an authority on the latter, and the simulations in Figure 5, extending those from Bhalla (2017), are unique in this area. In my view, the role of chemical signaling in neural computation is understudied theoretically, but research will be increasingly important as experimental technologies continue to develop.

      Weaknesses:

      - The paper is mostly let down by the presentation. In the current form, some patience is needed to grasp the main questions and results, and it is hard to keep track of the many abbreviations and definitions. A paper like this can be impactful, but the writing needs to be crisp, and the logic of the derivation accessible to non-experts. See, for instance, Stepanyants, Hof & Chklovskii (2002) for a relevant example.

      It would be good to see a restructure that communicates the main points clearly and concisely, perhaps leaving other observations to an optional appendix. For the interested but time-pressed reader, I recommend starting with the last paragraph of the introduction, working through the main derivation on page 7, and writing out the full expression with key parameters exposed. Next, look at Table 1 and Figure 2J to see where different circuits and mechanisms fit in this scheme. Beyond this, the sequence derivation on page 17 and biophysical simulations in Figures 5 and 6 are also highlights.

      - The analysis supporting the claim that strong nonlinearities are needed for cluster/sequence detection is unconvincing. In the analysis, different synapse distributions on a single long dendrite are convolved with a sigmoid function and then the sum is taken to reflect the somatic response. In reality, dendritic nonlinearities influence the soma in a complex and dynamic manner. It may be that the abstract approach the authors use captures some of this, but it needs to be validated with simulations to be trusted (in line with previous work, e.g. Poirazi, Brannon & Mel, (2003)).

      - It is unclear whether some of the conclusions would hold in the presence of learning. In the signal-to-noise analysis, all synaptic strengths are assumed equal. But if synapses involved in salient clusters or sequences were potentiated, presumably detection would become easier? Similarly, if presynaptic tuning and/or timing was reorganized through learning, the conditions for synaptic arrangements to be useful could be relaxed. Answering these questions is beyond the scope of the study, but there is a caveat there nonetheless.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In the current manuscript, the authors use theoretical and analytical tools to examine the possibility of neural projections to engage ensembles of synaptic clusters in active dendrites. The analysis is divided into multiple models that differ in the connectivity parameters, speed of interactions, and identity of the signal (electric vs. second messenger). They first show that random connectivity almost ensures the representation of presynaptic ensembles. As expected, this convergence is much more likely for small group sizes and slow processes, such as calcium dynamics. Conversely, fast signals (spikes and postsynaptic potentials) and large groups are much less likely to recruit spatially clustered inputs. Dendritic nonlinearity in the postsynaptic cells was found to play a highly important role in distinguishing these clustered activation patterns, both when activated simultaneously and in sequence. The authors tackled the difficult issue of noise, showing a beneficiary effect when noise 'happens' to fill in gaps in a sequential pattern but degraded performance at higher background activity levels. Last, the authors simulated selectivity to chemical and electrical signals. While they find that longer sequences are less perturbed by noise, in more realistic activation conditions, the signals are not well resolved in the soma.

      While I think the premise of the manuscript is worth exploring, I have a number of reservations regarding the results.

      (1) In the analysis, the authors made a simplifying assumption that the chemical and electrical processes are independent. However, this is not the case; excitatory inputs to spines often trigger depolarization combined with pronounced calcium influx; this mixed signaling could have dramatic implications on the analysis, particularly if the dendrites are nonlinear (see below)

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that we were not entirely clear about the strong basis upon which we had built our analyses of nonlinearity. In the previous version we had relied on published work, notably (Bhalla 2017), which does include these nonlinearities. However, we agree it is preferable to unambiguously demonstrate all the reported selectivity properties in a single model with all the nonlinearities discussed. We have now done so. This is now reported in the paper:

      “A single model exhibits multiple forms of nonlinear dendritic selectivity

      We implemented all three forms of selectivity described above, in a single model which included six voltage and calcium-gated ion channels, NMDA, AMPA and GABA receptors, and chemical signaling processes in spines and dendrites. The goal of this was three fold: To show how these nonlinear operations emerge in a mechanistically detailed model, to show that they can coexist, and to show that they are separated in time-scales. We implemented a Y-branched neuron model with additional electrical compartments for the dendritic spines (Methods). This model was closely based on a published detailed chemical-electrical model (Bhalla 2017). We stimulated this model with synaptic input corresponding to the three kinds of spatiotemporal patterns described in figures Figure 8 - Supplement 1 (sequential synaptic activity triggering electrical sequence selectivity), Figure 8 - Supplement 2 (spatially grouped synaptic stimuli leading to local Ca4_CaM activation), and Figure 8 - Supplement 3 (sequential bursts of synaptic activity triggering chemical sequence selectivity). We found that each of these mechanisms show nonlinear selectivity with respect to both synaptic spacing and synaptic weights. Further, these forms of selectivity coexist in the composite model (Figure 8 Supplements 1, 2, 3), separated by the time-scales of the stimulus patterns (~ 100 ms, ~ 1s and ~10s respectively). Thus mixed signaling in active nonlinear dendrites yields selectivity of the same form as we explored in simpler individual models. A more complete analysis of the effect of morphology, branching and channel distributions deserves a separate in-depth analysis, and is outside the scope of the current study.”

      (2) Sequence detection in active dendrites is often simplified to investigating activation in a part of or the entirety of individual branches. However, the authors did not do that for most of their analysis. Instead, they treat the entire dendritic tree as one long branch and count how many inputs form clusters. I fail to see why simplification is required and suspect it can lead to wrong results. For example, two inputs that are mapped to different dendrites in the 'original' morphology but then happen to fall next to each other when the branches are staggered to form the long dendrites would be counted as neighbors.

      We have added the below section within the main text in the section titled “Grouped Convergence of Inputs” to address the effect of branching.

      “End-effects limit convergence zones for highly branched neurons

      Neurons exhibit considerable diversity with respect to their morphologies. How synapses extending across dendritic branch points interact in the context of a synaptic cluster/group, is a topic that needs detailed examination via experimental and modeling approaches. However for the sake of analysis, we present calculations under the assumption that selectivity for grouped inputs might be degraded across branch points.

      Zones beginning close to a branch point might get interrupted. Consider a neuron with B branches. The length of the typical branch would be L/B. As a conservative estimate if we exclude a region of length Z for every branch, the expected number of zones that begin too close to a branch point is

                                                                          [Equation 3]

      For typical pyramidal neurons B~50, so Eend ~ 0.05 for values of Z of ~10 µm. Thus pyramidal neurons will not be much affected by branching effects, Profusely branching neurons like Purkinje cells have B~900 for a total L of ~7800 µm, (McConnell and Berry, 1978), hence Eend ~1 for values of Z of ~10 µm. Thus almost all groups in Purkinje neurons would run into a branch point or terminal. For the case of electrical groups, this estimate would be scaled by a factor of 5 if we consider a zone length of 50 µm. However, it is important to note that these are very conservative estimates, as for clusters of 4-5 inputs, the number of synapses available within a zone are far greater (~100 synapses within 50 µm).”

      (3) The simulations were poorly executed. Figures 5 and 6 show examples but no summary statistics.

      We have included the summary statistics in Figure 5F and Figure 6E. The statistics for both these panels were generated by simulating multiple spatiotemporal combinations of ectopic input in the presence of different stimulus patterns for each sequence length.

      The authors emphasize the importance of nonlinear dendritic interactions, but they do not include them in their analysis of the ectopic signals! I find it to be wholly expected that the effects of dendritic ensembles are not pronounced when the dendrites are linear.

      We would like to clarify that both Figures 5 and 6 already included nonlinearities. In Figure 5, the chemical mechanism involving the bistable switch motif is strongly selective for ordered inputs in a nonlinear manner. A separate panel highlighting this (Panel C) has now been included in Figure 5. This result had been previously shown in Figure 3I of (Bhalla 2017). We have reproduced it in Figure 5C.

      The published electrical model used in Figure 6 also has a nonlinearity which predominantly stems from the interaction of the impedance gradient along the dendrite with the voltage dependence of NMDARs. Check Figure 4C,D of (Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010).

      To provide a comprehensive analysis of dendritic integration, the authors could simulate more realistic synaptic conductances and voltage-gated channels. They would find much more complicated interactions between inputs on a single site, a sliding temporal and spatial window of nonlinear integration that depends on dendritic morphology, active and passive parameters, and synaptic properties. At different activation levels, the rules of synaptic integration shift to cooperativity between different dendrites and cellular compartments, further complicated by nonlinear interactions between somatic spikes and dendritic events.

      We would like to clarify two points. First, the key goal of our study was to understand the role played by random connectivity in giving rise to clustered computation. In this revision we provide simulations to show the mechanistic basis for the nonlinearities, and then abstracted these out in order to scale the analysis to networks. These nonlinearities were taken as a given, though we elaborated previous work slightly in order to address the question of ectopic inputs. Second, in our original submission we relied on published work for the estimates of dendritic nonlinearities. Previous work from (Poirazi, Brannon, and Mel 2003; Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010; Bhalla 2017) have already carried out highly detailed realistic simulations, and in some cases including chemical and electrical nonlinearities as the reviewer mentions (Bhalla 2017). Hence we did not feel that this needed to be redone.

      In this resubmission we have addressed the above and two additional concerns, namely whether the different forms of selectivity can coexist in a single model including all these nonlinearities, and whether there is separation of time-scales. The answer is yes to both. The outcome of this is presented in Figure 8 and the associated supplementary figures, and all simulation details are provided on the github repository associated with this paper. A more complete analysis of interaction of multiple nonlinearities in a detailed model is material for further study.

      While it is tempting to extend back-of-the-napkin calculations of how many inputs can recruit nonlinear integration in active dendrites, the biological implementation is very different from this hypothetical. It is important to consider these questions, but I am not convinced that this manuscript adequately addressed the questions it set out to probe, nor does it provide information that was unknown beforehand.

      We developed our analysis systematically, and perhaps the reviewer refers to the first few calculations as back-of-the-napkin. However, the derivation rapidly becomes more complex when we factor in combinatorics and the effect of noise. This derivation is in the supplementary material. Furthermore, the exact form of the combinatorial and noise equations was non-trivial to derive and we worked closely with the connectivity simulations (Figures 2 and 4) to obtain equations which scale across a large parameter space by sampling connectivity for over 100000 neurons and activity over 100 trials for each of these neurons for each network configuration we have tested.

      the biological implementation is very different from this hypothetical.

      We do not quite understand in what respect the reviewer feels that this calculation is very different from the biological implementation. The calculation is about projection patterns. In the discussion we consider at length how our findings of selectivity from random projections may be an effective starting point for more elaborate biological connection rules. We have added the following sentence:

      “We present a first-order analysis of the simplest kind of connectivity rule (random), upon which more elaborate rules such as spatial gradients and activity-dependent wiring may be developed.”

      In case the reviewer was referring to the biological implementation of nonlinear integration, we treat the nonlinear integration in the dendrites as a separate set of simulations, most of which are closely based on published work (Bhalla 2017). We use these in the later sections of the paper to estimate selectivity terms, which inform our final analysis.

      In the revision we have worked to clarify this progression of the analysis. As indicated above, we have also made a composite model of all of the nonlinear dendritic mechanisms, chemical and electrical, which underlie our analysis.

      nor does it provide information that was unknown beforehand.

      We conducted a broad literature survey and to the best of our knowledge these calculations and findings have not been obtained previously. If the reviewer has some specific examples in mind we would be pleased to refer to it.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      If synaptic input is functionally clustered on dendrites, nonlinear integration could increase the computational power of neural networks. But this requires the right synapses to be located in the right places. This paper aims to address the question of whether such synaptic arrangements could arise by chance (i.e. without special rules for axon guidance or structural plasticity), and could therefore be exploited even in randomly connected networks. This is important, particularly for the dendrites and biological computation communities, where there is a pressing need to integrate decades of work at the single-neuron level with contemporary ideas about network function.

      Using an abstract model where ensembles of neurons project randomly to a postsynaptic population, back-of-envelope calculations are presented that predict the probability of finding clustered synapses and spatiotemporal sequences. Using data-constrained parameters, the authors conclude that clustering and sequences are indeed likely to occur by chance (for large enough ensembles), but require strong dendritic nonlinearities and low background noise to be useful.

      Strengths:

      (1) The back-of-envelope reasoning presented can provide fast and valuable intuition. The authors have also made the effort to connect the model parameters with measured values. Even an approximate understanding of cluster probability can direct theory and experiments towards promising directions, or away from lost causes.

      (2) I found the general approach to be refreshingly transparent and objective. Assumptions are stated clearly about the model and statistics of different circuits. Along with some positive results, many of the computed cluster probabilities are vanishingly small, and noise is found to be quite detrimental in several cases. This is important to know, and I was happy to see the authors take a balanced look at conditions that help/hinder clustering, rather than to just focus on a particular regime that works.

      (3) This paper is also a timely reminder that synaptic clusters and sequences can exist on multiple spatial and temporal scales. The authors present results pertaining to the standard `electrical' regime (~50-100 µm, <50 ms), as well as two modes of chemical signaling (~10 µm, 100-1000 ms). The senior author is indeed an authority on the latter, and the simulations in Figure 5, extending those from Bhalla (2017), are unique in this area. In my view, the role of chemical signaling in neural computation is understudied theoretically, but research will be increasingly important as experimental technologies continue to develop.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The paper is mostly let down by the presentation. In the current form, some patience is needed to grasp the main questions and results, and it is hard to keep track of the many abbreviations and definitions. A paper like this can be impactful, but the writing needs to be crisp, and the logic of the derivation accessible to non-experts. See, for instance, Stepanyants, Hof & Chklovskii (2002) for a relevant example.

      It would be good to see a restructure that communicates the main points clearly and concisely, perhaps leaving other observations to an optional appendix. For the interested but time-pressed reader, I recommend starting with the last paragraph of the introduction, working through the main derivation on page 7, and writing out the full expression with key parameters exposed. Next, look at Table 1 and Figure 2J to see where different circuits and mechanisms fit in this scheme. Beyond this, the sequence derivation on page 15 and biophysical simulations in Figures 5 and 6 are also highlights.

      We appreciate the reviewers' suggestions. We have tightened the flow of the introduction. We understand that the abbreviations and definitions are challenging and have therefore provided intuitions and summaries of the equations discussed in the main text.

      Clusters calculations

      “Our approach is to ask how likely it is that a given set of inputs lands on a short segment of dendrite, and then scale it up to all segments on the entire dendritic length of the cell.

      Thus, the probability of occurrence of groups that receive connections from each of the M ensembles (PcFMG) is a function of the connection probability (p) between the two layers, the number of neurons in an ensemble (N), the relative zone-length with respect to the total dendritic arbor (Z/L) and the number of ensembles (M).”

      Sequence calculations

      “Here we estimate the likelihood of the first ensemble input arriving anywhere on the dendrite, and ask how likely it is that succeeding inputs of the sequence would arrive within a set spacing.

      Thus, the probability of occurrence of sequences that receive sequential connections (PcPOSS) from each of the M ensembles is a function of the connection probability (p) between the two layers, the number of neurons in an ensemble (N), the relative window size with respect to the total dendritic arbor (Δ/L) and the number of ensembles (M).”

      (2) I wonder if the authors are being overly conservative at times. The result highlighted in the abstract is that 10/100000 postsynaptic neurons are expected to exhibit synaptic clustering. This seems like a very small number, especially if circuits are to rely on such a mechanism. However, this figure assumes the convergence of 3-5 distinct ensembles. Convergence of inputs from just 2 ense mbles would be much more prevalent, but still advantageous computationally. There has been excitement in the field about experiments showing the clustering of synapses encoding even a single feature.

      We agree that short clusters of two inputs would be far more likely. We focused our analysis on clusters with three of more ensembles because of the following reasons:

      (1) The signal to noise in these clusters was very poor as the likelihood of noise clusters is high.

      (2) It is difficult to trigger nonlinearities with very few synaptic inputs.

      (3) At the ensemble sizes we considered (100 for clusters, 1000 for sequences), clusters arising from just two ensembles would result in high probability of occurrence on all neurons in a network (~50% in cortex, see p_CMFG in figures below.). These dense neural representations make it difficult for downstream networks to decode (Foldiak 2003).

      However, in the presence of ensembles containing fewer neurons or when the connection probability between the layers is low, short clusters can result in sparse representations (Figure 2 - Supplement 2). Arguments 1 and 2 hold for short sequences as well.

      (3) The analysis supporting the claim that strong nonlinearities are needed for cluster/sequence detection is unconvincing. In the analysis, different synapse distributions on a single long dendrite are convolved with a sigmoid function and then the sum is taken to reflect the somatic response. In reality, dendritic nonlinearities influence the soma in a complex and dynamic manner. It may be that the abstract approach the authors use captures some of this, but it needs to be validated with simulations to be trusted (in line with previous work, e.g. Poirazi, Brannon & Mel, (2003)).

      We agree that multiple factors might affect the influence of nonlinearities on the soma. The key goal of our study was to understand the role played by random connectivity in giving rise to clustered computation. Since simulating a wide range of connectivity and activity patterns in a detailed biophysical model was computationally expensive, we analyzed the exemplar detailed models for nonlinearity separately (Figures 5, 6, and new figure 8), and then used our abstract models as a proxy for understanding population dynamics. A complete analysis of the role played by morphology, channel kinetics and the effect of branching requires an in-depth study of its own, and some of these questions have already been tackled by (Poirazi, Brannon, and Mel 2003; Branco, Clark, and Häusser 2010; Bhalla 2017). However, in the revision, we have implemented a single model which incorporates the range of ion-channel, synaptic and biochemical signaling nonlinearities which we discuss in the paper (Figure 8, and Figure 8 Supplement 1, 2,3). We use this to demonstrate all three forms of sequence and grouped computation we use in the study, where the only difference is in the stimulus pattern and the separation of time-scales inherent in the stimuli.

      (4) It is unclear whether some of the conclusions would hold in the presence of learning. In the signal-to-noise analysis, all synaptic strengths are assumed equal. But if synapses involved in salient clusters or sequences were potentiated, presumably detection would become easier? Similarly, if presynaptic tuning and/or timing were reorganized through learning, the conditions for synaptic arrangements to be useful could be relaxed. Answering these questions is beyond the scope of the study, but there is a caveat there nonetheless.

      We agree with the reviewer. If synapses receiving connectivity from ensembles had stronger weights, this would make detection easier. Dendritic spikes arising from clustered inputs have been implicated in local cooperative plasticity (Golding, Staff, and Spruston 2002; Losonczy, Makara, and Magee 2008). Further, plasticity related proteins synthesized at a synapse undergoing L-LTP can diffuse to neighboring weakly co-active synapses, and thereby mediate cooperative plasticity (Harvey et al. 2008; Govindarajan, Kelleher, and Tonegawa 2006; Govindarajan et al. 2011). Thus if clusters of synapses were likely to be co-active, they could further engage these local plasticity mechanisms which could potentiate them while not potentiating synapses that are activated by background activity. This would depend on the activity correlation between synapses receiving ensemble inputs within a cluster vs those activated by background activity. We have mentioned some of these ideas in a published opinion paper (Pulikkottil, Somashekar, and Bhalla 2021). In the current study, we wanted to understand whether even in the absence of specialized connection rules, interesting computations could still emerge. Thus, we focused on asking whether clustered or sequential convergence could arise even in a purely randomly connected network, with the most basic set of assumptions. We agree that an analysis of how selectivity evolves with learning would be an interesting topic for further work.

      References

      Bhalla, Upinder S. 2017. “Synaptic Input Sequence Discrimination on Behavioral Timescales Mediated by Reaction-Diffusion Chemistry in Dendrites.” Edited by Frances K Skinner. eLife 6 (April):e25827. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.25827.

      Branco, Tiago, Beverley A. Clark, and Michael Häusser. 2010. “Dendritic Discrimination of Temporal Input Sequences in Cortical Neurons.” Science (New York, N.Y.) 329 (5999): 1671–75. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1189664.

      Foldiak, Peter. 2003. “Sparse Coding in the Primate Cortex.” The Handbook of Brain Theory and Neural Networks. https://research-repository.st-andrews.ac.uk/bitstream/handle/10023/2994/FoldiakSparse HBTNN2e02.pdf?sequence=1.

      Golding, Nace L., Nathan P. Staff, and Nelson Spruston. 2002. “Dendritic Spikes as a Mechanism for Cooperative Long-Term Potentiation.” Nature 418 (6895): 326–31. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature00854.

      Govindarajan, Arvind, Inbal Israely, Shu-Ying Huang, and Susumu Tonegawa. 2011. “The Dendritic Branch Is the Preferred Integrative Unit for Protein Synthesis-Dependent LTP.” Neuron 69 (1): 132–46. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2010.12.008.

      Govindarajan, Arvind, Raymond J. Kelleher, and Susumu Tonegawa. 2006. “A Clustered Plasticity Model of Long-Term Memory Engrams.” Nature Reviews Neuroscience 7 (7): 575–83. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn1937.

      Harvey, Christopher D., Ryohei Yasuda, Haining Zhong, and Karel Svoboda. 2008. “The Spread of Ras Activity Triggered by Activation of a Single Dendritic Spine.” Science (New York, N.Y.) 321 (5885): 136–40. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1159675.

      Losonczy, Attila, Judit K. Makara, and Jeffrey C. Magee. 2008. “Compartmentalized Dendritic Plasticity and Input Feature Storage in Neurons.” Nature 452 (7186): 436–41. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature06725.

      Poirazi, Panayiota, Terrence Brannon, and Bartlett W. Mel. 2003. “Pyramidal Neuron as Two-Layer Neural Network.” Neuron 37 (6): 989–99. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(03)00149-1.

      Pulikkottil, Vinu Varghese, Bhanu Priya Somashekar, and Upinder S. Bhalla.     2021.

      “Computation, Wiring, and Plasticity in Synaptic Clusters.” Current Opinion in Neurobiology, Computational Neuroscience, 70 (October):101–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2021.08.001.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study combines compelling experiments with optogenetic actuation and convincing theory to understand how signalling proteins control the switch between cell protrusion and retraction, two essential processes in single cell migration. The authors examine the importance of the basal concentration and recruitment dynamics of a guanine exchange factor (GEF) on the activity of the downstream effectors RhoA and Cdc42, which control retraction and protrusion. The experimental and theoretical evidence provides a model of RhoA's involvment in both protrusion and retraction and shows that these complex processes are highly dependent on the concentration and activity dynamics of the components.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      De Seze et al. investigated the role of guanine exchange factors (GEFs) in controlling cell protrusion and retraction. In order to causally link protein activities to the switch between the opposing cell phenotypes, they employed optogenetic versions of GEFs which can be recruited to the plasma membrane upon light exposure and activate their downstream effectors. Particularly the RhoGEF PRG could elicit both protruding and retracting phenotypes. Interestingly, the phenotype depended on the basal expression level of the optoPRG. By assessing the activity of RhoA and Cdc42, the downstream effectors of PRG, the mechanism of this switch was elucidated: at low PRG levels, RhoA is predominantly activated and leads to cell retraction, whereas at high PRG levels, both RhoA and Cdc42 are activated but PRG also sequesters the active RhoA, therefore Cdc42 dominates and triggers cell protrusion. Finally, they create a minimal model that captures the key dynamics of this protein interaction network and the switch in cell behavior.

      The conclusions of this study are strongly supported by data, harnessing the power of modelling and optogenetic activation. The minimal model captures well the dynamics of RhoA and Cdc42 activation and predicts that by changing the frequency of optogenetic activation one can switch between protruding and retracting behaviour in the same cell of intermediate optoPRG level. The authors are indeed able to demonstrate this experimentally albeit with a very low number of cells. A major caveat of this study is that global changes due to PRG overexpression cannot be ruled out. Also, a quantification of absolute protein concentration, which is notoriously difficult, would be useful to put the level of overexpression here in perspective with endogenous levels. Furthermore, it remains unclear whether in cases of protein overexpression in vivo such as cancer, PRG or other GEFs can activate alternative migratory behaviours.

      Previous work has implicated RhoA in both protrusion and retraction depending on the context. The mechanism uncovered here provides a convincing explanation for this conundrum. In addition to PRG, optogenetic versions of two other GEFs, LARG and GEF-H1, were used which produced either only one phenotype or less response than optoPRG, underscoring the functional diversity of RhoGEFs. The authors chose transient transfection to achieve a large range of concentration levels and, to find transfected cells at low cell density, developed a small software solution (Cell finder), which could be of interest for other researchers.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript builds from the interesting observation that local recruitment of the DHPH domain of the RhoGEF PRG can induce local retraction, protrusion, or neither. The authors convincingly show that these differential responses are tied to the level of expression of the PRG transgene. This response depends on the Rho-binding activity of the recruited PH domain and is associated with and requires (co?)-activation of Cdc42. This begs the question of why this switch in response occurs. The use a computational model to predict that the timing of protein recruitment can dictate the output of the response in cells expressing intermediate levels and found that, "While the majority of cells showed mixed phenotypes irrespectively of the activation pattern, in few cells (3 out of 90) we were able to alternate the phenotype between retraction and protrusion several times at different places of the cell by changing the frequency while keeping the same total integrated intensity (Figure 6F and Supp Movie)."

      Comments on the revised manuscript:

      The authors have addressed the previous points and they have convincingly demonstrated that an optogenetically recruited PRG-GEF acts, as expected, as a GEF for RhoA. However, if this fragment is strongly over-expressed, it activates Cdc42, instead of RhoA. This appears to be due to sequestration of active RhoA by the overexpressed PRG-GEF.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Review:

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Regarding reviewer #2 public review, we update here our answers to this public review with new analysis and modification done in the manuscript. 

      This manuscript is missing a direct phenotypic comparison of control cells to complement that of cells expressing RhoGEF2-DHPH at "low levels" (the cells that would respond to optogenetic stimulation by retracting); and cells expressing RhoGEF2-DHPH at "high levels" (the cells that would respond to optogenetic stimulation by protruding). In other words, the authors should examine cell area, the distribution of actin and myosin, etc in all three groups of cells (akin to the time zero data from figures 3 and 5, with a negative control). For example, does the basal expression meaningfully affect the PRG low-expressing cells before activation e.g. ectopic stress fibers? This need not be an optogenetic experiment, the authors could express RhoGEF2DHPH without SspB (as in Fig 4G). 

      Updated answer: We thank reviewer #2 for this suggestion. PRG-DHPH overexpression is known to affect the phenotype of the cell as shown in Valon et al., 2017. In our experiments, we could not identify any evidence of a particular phenotype before optogenetic activation apart from the area and spontaneous membrane speed that were already reported in our manuscript (Fig 2E and SuppFig 2). Regarding the distribution of actin and myosin, we did not observe an obvious pattern that will be predictive of the protruding/retracting phenotype. Trying to be more quantitative, we have classified (by eye, without knowing the expression level of PRG nor the future phenotype) the presence of stress fibers, the amount of cortical actin, the strength of focal adhesions, and the circularity of cells. As shown below, when these classes are binned by levels of expression of PRG (two levels below the threshold and two above) there is no clear determinant. Thus, we concluded that the main driver of the phenotype was the PRG basal expression rather than any particularity of the actin cytoskeleton/cell shape.

      Author response image 1.

      Author response image 2.

      Relatedly, the authors seem to assume ("recruitment of the same DH-PH domain of PRG at the membrane, in the same cell line, which means in the same biochemical environment." supplement) that the only difference between the high and low expressors are the level of expression. Given the chronic overexpression and the fact that the capacity for this phenotypic shift is not recruitmentdependent, this is not necessarily a safe assumption. The expression of this GEF could well induce e.g. gene expression changes. 

      Updated answer: We agree with reviewer #2 that there could be changes in gene expression. In the next point of this supplementary note, we had specified it, by saying « that overexpression has an influence on cell state, defined as protein basal activity or concentration before activation. »  We are sorry if it was not clear, and we changed this sentence in the revised manuscript (in red in the supp note). 

      One of the interests of the model is that it does not require any change in absolute concentrations, beside the GEF. The model is thought to be minimal and fits well and explains the data with very few parameters. We do not show that there is no change in concentration, but we show that it is not required to invoke it. We revised a sentence in the new version of the manuscript to include this point.

      Additional answer: During the revision process, we have been looking for an experimental demonstration of the independence of the phenotypic switch to any change in global gene expression pattern due to the chronic overexpression of PRG. Our idea was to be in a condition of high PRG overexpression such that cells protrude upon optogenetic activation, and then acutely deplete PRG to see if cells where then retracting. To deplete PRG in a timescale that prevent any change of gene expression, we considered the recently developed CATCHFIRE (PMID: 37640938) chemical dimerizer. We designed an experiment in which the PRG DH-PH domain was expressed in fusion with a FIRE-tag and co-expressing the FIRE-mate fused to TOM20 together with the optoPRG tool. Upon incubation with the MATCH small molecule, we should be able to recruit the overexpressed PRG to the mitochondria within minutes, hereby preventing it to form a complex with active RhoA in the vicinity of the plasma membrane. Unfortunately, despite of numerous trials we never achieved the required conditions: we could not have cells with high enough expression of PRGFIRE-tag (for protrusive response) and low enough expression of optoPRG (for retraction upon PRGFIRE-tag depletion). We still think this would be a nice experiment to perform, but it will require the establishment of a stable cell line with finely tuned expression levels of the CATCHFIRE system that goes beyond the timeline of our present work.      

      Concerning the overall model summarizing the authors' observations, they "hypothesized that the activity of RhoA was in competition with the activity of Cdc42"; "At low concentration of the GEF, both RhoA and Cdc42 are activated by optogenetic recruitment of optoPRG, but RhoA takes over. At high GEF concentration, recruitment of optoPRG lead to both activation of Cdc42 and inhibition of already present activated RhoA, which pushes the balance towards Cdc42."

      These descriptions are not precise. What is the nature of the competition between RhoA and Cdc42? Is this competition for activation by the GEFs? Is it a competition between the phenotypic output resulting from the effectors of the GEFs? Is it competition from the optogenetic probe and Rho effectors and the Rho biosensors? In all likelihood, all of these effects are involved, but the authors should more precisely explain the underlying nature of this phenotypic switch. Some of these points are clarified in the supplement, but should also be explicit in the main text. 

      Updated answer: We consider the competition between RhoA and Cdc42 as a competition between retraction due to the protein network triggered by RhoA (through ROCK-Myosin and mDia-bundled actin) and the protrusion triggered by Cdc42 (through PAK-Rac-ARP2/3-branched Actin). We made this point explicit in the main text.  

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):  

      Major 

      - why this is only possible for such few cells. Can the authors comment on this in the discussion? Does the model provide any hints? 

      As said in our answer to the public comment or reviewer #1, we think that the low number of cells being able to switch can be explained by two different reasons: 

      (1) First, we were looking for clear inversions of the phenotype, where we could see clear ruffles in the case of the protrusion, and clear retractions in the other case. Thus, we discarded cells that would show in-between phenotypes, because we had no quantitative parameter to compare how protrusive or retractile they were. This reduced the number of switching cells 

      (2) Second, we had a limitation due to the dynamic of the optogenetic dimer used here. Indeed, the control of the frequency was limited by the dynamic of unbinding of the optogenetic dimer. This dynamic of recruitment (~20s) is comparable to the dynamics of the deactivation of RhoA and Cdc42. Thus, the differences in frequency are smoothed and we could not vary enough the frequency to increase the number of switches. Thanks to the model, we can predict that increasing the unbinding rate of the optogenetic tool (shorter dimer lifetime) should allow us to increase the number of switching cells. 

      We have added a sentence in the discussion to make this second point explicit.

      - I would encourage the authors to discuss this molecular signaling switch in the context of general design principles of switches. How generalizable is this network/mechanism? Is it exclusive to activating signaling proteins or would it work with inhibiting mechanisms? Is the competition for the same binding site between activators and effectors a common mechanism in other switches? 

      The most common design principle for molecular switches is the bistable switch that relies on a nonlinear activation (for example through cooperativity) with a linear deactivation. Such a design allows the switch between low and high levels. In our case, there is no need for a non-linearity since the core mechanism is a competition for the same binding site on active RhoA of the activator and the effectors. Thus, the design principle would be closer to the notion of a minimal “paradoxical component” (PMID: 23352242) that both activate and limit signal propagation, which in our case can be thought as a self-limiting mechanism to prevent uncontrolled RhoA activation by the positive feedback. Yet, as we show in our work, this core mechanism is not enough for the phenotypic switch to happen since the dual activation of RhoA and Cdc42 is ultimately required for the protrusion phenotype to take over the retracting one. Given the particularity of the switch we observed here, we do not feel comfortable to speculate on any general design principles in the main text, but we thank reviewer #1 for his/her suggestion.

      - Supplementary figures - there is a discrepancy between the figures called in the text and the supplementary files, which only include SF1-4. 

      We apologize for this error and we made the correction. 

      - In the text, the authors use Supp Figure 7 to show that the phenotype could not be switched by varying the fold increase of recruitment through changing the intensity/duration of the light pulse. Aside from providing the figure, could you give an explanation or speculation of why? Does the model give any prediction as to why this could be difficult to achieve experimentally (is the range of experimentally feasible fold change of 1.1-3 too small? Also, could you clarify why the range is different than the 3 to 10-fold mentioned at the beginning of the results section? 

      We thank the reviewer for this question, and this difference between frequency and intensity can be indeed understood in a simple manner through the model. 

      All the reactions in our model were modeled as linear reactions. Thus, at any timepoint, changing the intensity of the pulse will only change proportionally the amount of the different components (amount of active RhoA, amount of sequestered RhoA, and amount of active Cdc42). This explains why we cannot change the balance between RhoA activity and Cdc42 activity only through the pulse strength. We observed the same experimentally: when we changed the intensity of the pulses, the phenotype would be smaller/stronger, but would never switch, supporting our hypothesis on the linearity of all biochemical reactions. 

      On the contrary, changing the frequency has an effect, for a simple reason: the dynamics of RhoA and Cdc42 activation are not the same as the dynamics of inhibition of RhoA by the PH domain (see

      Figure 4). The inhibition of RhoA by the PH is almost instantaneous while the activation of RhoGTPases has a delay (sets by the deactivation parameter k_2). Intuitively, increasing the frequency will lead to sustained inhibition of RhoA, promoting the protrusion phenotype. Decreasing the frequency – with a stronger pulse to keep the same amount of recruited PRG – restricts this inhibition of RhoA to the first seconds following the activation. The delayed activation of RhoA will then take over. 

      We added two sentences in the manuscript to explain in greater details the difference between intensity and frequency.  

      Regarding the difference between the 1.3-3 fold and the 3 to 10 fold, the explanation is the following: the 3 to 10 fold referred to the cumulative amount of proteins being recruited after multiple activations (steady state amount reached after 5 minutes with one activation every 30s); while the 1.3-3 fold is what can be obtained after only one single pulse of activation.  

      - The transient expression achieves a large range of concentration levels which is a strength in this case. To solve the experimental difficulties associated with this, i.e. finding transfected cells at low cell density, the authors developed a software solution (Cell finder). Since this approach will be of interest for a wide range of applications, I think it would deserve a mention in the discussion part. 

      We thank the reviewer for his/her interest in this small software solution.

      We developed the description of the tool in the Method section. The Cell finder is also available with comments on github (https://github.com/jdeseze/cellfinder) and usable for anyone using Metamorph or Micromanager imaging software. 

      Minor 

      - Can the authors describe what they mean with "cell state"? It is used multiple times in the manuscript and can be interpreted as various things. 

      We now explain what we mean by ‘cell state’ in the main text :

      “protein basal activities and/or concentrations - which we called the cell state”

      - “(from 0% to 45%, Figure 2D)", maybe add here: "compare also with Fig. 2A". 

      We completed the sentence as suggested, which clarifies the data for the readers.

      - The sentence "Given that the phenotype switch appeared to be controlled by the amount of overexpressed optoPRG, we hypothesized that the corresponding leakiness of activity could influence the cell state prior to any activation." might be hard to understand for readers unfamiliar with optogenetic systems. I suggest adding a short sentence explaining dark-state activity/leakiness before putting the hypothesis forward. 

      We changed this whole beginning of the paragraph to clarify.

      - Figure 2E and SF2A. I would suggest swapping these two panels as the quantification of the membrane displacement before activation seems more relevant in this context. 

      We thank reviewer #1 for this suggestion and we agree with it (we swapped the two panels)

      - Fig. 2B is missing the white frames in the mixed panels. 

      We are sorry for this mistake, we changed it in the new version.  

      - In the text describing the experiment of Fig. 4G, it would again be helpful to define what the authors mean by cell state, or to state the expected outcome for both hypotheses before revealing the result.

      We added precisions above on what we meant by cell state, which is the basal protein activities and/or concentrations prior to optogenetic activation. We added the expectation as follow: 

      To discriminate between these two hypotheses, we overexpressed the DH-PH domain alone in another fluorescent channel (iRFP) and recruited the mutated PH at the membrane. “If the binding to RhoA-GTP was only required to change the cell state, we would expect the same statistics than in Figure 2D, with a majority of protruding cells due to DH-PH overexpression. On the contrary, we observed a large majority of retracting phenotype even in highly expressing cells (Figure 4G), showing that the PH binding to RhoA-GTP during recruitment is a key component of the protruding phenotype.”

      - Figure 4H,I: "of cells that overexpress PRG, where we only recruit the PH domain" doesn't match with the figure caption. Are these two constructs in the same cell? If not please clarify the main text. 

      We agree that it was not clear. Both constructs are in the same cell, and we changed the figure caption accordingly.  

      - "since RhoA dominates Cdc42" is this concluded from experiments (if yes, please refer to the figure) or is this known from the literature (if yes, please cite). 

      The assumption that RhoA dominates Cdc42 comes from the fact that we see retraction at low PRG concentration. We assumed that RhoA is responsible for the retraction phenotype. Our assumption is based on the literature (Burridge 2004 as an example of a review, confirmed by many experiments, such as the direct recruitment of RhoA to the membrane, see Berlew 2021) and is supported by our observations of immediate increase of RhoA activity at low PRG. We modified the text to clarify it is an assumption.

      - Fig. 6G  o left: is not intuitive, why are the number of molecules different to start with? 

      The number of molecules is different because they represent the active molecules: increasing the amount of PRG increases the amount of active RhoA and active Cdc42. We updated the figure to clarify this point.

      o right: the y-axis label says "phenotype", maybe change it to "activity" or add a second y-axis on the right with "phenotype"? 

      We updated the figure following reviewer #1 suggestion.

      - Discussion: "or a retraction in the same region" sounds like in the same cell. Perhaps rephrase to state retraction in a similar region? 

      Sorry for the confusion, we change it to be really clear: “a protrusion in the activation region when highly expressed, or a retraction in the activation region when expressed at low concentrations.”

      Typos: 

      - "between 3 and 10 fold" without s. 

      - Fig. 1H, y-axis label. 

      - "whose spectrum overlaps" with s. 

      - "it first decays, and then rises" with s. 

      - Fig 4B and Fig 6B. Is the time in sec or min? (Maybe double-check all figures). 

      - "This result suggests that one could switch the phenotype in a single cell by selecting it for an intermediate expression level of the optoPRG.". 

      - "GEF-H1 PH domain has almost the same inhibition ability as PRG PH domain". 

      We corrected all these mistakes and thank the reviewer for his careful reading of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Likewise, the model assumes that at high PRG GEF expression, the "reaction is happening far from saturation ..." and that "GTPases activated with strong stimuli -giving rise to strong phenotypic changes- lead to only 5% of the proteins in a GTP-state, both for RhoA and Cdc42". Given the high levels of expression (the absolute value of which is not known) this assumption is not necessarily safe to assume. The shift to Cdc42 could indeed result from the quantitative conversion of RhoA into its active state. 

      We agree with the reviewer that the hypothesis that RhoA is fully converted into its active state cannot be completely ruled out. However, we think that the two following points can justify our choice.

      - First, we see that even in the protruding phenotype, RhoA activity is increasing upon optoPRG recruitment (Figure 3). This means that RhoA is not completely turned into its active GTP-loaded state. The biosensor intensity is rising by a factor 1.5 after 5 minutes (and continue to increase, even if not shown here). For sure, it could be explained by the relocation of RhoA to the place of activation, but it still shows that cells with high PRG expression are not completely saturated in RhoA-GTP. 

      - We agree that linearity (no saturation) is still an hypothesis and very difficult to rule out, because it is not only a question of absolute concentrations of GEFs and RhoA, but also a question of their reaction kinetics, which are unknow parameters in vivo. Yet, adding a saturation parameter would mean adding 3 unknown parameters (absolute concentrations of RhoA, as well as two reaction constants). The fact that there are not needed to fit the complex curves of RhoA as we do with only one parameter tends to show that the minimal ingredients representing the interaction are captured here.  

      The observed "inhibition of RhoA by the PH domain of the GEF at high concentrations" could result from the ability of the probe to, upon membrane recruitment, bind to active RhoA (via its PH domain) thereby outcompeting the RhoA biosensor (Figure 4A-C). This reaction is explicitly stated in the supplemental materials ("PH domain binding to RhoA-GTP is required for protruding phenotype but not sufficient, and it is acting as an inhibitor of RhoA activity."), but should be more explicit in the main text. Indeed, even when PRG DHPH is expressed at high concentrations, it does activate RhoA upon recruitment (figure 3GH). Not only might overexpression of this active RhoA-binding probe inhibit the cortical recruitment of the RhoA biosensor, but it may also inhibit the ability of active RhoA to activate its downstream effectors, such as ROCK, which could explain the decrease in myosin accumulation (figure 3D-F). It is not clear that there is a way to clearly rule this out, but it may impact the interpretation. 

      This hypothesis is actually what we claim in the manuscript. We think that the inhibition of RhoA by the PH domain is explained by its direct binding. We may have missed what Reviewer #2 wanted to say, but we think that we state it explicitly in the main text :

      “Knowing that the PH domain of PRG triggers a positive feedback loop thanks to its binding to active RhoA 18, we hypothesized that this binding could sequester active RhoA at high optoPRG levels, thus being responsible for its inhibition.”

      And also in the Discussion:

      “However, this feedback loop can turn into a negative one for high levels of GEF: the direct interaction between the PH domain and RhoA-GTP prevents RhoA-GTP binding to effectors through a competition for the same binding site.”

      We may have not been clear, but we think that this is what is happening: the PH domain prevents the binding to effectors and decreases RhoA activity (as was shown in Chen et al. 2010).  

      The X-axis in Figure 4C time is in seconds not minutes. The Y-axis in Figure 4H is unlabeled. 

      We are sorry for the mistake of Figure 4C. We changed the Y-axis in the Figure 4h.  

      Although this publication cites some of the relevant prior literature, it fails to cite some particularly relevant works. For example, the authors state, "The LARG DH domain was already used with the iLid system" and refers to a 2018 paper (ref 19), whereas that domain was first used in 2016 (PMID 27298323). Indeed, the authors used the plasmid from this 2016 paper to build their construct. 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this error, we have corrected the citation and put the seminal one in the revised version.

      An analogous situation pertains to previous work that showed that an optogenetic probe containing the DH and PH domains in RhoGEF2 is somewhat toxic in vivo (table 6; PMID 33200987). Furthermore, it has previously been shown that mutation of the equivalent of F1044A and I1046E eliminates this toxicity (table 6; PMID 33200987) in vivo. This is particularly important because the Rho probe expressing RhoGEF2-DHPH is in widespread usage (76 citations in PubMed). The ability of this probe to activate Cdc42 may explain some of the phenotypic differences described resulting from the recruitment of RhoGEF2-DHPH and LARG-DH in a developmental context (PMID 29915285, 33200987). 

      We thank reviewer #2 for these comments, and added a small section in the discussion, for optogenetic users: 

      This underlines the attention that needs to be paid to the choice of specific GEF domains when using optogenetic tools. Tools using DH-PH domains of PRG have been widely used, both in mammalian cells and in Drosophila (with the orthologous gene RhoGEF2), and have been shown to be toxic in some contexts in vivo 28. Our study confirms the complex behavior of this domain which cannot be reduced to a simple RhoA activator.   

      Concerning the experiment shown in 4D, it would be informative to repeat this experiment in which a non-recruitable DH-PH domain of PRG is overexpressed at high levels and the DH domain of LARG is recruited. This would enable the authors to distinguish whether the protrusion response is entirely dependent on the cell state prior to activation or the combination of the cell state prior to activation and the ability of PRG DHPH to also activate Cdc42. 

      We thank the reviewer for his suggestion. Yet, we think that we have enough direct evidence that the protruding phenotype is due to both the cell state prior to activation and the ability of PRG DHPH to also activate Cdc42. First, we see a direct increase in Cdc42 activity following optoPRG recruitment (see Figure 6). This increase is sustained in the protruding phenotype and precedes Rac1 and RhoA activity, which shows that it is the first of these three GTPases to be activated. Moreover, we showed that inhibition of PAK by the very specific drug IPA3 is completely abolishing only the protruding phenotype, which shows that PAK, a direct effector of Cdc42 and Rac1, is required for the protruding phenotype to happen. We know also that the cell state prior to activation is defining the phenotype, thanks to the data presented in Figure 2. 

      We further showed in Figure 1 that LARG DH-PH domain was not able to promote protrusion. The proposed experiment would be interesting to confirm that LARG does not have the ability to activate another GTPase, even in a different cell state with overexpressed PRG. However, we are not sure it would bring any substantial findings to understand the mechanism we describe here, given the facts provided above.  

      Similarly, as PRG activates both Cdc42 and Rho at high levels, it would be important to determine the extent to which the acute Rho activation contributes to the observed phenotype (e.g. with Rho kinase inhibitor). 

      We agree with the reviewer that it would be interesting to know whether RhoA activation contributes to the observed phenotype, and we have tried such experiments. 

      For Rho kinase inhibitor, we tried with Y-27632 and we could never prevent the protruding phenotype to happen. However, we could not completely abolish the retracting phenotype either (even when the effect on the cells was quite strong and visible), which could be due to other effectors compensating for this inhibition. As RhoA has many other effectors, it does not tell us that RhoA is not required for protrusion. 

      We also tried with C3, which is a direct inhibitor of RhoA. However, it had too much impact on the basal state of the cells, making it impossible to recruit (cells were becoming round and clearly dying. As both the basal state and optogenetic activation require the activation of RhoA, it is hard to conclude out of experiments where no cell is responding. 

      The ability of PRG to activate Cdc42 in vivo is striking given the strong preference for RhoA over Cdc42 in vitro (2400X) (PMID 23255595). Is it possible that at these high expression levels, much of the RhoA in the cell is already activated, so that the sole effect that recruited PRG can induce is activation of Cdc42? This is related to the previous point pertaining to absolute expression levels.  

      As discussed before, we think that it is not only a question of absolute expression levels, but also of the affinities between the different partners. But Reviewer #2 is right, there is a competition between the activation of RhoA and Cdc42 by optoPRG, and activation of Cdc42 probably happens at higher concentration because of smaller effective affinity.

      Still, we know that activation of the Cdc42 by PRG DH-PH domain is possible in vivo, as it was very clearly shown in Castillo-Kauil et al., 2020 (PMID 33023908). They show that this activation requires the linker between DH and PH domain of PRG, as well as Gαs activation, which requires a change in PRG DH-PH conformation. This conformational switch does not happen in vitro, which might explain why the affinity against Cdc42 was found to be very low. 

      Minor points 

      In both the abstract and the introduction the authors state, "we show that a single protein can trigger either protrusion or retraction when recruited to the plasma membrane, polarizing the cell in two opposite directions." However, the cells do not polarize in opposite directions, ie the cells that retract do not protrude in the direction opposite the retraction (or at least that is not shown). Rather a single protein can trigger either protrusion or retraction when recruited to the plasma membrane, depending upon expression levels. 

      We thank the reviewer for this remark, and we agree that we had not shown any data supporting a change in polarization. We solved this issue, by showing now in Supplementary Figure 1 the change in areas in both the activated and in the not activated region. The data clearly show that when a protrusion is happening, the cell retracts in the non-activated region. On the other hand, when the cell retracts, a protrusion happens in the other part of the cell, while the total area is staying approximately constant. 

      We added the following sentence to describe our new figure:

      Quantification of the changes in membrane area in both the activated and non-activated part of the cell (Supp Figure 1B-C) reveals that the whole cell is moving, polarizing in one direction or the other upon optogenetic activation.

      While the authors provide extensive quantitative data in this manuscript and quantify the relative differences in expression levels that result in the different phenotypes, it would be helpful to quantify the absolute levels of expression of these GEFs relative to e.g. an endogenously expressed GEF. 

      We agree with the reviewer comment, and we also wanted to have an idea of the absolute level of expression of GEFs present in these cells to be able to relate fluorescent intensities with absolute concentrations. We tried different methods, especially with the purified fluorescent protein, but having exact numbers is a hard task.

      We ended up quantifying the amount of fluorescent protein within a stable cell line thanks to ELISA and comparing it with the mean fluorescence seen under the microscope. 

      We estimated that the switch concentration was around 200nM, which is 8 times more than the mean endogenous concentration according to https://opencell.czbiohub.org/, but should be reachable locally in wild type cell, or globally in mutated cancer cells. 

      Given the numerical data (mostly) in hand, it would be interesting to determine whether RhoGEF2 levels, cell area, the pattern of actin assembly, or some other property is most predictive of the response to PRG DHPH recruitment. 

      We think that the manuscript made it clear that the concentration of PRG DHPH is almost 100% predictive of the response to PRG DHPH. We believe that other phenotypes such as the cell area or the pattern of actin assembly would only be consequences of this. Interestingly, as experimentators we were absolutely not able to predict the behavior by only seeing the shape of the cell, event after hundreds of activation experiments, and we tried to find characteristics that would distinguish both populations with the data in our hands and could not find any.

      There is some room for general improvement/editing of the text. 

      We tried our best to improve the text, following reviewers suggestions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We are thankful to the reviewers and the editor for their detailed feedback, insightful suggestions, and thoughtful assessment of our work. The revised manuscript has taken into account all the comments of the three reviewers. We have also undertaken additional analyses and added materials in response to reviewer suggestions. In brief:

      (1) We have conducted a more in-depth analysis of frequency domain HRV metrics to better depict the change of autonomic tone.

      (2) We have revised the manuscript to provide justifications for the chosen taVNS protocol and to clearly articulate the objectives of the current study.

      (3) In response to comments from reviewer #2, we have included two new tables that present the absolute changes in cardiovascular metrics, clinical characteristics for the two trial arms, and effects of taVNS adjusted for age.

      Other significant amendments include:

      (1) An expanded discussion linking our findings to the existing literature on the effects of taVNS on cardiovascular function, biomarkers for taVNS response, the safety of taVNS, and the dose-response relationship of taVNS.

      (2) Revision to the Method section to provide details of QT interval calculation.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors report the results of a randomized clinical trial of taVNS as a neuromodulation technique in SAH patients. They found that taVNS appears to be safe without inducing bradycardia or QT prolongation. taVNS also increased parasympathetic activity, as assessed by heart rate variability measures. Acute elevation in heart rate might be a biomarker to identify SAH patients who are likely to respond favorably to taVNS treatment. The latter is very important in light of the need for acute biomarkers of response to neuromodulation treatments.

      Comments:

      (1) Frequency domain heart rate variability measures should be analyzed and reported. Given the short duration of the ECG recording, the frequency domain may more accurately reflect autonomic tone.

      We sincerely appreciate this encouraging summary of our paper. We have analyzed and reported frequency-domain heart rate variability measures, including the relative power of the high-frequency band (0.15–0.4 Hz) and the relative power of the low-frequency band (0.04 – 0.15). We showed the distribution of the two frequency-domain HRV measures in supplementary Figure 2C-D. For 24-hour ECG recording, we found that the change in the relative high-frequency power from Day 1 was not significantly different between the treatment groups. As both high-frequency band and low-frequency band power are relative to the total power, the comparison of the relative power of the low-frequency band between groups would be the opposite of the relative power of the high-frequency band. As both time-domain and frequency-domain HRV measures can reflect the autonomic tone, we performed factor analysis to identify the parasympathetic activity component (Figure 2D). Comparing the change in parasympathetic activity component and relative high-frequency power, we observed similarities and discrepancies. Specifically, both the change in parasympathetic activity component and the change in relative high-frequency power were higher in the taVNS group at the early phase (Day 2 - 4).

      We also observed higher high-frequency power in the Sham group at the later phase. If the factor analysis successfully isolates the parasympathetic activity, there should be other factors than the parasympathetic activity affecting the relative power of the high-frequency band. One such factor is the respiration rate. The high-frequency range is between 0.15 to 0.4 Hz, corresponding to respiration's frequency range of approximately 9 to 24 breaths per minute. If the respiration rate increases and exceeds 24 breaths per minute, the respiratory-driven HRV might occur at a frequency higher than the typical high-frequency band. Given that the respiration rate was higher in the taVNS treatment group, a compensatory mechanism to ensure oxygen delivery (Figure 4E), we hypothesized that observed lower high-frequency power in the taVNS treatment group compared to sham at later phases is a result of increased respiration rate in the taVNS treatment group. Indeed, we found the normalized high-frequency power is higher when RR is less than 25 bpm compared to when RR > 25 bpm (Cohen’s d = 0.85, Supplementary Figure 3A). Moreover, an increase in RR in the taVNS treatment group is associated with a decrease in high-frequency power (Supplementary Figure 3B). These control analyses underscored the necessity of performing factor analysis to robustly measure parasympathetic activities and confirm that taVNS treatment mitigated the sympathetic overactivation during the early phase.

      We have now discussed the results of frequency-domain HRV measures in the Discussion section: taVNS and autonomic system (p23): “A key metric that reflects this restored sympathovagal balance is the increase in heart rate variability (Figure 3F). Specifically, the factor analysis showed that the parasympathetic activity was significantly higher in the taVNS treatment group. This difference was most pronounced during the early phase, particularly between Days 2 and 4 following SAH. In addition to analyzing the correlation between the parasympathetic activity factor and established HRV measures that reflect parasympathetic activity such as RMSSD and pNNI_50 (Figure 3C), we also examined changes in a frequency-domain HRV measure—the relative power of the high-frequency band (0.15–0.4 Hz)—to validate the accuracy of the factor analysis. the relative power of the high-frequency band is widely used to indicate respiratory sinus arrhythmia, a process primarily driven by the parasympathetic nervous system (Supplementary Figure 2). We found that both the change in parasympathetic activity factor and relative high-frequency power were higher in the taVNS group at the early phase (Day 2 - 4). Conversely, we observed higher high-frequency power in the Sham group during the later phase. If the factor analysis successfully isolates the parasympathetic activity, there should be other factors than the parasympathetic activity affecting the relative power of the high-frequency band. One such factor is the respiration rate. The high-frequency range is between 0.15 to 0.4 Hz, corresponding to respiration's frequency range of approximately 9 to 24 breaths per minute. If the respiration rate increases and exceeds 24 breaths per minute, the respiratory-driven HRV might occur at a frequency higher than the typical high-frequency band. Given that the respiration rate was higher in the taVNS treatment group, a compensatory mechanism to ensure oxygen delivery (Figure 4E), we hypothesized that observed lower high-frequency power in the taVNS treatment group compared to sham at later phases is a result of increased respiration rate in the taVNS treatment group. Indeed, we found the normalized high-frequency power is higher when RR is less than 25 bpm compared to when RR > 25 bpm (Cohen’s d = 0.85, Supplementary Figure 3A). Moreover, an increase in RR in the taVNS treatment group is associated with a decrease in high-frequency power (Supplementary Figure 3B). These control analyses underscored the necessity of performing factor analysis to robustly measure parasympathetic activities and confirm that taVNS treatment mitigated the sympathetic overactivation during the early phase.”

      We have also reported the changes in the relative power of the high-frequency band between the two treatment groups in Supplementary Figure 6. We did not find a significant change in relative high-frequency band power between the treatment groups (Treatment – pre-treatment difference: p = 0.74, Cohen’s d = -0.08, N(Sham) = 199, N(taVNS) = 188, Mann-Whitney U test). We reported these results in the Results section: Acute effects of taVNS on cardiovascular function (p18): “There were no significant differences in changes in corrected QT interval or heart rate variability, as measured by RMSSD, SDNN, and relative power of high-frequency band between treatment groups (Figure 5D and E and Supplementary Figure 6).”

      How was the "dose" chosen (20 minutes twice daily)?

      The choice of a 20-minute taVNS session twice daily was informed by findings from Addorisio et al. (2019), where the authors administered 5-minute taVNS twice daily to patients with rheumatoid arthritis for two days. They found that the circulating c-reactive protein (CRP) levels significantly reduced after two days of treatment but returned to baseline at the second clinical assessment by day 7. Given the high inflammatory state associated with subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH) and our intention to maintain a steady reduction in inflammation, we extended the duration of taVNS to 20 minutes per session. We have clarified this stimulation schedule's rationale in the Results section (p5-6): “This treatment schedule was informed by findings from Addorisio et al., where a 5-minute taVNS protocol was administered twice daily to patients with rheumatoid arthritis for two days.29 Their study found that circulating c-reactive protein (CRP) levels significantly reduced after 2 days of treatment but returned to baseline at the second clinical assessment by day 7. Given the high inflammatory state associated with SAH and our intention to maintain a steady reduction in inflammation, we decided to extend the treatment duration to 20 minutes per session.”

      Addorisio, Meghan E., et al. "Investigational treatment of rheumatoid arthritis with a vibrotactile device applied to the external ear." Bioelectronic Medicine 5 (2019): 1-11.

      The use of an acute biomarker of response is very important. A bimodal response to taVNS has been previously shown in patients with atrial fibrillation (Kulkarni et al. JAHA 2021).

      Thank you for this valuable insight and for bringing the study by Kulkarni et al. to our attention. Their study showed that the response to Low-Level Tragus Stimulation (LLTS) varied among patients with atrial fibrillation, which can be predicted by acute P-wave alternans (PWA) to some degree. We have discussed the implication of the bimodal response to taVNS in the Discussion section (p26-27): “Kulkarni et al. showed that the response to low-level tragus stimulation (LLTS) varied among patients with atrial fibrillation.49 Similarly, in our study, not all patients in the taVNS treatment group showed a reduction in mRS scores (improved degree of disability or dependence). This differential response may be inherent to taVNS and potentially influenced by factors such as anatomical variations in the distribution of the vagus nerve at the outer ear. These findings underscore the importance of using acute biomarkers to guide patient selection and optimize stimulation parameters. Furthermore, we found that increased heart rate was a potential acute biomarker for identifying SAH patients who are most likely to respond favorably to taVNS treatment. Translating this finding into clinical practice will require further research to elucidate the mechanisms by which an acute increase in heart rate may predict the outcomes of patients receiving taVNS, including its relationship with neurological evaluations, vasospasm, echocardiography, and inflammatory markers.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study investigated the effects of transcutaneous auricular vagus nerve stimulation (taVNS) on cardiovascular dynamics in subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH) patients. The researchers conducted a randomized clinical trial with 24 SAH patients, comparing taVNS treatment to a Sham treatment group (20 minutes per day twice a day during the ICU stay). They monitored electrocardiogram (ECG) readings and vital signs to assess acute as well as middle-term changes in heart rate, heart rate variability, QT interval, and blood pressure between the two groups. The results showed that repetitive taVNS did not significantly alter heart rate, corrected QT interval, blood pressure, or intracranial pressure. However, it increased overall heart rate variability and parasympathetic activity after 5-10 days of treatment compared to the sham treatment. Acute taVNS led to an increase in heart rate, blood pressure, and peripheral perfusion index without affecting corrected QT interval, intracranial pressure, or heart rate variability. The acute post-treatment elevation in heart rate was more pronounced in patients who showed clinical improvement. In conclusion, the study found that taVNS treatment did not cause adverse cardiovascular effects, suggesting it is a safe immunomodulatory treatment for SAH patients. The mild acute increase in heart rate post-treatment could potentially serve as a biomarker for identifying SAH patients who may benefit more from taVNS therapy.

      Strengths:

      The paper is overall well written, and the topic is of great interest. The methods are solid and the presented data are convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It should be clearly pointed out that the current paper is part of the NAVSaH trial (NCT04557618) and presents one of the secondary outcomes of that study while the declared first outcomes (change in the inflammatory cytokine TNF-α in plasma and cerebrospinal fluid between day 1 and day 13, rate of radiographic vasospasm, and rate of requirement for long-term CSF diversion via a ventricular shunt) are available as a pre-print and currently under review (doi: 10.1101/2024.04.29.24306598.). The authors should better stress this point as well as the potential association of the primary with the secondary outcomes.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. The current study indeed focuses on the trial’s secondary outcomes. The main objective is to evaluate the cardiovascular safety of the taVNS protocol and to provide insights that will inform the application of taVNS in SAH patients. Following your comments, we have clarified this in the Introduction section (p6): “The current study is part of the NAVSaH trial (NCT04557618) and focuses on the trial’s secondary outcomes, including heart rate, QT interval, HRV, and blood pressure.32 This interim analysis aims to evaluate the cardiovascular safety of the taVNS protocol and to provide insights that will inform the application of taVNS in SAH patients. The primary outcomes of this trial, including change in the inflammatory cytokine TNF-α and rate of radiographic vasospasm, are available as a pre-print and currently under review.26”

      The negative association between HRV and inflammatory cytokines has been reported in numerous studies such as (Williams et al., Brain, Behavior, and Immunity, 2019; Haensel et al., Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2008). There are some studies suggesting that increased sympathetic tone following SAH is associated with vasospasm (Bjerkne Wenneberg, S. et al., Acta Anaesthesiologica Scandinavica. 2020; Megjhani et al., Neurocrit Care. 2020). Based on the literature, we compared the effects of taVNS on primary and secondary outcomes. The findings from the two parallel analyses are consistent: taVNS treatment reduced pro-inflammatory cytokines and increased HRV. Furthermore, the analyses of the primary outcomes revealed a reduction in the presence of any radiographic vasospasm in the taVNS treatment group compared to the sham. We have now integrated these findings and discussed them in the Discussion section (p25-26): “Given the negative association between pro-inflammatory markers and HRV, our finding that HRV was higher in the taVNS treatment group aligns with the findings of primary outcomes of this clinical trial, which showed that taVNS treatment reduced pro-inflammatory cytokines, including tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-α) and interleukin-6.26,52 The consistency between these findings strengthens the evidence supporting the anti-inflammatory effects of taVNS. In addition, the sympathetic predominance following SAH is implicated in an increased risk of delayed cerebral vasospasm, which is most commonly detected 5-7 days after SAH.12 Given that taVNS treatment mitigated the sympathetic overactivation before the typical onset of cerebral vasospasm, it could potentially reduce the severity of this complication.”

      (2) The references should be implemented particularly concerning other relevant papers (including reviews and meta-analysis) of taVNS safety, particularly from a cardiovascular standpoint, such as doi: 10.1038/s41598-022-25864-1 and doi: 10.3389/fnins.2023.1227858).

      Thank you for providing the relevant papers. We have provided these references in the Introduction section to provide a more comprehensive background of our study (p6): “While some animal studies have reported a potential risk of bradycardia and decreased blood pressure associated with vagus nerve stimulation, two reviews of human studies have considered the cardiovascular effects of taVNS generally safe, with adverse effects reported only in patients with pre-existing heart diseases. 21,22,23

      (3) The dose-response issue that affects both VNS and taVNS applications in different settings should be mentioned (doi: 10.1093/eurheartjsupp/suac036.) as well as the need for more dose-finding preclinical as well as clinical studies in different settings (the best stimulation protocol is likely to be disease-specific).

      Overall, the present work has the important potential to further promote the usage of taVNS even on critically ill patients and might set the basis for future randomized studies in this setting

      Thank you for this valuable insight. Scientific understanding of the dose-response relationship and determining optimal parameters tailored to specific disease contexts has been recognized as an important part of taVNS research and, more generally, in the electrical neuromodulation field. Studies in this direction are often complex and time-intensive due to the multitude of possible parameter combinations. As such, most taVNS studies opted to use parameters that have been established in previous studies. For example, 20 Hz taVNS is extensively used as a therapeutic intervention in stroke (Matyas Jelinek ,2024, https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0014488623003138). As we pioneer the application of taVNS as an immunomodulation technique in SAH patients, we also adopt parameters reported in similar studies, aiming to provide a basis for future preclinical and clinical studies of taVNS in this patient population. As you noted, the effects of taVNS are dose-dependent, necessitating systematic exploration of the parameter space, including frequency, intensity, and duration. Our findings of the acute biomarker (heart rate) hold the promise of close-loop taVNS. We have now emphasized the importance of investigating how parameters/dose affect taVNS’s effects on immune function and cardiovascular function in SAH patients (p28): “As we pioneer the application of taVNS as an immunomodulation technique in SAH patients, we adopt parameters (20 Hz, 0.4 mA) reported in similar studies.55 The current study provides a basis for future preclinical and clinical studies of taVNS in this patient population. To build on our findings, a systematic evaluation of the relationship between parameters such as frequency, intensity, and duration and taVNS’s effects on the immune system and cardiovascular function is necessary to establish taVNS as an effective therapeutic option for SAH patients.56”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper is overall well written, and the topic is of great interest. The reviewer has some major comments:

      (1) It should be clearly pointed out that the current paper is part of the NAVSaH trial and presents one of the secondary outcomes of that study while the declared first outcomes (change in the inflammatory cytokine TNF-α in plasma and cerebrospinal fluid between day 1 and day 13, rate of radiographic vasospasm, and rate of the requirement for long-term CSF diversion via a ventricular shunt) are available as a pre-print and currently under review (doi: 10.1101/2024.04.29.24306598.).

      We have revised the manuscript following your comment. Please see comment Reviewer 2 Public Review and our response.

      The authors should assess the relationship between the impact of taVNS on inflammatory markers in plasma and in cerebrospinal fluid and the autonomic responses. The association between inflammatory markers and noninvasive autonomic markers as well as sympathovagal balance should also be assessed. Specifically, the authors should try to assess whether the acute post-treatment elevation in heart rate was more pronounced in patients who experienced a more pronounced reduction in inflammatory biomarkers. Indeed, since all patients in the current study received the same dose of taVNS (20 Hz frequency, 250 μs pulse width, and 0.4 mA intensity), while in several cardiovascular studies (doi: 10.1016/j.jacep.2019.11.008, doi: 10.1007/s10286-023-00997-z) the intensity (amplitude) of taVNS was differentially set based on the subjective pain/sensory threshold, that might be a marker of acute afferent neuronal engagement.

      We agree that analyzing the change in cardiovascular metrics and changes in inflammatory markers is an important next step. In particular, testing whether the acute elevation in heart rate correlates with changes in inflammatory markers could further establish heart rate as a biomarker to guide patient selection and optimize stimulation parameters. (Please refer to comment 1.3 and our responses). However, in this paper, the primary objective is the cardiovascular safety of the current taVNS protocol in SAH patients. This association between inflammatory markers and autonomic responses extends beyond the scope of the current manuscript and would be more appropriately addressed in a separate publication.

      Previous literature has shown a negative association between HRV and inflammatory markers in SAH patients (for example, Adam, J., 2023). It is reasonable to postulate that taVNS modulates the immune system and the autonomic system synergistically. We found that parasympathetic tone was higher in the taVNS treatment group, with the most notable differences observed between Days 2 and 4 following SAH (Figure 3F). In a separate study of the primary outcomes of this trial (Huguenard et al., 2024), serum levels of IL-6 (pro-inflammation cytokine) were also significantly lower in the taVNS treatment group on Day 4 (Figure 3A, in our preprint, https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.04.29.24306598).

      We appreciate your input regarding the potential mechanism behind acute heart rate changes. In this trial, all patients who were able to engage in verbal communication were asked if they felt any prickling or pain during all sessions. We confirmed that the current stimulation setting was sub-perception in all trialed patients, making it unlikely that the observed heart rate increase was due to pain or sensory perception. Our current hypothesis is that successful activation of the afferent vagal pathway by taVNS increased arousal, resulting in increased heart rate. We have revised the Discussion section based on your insight (p29): “All patients who were capable of verbal communication were asked if they felt any prickling or pain during all sessions. We confirmed that the current taVNS protocol is below the perception threshold for all trialed patients. Altogether, successful activation of the afferent vagal pathway by taVNS increased arousal, resulting in increased heart rate.50,51”

      Huguenard, A. L. et al. Auricular Vagus Nerve Stimulation Mitigates Inflammation and Vasospasm in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: A Randomized Trial. (2024) doi:10.1101/2024.04.29.24306598.

      Adam, J., Rupprecht, S., Künstler, E. C. S. & Hoyer, D. Heart rate variability as a marker and predictor of inflammation, nosocomial infection, and sepsis – A systematic review. Autonomic Neuroscience vol. 249 103116 (2023).

      A new table should be provided with the mean (or median) values of the two arms of the population (taVNS and sham) including baseline clinical characteristics, comorbidities (mean age, % of female, % with known hypertension, diabetes, etc), ongoing medications (% on beta-betablockers, etc), and pre, during and post-treatment absolute values (expressed as mean or median depending on the distribution) of the studied parameters (QT and QTc absolute values, heart rate, SDNN, etc) in order for the reader to have a better understanding of how SAH affects these parameters. Absolute changes in the abovementioned parameters should also be presented in the table. For instance, the reported absolute increase in heart rate, based on Figure 5, panel C, seems very modest, below 2 bpm. This is very important to underlying for several reasons, including the fact that the evaluation of the impact of treatment on heart rate variability as assessed in the time domain might be influenced by concomitant changes in heart rate due to the nonlinearity of neural modulation of sinus node cycle length. Indeed, time-domain indexes of HRV intrinsically increase when heart rate decreases in a nonlinear way, while frequency domain indexes (e.g. the low frequency/high frequency (LF/HF) ratio), appear to be devoid of intrinsic rate-dependency (doi: 10.1016/s0008-6363(01)00240-1).

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have added the new table to the manuscript. In this table, we include clinical characteristics, the median of absolute values of cardiovascular metrics from 24-hour ECG recording, and the median absolute changes in these metrics for both arms. We believe that absolute values of cardiovascular metrics from 24-hour ECG recording are more informative about how SAH affects these parameters than metrics for the pre-, during-, and post-treatment periods.

      In Result (p7), we have added: “Supplementary Table 3 shows the clinical characteristics of the two treatment groups.” In Result, Acute effect of taVNS on cardiovascular function (p20), we have added: “Supplementary Table 3 summarizes the absolute changes in cardiovascular metrics for the treatment groups.”

      Thank you for raising the concern about HRV and providing the reference. We have now reported frequency domain indexes in our results: relative power of high-frequency power, which is negatively correlated with the LF/HF ratio. The high-frequency power is used to capture sinus arrhythmia, reflecting the parasympathetic modulation of the heart. Although the frequency domain metrics might be less susceptible to the rate-dependency (doi: 10.1016/s0008-6363(01)00240-1), there are circumstances when the frequency domain metrics might not accurately reflect the autonomic tone (Please see Reviewer 1 Publice Review and our responses).

      An attempt to correct the effect of taVNS on the evaluated autonomic parameters according to age should be provided, considering that there were no age limits and parasympathetic indexes, particularly at the sinus node level, are known to decrease with age, particularly for those older than 65 years.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We were aware of the influence of age on cardiac heart rate and heart rate variability. In our initial analysis, we compared the change in autonomic parameters from day 1 within each subject across the two treatment groups. This approach controls for individual differences, including those due to age. In addition to your comment, age is a risk factor for subarachnoid hemorrhage. Older individuals often face an increased risk of poor outcomes. To further verify if age influences autonomic changes following SAH, we performed ANCOVA on autonomic function parameters with age included as a covariate. This analysis showed that age was negatively correlated with changes in heart rate, SDNN, and RMSSD from Day 1, but not with changes in QT intervals. After adjusting for age, we found that RMSSD changes and SDNN changes were significantly higher in the taVNS treatment group, while QTc changes were significantly lower in this group. These results align with the main findings (Figures 2 and 3). In addition, autonomic changes following SAH may be influenced by age. Specifically, lower RMSSD and SDNN in older individuals suggest a greater shift toward sympathetic predominance following SAH. We have now reported these results in Supplementary Table 4 and discussed their implication in the Discussion section (p28): “To control for individual differences, including those due to age, our study compared the change in cardiovascular parameters from Day 1 within each subject across treatment groups. To further verify if age influences autonomic changes following SAH, we performed ANCOVA on autonomic function parameters with age included as a covariate. This analysis showed that age was negatively correlated with changes in heart rate, SDNN, and RMSSD from Day 1 but not with changes in QT intervals. After adjusting for age, we found that RMSSD changes and SDNN changes were significantly higher, while QTc changes were significantly lower in the taVNS treatment group (Supplementary Table 4). These results align with the conclusion that repetitive taVNS treatment increased HRV and was unlikely to cause bradycardia or QT prolongation. In addition, autonomic changes following SAH may be influenced by age. Specifically, lower RMSSD and SDNN in older individuals suggest a greater shift toward sympathetic predominance following SAH (Supplementary Table 4).”

      The results of the current study should be discussed considering what was previously demonstrated concerning the cardiovascular effects of taVNS (doi: 10.3389/fnins.2023.1227858).

      We appreciate the suggestion to consider previous findings on the cardiovascular effects of taVNS. However, it is important to note that most studies investigating the cardiovascular effects of taVNS involve healthy individuals, whereas our study focuses on SAH patients who are critically ill. Given the influence of SAH on cardiovascular parameters, we should be cautious when generalizing our findings to the broader population. Previous studies involving stroke populations have reported cardiovascular parameters descriptively as part of their safety assessments (doi: 10.1155/2020/8841752). Our study is currently the only one systematically investigating the cardiovascular safety of taVNS in SAH patients. Furthermore, the review paper (doi: 10.3389/fnins.2023.1227858) includes a highly heterogeneous mix of studies, such as auricular acupressure, auricular acupuncture, and electrical stimulation applied to different parts of the ear. For the subset of studies involving electrical stimulation, there is considerable variation in the parameters used, with frequencies ranging from 0.5 Hz to 100 Hz, currents from 0.1 mA to 45 mA, and durations spanning from 20 minutes to 168 days. These variations make direct comparisons with our findings challenging.

      It looks like QT measurements were performed automatically. It should be specified which method was used for the measurements (threshold, tangent, or superimposed method?).

      In our study, QT intervals were measured based on thresholding after wavelet transforming the ECG signals (Martínez, J. P., IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 2004, doi: 10.1109/TBME.2003.821031). The local maxima of the wavelet transform correspond to significant changes in the ECG signal, such as the rapid upward or downward deflections associated with the QRS complex. The algorithm searches modulus maxima, that is, peaks of wavelet transform coefficients that exceed specific thresholds, to identify the QRS complex. R peaks are found as the zeros crossing between the positive-negative modulus maxima pair. After localizing the R peak, the Q onset is detected as the beginning of the first modulus maximum before the modulus maximum pair created by the R wave. To identify the T wave, the algorithm searches for local maxima in the absolute wavelet transform in a search window defined relative to the QRS complex. Thresholding is used to identify the offset of the T wave. Please refer to comments 3.4 and 3.5 and our responses for details. We have clarified the method for measuring QT in the Method section (p35): “This algorithm identifies the QRS complex by searching for modulus maxima, which are peaks in the wavelet transform coefficients that exceed specific thresholds. The onset of the QRS complex is determined as the beginning of the first modulus maximum before the modulus maximum pair created by the R wave. To identify the T wave, the algorithm searches for local maxima in the absolute wavelet transform in a search window defined relative to the QRS complex. Thresholding is used to identify the offset of the T wave.”

      QTc dispersion was not evaluated, and this should be listed as a limitation of the current study.

      We have added this limitation in the Discussion section: Limitations and outlook (p31): “The current study did not explore the effects of taVNS on less commonly used cardiovascular metrics, such as QTc dispersion.”

      It has been recently suggested (doi: 10.1016/j.brs.2018.12.510) that QTc, as a potential indirect marker of HRV, might be used as a biomarker for VNS response in the treatment of resistant depression. The author should try to assess whether in the current study baseline QTc before taVNS is associated with outcome and with taVNS response.

      Thank you for the suggestion. The conference abstract in the provided doi stated that QTc as an indirect marker of HRV before implantation was correlated with changes in the depression rating scale. The mechanism seems to be that QTc has information about the pathophysiology of the depression (10.1097/YCT.0000000000000684). The current study focused on the comparison between taVNS treatment and sham treatment. Our future study will further test if SAH patients’ response to taVNS can be predicted by baseline QTc.

      The dose-response issue that affects both VNS and taVNS in different settings should be mentioned (doi: 10.1093/eurheartjsupp/suac036.) as well as the need for more dose-finding preclinical as well as clinical studies in different settings (the best stimulation protocol is likely to be disease-specific).

      Please refer to our responses to comment 3.

      Minor Comments

      Some typos or commas instead of affirmative points and vice versa.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have carefully proofread the manuscript and made the necessary corrections to ensure proper punctuation and grammar throughout.

      Table 1: why age is expressed as a range for each person?

      MedRxiv asks authors to remove all identifying information. Precise ages are direct identifiers, as opposed to age ranges. We have now revised the age column to ‘decade of life’ in the updated table. We believe this modification reduces confusion while adhering to MedRxiv’s guidelines.

      Although already reported in the study protocol (doi: 10.1101/2024.03.18.24304239), the heart rate limits for inclusion should be reported (sustained bradycardia on arrival with a heart rate < 50 beats per minute for > 5 minutes, implanted pacemaker or another electrical device).

      We have now added the specific inclusion and exclusion criteria in the Method details section (p33): “Inclusion criteria were: (1) Patients with SAH confirmed by CT scan; (2) Age > 18; (3) Patients or their legally authorized representative are able to give consent. Exclusion criteria were: (1) Age < 18; (2) Use of immunosuppressive medications; (3) Receiving ongoing cancer therapy; (4) Implanted electrical device; (5) Sustained bradycardia on admission with a heart rate < 50 beats per minute for > 5 minutes; (6) Considered moribund/at risk of imminent death.”

      Why did the authors choose a taVNS schedule of two times per day of 30 minutes each as compared for instance to one hour per day? Please comment on that also referring to other taVNS studies in the acute setting such as the one by Dasari T et al (doi: 10.1007/s10286-023-00997-z.) where taVNS was applied for 4 hours twice daily. For instance, Yum Kim et al (doi: 10.1038/s41598-022-25864-1) recently reported in a systematic review and meta-analysis of taVNS, safety, that repeated sessions and sessions lasting 60 min or more were shown to be more likely to lead to adverse events.

      The International Consensus-Based Review and Recommendations for Minimum Reporting Standards in Research on Transcutaneous Vagus Nerve Stimulation should be referred to and contextualized (doi: 10.3389/fnhum.2020.568051).

      Thank you for raising this question and providing relevant references. We have reviewed the proposed checklist for minimum reporting items in taVNS research (10.3389/fnhum.2020.568051) and have ensured that our manuscript complies with the recommended reporting items.

      The current taVNS schedule was based on findings from Addorisio et al. (2019). We have revised the manuscript to clarify the rationale behind the current taVNS protocol. Please refer to our response to comment 1.2. The two studies mentioned in the comments were published after our trial was designed and initiated (https://clinicaltrials.gov/study/NCT04557618). Based on the meta-analysis by Yum Kim et al., the short duration of treatment sessions might explain the cardiovascular safety of the current taVNS protocol. We are also currently assessing the effects of our taVNS protocol on inflammatory markers.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to characterize the cardiovascular effects of acute and repetitive taVNS as an index of safety. The authors concluded that taVNS treatment did not induce adverse cardiovascular effects, such as bradycardia or QT prolongation.

      Strengths:

      This study has the potential to contribute important information about the clinical utility of taVNS as a safe immunomodulatory treatment approach for SAH patients.

      Weaknesses:

      A number of limitations were identified:

      (1) A primary hypothesis should be clearly stated. Even though the authors state the design is a randomized clinical trial, several aspects of the study appear to be exploratory. The method of randomization was not stated. I am assuming it is a forced randomization given the small sample size and approximately equal numbers in each arm.

      Thank you for the suggestion. The current study is part of the NAVSaH trial (NCT04557618), aiming to define the effects of taVNS on inflammatory markers, vasospasm, hydrocephalus, and continuous physiology data. This study focuses on the effects of repetitive and acute taVNS on continuous physiology data to evaluate the cardiovascular safety of the current taVNS protocol. The primary hypothesis tested in our study is that repetitive taVNS increased HRV but did not cause bradycardia and QT prolongation. Following your comments, we have clarified this in the Introduction section (p6): “This interim analysis aims to evaluate the cardiovascular safety of the taVNS protocol and to provide insights that will inform the application of taVNS in SAH patients. The primary outcomes of this trial, including change in the inflammatory cytokine TNF-α and rate of radiographic vasospasm, are available as a pre-print and currently under review.26 Based on a meta-analysis, repeated sessions lasting 60 min or more are likely to lead to aversive effects; therefore, we hypothesized that repetitive taVNS increased HRV but did not cause bradycardia and QT prolongation.23”

      (2) The authors "first investigated whether taVNS treatment induced bradycardia or QT prolongation, both potential adverse effects of vagus nerve stimulation. This analysis showed no significant differences in heart rate calculated from 24-hour ECG recording between groups." A justification should be provided for why a difference is expected from 20 minutes of taVNS over a period of 24 hours. Acute ECG changes are a concern for increasing arrhythmic risk, for example, due to cardiac electrical restitution properties.

      A human study (Clancy, L. A. et al., Brain Stimulation, 2017, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2014.07.031) has found that 15-min taVNS led to reduced sympathetic activity measured by low-frequency/high-frequency (LF/HF) ratio. The sympathetic activity remained lower than baseline levels during the recovery period, suggesting potential long-term effects of taVNS on cardiovascular function. In addition, the repetitive taVNS treatment in this clinical trial was intended to maintain a steady low-inflammatory state. Given the potential life-threatening implications of bradycardia and QT prolongation in these critically ill patients, we deemed it crucial to evaluate heart rate and QT interval both acutely and from 24-hour ECG monitoring. We have now provided the justification in the Result section (p11): “A study has shown that 15 minutes of taVNS reduced sympathetic activity in healthy individuals, with effects that persist during the recovery period.33 This finding suggests that taVNS may exert long-term effects on cardiovascular function. Therefore, we investigated whether repetitive taVNS treatment affects heart rate and QT interval, key indicators of bradycardia or QT prolongation, using 24-hour ECG recording.”

      An additional value of analyzing 24-hour ECG recording is that we can detect bradycardia or QT prolongation that happen outside the period of the stimulation, which could caused by repetitive taVNS. To this end, we reanalyzed the data and calculated the percentage of prolonged QT intervals using 500ms criterion (Giudicessi, J. R., Noseworthy, P. A. & Ackerman, M. J. The QT Interval. Circulation, 2019). When comparing the percentage of prolonged QT intervals between the treatment groups, we found that changes in prolonged QT intervals percentage from Day 1 were higher in the Sham group (Figure 3F, Mann–Whitney U test, N(taVNS) = 94, N(Sham)=95, p-value < 0.001, Cohen’s d = -0.72). We have now reported the results in the Result section (p11): “To ensure that repetitive taVNS did not lead to QT prolongation happening outside the period of stimulation, we calculated the percentage of prolonged QT intervals. Prolonged QT intervals were defined as corrected QT interval >= 500 ms. We found that changes in prolonged QT intervals percentage from Day 1 were higher in the Sham group (Figure 3F, Mann–Whitney U test, N(taVNS) = 94, N(Sham)=95, p-value < 0.001, Cohen’s d = -0.72).

      The concern regarding acute ECG changes related to increased arrhythmic risk is valid. We have improved the reasoning behind analyzing acute ECG change, which now reads (p20): “Assessing the acute effect of taVNS on cardiovascular is crucial for its safe translation into clinical practice. We compared the acute change of heart rate, corrected QT interval, and heart rate variability between treatment groups, as abrupt changes in the pacing cycle may increase the risk of arrhythmias.”

      (3) More rigorous evaluation is necessary to support the conclusion that taVNS did not change heart rate, HRV, QTc, etc. For example, shifts in peak frequencies of the high-frequency vs. low-frequency power may be effective at distinguishing the effects of taVNS. Further, compensatory sympathetic responses due to taVNS should be explored by quantifying the changes in the trajectory of these metrics during and following taVNS.

      We appreciate your concerns regarding the potential effects on the autonomic system associated with taVNS treatment. We would like to clarify that the primary objective of our study was to evaluate the cardiovascular safety of the taVNS protocol in SAH, with a specific focus on detecting any acute changes in heart rate and QT interval. As you highlighted, such acute ECG changes are a concern for increasing arrhythmic risk. By directly studying the trend of heart rate, HRV, and QT over the acute treatment periods, we found no significant change in these metrics between treatment groups. In addition, these metrics remained within 0.5 standard deviations of their daily fluctuations during and following taVNS treatment (Figure 5 and Supplementary Figure 6). These findings support the conclusion that the current protocol is unlikely to cause cardiac complications.

      In response to your suggestion to conduct a more rigorous analysis, particularly concerning peak frequencies within the high-frequency (HF) and low-frequency (LF) bands, we pursued this analysis to explore more nuanced effects of taVNS on the autonomic system. We compared the shifts in peak frequencies within these bands between the treatment groups and found no significant changes that would suggest a sympathetic or parasympathetic shift following acute taVNS.

      In detail, we have made the following revisions following your comments:

      (1) We have clarified the motivation behind studying the acute change of cardiac metrics following taVNS treatment – monitoring the cardiovascular safety of current taVNS protocol in SAH patients (p18): please refer to response to comment 3.2.

      (2) We compared the peak frequencies of the high-frequency and low-frequency bands following taVNS. added the results in the supplementary materials:

      We note that neurophysiology underlying peak frequencies has not been thoroughly studied in the literature compared to the LF-band power or HF-band power. Therefore, we report this result as an exploratory analysis.

      (3) We have added the changes of QTc during and following taVNS in Figure 5 and showed that they were within 0.5 standard deviations of their daily fluctuations during and following taVNS treatment. We have now shown the changes of HRV during and following taVNS in Supplementary Figure 6 A-D. We added the change of high-frequency power following Reviewer #1’s comment 1.1. Overall, our results suggest that repetitive taVNS increased parasympathetic activities, while there is no evidence that acute taVNS significantly affected heart rate or QT.

      (4) The authors do not state how the QT was corrected and at what range of heart rates. Because all forms of corrections are approximations, the actual QT data should be reported along with the corrected QT.

      The corrected QT interval (QTc) estimates the QT interval at a standard heart rate of 60 bpm. In practice, we removed RR intervals outside of the 300 – 2000 ms range. Further, we removed ectopic beats, defined as RR intervals differing by more than 20% from the one proceeding. We used the Bazett formula to correct the QT intervals: . We have now clarified how QT was corrected in the Method section – Data processing (p35-36): “R-peaks were detected as local maxima in the QRS complexes. P-waves, T-waves, and QRS waves were delineated based on the wavelet transform (Figure 2A-C).34  RR intervals were preprocessed to exclude outliers, defined as RR intervals greater than 2 s or less than 300 ms. RR intervals with > 20% relative difference to the previous interval were considered ectopic beats and excluded from analyses. After preprocessing, RR intervals were used to calculate heart rate, heart rate variability, and corrected QT (QTc) based on Bazett's formula: .44 The corrected QT interval (QTc) estimates the QT interval at a standard heart rate of 60 bpm.”

      We have reported the actual QT data in the Result section (p10 and p 19):” Moreover, changes in corrected QT interval from Day 1 were significantly higher in the Sham group compared to the taVNS group (Figure 3B, Mann–Whitney U test, N(taVNS) = 94, N(Sham)=95, p-value < 0.001, Cohen’s d = -0.57). Similarly, uncorrected QT intervals from Day 1 were higher in the Sham group (Supplementary Figure 10A, Cohen’s d = -0.42).”

      “Supplementary Figure 10B-C shows the acute changes in uncorrected QT interval.”

      (5) The QT extraction method needs to be more robust. For example, in Figure 2C, the baseline voltage of the ECG is shifting while the threshold appears to be fixed. If indeed the threshold is not dynamic and does not account for baseline fluctuations (e.g., due to impedance changes from respiration), then the measures of the QT intervals were likely inaccurate.

      A robust method to estimate the QT interval is essential in our study. To this end, we used the state-of-the-art method to calculate QT intervals. We first applied a 0.5 Hz fifth-order high-pass Butterworth filter and a 60 Hz powerline filter on the ECG recording. The high-pass filtering is used to correct potential baseline fluctuations. Subsequently, a wavelet-based algorithm was used to delineate the QRS complex and T wave (Martínez, J. P., IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 2004). In short, this algorithm identifies QRS based on modulus maxima of the wavelet transform of ECG signals. After localizing the R peak, the Q onset is detected as the beginning of the first modulus maximum before the modulus maximum pair created by the R wave. The detection is performed on wavelet transform at a small scale rather than on the original signal, minimizing the effect of baseline shift (see III Detection methods, (5), Cuiwei Li et al., IEEE TBME, 1995, Detection of ECG Characteristic Points Using Wavelet Transforms). T wave is detected similarly based on wavelet transform. Please refer to our response to comment 2.9.

      Martínez, J. P., Almeida, R., Olmos, S., Rocha, A. P., & Laguna, P. (2004). A wavelet-based ECG delineator: evaluation on standard databases. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 51(4), 570-581.

      In Figure 2C, the purple and green lines take the value of 1 at the QRS onset or the T wave offset; otherwise, 0, which might appear to be a threshold. We have now used verticle lines to denote the detected QRS onsets and T wave offsets. Please see below for a comparison of the annotation:

      We have clarified the details of extracting QT intervals from ECG recordings in the Method section (p31): “To calculate cardiac metrics, we first applied a 0.5 Hz fifth-order high-pass Butterworth filter and a 60 Hz powerline filter on ECG data to reduce artifacts. 35 We detected QRS complexes based on the steepness of the absolute gradient of the ECG signal using the Neurokit2 software package.35 R-peaks were detected as local maxima in the QRS complexes. P waves, T waves, and QRS complexes were delineated based on the wavelet transform of the ECG signals proposed by Martinez J. P. et al. (Figure 2A-C).36 This algorithm identifies the QRS complex by searching for modulus maxima, which are peaks in the wavelet transform coefficients that exceed specific thresholds. The onset of the QRS complex is determined as the beginning of the first modulus maximum before the modulus maximum pair created by the R wave. To identify the T wave, the algorithm searches for local maxima in the absolute wavelet transform in a search window defined relative to the QRS complex. Thresholding is used to identify the offset of the T wave.”

      We have modified Figure 2C for better clarity:

      More statistical rigor is needed. For example, in Figure 2D, the change in heart rate for days 5-7, 8-10, and 11-13 is clearly a bimodal distribution and as such, should not be analyzed as a single distribution. Similarly, Figure 2E also shows a bimodal distribution. Without the QT data, it is unclear whether this is due to the application of the heart rate correction method.

      Thank you for raising this concern. Several factors could contribute to the observed distribution of changes in heart rate for days 5-7, 8-10, and 11-13, as shown in Figure 2D. One such factor is the smaller sample size in the later days. The mean duration of hospitalization for the 24 subjects included in this study was 11.29 days, with a standard deviation of 6.43, respectively. Other factors include variations in medical history, SAH pathology, and clinical outcomes during hospitalization. Further analysis revealed that heart rate was lower in patients with improved mRS scores (Supplementary Figure 4B), suggesting that clinical outcomes might impact changes in heart rate. Understanding the association between cardiovascular metrics and clinical assessments, such as vasospasm and inflammation, could help decide whether future taVNS trials should control for these factors when evaluating the effects of taVNS on cardiovascular function. We are currently continuing to recruit SAH patients in this clinical trial, and we plan to perform such analyses in future studies.

      In the manuscript, we reported the effect size between the treatment groups for days 5-7, 8-10, and 11-13. This should be interpreted in conjunction with the characteristics of the distribution. To provide a rigorous interpretation of our results, we have now discussed these considerations in the discussion section (p28): “We noticed a high variance of change in heart rate for days 5 – 7, 8 – 10, and 11 – 13 for both treatment groups (Figure 2D). This may be due to the small sample size in the later days, given that the mean duration of hospitalization for the 24 subjects included in this study was 11.3 days with a standard deviation of 6.4. Differences in medical history and clinical outcomes during hospitalization may also explain the variance of change in heart rate for the later days. For example. heart rate was lower in patients with improved mRS scores (Supplementary Figure 4B). Understanding the association between cardiovascular metrics and clinical assessments, such as vasospasm and inflammation, could help decide whether future taVNS trials should control for these factors when evaluating the effects of taVNS on cardiovascular function.”

      To test our hypothesis that repetitive taVNS does not induce significant heart rate change, we performed a two-tailed equivalence test of heart rate change between the two treatment groups, including data from days 2-13 (Figure 2D, left panel). To verify the validity of this approach, we calculated the Bimodality Coefficient (BC) and performed the Dip Test for unimodality for the distribution of heart rate change for the two treatment groups. The Bimodality Coefficient (BC) is a measure that combines skewness and kurtosis to assess whether a distribution is bimodal or unimodal. A BC value greater than 0.555 typically indicates a bimodal distribution, whereas a BC value less than or equal to 0.555 suggests an unimodal distribution. The Dip Test is a statistical test that assesses the unimodality of a distribution. A non-significant p-value (p-value ≥ 0.05) indicates that the distribution is likely unimodal. This analysis suggests that the distributions of heart rate changes in both treatment groups (days 2 - 13) are unimodal (BC = 0.457 and p = 0.374 for the taVNS treatment group; BC = 0.421 and p = 0.656 for the sham treatment group). This finding provides justification for our statistical approaches.

      Figure 3A shows a number of outliers. A SDNN range of 200 msec should raise concern for a non-sinus rhythm such as arrhythmia or artifact, instead of sinus arrhythmia. Moreover, Figure 3B shows that the Sham RMSSD data distribution is substantially skewed by the presence of at least 3 outliers, resulting in lower RMSSD values compared to taVNS. What types of artifact or arrhythmia discrimination did the authors employ to ensure the reported analysis is on sinus rhythm? The overall results seem to be driven by outliers.

      Mild cardiac abnormalities are common in SAH patients. Therefore, change in cardiovascular metrics was expected to differ from healthy individuals, which makes studying the cardiovascular effect on taVNS extremely important in this context. Following your comment, we investigated whether the large SDNN change was due to arrhythmia or artifacts. Except for a single instance where one subject exhibited an SDNN change of 200 ms on a particular day, all other SDNN changes were less than 150 msec. We identified the subject and day associated with the largest SDNN change, which is Day 7. As shown in Author response image 1A and B, SDNN of this subject increased on day 7 while the heart rate (HR) of this subject decreased. Changes in HRV were inversely related to HR changes, suggesting shifts in sympathetic and parasympathetic tone. We checked the ECG recording and the extracted NN intervals (processed RR intervals) on that day. The NN intervals are more variate on day 7 compared to day 1 (Author response image 1C and D). To determine whether the significant variance observed between 5:01 am and 5:02 am was due to arrhythmia or artifacts, we closely examined the corresponding ECG signals (Author response image 1E and F). Based on our analysis, the elevated SDNN is unlikely to be attributed to artifacts.

      Author response image 1.

      Similarly, we identified the subjects and days corresponding to the most prominent RMSSD decrease in the sham treatment group. We verified the ECG quality for this subject and the accuracy of RR interval identification, and that there was no significant cardiovascular event during the subject’s stay in the ICU. Based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria defined in our protocol (Huguenard A et al.m PLOS ONE, 2024), we did not exclude these data from our analysis.

      Huguenard A, Tan G, Johnson G, Adamek M, Coxon A, et al. (2024) Non-invasive Auricular Vagus nerve stimulation for Subarachnoid Hemorrhage (NAVSaH): Protocol for a prospective, triple-blinded, randomized controlled trial. PLOS ONE 19(8): e0301154. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0301154

      To ensure accurate inferences about sympathetic and parasympathetic tone from these cardiovascular metrics, we have rigorously refined our methodologies, including correcting RR intervals outliers, correcting ectopic peaks, using state-of-art algorithms to identify QRS complex, P wave, and T wave (please refer to response to comment 3.5), and performing factor analysis. In addition, no significant cardiac complications have been reported by the attending physicians for the subjects included in this study. Nonetheless, it is important to note that ECG patterns in patients with SAH differ from those in healthy individuals, potentially impacting the accuracy of R peak identification. For example, one identified R peak (out of 73) was Q peak (F in the above figure). The pathology associated with SAH complicates the precise calculation of cardiovascular metrics and the interpretation of the results. We are committed to continually improving our methodologies for assessing autonomic function in SAH patients. We have now discussed these limitations in the Discussion section (p31-32): “Mild cardiac abnormalities are common in SAH patients5, complicating the precise calculation of cardiovascular metrics from ECG signals and the interpretation of the results. Systematic verification of methods for calculating cardiovascular metrics to ensure their applicability in SAH patients is crucial.”

      The above concern will also affect the power analysis, which was reported by authors to have been performed based on the t-test assuming the medium effect size, but the details of sample size calculations were not reported, e.g., X% power, t-test assumed Bonferroni correction in the power analysis, etc.

      Thank you for raising this concern. The current study is part of the NAVSaH trial (NCT04557618), focusing on the trial’s secondary outcomes (Please refer to comment 2.1 and our responses). The main objective of this interim analysis is to evaluate the cardiovascular safety of the current taVNS protocol. Goal enrollment for the pilot NAVSaH trial is 50 patients, based on power calculations to detect significant differences in inflammatory cytokines, radiographic vasospasm, and chronic hydrocephalus. The detailed power analysis is described in the protocol (Huguenard A et al.m PLOS ONE, 2024):

      “Under a 2-by-2 repeated measures design consisting of two groups of patients, each measured at two time points, our goal is to compare the change across time in the taVNS group to the change across time in the Sham group. Based upon previous work from Koopman et al. [67], we assume our study will observe 1.1 standardized inflammatory cytokines mean change difference between the two groups. Using a two-sided, two-sample t-test, assuming both time points have equal variance and there is a weak correlation (i.e., 0.15) between measurement pairs, a sample size of 25 in each group achieves at least 80% power to detect a standardized difference of 1.1 in mean changes, with a significance level (alpha) of 0.05 [68].

      Based on our preliminary data, we assume this study will observe 25% and 55% severe vasospasm in the taVNS and Sham groups, respectively. Under a design with 2 repeated measurements (i.e., 2 raters), assuming a compound symmetry covariance structure with a Rho of 0.2, at a significance level (alpha) of 0.05, a sample size of 25 in each group achieves at least 80% power when the null proportion is 0.55, and the alternative proportion is 0.25 [69–71].

      As previously described, LV et al. [8] studied the relationship between cytokine levels and clinical endpoints in SAH, including hydrocephalus. From their outcomes, we predict a needed enrollment of approximately 50 to detect these endpoints. From our own preliminary data, with an incidence of chronic hydrocephalus 0% in treated patients and 28.6% in control (despite grade of hemorrhage), alpha = 0.05 and power = 0.80, the projected sample size to capture that change is approximately 44 patients.”

      In this study, we used power analysis to report the achieved power of insignificant findings. For example, a Mann-Whitney U test on heart rate change between the treatment groups revealed no significant differences. We then used power analysis to calculate the achieved power. We have added the details of power analysis in the Method section (p34): “We calculated the achieved power of tests on heart rate change between the treatment groups assuming a medium effect size (Cohen’s d of 0.5) and a Type I error probability (a) of 0.05. Given that the Mann-Whitney U test is a non-parametric counterpart to the t-test and that the asymptotic relative efficiency of the U test relative to the t-test is 0.95 with normal distributions, we estimated the achieved power based on the power of a two-sample t-test, which is 0.93. We have clarified this in the introduction section and in the method section (p6 and p38):

      “The current study is part of the NAVSaH trial (NCT04557618) and focuses on the trial’s secondary outcomes, including heart rate, QT interval, HRV, and blood pressure.30 This interim analysis aims to evaluate the cardiovascular safety of the taVNS protocol and to provide insights that will inform the application of taVNS in SAH patients. The primary outcomes of this trial, including change in the inflammatory cytokine TNF-α and rate of radiographic vasospasm, are available as a pre-print and currently under review.24”

      “In this study, we reported the statistical power achieved for tests that yielded non-significant results. The achieved power is calculated based on a two-sample t-test assuming a medium effect size (Cohen’s d of 0.5) and a Type I error probability (a) of 0.05.”

      If the study was designed to show a cardiovascular effect, I am surprised that N=10 per group was considered to be sufficiently powered given the extensive reports in the literature on how HRV measures (except when pathologically low) vary within individuals. Moreover, HRV measures are especially susceptible to noise, artifacts, and outliers.

      If the study was designed to show a lack of cardiovascular effect (as the conclusions and introduction seem to suggest), then a several-fold larger sample size is warranted.

      The primary goal of this study is to assess the cardiovascular safety of the current taVNS protocol in SAH patients (please refer to comments 2.1 and 3.8 and our responses). More specifically, we want to assess whether the current taVNS protocol is associated with bradycardia or QT prolongation. The data in this study included ECG signals and vital signals from 24 subjects recruited between 2021 and 2024. The total number of days in the ICU is 271 days, which corresponds to 542 taVNS/sham treatment sessions. These data allow us to detect significant cardiovascular effects of acute taVNS with high power. For example, the comparison of heart rate from pre- to post-treatment sessions between treatment groups had power > 99% (N1 = 188, N2 = 199, assuming 0.05 type I error probability, medium effect size two sample t-test).

      To safely conclude that there is no significant cardiovascular effect of repetitive taVNS on any given day following SAH, we would need to perform statistical tests between treatment groups on Day 1, Day 2, and Day N. In this context, 64 subjects per treatment group are required to achieve 80% power assuming medium effect size and 0.05 type I error probability (two-sample t-test). We have acknowledged this limitation in the Discussion section. Thank you for raising this concern!

      The results reported in this study treat each day as an independent sample for several reasons. First, heart rate and HRV metrics exhibited great daily variations (Figure in comment 3.7, for example). Their value on one day was not predictive of the metrics on another day, which could be due to medications, interventions, or individualized SAH recovery process during the patient’s stay in the ICU. Second, SAH patients in the ICU often experience rapid/daily changes in clinical status, including fluctuations in intracranial pressure, blood pressure, neurological status, and other vital signs. Also, the recovery process from SAH is highly individualized, with different patients exhibiting distinct trajectories of recovery or complications. Day-to-day cardiovascular function changes varied as the patient recovered or encountered setbacks. Moreover, we verified ECG signal quality, corrected outliers and artifacts in ECG processing, and employed a state-of-the-art QRS delineation method (Please refer to comment 3.5). All these ensure the accuracy of our reported results.

      The revised Discussion section now reads (31): ” Our study considers each day as an independent sample for the following considerations: 1. heart rate and HRV metrics exhibited great daily variations. Their value on one day was not predictive of the metrics on another day, which could be due to medications, interventions, or individualized SAH recovery process during the patient’s stay in the ICU. 2. SAH patients in the ICU often experience daily changes in clinical status, including fluctuations in intracranial pressure, blood pressure, neurological status, and other vital signs. 3. Day-to-day cardiovascular function changes varied as the patient recovered or encountered setbacks. To conclusively establish that there is no significant cardiovascular effect of repetitive taVNS on any given day following SAH, we would need to perform statistical tests between treatment groups for each day. In this context, 64 subjects per treatment group are required to achieve 80% power assuming medium effect size and 0.05 type I error probability (two-sample t-test).”

    2. eLife Assessment

      The authors provide a solid set of data supporting the safety of transcutaneous auricular vagal nerve stimulation on cardiovascular parameters in the acute setting of critically ill patients presenting with subarachnoid hemorrhage. This important study also suggests a promising effect on autonomic balance.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigated the effects of transcutaneous auricular vagus nerve stimulation (taVNS) on cardiovascular dynamics in subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH) patients. The researchers conducted a randomized clinical trial with 24 SAH patients, comparing taVNS treatment to a Sham treatment group (20 minutes per day twice a day during the ICU stay). They monitored electrocardiogram (ECG) readings and vital signs to assess acute as well as middle -term changes in heart rate, heart rate variability, QT interval, and blood pressure between the two groups. The results showed that repetitive taVNS did not significantly alter heart rate, corrected QT interval, blood pressure, or intracranial pressure. However, it increased overall heart rate variability and parasympathetic activity after 5-10 days of treatment compared to the sham treatment. Acute taVNS led to an increase in heart rate, blood pressure, and peripheral perfusion index without affecting corrected QT interval, intracranial pressure, or heart rate variability. The acute post-treatment elevation in heart rate was more pronounced in patients who showed clinical improvement. In conclusion, the study found that taVNS treatment did not cause adverse cardiovascular effects, suggesting it as a safe immunomodulatory treatment for SAH patients. The mild acute increase in heart rate post-treatment could potentially serve as a biomarker for identifying SAH patients who may benefit more from taVNS therapy.

      Strengths:

      The paper is overall well written, and the topic is of great interest. The methods are solid and the presented data are convincing.

      Comments on revisions:

      The main previous weaknesses of the paper have now been fixed.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors characterized the cardiovascular effects of acute and repetitive taVNS as an index of safety and concluded that taVNS treatment does not induce adverse cardiovascular effects such as bradycardia or QT prolongation.

      Strengths:

      This study contributes important information about the clinical utility of taVNS as a safe immunomodulatory treatment approach for SAH patients.

      Comments on revised version:

      A number of limitations were identified previously: https://elifesciences.org/reviewed-preprints/100088/reviews#peer-review-2. These major concerns were largely addressed by the authors.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      Reviewer #1 was very appreciative of our results and commented “This is a novel result in ferredoxin and a significant contribution to the field”. We are very honored and pleased.

      Reviewer #2:

      (1) Changing the nomenclature of the models investigated to include the oxidation state being discussed. As they are now (CM, CMNA, etc), multiple re-reads were required to ascertain which redox state was being discussed for a particular model in a given section of the text. Appending "Ox" or "Red" for oxidized or reduced would be sufficient. 

      As you indicated there are several nomenclatures to distinguish the model systems in the text. On the other hand, the main issue discussed in the text is the ionization potential (IP), which is calculated by the difference in energies between oxidized and reduced states for each model. In other words, a discussion of the IP value on each model includes both the “Ox” and “Red” energies. In order to clarify the relationship between the nomenclature of models and redox states, we added sentences below.

      “Note that the IP value is obtained for each model by calculating both the Ox and Red state energies of the model.” (lines 195-196).

      On the other hand, we must specify the charge state when the geometry optimization is performed for CM and CMH models. Therefore, we revised the sentence as follows.

      “The decrease in |IP| value indicates that the relative stability of the Red state is suppressed compared with the CMH but is significantly larger than the CM, suggesting the importance of the protonation of Asp64 (Fig. S2B). 

      To consider the effect of the structural change caused by the redox on the IP, geometrical optimization of the 4Fe-4S core was performed for the CM (Red) and CMH (Red) models using the same level of theory to the single-point calculations. The optimized Cartesian coordinates are summarized in Table S3. As illustrated in Fig. S2A, the IP values of CM and CMH change from –3.27 to –2.38 eV (|DIP| = 0.89 eV), and from –1.06 to –0.19 eV (|DIP| = 0.87 eV), respectively, before and after the geometrical optimization.” (lines 224-232)

      (2) In addition to the very thorough DFT investigation of the different spin and charge combinations, did the authors try a broken-symmetry calculation to obtain the ground state description of the FeS cluster? Given the ubiquity of this approach in other FeS cluster studies, it was surprising that this approach was not taken here. Granted, the DFT investigation of each possible combination is sufficiently thorough and need not be redone. 

      Thank you for your comments. A term “spin-unrestricted method”, which is used in the manuscript in the text is synonym of “broken-symmetry method”. In order to emphasize this, we revised the manuscript as follows. 

      “All calculations were performed by using the spin-unrestricted (broken-symmetry) hybrid DFT method with the B3LYP functional set. As the basis set, 6-31G* and 6-31+G* were used for [Fe, C, N, O, H] and [S] atoms, respectively, for the IP calculations.” (Line 451)

      (3) Line 161 "an" to "a" 

      We corrected the mistake. Thank you so much. (Line 161)

      (4) Figure 4A seems a bit odd. Why do the traces eclipse the y-axis? And the traces between 330 and 370 nm are much noisier and appear thicker than the rest of the plot. Is this an issue with the monochromator grating used in wavelength selection? Reducing the thickness of the individual traces may help the data presentation in this figure. Also, the arrows on the plot have an opaque white background. Can this be removed so that the arrows do not eclipse the traces in the plot? 

      The spectrum in the Fig.4A seemed to be odd. The spectral figure has been revised to improve its appearance. (We have also corrected E53A in Figure 5B.) This reviewer also pointed out that “the traces between 330 and 370 nm are much noisier”. We are struggling with the noise caused by the grating (or the motor malfunction) of the monochromator as you pointed out. Once the monochromator is repaired and a smooth spectrum is obtained, we will upload further revisions.

      (5) Figure S9 is a very nice schematic illustrating the general findings of the study. Can this be moved to the main text?

      Thank you for your helpful comment. Accordingly, the Fig.9S and its legend are moved to the main text. (Lines 675-680)

    2. eLife Assessment

      Ferredoxins are ubiquitous electron transfer proteins that drive essential metabolic processes across all domains of life. This fundamental contribution to the field provides the first description of how specific amino acids, though a series of hydrogen bonds, control the ability of iron-sulfur clusters in ferrodoxins to accept and donate electrons. The evidence supporting the conclusions is compelling as is the combined use of neutron crystallography with X-ray crystallography and classical spectral/redox studies.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors introduced neutron crystallography coupled with room temperature X-ray crystallography to exam the redox properties of the BtFt [4Fe-4S] cluster expressed in E. coli. Neutron structure allowed the authors to exam the influence of Asp64 on the redox properties of the [4Fe-4S] cluster. The neutron structure also allowed for the identification of the hydrogen network around the [4Fe-4S] structure. This work was followed by density functional theory calculation to examine different redox states which also pointed to the role of Asp64 in affecting or dictating redox function of the [4Fe-4S] cluster. Based on the DFT work the authors examine the redox properties under oxic and anoxic conditions in wild type enzymes and in a D64N mutant again showing the role of Asp64 on the redox kinetics and redox potential of the [4Fe-4S] cluster. Lastly, the authors examined similar [4Fe-4S] ferredoxins from several organisms and with a Asp64 or Glu64 observed a similar role of Asp64 on the low potential state of the [4Fe-4S] cluster. The major conclusion of the study was to identify the role of specific amino acids, in this case Asp64, in controlling the redox state and kinetics of [4Fe-4S] clusters. The authors also demonstrate the strength of neutron crystallography when combined with classical X-ray crystallography and classical spectral/redox studies.

      Strengths:

      In general, the experimental design is logical and the results are convincing demonstrating the role of Asp64 on the redox properties of [4Fe-4S] clusters in ferredoxins.

      Weaknesses:

      The role(s) of coordinating amino acids on the redox properties of a functional group is not surprising, this reviewer believes this is a novel result in ferredoxins and does make a nice contribution to the field.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, Wada et al. investigate the low potential ferredoxin from Bacillus thermoproteolyticus (BtFd) using a combination of neutron crystallography, x-ray crystallography, DFT and spectroscopy to determine the influence of hydrogen bonding networks on the redox potential of ferredoxin's 4Fe-4S cluster. The use of neutron diffraction allowed the authors to probe the precise location of hydrogens around the 4Fe-4S cluster, which was not possible from prior studies, even with the previously reported high-resolution (0.92 Å) structure of BtFd. This allowed the authors to revise prior models of the proposed H bonding network theorized from earlier x-ray crystallography studies ( for example, showing that there is not in fact a H bond formed between the Thr63-O𝛾1 and the [4Fe-4S]-S4 atoms). With this newly described H-bonding network established, the electronic structure of the 4Fe-4S cluster was then investigated using DFT methodology, revealing a startling role of the deprotonated surface residue Asp64, which bears substantial electronic density in the LUMO which is otherwise localized to the 4Fe-4S cluster. While aspartate is usually deprotonated at physiological pH, the authors provide compelling evidence that this aspartate has a much higher pKa than is usual, and is able to act as a protonation-dependent switch which controls the stability of the reduced state of the 4Fe-4S cluster, and thus the redox potential.

      The findings of this study and the conclusions drawn from them are well supported by the data and computational work. Their findings have implications for similar control mechanisms in other, non-ferredoxin 4Fe-4S bearing electron transport proteins which have yet to be explored, providing great value to the metalloprotein community. One change that the authors may consider to enhance the clarity of the manuscript regards the nomenclature used for the varying models discussed (CM, CMNA, CMH and so forth). It would be beneficial to the reader if the nomenclature included the redox state (ox. vs red.) of the model in the model's name.

      Comments on revisions:

      I'm satisfied with their revisions, it looks good to me.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This manuscript presents important finding regarding the regulation of a key stem cell population, namely muscle stem cells (or "satellite cells"). The evidence presented is convincing that Scx, a marker for tendon, is expressed in some myogenic cells and is essential for adult muscle regeneration.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Bai et al concerns the expression of Scleraxis (Scx) by muscle satellite cells (SCs) and the role of that gene in regenerative myogenesis. The authors report the expression of this gene associated with tendon development in satellite cells. Genetic deletion of Scx in SCs impairs muscle regeneration, and the authors provide evidence that SCs deficient in Scx are impaired in terms of population growth and cellular differentiation. Overall, this report provides evidence of the role of this gene, unexpectedly, in SC function and adult regenerative myogenesis.

      There are a few points of concern.

      (1) From the data in Figure 1, it appears that all of the SCs, assessed both in vitro and in vivo, express Scx. The authors refer to a scRNA-seq dataset from their lab and one report from mdx mouse muscle that also reveal this unexpected gene expression pattern. Has this been observed in many other scRNA-seq datasets? If not, it would be important to discuss potential explanations as to why this has not been reported previously.

      (2) A major point of the paper, as illustrated in Fig. 3, is that Scx-neg SCs fail to produce normal myofibers and renewed SCs following injury/regeneration. They mention in the text that there was no increased PCD by Caspase staining at 5 DPI. A failure of cell survival during the process of SC activation, proliferation, and cell fate determination (differentiation versus self-renewal) would explain most of the in vivo data. As such, this conclusion that would seem to warrant a more detailed analysis in terms of at least one or two other time points and an independent method for detecting dead/dying cells (the in vitro data in Fig. 4F is also based on assessment of activated Caspase to assess cell death). The in vitro data presented later in Fig. S4G,H do suggest an increase in cell loss during proliferative expansion of Scx-neg SCs. To what extent does cell loss (by whatever mechanism of cell death) explain both the in vivo findings of impaired regeneration and even the in vitro studies showing slower population expansion in the absence of Scx?

      (3) I'm not sure I understand the description of the data or the conclusions in the section titled "Basement membrane-myofiber interaction in control and Scx cKO mice". Is there something specific to the regeneration from Scx-neg myogenic progenitors, or would these findings be expected in any experimental condition in which myogenesis was significantly delayed, with much smaller fibers in the experimental group at 5 DPI?

      (4) The data presented in Fig. 4B showing differences in the purity of SC populations isolated by FACS depending on the reporter used are interesting and important for the field. The authors offer the explanation of exosomal transfer of Tdt from SCs to non-SCs. The data are consistent with this explanation, but no data are presented to support this. Are there any other explanations that the authors have considered and that could be readily tested?

      (5) The Cut&Run data of Fig. 6 certainly provide evidence of direct Scx targets, especially since the authors used a novel knock-in strain for analyses. The enrichment of E-box motifs provides support for the 207 intersecting genes (scRNA-seq and Cut&Run) being direct targets. However, the rationale elaborated in the final paragraph of the Results section proposing how 4 of these genes account for the phenotypes on the Scx-neg cells and tissues is just speculation, however reasonable. These are not data, and these considerations would be more appropriate in the Discussion in the absence of any validation studies.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have adequately addressed all of the concerns I raised regarding the original submission. I have no further issues to be addressed.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Scx is a well-established marker for tenocytes, but the expression in myogenic-lineage cells was unexplored. In this study, the authors performed lineage-trace and scRNA-seq analyses and demonstrated that Scx is expressed in activated SCs. Further, the authors showed that Scx is essential for muscle regeneration using conditional KO mice and identified the target genes of Scx in myogenic cells, which differ from those of tendons.

      Strengths:

      Sometimes, lineage-trace experiments cause mis-expression and do not reflect the endogenous expression of the target gene. In this study, the authors carefully analyzed the unexpected expression of Scx in myogenic cells using some mouse lines and scRNA-seq data.

      Weaknesses:

      Scx protein expression has not been verified.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors sincerely addressed all concerns, excluding the protein expression of Scx. There is convincing evidence from other experiments that indirectly indicate the protein expression of Scx. In addition, the importance of this study is solid. So, this reviewer doesn't require the authors to make more revisions.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This manuscript by Bai et al concerns the expression of Scleraxis (Scx) by muscle satellite cells (SCs) and the role of that gene in regenerative myogenesis. The authors report the expression of this gene associated with tendon development in satellite cells. Genetic deletion of Scx in SCs impairs muscle regeneration, and the authors provide evidence that SCs deficient in Scx are impaired in terms of population growth and cellular differentiation. Overall, this report provides evidence of the role of this gene, unexpectedly, in SC function and adult regenerative myogenesis.

      We appreciate the comments and thank her/him for the support.

      There are a few minor points of concern.

      (1) From the data in Figure 1, it appears that all of the SCs, assessed both in vitro and in vivo, express Scx. The authors refer to a scRNA-seq dataset from their lab and one report from mdx mouse muscle that also reveals this unexpected gene expression pattern. Has this been observed in many other scRNA-seq datasets? If not, it would be important to discuss potential explanations as to why this has not been reported previously.

      Thanks for this question regarding data in Fig.1. We did initially use immunofluorescence staining of Pax7 and GFP on muscle sections and primary myoblast cultures prepared from Tg-ScxGFP mice to conclude that Scx was expressed in satellite cells (SCs). In addition to the cited mdx RNA-seq data, we have included a re-analysis of a published scRNA-seq data set in Fig.2E (Dell'Orso et al., Development, 2019), and our own scRNA-seq data (Fig.S5D, F). We have now re-examined an additional scRNA-seq data set of TA muscles at various regeneration time points (De Micheli et al., Cell Rep. 2020), in which Scx expression was detected in MuSC progenitors and mature muscle cells. We have added the De Micheli et al. reference and the re-analysis of that scRNA-seq data set for Scx expression as an additional panel in Fig. 2E, with accompanying text (p. 7, ln. 4-6). Thus, our immunostaining results are consistent with scRNA-seq data from our and two other independent scRNA-seq data sets.

      We think that Scx expression in the adult myogenic lineage was not previously reported mainly because its expression level was low, and might be dismissed as spurious detection. Additionally, detecting such low expression levels requires sophisticated detection methods with high capture efficiency. Previous studies have noted limitations in transcript capture or transcription factor dropout in 10x Genomics-based datasets (Lambert et al., Cell, 2018; Pokhilko et al., Genome Res., 2021). The most likely and straightforward reason is that Scx was simply not a focus in prior studies amid so many other genes of interest. We have now added this last explanation in the text (p.7, ln. 8-9), following the re-analyses of Scx expression in published scRNA-seq data sets.

      (2) A major point of the paper, as illustrated in Fig. 3, is that Scx-neg SCs fail to produce normal myofibers and renewed SCs following injury/regeneration. They mention in the text that there was no increased PCD by Caspase staining at 5 DPI. A failure of cell survival during the process of SC activation, proliferation, and cell fate determination (differentiation versus self-renewal) would explain most of the in vivo data. As such, this conclusion would seem to warrant a more detailed analysis in terms of at least one or two other time points and an independent method for detecting dead/dying cells (the in vitro data in Fig. 4F is also based on an assessment of activated Caspase to assess cell death). The in vitro data presented later in Fig. S4G, H do suggest an increase in cell loss during proliferative expansion of Scx-neg SCs. To what extent does cell loss (by whatever mechanism of cell death) explain both the in vivo findings of impaired regeneration and even the in vitro studies showing slower population expansion in the absence of Scx?

      We appreciate these constructive suggestions. Based on the number of available control and cKO animals, we were limited to one additional time point at 3 dpi to assess PCD by TUNEL in vivo. We were disappointed again to find no appreciable levels of PCD at 3 dpi by TUNEL (new Fig.S4I), thus no quantifications were included. We also re-did the in vitro experiment using purified SCs and monitored PCD by staining for cleaved Caspase-3 using a validated tube of antibodies (positive staining after 6 h of treatment by 1 mM staurosporine of control and ScxcKO cells; included as new Fig. S4J and legend). We were pleased to find an increase of cleaved Caspase3 stained cells, i.e. PCD, of Scx-cKO SCs at day 4 in culture, compared to that of the control. We have now replaced the old Fig. 4F with new Fig.4F and 4G to document PCD. We also provided new text/legend for these new data (p.10. ln. 2-10; new legend for Fig. 4F and 4G).

      (3) I'm not sure I understand the description of the data or the conclusions in the section titled "Basement membrane-myofiber interaction in control and Scx cKO mice". Is there something specific to the regeneration from Scx-neg myogenic progenitors, or would these findings be expected in any experimental condition in which myogenesis was significantly delayed, with much smaller fibers in the experimental group at 5 DPI?

      We very much appreciate this comment. We agree that there is unlikely anything specific about the regeneration from Scx-negative myogenic progenitors. Unfilled or empty ghost fibers (basement membrane remnant) are expected due to small fiber and poor regeneration in the ScxcKO mice at 5 dpi. We have removed the subtitle and changed the content to an expected consequence rather than something special (p. 8, ln. 19-22).

      (4) The data presented in Fig. 4B showing differences in the purity of SC populations isolated by FACS depending on the reporter used are interesting and important for the field. The authors offer the explanation of exosomal transfer of Tdt from SCs to non-SCs. The data are consistent with this explanation, but no data are presented to support this. Are there any other explanations that the authors have considered and that could be readily tested?

      Thanks for highlighting this phenomenon. We struggled with the SC purity issue for a long time. The project started with using the R26RtdT reporter for tdT’s paraformaldehyde  resistant strong fluorescence (fixation) to aid visualization in vivo. Later, when we used the tdT signal to purify SCs by FACS, we found that only 80% sorted tdT+ cells are Pax7+. We then switched to the R26RYFP reporter, from which we achieved much higher purity (95%) of SCs (Pax7+) by FACS. As such, we also repeated and confirmed many in vivo experimental results using the R26RYFP reporter (included in the manuscript). Due to the low purity of tdT+SCs by FACS, we discontinued that mouse colony after we confirmed the superior utility of the R26RYFP reporter for SC isolation.

      We sincerely apologize for not being able to conduct further testable experiments on this intriguing phenomenon. However, this issue has since been addressed and published by Murach et al., iScience, (2021). Like our experience, they found non-satellite mononuclear cells with tdT fluorescence after TMX treatment when SCs were isolated via FACS. To determine this was not due to off-target recombination or a technical artifact from tissue processing, they conducted extensive analyses. They found that the tdT+ mononuclear cells included fibrogenic cells (fibroblasts and FAPs), immune cells/macrophages, and endothelial cells. Additionally, they confirmed the significant potential of extracellular vesicle (EV)-mediated cargo transfer, which facilitates the transfer of full-length tdT transcript from lineage-marked Pax7+ cells to those mononuclear cells. We have modified the text to emphasize and acknowledge their contribution to this important point, and explained the difference between YFP and tdT reporter alleles in more detail (p.9, ln. 11-17).

      (5) The Cut&Run data of Fig. 6 certainly provide evidence of direct Scx targets, especially since the authors used a novel knock-in strain for analyses. The enrichment of E-box motifs provides support for the 207 intersecting genes (scRNA-seq and Cut&Run) being direct targets. However, the rationale elaborated in the final paragraph of the Results section proposing how 4 of these genes account for the phenotypes on the Scx-neg cells and tissues is just speculation, however reasonable. These are not data, and these considerations would be more appropriate in the Discussion in the absence of any validation studies.

      We agree with this comment and have moved speculations into the Discussion (p. 15, ln. 4-15, and from p. 18, ln. 4 to p. 19, ln. 4).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Scx is a well-established marker for tenocytes, but the expression in myogenic-lineage cells was unexplored. In this study, the authors performed lineage-trace and scRNA-seq analyses and demonstrated that Scx is expressed in activated SCs. Further, the authors showed that Scx is essential for muscle regeneration using conditional KO mice and identified the target genes of Scx in myogenic cells, which differ from those of tendons.

      Strengths:

      Sometimes, lineage-trace experiments cause mis-expression and do not reflect the endogenous expression of the target gene. In this study, the authors carefully analyzed the unexpected expression of Scx in myogenic cells using some mouse lines and scRNA-seq data.

      We appreciate the comments and thank her/him for noting the strengths of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      Scx protein expression has not been verified.

      We are aware of this weakness. We had previously used Western blotting (WB) using cultured SCs from control and ScxcKO mice, but did not detect endogenous Scx protein even in the control. In response to this comment, we have re-done several WB experiments using new lysates from control and ScxcKO SCs and two commercial antibodies: anti-Scx antibody 1 from Abcam (ab58655) and anti-Scx antibody 2 from Invitrogen (PA5-23943). These antibodies have been reported to detect endogenous Scx protein in tendon cells in Spang et al., BMC Musculoskelet Disord (2016) and  Bochon et al., Int J Stem Cells (2021). Despite our best efforts, we were not able to detect a reliable Scx band. We have also conducted immunofluorescence using these two antibodies. Still, we failed to detect a difference of staining signals between control and cKO SCs using these antibodies. Lastly, we conducted immunofluorescence using the ScxTy1 myoblasts and we did not find the staining signal coinciding with the Ty1 signal (by double staining). We have been very frustrated by not knowing what caused this technical difficulty in our hands. Given that these were negative data, we did not include them. However, we do hope that the combined data from scRNA-seq, ScxCreERT2 lineage-tracing, Tg-ScxGFP expression, and ScxTy1 knock-in together are deemed sufficient to make up for the deficiency of data for endogenous Scx protein in regenerative myogenic cells.

      Response to Recommendations for the Authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      p. 8: The text refers to Fig. 3I, but this should be Fig. 3H.

      We apologize for the confusion. Please note that by keeping all 14 dpi data in the same row, we placed Fig.3I at an unconventional/unexpected position, i.e., next to 3D &3E, and above 3F-H. We were aware that this unconventional placement could cause confusion, and it did. With that said, we have now re-arranged the subfigures (same data content) so that the updated Fig.3 contains subfigures in the expected and proper spatial order. We double-checked the figure referral in the text (p. 8, ln. 16-17) and the text is correct – just that the original Fig.3I should have been at the original Fig.3H position and that is now corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Given that Scx binds to the E-box and regulates gene expression, it is of interest to know the relevance between MyoD and Scx. If possible, the reviewer recommends to include some discussions.

      Thanks for the comment. MyoD1 is a well-known transcript factor regulating myogenesis, whereas Scx is primarily studied in tenocytes and other connective tissues. We agree that our new findings deserve a discussion regarding the relevance between MyoD1 and Scx.  We have added a description of their differences in the discussion and two new references (p.19, ln. 7-17).

      (2) Considering that Scx is a transcriptional factor, it is interesting that Scx-GFP was not detected in the nuclei of regenerated myofibers. Could the subcellular localization of Scx-GFP provide some insights into the function of Scx as a transcription factor during muscle regeneration?

      Tg-ScxGFP is a transgenic line generated by random insertion into the genome (Pryce et al., 2007; cited). The plasmid used for transgenesis was constructed by replacing most of Scx’s first exon with GFP, and including ~ 9Kb flanking regulatory sequences. As such, the ScxGFP is not a fusion gene, but rather that the GFP expression is regulated by Scx promoter and enhancer(s). This GFP reporter lacks a nuclear localization signal (NLS), hence it is mainly detected in the cytoplasm; some nuclear signal is detected, presumably due to GFP’s small size permitting passive diffusion into the nucleus. Thus, the GFP signal is used as a reporter for Scx expression, but GFP subcellular localization does not provide insight into Scx function per se. Conversely, ScxTy1/Ty1 is a knock-in allele created by fusing a triple-Ty1 tag (3XTy1) to the C-terminus of Scx, and we observed that Ty1 is located in the nucleus by the immunofluorescent staining. We used the Ty1 epitope to carry out CUT&RUN experiments to gain insight to the function of Scx as a transcription factor.

      (3) Fig1D The number of arrows in the Merge image is not matched with others. In addition, the star mark in the Pax7 image is likely an error.

      Apologies. We have now corrected these errors in the revised Fig.1D.

      (4) FigS1A Is there only one myofiber shown in the dashed line in this image? It is unclear why only this myofiber is surrounded by the dashed line.

      The dashed line encircles a single fiber because it was not visible in the provided image. However, there are 3 fibers in this image. Because we did not immuno-stain for myofibers here, we circled one fiber for illustration. For clarity, we brightened the background (of the entire original images) so the background signals from myofiber boundaries are discernable without outlines.

      (5) FigS1B There was no overlapped DAPI staining in the Myogenin+ cell. DAPI-staining should be present in Myogenin+ cells because myogenin is located in the nucleus.

      Fig.S1B is immuno-staining for MyoD , and we marked one MyoD+DAPI+GFP+ cell/nucleus. Fig.S1C is immune-staining for Myogenin, and we also marked one (cell/nucleus) that is triple positive.

      (6) The position of the asterisk for the ScxGFP in FigS1D is misaligned. In addition, the position is not matched with Fig1C. Because all myofibers are Scx-positive, it is strange that only one myofiber has an asterisk. The reviewer suggests removing the mark.

      Thank you for pointing out these errors. We have now corrected the misalignment and removed the unnecessary asterisk.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment 

      This study presents valuable experimental and numerical results on the motility of a magnetotactic bacterium living in sedimentary environments, particularly in environments of varying magnetic field strengths. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is solid, although the statistical significance comparing experiments with the numerical work is weak. The study will be of interest to biophysicists interested in bacterial motility. 

      We thank the reviewers and editors for their careful reading and the constructive comments. With respect to the statement about weak statistical significance, we think that this statement mixes two separate issues, the significance of the difference between experiments at 0 and 50µT and the comparison of experiments with simulations. We have amended our manuscript to address both points as described below. The difference between the experiments at 0 and 50µT is indeed significant, and the discrepancy between experiments and simulations can be explained by unavoidable differences in the way we quantify bacterial throughput.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors present experimental and numerical results on the motility Magnetospirillum gryphiswaldense MSR-1, a magnetotactic bacterium living in sedimentary environments. The authors manufactured microfluidic chips containing three-dimensional obstacles of irregular shape, that match the statistical features of the grains observed in the sediment via microcomputer tomography. The bacteria are furthermore subject to an external magnetic field, whose intensity can be varied. The key quantity measured in the experiments is the throughput ratio, defined as the ratio between the number of bacteria that reach the end of the microfluidic channel and the number of bacteria entering it. The main result is that the throughput ratio is non-monotonic and exhibits a maximum at magnetic field strength comparable with Earth's magnetic field. The authors rationalize the throughput suppression at large magnetic fields by quantifying the number of bacteria trapped in corners between grains. 

      Strengths: 

      While magnetotactic bacteria's general motility in bulk has been characterized, we know much less about their dynamics in a realistic setting, such as a disordered porous material. The micro-computer tomography of sediments and their artificial reconstruction in a microfluidic channel is a powerful method that establishes the rigorous methodology of this work. This technique can give access to further characterization of microbial motility. The coupling of experiments and computer simulations lends considerable strength to the claims of the authors, because the model parameters (with one exception) are directly measured in the experiments. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The main weakness of the manuscript pertains to the discussion of the statistical significance of the experimental throughput ratio. Especially when comparing results at zero and 50 micro Tesla. The simulations seem to predict a stronger effect than seen in the experiments. The authors do not address this discrepancy. 

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment and the detailed constructive remarks. 

      The increase in bacterial throughput between 0 and 50 µT is indeed more pronounced in the simulations than in the experiments, partly due to the fact that there is considerably more variability in the experimental data. We did two things to address this issue: (1) We performed additional statistical test addressing the difference between the experimental results at 0 and 50 µT. Indeed, the difference is only weakly significant (in contrast to the difference of either to 500µT). The increase is however consistent with the observation in the absence of obstacles in the channel, where we see a monotonous increase from 0 to 500 µT (Supp. Figure S5). We have added the test results in the caption of Fig. 3. (2) To address the difference between simulations and experiments, we added a section in Methods on how we determine the throughput and a short discussion in the Results section. The key points are that the initial condition is different in simulations and experiments and that the throughput is therefore quantified differently. This difference is due to experimental limitations: we cannot track bacteria through the whole channel and we wanted to avoid pushing them into the channel with fluid flow to avoid effects of flow on the results. As a consequence, bacteria continue to enter the IN region of the channel from the inlet during the experiment, while in the simulation, they all start at the beginning of the channel simultaneously. We expect this to mostly affect the case with diffusive transport (B=0).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      simulation study of magnetotactic bacteria in microfluidic channels containing sediment-mimicking obstacles. The obstacles were produced based on micro-computer tomography reconstructions of bacteria-rich sediment samples. The swimming of bacteria through these channels is found experimentally to display the highest throughput for physiological magnetic fields. Computer simulations of active Brownian particles, parameterized based on experimental trajectories are used to quantify the swimming throughput in detail. Similar behavior as in experiments is obtained, but also considerable variability between different channel geometries. Swimming at strong field is impeded by the trapping of bacteria in corners, while at weak fields the direction of motion is almost random. The trapping effect is confirmed in the experiments, as well as the escape of bacteria with reducing field strength. 

      Strengths: 

      This is a very careful and detailed study, which draws its main strength from the fruitful combination of the construction of novel microfluidic devices, their use in motility experiments, and simulations of active Brownian particles adapted to the experiment. Based on their results, the authors hypothesize that magnetotactic bacteria may have evolved to produce magnetic properties that are adapted to the geomagnetic field in order to balance movement and orientation in such crowded environments. They provide strong arguments in favor of such a hypothesis. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Some of the issues touched upon here have been studied also in other articles. It would be good to extend the list of references accordingly and discuss the relation briefly in the text. 

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. We answer to the point concerning previous literature in the response to the recommendations below.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Here follows a list of points the authors should address. 

      (1) Are additional experiments feasible to decrease the statistical noise present in Fig. 3c? At the very least, the authors should discuss the statistical significance of the results at 50 muT vis-a-vis 0 T. 

      See our response to Strengths/Weaknesses above

      (2) The experimental setup is not immediately clear. I think that adding a panel from Fig. S1 (or a sketch thereof) would help clarify, especially in relation to the entry zone and end zone. 

      We are not sure what you mean. Fig. 3A already contains exactly such a panel. We have however added another supplementary figure that shows an additional detailed view of the setup (Fig. S3). In addition, we revised several figures: We have replaced Fig. S1 with a better version and exchanged the schematic view of the obstacle channel in Fig 1, removing the additional inlets that were not used in this study (also in Fig 3A), Instead we added a comment in Methods explaining their presence. Hopefully this makes the setup clear.

      (3) It should be also stated that there is no external flow imposed on the channel. 

      We have added such a statement in the description of the experiment (in section 2.2 Swimming of magnetotactic bacteria through sediment-mimicking obstacle channels.  

      (4) Fig. 3c and Fig. 6c are seemingly showing the same quantity (or closely related ones). The authors should use the same symbol and give an explicit mathematical definition. 

      The two quantities are not exactly the same, as we cannot directly quantify the flux of bacteria through the channel in our experiments. On the one hand, we cannot track bacteria through the whole channel, on the other hand, the initial conditions are not exactly the same as in the simulations. In the simulations all bacteria start at the same time at the entrance to the channel. In the experiments, they enter from the inlet and do so at different times (pushing them in with fluid flow would be possible, but carries the risk of perturbing the results due to induced flow through the channel). We have added a new section in the Methods section that explains this difference and describes the procedure used to obtain the throughput from the experiments in detail. We have also added a corresponding comment in the Result section, where the simulations are compared with the experiments. 

      Minor issues: 

      - Figures have different styles that should be unified. For example, the panel labels sometimes have round brackets and sometimes they don't.

      See above

      - Page 6, (muCT) should have the Greek letter mu 

      Thanks, corrected.

      - Fig. 3a is not very clear; see my point 2 above. 

      See above

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      I have only a few comments and questions, which the authors should address: 

      (1) The observed exponential dependence of decay time on the "well" depth could be related to the exponential density distribution of active particles in a gravitational field, which has been derived previously. Might be interesting to discuss such a possible connection. 

      Thank you for the suggestion, the two cases are indeed somewhat analogous with behaviors reminiscent of thermal processes with an effective temperature. Such a description is however not generally possible (even for sedimentation, only some features are described). We plan to address in future work whether it can be made more quantitative in our case of escape from the corner traps. We have included a short discussion of the analogy in the section on trapping and escape. 

      (2) The authors should consider the following relevant references, and discuss them briefly in their manuscript:

      - Sedimentation, trapping, and rectification of dilute bacteria J Tailleur, ME Cates EPL 86, 60002 (2009) 

      - Human spermatozoa migration in microchannels reveals boundary-following navigation P Denissenko, V Kantsler, DJ Smith, J Kirkman-Brown Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 109, 8007-8010 (2012) 

      - Wall accumulation of self-propelled spheres J Elgeti, G Gompper Europhysics Letters 101, 48003 (2013) 

      - Wall entrapment of peritrichous bacteria: a mesoscale hydrodynamics simulation study SM Mousavi, G Gompper, RG Winkler Son Maber 16 (20), 4866-4875 (2020) 

      - A Geometric Criterion for the Optimal Spreading of Active Polymers in Porous Media C Kurzthaler, S Mandal, T Bhabacharjee, H Löwen, SS Daba, HA Stone Nat. Commun. 12, 7088 (2021) 

      - Run-to-Tumble Variability Controls the Surface Residence Times of E. coli Bacteria G Junot, T Darnige, A Lindner, VA Martinez, J Arlt, A Dawson, WCK Poon, H Auradou, E Clement Phys. Rev. Leb. 128, 248101 (2022) 

      - Dynamics and phase separation of active Brownian particles on curved surfaces and in porous media P Iyer, RG Winkler, DA Fedosov, G Gompper Phys. Rev. Research 5, 033054 (2023) 

      We agree that there is a lot of literature on these aspects, specifically interaction of self-propelled objects with walls and motion of swimmers through porous media. We have slightly extended our overview of previous literature in the introduction and included most of these references.

    2. eLife Assessment

      This study presents valuable experimental and numerical results on the motility of a magnetotactic bacterium living in sedimentary environments, particularly in environments of varying magnetic field strengths. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is compelling and the study will be of specific relevance to biophysicists interested in bacterial motility.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present experimental and numerical results on the motility Magnetospirillum gryphiswaldense MSR-1, a magnetotactic bacterium living in sedimentary environments. The authors manufactured microfluidic chips containing three-dimensional obstacles of irregular shape, that match the statistical features of the grains observed in the sediment via micro-computer tomography. The bacteria are furthermore subject to an external magnetic field, whose intensity can be varied. The key quantity measured in the experiments is the throughput ratio, defined as the ratio between the number of bacteria that reach the end of the microfluidic channel and the number of bacteria entering it. The main result is that the throughput ratio is non-monotonic and exhibits a maximum at magnetic field strength comparable with Earth's magnetic field. The authors rationalize the throughput suppression at large magnetic fields by quantifying the number of bacteria trapped in corners between grains.

      Strengths:

      While magnetotactic bacteria general motility in bulk has been characterized, we know much less about their dynamics in a realistic setting, such as a disordered porous material. The micro-computer tomography of sediments and their artificial reconstruction in a microfluidic channel is a powerful method that establishes the rigorous methodology of this work. This technique can give access to further characterization of the microbial motility. The coupling of experiments and computer simulations lends considerable strength to the claims of the authors, because the model parameters (with one exception) are directly measured in the experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript pertains to the comparison between simulations and experiments due to limitations in the tracking of bacteria in the experiments.

      Impact:

      Building on the present work, and refining the experimental setup may shed light on the microbial interactions in an environment such as soil which deserves further studies.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript reports results of a combined experimental and simulation study of magnetotactic bacteria in microfluidic channels containing sediment-mimicking obstacles. The obstacles were produced based on micro-computer tomography reconstructions of bacteria-rich sediment samples. The swimming of bacteria through these channels is found experimentally to display the highest throughput for physiological magnetic fields. Computer simulations of active Brownian particles, parameterized based on experimental trajectories are used to quantify the swimming throughput in detail. Similar behavior as in experiments is obtained, but also considerable variability between different channel geometries. Swimming at strong field is impeded by the trapping of bacteria in corners, while at weak fields the direction of motion is almost random. The trapping effect is confirmed in the experiments, as well as the escape of bacteria with reducing field strength.

      Strengths:

      This is a very careful and detailed study, which draws its main strength from the fruitful combination of construction of novel microfluidic devives, their use in motility experiments, and simulations of active Brownian particles adapted to the experiment.<br /> Based on their results, the authors hypothesize that magnetotactic bacteria may have evolved to produce magnetic properties that are adapted to the geomagnetic field in order to balance movement and orientation in such crowded environments. They provide strong arguments in favor of such a hypothesis.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the issues touched upon here have been studied also in other articles. It would be good to extend the list of references accordingly and discuss the relation briefly in the text.

      Comments on revisions:

      In their rebuttal letter, the authors have responded in detail to all points raised in my previous report. They have revised their manuscript accordingly.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This paper provides fundamental insights into the control of Salmonella within human macrophages, with convincing evidence that Salmonella can replicate in the macrophage cytosol in the absence of inflammasome signaling. This paper, which improves our understanding of how the immune system fights bacterial infections, will be of broad interest to cell biologists, immunologists and microbiologists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this excellent manuscript by Egan et al., the authors very carefully dissect the roles of inflammasome components in restricting Salmonella Typhimurium (STm) replication in human macrophages. They show that caspase-1 is essential to mediating inflammasome responses and that caspase-4 contributes to bacterial restriction at later time points. The authors show very clear roles for the host proteins that mediate terminal lysis, gasdermin D and ninjurin-1. The unique finding in this study is that in the absence of inflammasome responses, Salmonella hypereplicates within the cytosol of macrophages. These findings suggest that caspase-1 and possibly caspase-4 play roles in restricting the replication of Salmonella in the cytosol as well as in the Salmonella containing vacuole.

      Strengths:

      (1) The genetic and biochemical approaches have shown for the first time in human macrophages that the caspase-1-GSDMD-NINJ1 axis is very important for restricting intracellular STm replication. In addition, they demonstrate a later role for Casp4 in control of intracellular bacterial replication.

      (2) In addition, they show that in macrophages deficient in the caspase-1-GSDMD-NINJ1 axis that STm are found replicating in the cytosol, which is a novel finding. The electron microscopy is convincing that STm are in the cytosol.

      (3) The authors go on to use a chloroquine resistance assay to show that inflammasome signaling also restricts STm within SCVs in human macrophages.

      (4) Finally, they show that the Type 3 Secretion System encoded on Salmonella Pathogenicity Island 1 contributes to STm's cytosolic access in human macrophages.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Their results with human macrophages suggest that there are differences between murine and human macrophages in inflammasome-mediated restriction of STm growth. For example, Thurston et al. showed that in murine macrophages that inflammasome activation controls the replication of mutant STm that aberrantly invades the cytosol, but only slightly limits replication of WT STm. In contrast, here the authors found that primed human macrophages rely on caspase-1, gasdermin D and ninjurin-1 to restrict WT STm. I wonder if the priming of the human macrophages in this study could account for the differences in these studies. Along those lines, do the authors see the same results presented in this study in the absence of priming the macrophages with Pam3CSK4. I think that determining whether the control of intracellular STm replication is dependent on priming is very important. Another difference with the Thurston et al. paper is the way that the STm inoculum was prepared - stationary phase bacteria that were opsonized. Could this also account for differences between the two studies rather than differences between murine and human macrophages in inflammasome-dependent control of STm?

      (2) The authors show that the pore-forming proteins GSDMD and Ninj1 contribute to control of STm replication in human macrophages. Is it possible that leakage of gentamicin from the media contributes to this control?

      (3) One major question that remains to be answered is whether casp-1 plays a direct role in the intracellular localization of STm. If the authors quantify the percentage of vacuolar vs. cytosolic bacteria at early time points in WT and casp-1 KO macrophages, would that be the same in the presence and absence of casp-1? If so, then this would suggest that there is a basal level of bacterial-dependent lysis of the SCV and in WT macrophages the presence of cytosolic PAMPS trigger cell death and bacteria can't replicate in the cytosol. However, in the inflammasome KO macrophages, the host cell remains alive and bacteria can replicate in the cytosol.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my previous concerns. The addition of the statements indicating the limitations of the study are an important addition.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work addresses the question of how human macrophages restrict intracellular replication of Salmonella.

      Strengths:

      Through a series of genetic knockouts and using specific inhibitors, Egan et al. demonstrated that the inflammasome components caspase-1, caspase-4, gasdermin D (GSDMD), and the final lytic death effector ninjurin-1 (NINJ1) are required for control of Salmonella replication in human macrophages. Interestingly, caspase-1 proved crucial in restricting Salmonella early during infection, whereas caspase-4 was essential in the later stages of infection. Furthermore, using a chloroquine resistance assay and state-of-the-art microscopy, the authors found that NAIP receptor and caspase-1 mostly regulate replication of cytosolic bacteria, with smaller, yet significant, impact on the vacuolar bacteria.

      The finding that inflammasomes are critical in the restriction of replication of intracellular Salmonella in human macrophages contrasts with the published minimal role of inflammasomes in restriction of replication of intracellular Salmonella in murine macrophages. Some of these differences could be due to differences in the methodologies used in the two studies. However, the findings suggest yet another example of interspecies and intercellular differences in regulation of bacterial infections by the immune system.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors may wish to comment that the measurements of released cytokines by ELISA do not discriminate between active and full-length forms of the cytokines.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Egan and coworkers investigates how Caspase-1 and Caspase-4 mediated cell death affects replication of Salmonella in human THP-1 macrophages in vitro.

      Overall evaluation:

      Strength of the study include the use of human cells, which exhibit notable differences (e.g., Caspase 11 vs Caspase-4/5) compared to commonly used murine models. Furthermore, the study combines inhibitors with host and bacterial genetics to elucidate mechanistic links.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my comments regarding the previous submission.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1: 

      (1) Their results with human macrophages suggest that there are differences between murine and human macrophages in inflammasome-mediated restriction of STm growth. For example, Thurston et al. showed that in murine macrophages that inflammasome activation controls the replication of mutant STm that aberrantly invades the cytosol, but only slightly limits replication of WT STm. In contrast, here the authors found that primed human macrophages rely on caspase-1, gasdermin D and ninjurin-1 to restrict WT STm. I wonder if the priming of the human macrophages in this study could account for the differences in these studies. Along those lines, do the authors see the same results presented in this study in the absence of priming the macrophages with Pam3CSK4. I think that determining whether the control of intracellular STm replication is dependent on priming is very important.

      We thank the Reviewer for their careful attention to our manuscript and for their thoughtful comments. We have addressed this question about the impact of priming by repeating the bacterial intracellular burden assays in unprimed WT and CASP1-/- THP-1 cells. We have added additional figures to the manuscript to address this: Figure 1 – Figure Supplement 3. Under unprimed conditions, CASP1-/- cells still harbored significantly higher bacterial burdens at 6 hpi and a significant fold-increase in bacterial CFUs compared to WT cells. These results suggest that the caspase-1-mediated restriction of intracellular Salmonella replication in human macrophages is independent of priming. 

      (2) Another difference with the Thurston et al. paper is the way that the STm inoculum was prepared - stationary phase bacteria that were opsonized. Could this also account for differences between the two studies rather than differences between murine and human macrophages in inflammasome-dependent control of STm?

      We thank the Reviewer for this excellent suggestion. To address this possibility, we repeated the bacterial intracellular burden assays in WT and CASP1-/- THP-1 cells using stationary phase bacteria. We infected WT and CASP1-/- THP-1 cells with stationary phase Salmonella, and we subsequently assayed for intracellular bacterial burdens. These data have now been added to the manuscript in Figure 1 – Figure Supplement 4. Interestingly, we did not observe any fold-change in the bacterial colony forming units in both the WT and CASP1-/- THP-1 cells for the stationary phase Salmonella. These data indicate that by 6 hours postinfection, Salmonella do not replicate efficiently in human macrophages unless grown under SPI-1-inducing conditions. Furthermore, these results suggest that differences in how the Salmonella inoculum is prepared may contribute to the discrepancies between our study and previous studies, as noted by the Reviewer. 

      (3) The authors show that the pore-forming proteins GSDMD and Ninj1 contribute to control of STm replication in human macrophages. Is it possible that leakage of gentamicin from the media contributes to this control?

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for their insightful comment. We have addressed this question on the impact of gentamicin by repeating the bacterial intracellular burden assays using a lower concentration of gentamicin in combination with extensively washing the cells with RPMI media to remove the gentamicin. WT and CASP1-/- THP-1 cells were infected with WT Salmonella. Then, at 30 minutes post-infection, cells were treated with 25 μg/ml of gentamicin to kill any extracellular bacteria. At 1 hour post-infection (hpi), the cells were washed for a total of five times with fresh RPMI to remove the gentamicin, and then the media was replaced with fresh media containing no gentamicin. In parallel, we also treated cells with 100 μg/ml of gentamicin at 30 minutes post-infection, washed the cells five times with fresh RPMI at 1 hpi to remove the gentamicin, and then replaced the media with fresh media containing 10 μg/ml of gentamicin. This data has now been included in the manuscript as Figure 1 – Figure Supplement 5. We observed similar levels in the intracellular bacterial burdens at 1 hpi and 6 hpi and a fold-increase in bacterial colony forming units in CASP1-/- cells compared to WT cells across both gentamicin conditions, suggesting that gentamicin appears to not contribute to the intracellular control of Salmonella replication in human macrophages. Of note, we also tried repeating the bacterial intracellular burden assays without gentamicin, using only washes to remove extracellular at 1 hpi; however, under these experimental conditions, we observed high levels of extracellular Salmonella. Therefore, we relied on using a lower concentration of gentamicin to kill extracellular Salmonella in conjunction with extensive washing to remove the gentamicin for the remainder of the infection. 

      (4) One major question that remains to be answered is whether casp-1 plays a direct role in the intracellular localization of STm. If the authors quantify the percentage of vacuolar vs. cytosolic bacteria at early time points in WT and casp-1 KO macrophages, would that be the same in the presence and absence of casp-1? If so, then this would suggest that there is a basal level of bacterial-dependent lysis of the SCV and in WT macrophages the presence of cytosolic PAMPS trigger cell death and bacteria can't replicate in the cytosol. However, in the inflammasome KO macrophages, the host cell remains alive and bacteria can replicate in the cytosol.

      We thank this Reviewer for raising this important point. We have addressed this experimentally by quantifying the percentage of vacuolar vs. cytosolic Salmonella at 2 hpi in WT, NAIP-/-, and CASP1-/- THP-1 cells using a chloroquine (CHQ) resistance assay. This data has now been included in the manuscript in the new Figure 5A. The original subfigures of Figure 5 have consequently been rearranged. We did not observe any significant differences in vacuolar and cytosolic bacterial burdens at this early time point in WT, NAIP-/-, and CASP1-/- THP-1 cells. As noted by the Reviewer, these results suggest that the basal level of bacterialdependent lysis of the SCV in human macrophages is not dependent on caspase-1 or NAIP. 

      Reviewer #3: 

      (1) The main weaknesses of the study are the inherent limitations of tissue culture models. For example, to study interaction of Salmonella with host cells in vitro, it is necessary to kill extracellular bacteria using gentamicin. However, since Salmonella-induced macrophage cell death damages the cytosolic membrane, gentamicin can reach intracellular bacteria and contribute to changes in CFU observed in tissue culture models (major point 1). This can result in tissue culture "artefacts" (i.e., observations/conclusions that cannot be recapitulated in vivo). For example, intracellular replication of Salmonella in murine macrophages requires T3SS-2 in vitro, but T3SS-2 is dispensable for replication in macrophages of the spleen in vivo (Grant et al., 2012).  

      We thank the Reviewer for their helpful comments and insightful suggestions. We have addressed some of the concerns about gentamicin in our response to Reviewer #1 above. To address the Reviewer’s concerns further, we have included language to acknowledge the limitations of our study based on the artefacts of tissue culture models in our Discussion section: “In this study, we utilized tissue culture models to examine intracellular Salmonella replication in human macrophages. These in vitro systems allow for precise control of experimental conditions and, therefore, serve as powerful tools to interrogate the molecular mechanisms underlying inflammasome responses and Salmonella replication in both immortalized and primary human cells. Still, there are limitations of tissue culture models, as they lack the inherent complexity of tissues and organs in vivo. To assess whether our findings reflect Salmonella dynamics in the mammalian host, it will be important to complement our studies and extend the implications of our work using approaches that model more complex systems, such as organoids or organ explant models co-cultured with immune cells, and in vivo techniques, such as humanized mouse models.”

      (2) In Figure 1: are increased CFU in WT vs CASP1-deficient THP-1 cells due to Caspase 1 restricting intracellular replication or due to Caspase-1 causing pore formation to allow gentamicin to enter the cytosol thereby restricting bacterial replication? The same question arises about Caspase-4 in Figure 2, where differences in CFU are observed only at 24h when differences in cell death also become apparent. The idea that gentamicin entering the cytosol through pores is responsible for controlling intracellular Salmonella replication is also consistent with the finding that GSDMD-mediated pore formation is required for restricting intracellular Salmonella replication (Figure 3). Similarly, the finding that inflammasome responses primarily control Salmonella replication in the cytosol could be explained by an intact SCV membrane protecting Salmonella from gentamicin (Figure 5). 

      We thank the Reviewer for highlighting this important point regarding gentamicin.

      We have addressed this question in our response above to Review #1 and in Figure 1 – Figure Supplement 5. We observed caspase-1-mediated restriction of Salmonella in human macrophages even when cells were treated with a lower concentration of gentamicin (25 μg/ml) for 30 minutes and then extensively washed with RPMI media to remove any gentamicin for the remainder of the infection. These data suggest that gentamicin is likely not responsible for controlling intracellular Salmonella in human macrophages.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This manuscript applies a theoretical analysis to two published datasets on yeast and bacterial evolution to compare different ways of quantifying fitness. It makes an important advance by clarifying how discrepancies can arise by using different approaches and provides recommendations for best practices. While the evidence is solid, some improvements in the presentation of the data and a greater focus on the causes of the discrepancies between the various fitness estimates would strengthen the paper further.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors point out that the fitness estimates obtained from different experimental assays (monoculture, pairwise competition, or bulk competition) are not generally equivalent, not even with regard to the fitness ranking of different genotypes. Using a computational model based on experimentally measured growth phenotypes for knockout strains in yeast, as well as data from Lenski's Long Term Evolution Experiment (LTEE), they derive a set of best practice rules aimed at extracting the optimal amount of information from such experiments.

      The study is very complete on a technical level and I have no suggestions for further analyses. However, I feel the readability and the conceptual focus of the manuscript could be significantly improved by rearranging the material with regard to the contents of the main text vs. the Methods and the Supplement. Detailed recommendations:

      (1) Regarding readability, the large number of references to material in the Methods and Supplement fragment the main text and make it difficult to follow.

      (2) Conceptually, it seems to me that the current presentation obscures the reasons why we should care about fitness in the first place. In the first paragraph of Results, the authors define fitness "as any number that is sufficient to predict the genotype's relative abundance x(t) over a short-time horizon". To me, this seems like an extremely narrow and not very interesting definition. Instead, I view fitness as an intrinsic property of a genotype that allows us to predict its performance<br /> under a range of conditions, including in particular conditions that are different from the experimental setup that was used to obtain the fitness estimates. The latter viewpoint is well expressed in Supplementary Section S1, where the authors discuss the notion of fitness potential. I would recommend to move at least part of this discussion to the main text. By comparison, the arguments in favor of the logit encoding that currently opens the Results session are rather straightforward and could be shortened significantly.

      (3) Similarly, the modeling strategy used in this work is quite subtle and needs to be explained more fully in the main text. The authors use growth traits (lag time, growth rate, and yield) extracted from monoculture experiments on a yeast knockout collection and feed them into a specific mathematical model to simulate pairwise and bulk competition scenarios. Since a key claim of the work is that monoculture experiments are generally poor predictors of competitive fitness, the basis for this conclusion and the assumptions on which it is based need to be described clearly in the main text. In the current version of the manuscript, this information has<br /> been largely relegated to the Methods section.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript "Quantifying microbial fitness in high-throughput experiments" provides a comprehensive analysis of the various approaches to quantifying fitness in microbial evolution, focusing on three primary factors: encoding of relative abundance, time scale of measurement, and the choice of reference subpopulation. The authors systematically explore how these choices impact fitness statistics and provide recommendations aimed at standardizing practices in the field. This manuscript aims to highlight the impact of differing fitness definitions and the methodologies utilized for analysis and how that can significantly alter interpretations of mutant fitness, affecting evolutionary predictions and the overall understanding of genetic interactions in the experiments. Although this manuscript focuses on a critical issue in the quantification of fitness in high throughput experiments, it heavily relies on only one experimental dataset (Warringer et al 2003) and one organism i.e, Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) grown in a defined medium, the environmental influence is not completely captured. While the theoretical framework is strong, more experimental examples with more organisms (i.e., more datasets) in their analysis and comparison would enhance the manuscript, especially its conclusion.

      Strengths:

      The choices for quantifying fitness in evolution experiments are critical and highly relevant given the increasing prevalence of high-throughput experiments in evolutionary biology. The authors methodically categorize fitness statistics and their implications, providing clarity on a complex subject. This structured approach aids in understanding the nuances of fitness measurement. The manuscript effectively highlights how different choices in fitness measurement can influence fitness rankings and the understanding of epistasis, which is important for modeling evolutionary dynamics.

      Weaknesses:

      The theoretical framework is robust, but the manuscript could benefit from more empirical examples to illustrate how different fitness quantification methods lead to varied conclusions in experiments. The discussion on the choice of reference subpopulation could be expanded with the influence of the environment or the condition. Different types of reference groups might yield different implications for fitness calculations, and further elaboration would enhance this section. The authors overgeneralize some findings; for instance, the implications of fitness measurement choices could vary significantly across different microbes or experimental conditions. A more detailed discussion would strengthen the conclusion.

      Overall, this manuscript is a significant contribution to the field of evolutionary biology, addressing a critical issue in the quantification of fitness but lacks more experimental support to make it a wider claim. By systematically exploring the factors that influence fitness measurements, the authors provide valuable insights that can guide future research - the framework is computationally thorough but needs a more detailed explanation of concepts instead of generalizing. Further work is needed, particularly to incorporate empirical examples and expand certain discussions to include environmental variation and their impact, which would improve clarity and applicability.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present analyses of different fitness measures derived from empirical data from yeast knock-out mutants and the long-term evolution experiment (LTEE) with Escherichia coli to explore discrepancies and identify preferred methods to estimate relative fitness in high-throughput experiments. Their work has three components. They first discuss the different "encodings" of relative abundance data and conclude that logit transformations are preferred because they transform nonlinear abundance trajectories into linear trajectories with greater predictive power. Next, they compare per-generation with per-growth cycle relative fitness estimates inferred from simulations of pairwise competitions based on published growth traits for the yeast strains and on published pairwise competition measurements for the LTEE data. Both data sets show quantitative and qualitative (i.e. rank order) discrepancies of estimates across different time scales, which are highlighted by considering possible underlying causes (i.e. trade-offs between growth traits) and consequences (i.e. epistasis among mutations affecting different growth traits). Finally, the authors compare simulated pairwise and bulk (i.e. where many mutants compete during a growth cycle in a single environment) competition assays based on the yeast knock-out mutants and demonstrate an optimal ratio of collective mutants to wild-type strains that minimizes both sampling error and overestimation of fitness estimates when compared with pairwise competitions.

      Strengths:

      The study deals with a highly relevant topic. Fitness is central to general evolutionary theory, but also poorly defined and implies different traits for different organisms and conditions. For microbes, which are often used in evolution experiments, high-throughput experiments may yield different measures to quantify abundance over time, from individual growth traits to bulk competition experiments. Hence, it is relevant to consider discrepancies among those measures and identify preferred measures with respect to predicting population dynamics and evolutionary processes. The present study contributes to this aim by (i) making readers aware of differences among commonly used fitness estimates, (ii) showing that simulated (yeast) and calculated (E. coli) competitive fitness may differ across time scales, and (iii) showing that bulk competitions may yield relative fitness estimates that are systematically higher than pairwise competitions. The study is rather thorough on the theory side, with extensive derivations and analyses of various fitness measures using their resource competition model in the Supplementary Information. The study ends with a few practical recommendations for preferred methods to infer relative fitness estimates, that may be useful for experimentalists and stimulate further investigations.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has several limitations. Perhaps the most apparent limitation is the lack of a clear answer to the question of which fitness measure is best "in the light of first principles". The authors show clear discrepancies between fitness estimates across different time scales or using different reference genotypes in bulk competition and provide useful recommendations based on practical considerations (e.g. using pairwise competitions as the "golden standard"), but it remains unclear whether these measures provide the greatest value for the questions researchers may want to answer with them (e.g. predict shifts in genotype frequencies).

      A second limitation is that the authors analyse fitness differences arising solely from resource competition, whereas microbes often interact via other mechanisms, e.g. the production of anticompetitior toxins, cross-feeding of metabolites, or lack of growth to enhance their persistence in stress conditions. Without simulations of these processes, understanding discrepancies among fitness measures is necessarily limited. In addition, the analysis of trade-offs between growth traits causing these discrepancies during resource competition seems confounded by biases in measurement error or parameter estimation, at least for growth rate and lag time (Figure 2B), where the replicate estimates for the wildtype show a similar negative correlation.

      Third, the study does not validate relative fitness predictions from growth traits (as is done for the yeast mutants) with measured relative fitness estimates using competition assays, while such data are available, e.g. for the LTEE. This would strengthen their inferences about preferred fitness measures.

      Fourth, the analysis of epistasis between mutations affecting different growth traits (shown in Figure 3) based on the LTEE data could be better introduced and analysed more comprehensively. Now, the examples given in panels C-F seem rather idiosyncratic and readers may wonder how general these consequences of using fitness estimates based on different time scales are.

      Finally, the study is generally less accessible to experimentalists due to the extensive and principled treatment of specific population dynamic models and fitness inferences. This may distract from the overarching aim to identify fitness measures that are most accurate and useful for predictions of population dynamics and evolutionary processes. In this light, the motivation for the initial discussion of the importance of how to best encode relative abundance (Figure 1) is unclear. Also, the conclusion, that logit encoding is preferred, because it linearizes logistic growth dynamics and "improves the quality of predictions", is not further motivated. Experimentalists using non-linear models to infer fitness from growth curves or competition assays may miss the relevance of this discussion.

    5. Author response:

      We thank all three reviewers and the editors for their detailed comments on our manuscript.  The two main themes of this feedback concern the paper’s generality and its presentation.  Reviewers #2 and #3 raise questions about how the discrepancies in fitness statistics we report will be realized across organisms, environments, and in models with interactions beyond resource competition (e.g., toxicity or cross-feeding).  All reviewers and the editors have also expressed the need for the presentation to be improved, including a broader introduction to the concept of fitness (Reviewer #1), a clearer explanation of our model (Reviewer #1), better explanations of how quantifying fitness answers key biological questions (Reviewer #3), and improvements to the most technical sections to ensure accessibility to experimentalists (Reviewer #3).

      In light of these comments, we wish to clarify that the goal of this paper is to provide a proof-of-principle for how different choices in quantifying fitness can lead to different analysis outcomes.  Since the focus of this paper is on the theoretical concepts, we focus on a few example data sets and a simple model to demonstrate the existence of these discrepancies.  While other organisms and environments, especially with more complex growth dynamics and interactions, could certainly have additional or different discrepancies in fitness statistics, we believe the simplicity of our approach is valuable because it demonstrates that even basic features of microbial growth (common across systems) with realistic parameter values are sufficient to cause significant differences in fitness depending on these quantification choices.  We agree with the reviewers that a systematic documentation of how these fitness discrepancies are empirically realized is important, but we believe that question is best explored in separate future works that can focus fully on this empirical rather than theoretical question.

      We plan to revise the manuscript in several ways, following the suggestions of the three reviewers and the editor.  First, we will better articulate the main goal and conclusions of this manuscript, especially its generality and limitations.  Second, we will work to streamline and clarify several points in the main text identified by the reviewers to make it more accessible and useful to a broader audience, especially experimentalists who routinely measure fitness in their work.  We are grateful to the reviewers and the editor for their time and effort in assessing the manuscript, and we look forward to providing an updated version that addresses these concerns.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides valuable insights into the efficacy and safety of pyrotinib as an extended adjuvant therapy following trastuzumab-based treatment in patients with high-risk HER2-positive breast cancer. The strength of evidence is solid, supported by the multicenter phase II trial design, which included a substantial number of patients across 23 centers in China. However, the single-arm study design without a control group limits the ability to draw definitive conclusions about the comparative effectiveness of pyrotinib.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a novel therapeutic strategy for patients with high-risk HER2-positive breast cancer and demonstrates that the incorporation of pyrotinib into adjuvant trastuzumab therapy can improve invasive disease-free survival.

      Strengths:

      The study features robust logic and high-quality data. Data from 141 patients across 23 centers were analyzed, thereby effectively mitigating regional biases and endowing the research findings with high applicability.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction and Discussion: Update the literature regarding the efficacy of pyrotinib combined with trastuzumab in treating HER2-positive advanced breast cancer.

      (2) Did all the data have a normal distribution? Expand the description of statistical analysis.

      (3) The novelty and innovative potential of your manuscript compared to the published literature should be described in more detail in the abstract and discussion section.

      (4) Figure legend should provide a bit more detail about what readers should focus on.

      (5) P-values should be clarified for the analysis.

      (6) The order (A, B, and C) in Figure 3 should be labeled in the upper left corner of the Figure.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Cao et al. evaluated the efficacy and safety of 12 months pyrotinib after trastuzumab-based adjuvant therapy in patients with high-risk, HER2-positive early or locally advanced breast cancer. Notably, the 2-year iDFS rate reached 94.59% (95% CI: 88.97-97.38) in all patients, and 94.90% (95% CI: 86.97-98.06) in patients who completed 1-year treatment of pyrotinib. This is an interesting and uplifting results, given that in ExteNET study, the 2-year iDFS rate was 93.9% (95% CI 92·4-95·2) in the 1-year neratinib group, and the 5-year iDFS survival was 90.2%, and 1-year treatment of neratinib in ExteNET study did not translate into OS benefit after 8-year follow-up. In this case, readers will be eagerly anticipating the long-term follow-up results of the current PERSIST study, as well as the results of the phase III clinical trial (NCT03980054).

      I have the following comments:

      (1) The introduction of the differences between pyrotinib and neratinib in terms of mechanism, efficacy, resistance, etc. is supposed to be included in the text so that authors could better highlight the clinical significance of the current trial.

      (2) Please make sure that a total of 141 patients were enrolled in the study, 38 patients had a treatment duration of less than or equal to 6 months, and a total of 92 and 31 patients completed 1-year and 6-month treatment of extended adjuvant pyrotinib, respectively, which means 7 patients had a treatment duration of fewer than 6 months.

      (3) The previous surgery history should be provided, and how many patients received lumpectomy, and mastectomy.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This useful modeling study alters a previous model of the intact cat spinal locomotor network to simulate a lateral hemi-section of the spinal cord. The modeling and experimental work described provide solid evidence that this model is capable of qualitatively predicting alterations to the swing and stance phase durations during locomotion at different speeds on intact or split-belt treadmills, but a revision of the figures to overlay the model predictions with the experimental data would facilitate the assessment of this qualitative agreement. This paper will interest neuroscientists studying vertebrate motor systems, including researchers investigating motor dysfunction after spinal cord injury.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study adapts a previously published model of the cat spinal locomotor network to make predictions of how phase durations of swing and stance at different treadmill speeds in tied-belt and split-belt conditions would be altered following a lateral hemisection. The simulations make several predictions that are replicated in experimental settings.

      Strengths:

      (1) Despite only altering the connections in the model, the model is able to replicate very well several experimental findings. This provides strong validation for the model and highlights its utility as a tool to investigate the operations of mammalian spinal locomotor networks.

      (2) The study provides insights about interactions between the left and right sides of the spinal locomotor networks, and how these interactions depend on the mode of operation, as determined by speed and state of the nervous system.

      (3) The writing is logical, clear, and easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Could the authors provide a statement in the methods or results to clarify whether there were any changes in synaptic weight or other model parameters of the intact model to ensure locomotor activity in the hemisected model?

      (2) The authors should remind the reader what the main differences are between state-machine, flexor-driven, and classical half-center regimes (lines 77-79).

      (3) There may be changes in the wiring of spinal locomotor networks after the hemisection. Yet, without applying any sort of plasticity, the model is able to replicate many of the experimental data. Based on what was experimentally replicated or not, what does the model tell us about possible sites of plasticity after hemisection?

      (4) Why are the durations on the right hemisected (fast) side similar to results in the full spinal transected model (Rybak et al. 2024)? Is it because the left is in slow mode and so there is not much drive from the left side to the right side even though the latter is still receiving supraspinal drive, as opposed to in the full transection model? (lines 202-203).

      (5) There is an error with probability (line 280).

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This is a nice article that presents interesting findings. One main concern is that I don't think the predictions from the simulation are overlaid on the animal data at any point - I understand the match is qualitative, which is fine, but even that is hard to judge without at least one figure overlaying some of the data. Second is that it's not clear how the lateral coupling strengths of the model were trained/set, so it's hard to judge how important this hemi-split-belt paradigm is. The model's predictions match the data qualitatively, which is good; but does the comparison using the hemi-split-belt paradigm not offer any corrections to the model? The discussion points to modeling plasticity after SCI, which could be good, but does that mean the fit here is so good there's no point using the data to refine?

      The manuscript is well-written and interesting. The putative neural circuit mechanisms that the model uncovers are great, if they can be tested in an animal somehow.

      Page 2, lines 75-6: Perhaps it belongs in the other paper on the model, but it's surprising that in the section on how the model has been revised to have different regimes of operation as speed increases, there is no reference to a lot of past literature on this idea. Just one example would be Koditschek and Full, 1999 JEB Figure 3, where they talk about exactly this idea, or similarly Holmes et al., 2006 SIAM review Figure 7, but obviously many more have put this forward over the years (Daley and Beiwener, etc). It's neat in this model to have it tied down to a detailed neural model that can be compared with the vast cat literature, but the concept of this has been talked about for at least 25+ years. Maybe a review that discusses it should be cited?

      Page 2, line 88: While it makes sense to think of the sides as supraspinal vs afferent driven, respectively, what is the added insight from having them coupled laterally in this hemisection model? What does that buy you beyond complete transection (both sides no supra) compared with intact? I can see how being able to vary cycle frequencies separately of the two limbs is a good "knob" to vary when perturbing the system in order to refine the model. But there isn't a ton of context explaining how the hemi-section with split belt paradigm is important for refining the model, and therefore the science. Is it somehow importantly related to the new "regimes" of operation versus speed idea for the model?

      Page 5, line 212: For the predictions from the model, a lot depends on how strong the lateral coupling of the model is, which, in turn, depends on the data the model was trained on. Were the model parameters (especially for lateral coupling of the limbs) trained on data in a context where limbs were pushed out of phase and neuronal connectivity was likely required to bring the limbs back into the same phase relationship? Because if the model had no need for lateral coupling, then it's not so surprising that the hemisected limbs behave like separate limbs, one with surpaspinal intact and one without.

      Page 8, line 360: The discussion of the mechanisms (increased influence of afferents, etc) that the model reveals could be causing the changes is exciting, though I'm not sure if there is an animal model where it can be tested in vivo in a moving animal.

      Page 9, line 395: There are some interesting conclusions that rely on the hemi-split-belt paradigm here.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This fundamental article significantly advances our understanding of FGF signalling, and in particular, highlights the complex modifications affecting this pathway. The evidence for the authors' claims is convincing, combining state-of-the-art conditional gene deletion in the mouse lens with histological and molecular approaches. This work should be of great interest to molecular and developmental biologists beyond the lens community. The manuscript itself deserves minor editorial improvements, in particular, the literature on FGFR and SHC should be expanded in the introduction and discussed in more detail in the discussion.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript uses the eye lens as a model to investigate basic mechanisms in the Fgf signaling pathway. Understanding Fgf signaling is of broad importance to biologists as it is involved in the regulation of various developmental processes in different tissues/organs and is often misregulated in disease states. The Fgf pathway has been studied in embryonic lens development, namely with regards to its involvement in controlling events such as tissue invagination, vesicle formation, epithelium proliferation, and cellular differentiation, thus making the lens a good system to uncover the mechanistic basis of how the modulation of this pathway drives specific outcomes. Previous work has suggested that proteins, other than the ones currently known (e.g., the adaptor protein Frs2), are likely involved in Fgfr signaling. The present study focuses on the role of Shp2 and Shc1 proteins in the recruitment of Grb2 in the events downstream of Fgfr activation.

      Strengths:

      The findings reveal that the juxtamembrane region of the Fgf receptor is necessary for proper control of downstream events such as facilitating key changes in transcription and cytoskeleton during tissue morphogenesis. The authors conditionally deleted all four Fgfrs in the mouse lens that resulted in molecular and morphological lens defects, most importantly, preventing the upregulation of the lens induction markers Sox2 and Foxe3 and the apical localization of F-actin, thus demonstrating the importance of Fgfrs in early lens development, i.e. during lens induction. They also examined the impact of deleting Fgfr1 and 2, on the following stage, i.e. lens vesicle development, which could be rescued by expressing constitutively active KrasG12D. By using specific mutations (e.g. Fgfr1ΔFrs lacking the Frs2 binding domain and Fgfr2LR harboring mutations that prevent binding of Frs2), it is demonstrated that the Frs2 binding site on Fgfr is necessary for specific events such as morphogenesis of lens vesicle. Further, by studying Shp2 mutations and deletions, the authors present a case for Shp2 protein to function in a context-specific manner in the role of an adaptor protein and a phosphatase enzyme. Finally, the key surprising finding from this study is that downstream of Fgfr signaling, Shc1 is an important alternative pathway - in addition to Shp2 - involved in the recruitment of Grb2 and in the subsequent activation of Ras. The methodologies, namely, mouse genetics and state-of-the-art cell/molecular/biochemical assays are appropriately used to collect the data, which are soundly interpreted to reach these important conclusions. Overall, these findings reveal the flexibility of the Fgf signaling pathway and its downstream mediators in regulating cellular events. This work is expected to be of broad interest to molecular and developmental biologists.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness that needs to be discussed is that Le-Cre depends on Pax6 activation, and hence its use in specific gene deletion will not allow evaluation of the requirement of Fgfrs in the expression of Pax6 itself. But since this is the earliest Cre available for deletion in the lens, mentioning this in the discussion would make the readers aware of this issue. Referring to Jag1 among "lens-specific markers" (page 5) is debatable, suggesting changing to the lines of "the expected upregulation of Jag1 in lens vesicle". The Abstract could be modified to clearly convey the existing knowledge gap and the key findings of the present study. As it stands now, it is a bit all over the place. Some typos in the manuscript need to be fixed, e.g. "...yet its molecular mechanism remains largely resolved" - unresolved? "...in the development lens" - in the developing lens? In Figure 4 legend, "(B) Grb2 mutants Grb2 mutants displayed...", etc.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      I have reviewed a manuscript submitted by Wang et al., which is entitled "Shc1 cooperates with Frs2 and Shp2 to recruit Grb2 in FGF-induced lens development". In this paper, the authors first examined lens phenotypes in mice with Le-Cre-mediated knockdown (KD) of all four FGFR (FGFR1-4), and found that pERK signals, Jag1, and foxe3 expression are absent or drastically reduced, indicating that FGF signaling is essential for lens induction. Next, the authors examined lens phenotypes of FGFR1/2-KD mice and found that lens fiber differentiation is compromised and that proliferative activity and cell survival are also compromised in lens epithelium. Interestingly, Kras activation rescues defects in lens growth and lens fiber differentiation in FGFR1/2-KD mice, indicating that Ras activation is a key step for lens development. Next, the authors examined the role of Frs2, Shp2, and Grb2 in FGF signaling for lens development. They confirmed that lens fiber differentiation is compromised in FGFR1/3-KD mice combined with Frs2-dysfunctional FGFR2 mutants, which is similar to lens phenotypes of Grb2-KD mice. However, lens defects are milder in mice with Shp2YF/YF and Shp2CS mutant alleles, indicating that the involvement of Shp2 is limited for the Grb2 recruitment for lens fiber differentiation. Lastly, the authors showed new evidence on the possibility that another adapter protein, Shc1, promotes Grb2 recruitment independent of Frs2/Shp2-mediated Grb2 recruitment.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the manuscript provides valuable data on how FGFR activation leads to Ras activation through the adapter platform of Frs2/Shp2/Grb2, which advances our understanding of complex modification of the FGF signaling pathway. The authors applied a genetic approach using mice, whose methods and results are valid to support the conclusion. The discussion also well summarizes the significance of their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors eventually found that the new adaptor protein Shc1 is involved in Grb2 recruitments in response to FGF receptor activation. however, the main data for Shc1 are histological sections and statistical evaluation of lens size. So, my major concern is that the authors need to provide more detailed data to support the involvement of Shc1 in Grb2 recruitment of FGF signaling for lens development.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript entitled "Shc1 cooperates with Frs2 and Shp2 to recruit Grb2 in FGF-induced lens development" by Wang et al., investigates the molecular mechanism used by FGFR signaling to support lens development. The lens has long been known to depend on FGFR signaling for proper development. Previous investigations have demonstrated that FGFR signaling is required for embryonic lens cell survival and for lens fiber cell differentiation. The requirement of FGFR signaling for lens induction has remained more controversial as deletion of both Fgfr1 and Fgfr2 during lens placode formation does not prevent the induction of definitive lens markers such as FOXE3 or αA-crystallin. Here the authors have used the Le-Cre driver to delete all four FGFR genes from the developing lens placode demonstrating a definitive failure of lens induction in the absence of FGFR signaling. The authors focused on FGFR1 and FGFR2, the two primary FGFRs present during early lens development, and demonstrated that lens development could be significantly rescued in lenses lacking both FGFR1 and FGFR2 by expressing a constitutively active allele of KRAS. They also showed that the removal of pro-apoptotic genes Bax and Bak could also lead to a substantial rescue of lens development in lenses lacking both FGFR1 and FGFR2. In both cases, the lens rescue included both increased lens size and the expression of genes characteristic of lens cells.

      Significantly the authors concentrated on the juxtamembrane domain, a portion of the FGFRs associated with FRS2. Previous investigations have demonstrated the importance of FRS2 activation for mediating a sustained level of ERK activation. FRS2 is known to associate both with GRB2 and SHP2 to activate RAS. The authors utilized a mutant allele of Fgfr1, lacking the entire juxtamembrane domain (Fgfr1ΔFrs), and an allele of Fgfr2 containing two-point mutations essential for Frs2 binding (Fgfr2LR). When combining three floxed alleles and leaving only one functional allele (Fgfr1ΔFrs or Fgfr2LR) the authors got strikingly different phenotypes. When only the Fgfr1ΔFrs allele was retained, the lens phenotype matched that of deleting both Fgfr1 and Fgfr2. However, when only the Fgfr2LR allele was retained the phenotype was significantly milder, primarily affecting lens fiber cell differentiation, suggesting that something other than FRS2 might be interacting with the juxtamembrane domain to support FGFR signaling in the lens. The authors also deleted Grb2 in the lens and showed that the phenotype was similar to that of the lenses only retaining the Fgfr2LR allele, resulting in a failure of lens fiber cell differentiation and decreased lens cell survival. However, mutating the major tyrosine phosphorylation site of GRB2 did not affect lens development. The author additionally investigated the role of SHP2 lens development by making by either deleting SHP2 or by making mutations in the SHP2 catalytic domain. The deletion of the SHP2 phosphatase activity did not affect lens development as severely as the total loss of SHP2 protein, suggesting a function for SHP2 outside of its catalytic activity. Although the loss of Shc1 alone has only a slight effect on lens size and pERK activation in the lens, the authors showed that the loss of Shc1 exacerbated the lens phenotype in lenses lacking both Frs2 and Shp2. The authors suggest that SHC1 binds to the FGFR juxtamembrane domain allowing for the recruitment of GRB2 independently of FRS2.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors used a variety of genetic tools to carefully dissect the essential signals downstream of FGFR signaling during lens development.

      (2) The authors made a convincing case that something other than FRS2 binding mediates FGFR signaling in the juxtamembrane domain.

      (3) The authors demonstrated that despite the requirement of both the adaptor function and phosphatase activity of SHP2 are required for embryonic survival, neither of these activities is absolutely required for lens development.

      (4) The authors provide more information as to why FGFR loss has a phenotype much more severe than the loss of FRS2 alone during lens development.

      (5) The authors followed up their work analyzing various signaling molecules in the context of lens development with biochemical analyses of FGF-induced phosphorylation in murine embryonic fibroblasts (MEFs).

      (6) In general, this manuscript represents a Herculean effort to dissect FGFR signaling in vivo with biochemical backing with cell culture experiments in vitro.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors demonstrate that the loss of FGFR1 and FGFR2 can be compensated by a constitutive active KRAS allele in the lens and suggest that FGFRs largely support lens development only by driving ERK activation. However, the authors also saw that lens development was substantially rescued by preventing apoptosis through the deletion of BAK and BAX. To my knowledge, the deletion of BAK and BAX should not independently activate ERK. The authors do not show whether ERK activation is restored in the BAK/BAX deficient lenses. Do the authors suggest the FGFR3 and/or FGFR4 provide sufficient RAS and ERK activation for lens development when apoptosis is suppressed? Alternatively, is it the survival function of FGFR-signaling as much as a direct effect on lens differentiation?

      (2) The authors make the argument that deleting all four FGFRs prevented lens induction but that the deletion of only FGFR1 and FGFR2 did not. Part of this argument is the retention of FOXE3 expression, αA-crystallin expression, and PROX1 expression in the FGFR1/2 double mutants. However, in Figure 1E, and Figure 1F, the staining of the double mutant lens tissue with FOXE3, αA-crystallin, and PROX1 is unconvincing. However, the retention of FOXE3 expression in the FGFR1/FGFR2 double mutants was previously demonstrated in Garcia et al 2011. Also, there needs to be an enlargement or inset to demonstrate the retention of pSMAD in the quadruple FGFR mutants in Figure 1D.

      (3) Do the authors suggest that GRB2 is required for RAS activation and ultimately ERK activation? If so, do the authors suggest that ERK activation is not required for FGFR-signaling to mediate lens induction? This would follow considering that the GRB2 deficient lenses lack a problem with lens induction.

      (4) The increase in p-Shc is only slightly higher in the Cre FGFR1f/f FGFR2r/LR than in the FGFR1f/Δfrs FGFR2f/f. Can the authors provide quantification?

      (5) The authors have not shown directly that Shc1 binds to the juxtamembrane region of either Fgfr1 or Fgfr2.

      (6) The authors have used the Le-Cre strain for all of their lens deletion experiments. Previous work has documented that the Le-Cre transgene can cause lens defects independent of any floxed alleles in both homozygous and hemizygous states on some genetic backgrounds (Dora et al., 2014 PLoS One 9:e109193 and Lam et al., Human Genomics 2019 13(1):10. Are the controls used in these experiments Le-Cre hemizygotes?

    1. eLife Assessment

      This useful study highlights the largely redundant role of the decapping activators Edc3 and Scd6 in orchestrating post-transcriptional programs to modulate metabolic responses to nutrients in yeast. The authors provide solid evidence for their conclusions, employing a variety of mutants in conjunction with a battery of transcriptome-wide analyses. This study could be further strengthened by direct biochemical validation of the functional interactions observed by systems biology approaches.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      mRNA decapping and decay factors play critical roles in post-transcriptionally regulating gene expression. Here, Kumar and colleagues investigate how deleting two yeast decapping enhancer proteins (Edc3 and Scd6), either alone or in tandem, influences the transcriptome. Using RNA-Seq and ribosome profiling, they come to the conclusion that these factors generally act in a redundant fashion, with a mutant lacking both proteins showing an increased abundance of select mRNAs. As these upregulated transcripts are also upregulated in mutants lacking the decapping enzyme, Dcp2, and show no increases in transcription of their cognate genes, they come to the conclusion that this is at the level of mRNA decapping and decay. Their ribosome profiling data also led them to conclude that Scd6 and Edc3 display functional redundancy and cooperativity with Dhh1/Pat1 in repressing the translation of specific transcripts. Finally, as their data suggest that Scd6 and Edc3 repress mRNAs coding for proteins involved in cellular respiration, as well as proteins involved in the catabolism of alternative carbon sources, they go on to show that these decapping activators play a role in repressing oxidative phosphorylation.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this manuscript is well-written and contains a large amount of high-quality data and analyses. At its core, it helps to shed light on the overlapping roles of Edc3 and Scd6 in sculpting the yeast transcriptome.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the data presented makes conclusions about mRNA stability based on corresponding ChIP-Seq analyses and analyzing other mutants (e.g. Dcp2 knockout), at no point is mRNA stability actually ever directly assessed. This direct assessment, even for select transcripts, would further strengthen their conclusions.

      (2) Scd6 and Edc3 show a high level of functional redundancy, as demonstrated by the double mutant. As these proteins form complexes with other decapping factors/activators, I'm curious if depleting both proteins in the double mutant destabilizes any of these other factors. Have the authors ever assessed the levels of other key decapping factors in the double mutants (i.e. Dhh1, Pat1, Dcp2...etc)? I wonder if depleting both proteins leads to a general destabilization of key complexes. It would also be interesting to see if depleting Edc3 or Scd6 leads to a concomitant increase in the other protein as a compensatory mechanism.

      (3) While not essential, it would be interesting if the authors carried out add-back experiments to determine which domain within Scd6/Edce3 plays a critical role in enforcing the regulation that they see. Their double mutant now puts them in a perfect position to carry out such experiments.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Kumar and Zhang presents compelling evidence that Edc3 and Scd6 decapping activators present a high degree of redundancy that can only be overcome by a double mutant. In addition, the authors provide strong evidence of these complexes in regulating starvation-induced pathways as evidenced by measurements of mitochondrial membrane potential, metabolomics, and analysis of the flux of Krebs cycle intermediates.

      Strengths:

      Kumar and Zhang et al provide multiple sources of evidence of the direct mechanism of Edc3 and Scd6 function, by using and comparing different approaches such as mRNA-seq, ribosome occupancies, and translational efficiencies. By extensive analysis, the authors show that this complex can also regulate genes outside the Environmental Stress Response (non-iESR), which are significantly up-regulated in all three mutants. Remarkably, the gene ontology analysis of these non-iESR genes identifies enrichment for mitochondrial proteins that are implicated in the Krebs cycle. Overall, this study adds novel mechanistic insight into how nutrients control gene expression by modulating decapping and translational repression.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors show very nicely in Figure S1A that growth phenotypes from scd6Δedc3∆ can be rescued by transformation of EDC3 (pLfz614-7) or SCD6 (pLfz615-5). The manuscript might benefit from using these rescue strategies in the analysis performed (e.g. RNA-seq, ribosome occupancies, and translational efficiencies). Also, these rescue assays could provide a good platform to further characterise the protein-protein interactions between Edc3, Scd6, and Dhh1.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Kumar et al aimed to investigate the roles of two decapping activators, Edc3 and Scd6, in regulating mRNA decay and translation in yeast. Previous research suggested limited individual roles for these proteins in mRNA decay. The authors hypothesized that Edc3 and Scd6 act redundantly and explored how these proteins interact with two other factors involved in mRNA decapping and translational repression, with Dhh1 and Pat1, particularly in response to nutrient availability. The study aims to identify mRNAs targeted by these proteins for degradation and translation repression and assess their impact on metabolic pathways including mitochondrial function and alternative carbon source utilization.

      Strengths:

      The paper has several strengths including the comprehensive approach taken by the authors using multiple experimental techniques (RNA-seq, ribosome profiling, Western blotting, TMT-MS, and polysome profiling) to examine both mRNA abundance and translation efficiency, thereby providing multiple lines of evidence to support their conclusions. The authors demonstrate clear redundancy of the factors by using single and double mutants for Edc3 and Scd6 and their global approach enables an understanding of these factors' roles across the yeast transcriptome. The work connects post-transcriptional processes to nutrient-dependent gene regulation, providing insights into how cells adapt to changes in their environment. The authors demonstrate the redundant roles of Edc3 and Scd6 in mRNA decapping and translation repression. Their RNA-seq and ribosome profiling results convincingly show that many mRNAs are derepressed only in the double mutants, confirming their hypothesis of redundancy. Furthermore, the functional cooperation between Edc3/Scd6 and Dhh1/Pat1 in regulating specific metabolic pathways, like mitochondrial function and carbon source utilization, is supported by the data. The results therefore support the authors' conclusions that these decapping factors work together to fine-tune gene expression in response to nutrient availability.

      Weaknesses:

      The limitations of the study include the use of indirect evidence to support claims that Edc3 and Scd6 recruit Dhh1 to the Dcp2 complex, which is inferred from correlations in mRNA abundance and ribosome profiling data rather than direct biochemical evidence. Also, there is limited exploration of other signals as the study is focused on glucose availability, and it is unclear whether the findings would apply broadly across different environmental stresses or metabolic pathways.

      Nonetheless, the study provides new insights into how mRNA decapping and degradation are tightly linked to metabolic regulation and nutrient responses in yeast. The RNA-seq and ribosome profiling datasets are valuable resources for the scientific community, providing quantitative information on the role of decapping activators in mRNA stability and translation control.

    1. eLife Assessment

      By exploring the conservation and functional diversity of RIPK3 and related RHIM-containing proteins across vertebrates, this important work sheds light on the evolutionary dynamics of these key immune pathways. The evidence supporting the claims is overall solid, although thorough documentation of the evolutionary analysis (e.g. in the 'Phylogenetic analysis' section), and additional work beyond human HEK293 cells, would strengthen the functional validation in support of the study's conclusions.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript titled "Evolutionary and Functional Analyses Reveal a Role for the RHIM in Tuning RIPK3 Activity Across Vertebrates" by Fay et al. explores the function of RIPK gene family members across a wide range of vertebrate and invertebrate species through a combination of phylogenomics and functional studies. By overexpressing these genes in human cell lines, the authors examine their capacity to activate NF-κB and induce cell death. The methods employed are appropriate, with a thorough analysis of gene loss, positive selection, and functionality. While the study is well-executed and comprehensive, its broader relevance remains limited, appealing mainly to specialists in this specific field of research. It misses the opportunity to extract broader insights that could extend the understanding of these genes beyond evolutionary conservation, particularly by employing evolutionary approaches to explore more generalizable functions.

      Major comments:

      The main issue I encounter is distinguishing between what is novel in this study and what has been previously demonstrated. What new insights have been gained here that are of broader relevance? The discussion, which would be a good place to do so, is very speculative and has little to do with the actual results. Throughout the manuscript, there is little explanation of the study's importance beyond the fact that it was possible to conduct it. Is the evolutionary analysis being used to advance our understanding of gene function, or is the focus merely on how these genes behave across different species? The former would be exciting, while the latter feels less impactful.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      By combining bioinformatical and experimental approaches, the authors address the question of why several vertebrate lineages lack specific genes of the necroptosis pathway or those that regulate the interplay between apoptosis and necroptosis. The lack of such genes was already known from previous publications, but the current manuscript provides a more in-depth analysis and also uses experiments in human cells to address the question of the functionality of the remaining genes and pathways. A particular focus is placed on RIPK3/RIPK1 and their dual roles in inducing NFkB and/or necroptosis.

      Strengths:

      The well-documented bioinformatical analyses provide a comprehensive data basis of the presence/absence of RIP-kinases, other RHIM proteins, apoptosis signaling proteins (FADD, CASP8, CASP10), and some other genes involved in these pathways. Several of these genes are known to be missing in certain animal lineages, which raises the question of why their canonical binding partners are present in these species. By expressing several such proteins (both wildtype and mutants destroying particular interaction regions) in human cells, the authors succeed in establishing a general role of RIPK3 and RIPK1 in NFkB activation. This function appears to be better conserved and more universal than the necroptotic function of the RHIM proteins. The authors also scrutinize the importance of the kinase function and RHIM integrity for these separate functionalities.

      Weaknesses:

      A major weakness of the presented study is the experimental restriction to human HEK293 cells. There are several situations where the functionality of proteins from distant organisms (like lampreys or even mussels) in human cells is not necessarily indicative of their function in the native context. In some cases, these problems are addressed by co-expressing potential interaction partners, but not all of these experiments are really informative.

      A second weakness is that the manuscript addresses some interesting effects only superficially. By using host cells that are deleted for certain signaling components, a more focussed hypothesis could have been tested.

      Thus, while the aim of the study is mostly met, it could have been a bit more ambitious. The limited conclusions drawn by the authors are supported by convincing evidence. I have no doubts that this study will be very useful for future studies addressing the evolution of necroptosis and its regulation by NFkB and apoptosis.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This important study provides insights into the functional diversification of RIP family kinase proteins in vertebrate animals. The provided results, which combine bioinformatic and experimental analyses, will be of interest to specialists in both immunology and evolutionary biology. However, the computational part of the methodology is insufficiently covered in the paper and the experimental results would benefit from including data for additional species.

      (1) In the Methods section concerning gene loss analysis, the authors refer to the 'Phylogenetic analysis' section for details of RIPK sequence acquisition and alignment procedure. This section is missing from the manuscript as provided. In its absence, it is hard for the reviewer to provide relevant comments on gene presence/absence analysis.

      (2) In the same section, the authors state that gene sequences were filtered and grouped based on the initial gene tree pattern (lines 448-449). How exactly did the authors filter the non-RIP kinases and other irrelevant homologs from the gene trees? Did they consider the reciprocal best (BLAST) hit approach or similar approaches for orthology inference? Did they also encounter potential pseudogenes of genes marked as missing in Figure 1C? Will the gene trees mentioned be available as supplementary files?

      (3) The authors state the presence of additional RIPK2 paralog in non-therian vertebrates. The ramifications of this paralog loss in therians are not discussed in the text, although RIPK2 is also involved in NF-kB activation. In addition, the RIPK2B gene loss pattern is shunned from Figure 1C to Supplementary Figure 4, despite posing comparable interest to the reader.

      (4) The authors present evidence for (repeated) positive selection in both RIPK1 and RIPK3 in bats; however, neither bat RIPK1/3 orthologs nor bat-specific RHIM tetrad variants (IQFG, IQLG) are considered in the experimental part of the work.

      (5) The authors present gene presence/absence patterns for zebra mussels as an outgroup of vertebrate species analyzed. From the evolutionary perspective, adding results for a closer invertebrate group, such as lancelets, tunicates, or echinoderms, would be beneficial for reconstructing the evolutionary progression of RIPK-mediated immune functions in animals.

      (6) In the broader sense, the list of non-mammalian species included in the study is not explained or substantiated in the text. What was the rationale behind selecting lizards, turtles, and lampreys for experimental assays? Why was turtle RIPK3 but not turtle RIPK1CT protein used for functional tests? Which results do the authors expect to observe if amphibian or teleost RIPK1/3 are included in the analysis, especially those with divergent tetrad variants?

      (7) For lamprey RIPK3, the observed NF-kB activity levels still remain lower than those of mammalian and reptilian orthologs even after catalytic tetrad modification. In the same way, switching human RIPK3 catalytic tetrad to that of lamprey does not result in NF-kB activation. What are the potential reasons for the observed difference? Does it mean that lamprey's RIPK3 functions in NF-kB activation are, at least partially, delegated to RIPK1?

      (8) In lines 386-388, the authors state that 'only non-mammalian RIPK1CT proteins required the RHIM for maximal NF-kB activation', which is corroborated by results in Figure 4B. The authors further associate this finding with a lack of ZBP1 in the respective species (lines 388-389). However, non-squamate reptiles seem to retain ZBP1, as suggested by Supplementary Table 1. Given that, do the authors expect to observe RHIM-independent (maximal) NF-kB activation in turtles and crocodilians or respective RIPK1CT-transfected cells?

    1. eLife Assessment

      In this work, the authors use a Drosophila adult ventral nerve cord injury model extending and confirming previous observations; this important study reveals key aspects of adult neural plasticity. Taking advantage of several genetic reporter and fate tracing tools, the authors provide solid evidence for different forms of glial plasticity, that are increased upon injury. The data on detected plasticity under physiologic conditions and especially the extent of cell divisions and cell fate changes upon injury would benefit from validation by additional markers. The experimental part would improve if strengthened and accompanied by a more comprehensive integration of results regarding glial reactivity in the adult CNS.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Casas-Tinto et al. present convincing data that injury of the adult Drosophila CNS triggers transdifferentiation of glial cell and even the generation of neurons from glial cells. This observation opens up the possibility to get an handle on the molecular basis of neuronal and glial generation in the vertebrate CNS after traumatic injury caused by Stroke or Crush injury. The authors use an array of sophisticated tools to follow the development of glial cells at the injury site in very young and mature adults. The results in mature adults reveal a remarkable plasticity in the fly CNS and dispels the notion that repair after injury may be only possible in nerve cords which are still developing. The observation of so called VC cells which do not express the glial marker repo could point to the generation of neurons by former glial cells.

      Conclusion:

      The authors present an interesting story which is technically sound and could form the basis for an in depth analysis of the molecular mechanism driving repair after brain injury in Drosophila and vertebrates.

      Strengths:

      The evidence for transdifferentiation of glial cells is convincing. In addition, the injury to the adult CNS shows an inherent plasticity of the mature ventral nerve cord which is unexpected.

      Weaknesses:

      Traumatic brain injury in Drosophila has been previously reported to trigger mitosis of glial cells and generation of neural stem cells in the larval CNS and the adult brain hemispheres. Therefore this report adds to but does not significantly change our current understanding. The origin and identity of VC cells is still unclear. The authors show that VC cells are not GABA- or glutamergic. Yet, there are many other neurotransmitter or neuropetides. It would have been nice to see a staining with another general neuronal marker such as anti-Syt1 to confirm the neuronal identity of Syt1.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Casas-Tinto et al., provide new insight into glial plasticity using a crush injury paradigm in the ventral nerve cord (VNC) of adult Drosophila. The authors find that both astrocyte-like glia (ALG) and ensheating glia (EG) divide under homeostatic conditions in the adult VNC and identify ALG as the glial population that specifically ramps up proliferation in response to injury, whereas the number of EGs decreases following the insult. Using lineage-tracing tools, the authors interestingly observe interconversion of glial subtypes, especially of EGs into ALGs, which occurs independent of injury and is dependent on the availability of the transcription factor Prospero in EGs, adding to the plasticity observed in the system. Finally, when tracing the progeny of glia, Casas-Tinto and colleagues detect cells of neuronal identity and provide evidence that such glia-derived neurogenesis is specifically favored following ventral nerve cord injury, which puts forward a remarkable way in which glia can respond to neuronal damage.

      Strengths:

      This study highlights a new facet of adult nervous system plasticity at the level of the ventral nerve cord, supporting the view that proliferative capacity is maintained in the mature CNS and stimulated upon injury.

      The injury paradigm is well chosen, as the organization of the neuromeres allows specific targeting of one segment, compared to the remaining intact and with the potential to later link observed plasticity to behavior such as locomotion.

      Numerous experiments have been carried out in 7-day old flies, showing that the observed plasticity is not due to residual developmental remodeling or a still immature VNC.

      By elegantly combining different methods, the authors show glial divisions including with mitotic-dependent tracing and find that the number of generated glia is refined by apoptosis later on.

      The work identifies prospero in glia as an important coordinator of glial cell fate, from development to the adult context, which draws further attention to the upstream regulatory mechanisms.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors observe consistent inter-conversion of EG to ALG glial subtypes that is further stimulated upon injury. The authors conclude that these findings have important consequences for CNS regeneration and potentially for memory and learning. However, it remains somewhat unclear how glial transformation could contribute to regeneration and functional recovery.

      The signal of the Fucci cell cycle reporter seems more complex to interpret based on the panels provided compared to the other methods employed by the authors to assess cell divisions.

      Elav+ cells originating from glia do not express markers for mature neurons at the analysed time-point. If they will eventually differentiate<br /> or what type of structure is formed by them will have to be followed up in future studies.

      Context/Discussion

      There is some lack of connecting or later comparing the observed forms of glial plasticity in the VNC with respect to plasticity described in the fly brain.<br /> Highlighting some differences in the reactiveness of glia in the VNC compared to the brain could point to relevant differences in repair capacity in different areas of the CNS.

      Based on the assays employed, the study points to a significant amount of glial "identity" changes or interconversions under homeostatic conditions. The potential significance of this rather unexpected "baseline" plasticity in adult tissues is not explicitly pointed out and could improve the understanding of the findings.<br /> Some speculations if "interconversion" of glia is driven by the needs in the tissue could enrich the discussion.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Casas-Tintó et al. explore the role of glial cell in the response to a neurodegenerative injury in the adult brain. They used Drosophila melanogaster as a model organism, and found that glial cells are able to generate new neurons through the mechanism of transdifferentiation in response to injury. This paper provides a new mechanism in regeneration, and gives an understanding to the role of glial cells in the process.

      Comments on revisions:

      In the previous version of the manuscript, I had suggested several recommendations for the authors. Unfortunately, none of these were addressed in the author's revision.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      Casas-Tinto et al. present convincing data that injury of the adult Drosophila CNS triggers transdifferentiation of glial cells and even the generation of neurons from glial cells. This observation opens up the possibility of getting a handle on the molecular basis of neuronal and glial generation in the vertebrate CNS after traumatic injury caused by Stroke or Crush injury. The authors use an array of sophisticated tools to follow the development of glial cells at the injury site in very young and mature adults. The results in mature adults revealing a remarkable plasticity in the fly CNS and dispels the notion that repair after injury may be only possible in nerve cords which are still developing. The observation of so-called VC cells which do not express the glial marker repo could point to the generation of neurons by former glial cells.

      Conclusion:

      The authors present an interesting story that is technically sound and could form the basis for an in-depth analysis of the molecular mechanism driving repair after brain injury in Drosophila and vertebrates.

      Strengths:

      The evidence for transdifferentiation of glial cells is convincing. In addition, the injury to the adult CNS shows an inherent plasticity of the mature ventral nerve cord which is unexpected.

      Weaknesses:

      Traumatic brain injury in Drosophila has been previously reported to trigger mitosis of glial cells and generation of neural stem cells in the larval CNS and the adult brain hemispheres. Therefore this report adds to but does not significantly change our current understanding. The origin and identity of VC cells is unclear.

      The Reviewer correctly points out that it has been reported that traumatic brain injury trigger generation of neural stem cells. However, according to previous reports, those cells where quiescent Dpn+ neuroblast. We now report that already differentiated adult neuropil glia transdifferentiate into neurons. Which is a new mechanism not previously reported. 

      We agree with the reviewer regarding the identity of VC neurons although according to the results of G-TRACE experiments the origin is clear, they originate from neuropil glia (i.e. Astrocyte-like glia and ensheathing glia). We have used a battery of antibodies previously reported to identify specific subtypes of neurons to identify these newly generated neurons (Figure S1). We did not find any other neuronal marker rather than Elav that co-localize with VC cells

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      Casas-Tinto et al., provide new insight into glial plasticity using a crush injury paradigm in the ventral nerve cord (VNC) of adult Drosophila. The authors find that both astrocyte-like glia (ALG) and ensheating glia (EG) divide under homeostatic conditions in the adult VNC and identify ALG as the glial population that specifically ramps up proliferation in response to injury, whereas the number of EGs decreases following the insult. Using lineagetracing tools, the authors interestingly observe the interconversion of glial subtypes, especially of EGs into ALGs, which occurs independent of injury and is dependent on the availability of the transcription factor Prospero in EGs, adding to the plasticity observed in the system. Finally, when tracing the progeny of differentiated glia, Casas-Tinto and colleagues detect cells of neuronal identity and provide evidence that such glia-derived neurogenesis is specifically favored following ventral nerve cord injury, which puts forward a remarkable way in which glia can respond to neuronal damage.

      Numerous experiments have been carried out in 7-day-old flies, showing that the observed plasticity is not due to residual developmental remodeling or a still immature VNC.

      By elegantly combining different genetic tools, the authors show glial divisions with mitotic-dependent tracing and find that the number of generated glia is refined by apoptosis later on.

      The work identifies Prospero in glia as an important coordinator of glial cell fate, from development to the adult context, which draws further attention to the upstream regulatory mechanisms.

      We express our gratitude to the reviewer for their keen appreciation of our efforts and their enthusiasm for the outcomes of this research.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors do use a variety of methods to show glial proliferation, the EdU data (Figure 1B) could be more informative (Figure 1B) by displaying images of non-injured animals and providing quantifications or the mention of these numbers based on results previously acquired in the system.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s comment. We believed that adding images of non-injured animals did not add new information as we already quantified the increase of glial proliferation upon injury in Losada-Perez let al. 2021. Besides, the purpose of this experiment was to figure out if dividing cells where Astrocyte-like glia rather than the number of dividing cells. Comparing independent experiments could be tricky but if we compare the quantifications of G2-M glia (repo>fly-Fucci) done in Losada-Perez et al 2021 (fig 1C) with the quantifications of G2-M neuropil glia done in this work (fig 1C) we can see that the numbers are comparable.

      The experiments relying on the FUCCI cell cycle reporter suggested considerable baseline proliferation for EGs and ALGs, but when using an independent method (Twin Spot MARCM), mitotic marking was only detected for ALGs. This discrepancy could be addressed by assessing the co-localization of the different glia subsets using the identified driver lines with mitotic markers such as PH3.

      In our understanding this discrepancy could be explained by the magnitude of proliferation. The lower proliferation rate of EG (as indicate the fly-fucci experiments) combining with the incomplete efficiency of MARCM clones induction reduces considerably the chances of finding EG MARCM clones. PH3 is a mitotic marker but it is also found in apoptotic cells (Kim and Park 2012. DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0044307) however, we stained injured VNCs with anti-Ph3 and found ALG cells positive for PH3 (Author response image 1).

      Author response image 1.

       

      The data in Figure 1C would be more convincing in combination with images of the FUCCI Reporter as it can provide further information on the location and proportion of glia that enter the cell cycle versus the fraction that remains quiescent.

      We added a Figure 1 V2 (version 2) with the suggested images (1-C’).

      The analyses of inter-glia conversion in Figure 3 are complicated by the fact that Prospero RNAi is both used to suppress EG - to ALG conversion and as a marker to establish ALG nature. Clarifications if the GFP+ cells still expressed Pros or were classified as NP-like GFP cells are required here.

      As described in the text, Pros is a marker for ALG and the results suggest that Prospero expression is required for the EG to ALG transition. We clarified these concepts in the text accordingly. In figure 3 we showed images of NP-like cells originated from EG that are prospero+, and therefore supporting the transdifferentiation from EG to ALG.  

      The conclusion that ALG and EG glial cells can give rise to cells of neuronal lineage is based on glial lineage information (GFP+ cells from glial G-trace) and staining for the neuronal marker Elav. The use of other neuronal markers apart from Elav or morphological features would provide a more compelling case that GFP+ cells are mature neurons.

      We completely agree with the reviewer's observation regarding the identity of VC neurons. We have used a battery of antibodies previously reported to identify specific subtypes of neurons to identify these newly generated neurons (Figure S1). We did not find any other neuronal marker rather than Elav that colocalize with VC cells

      Although the text discusses in which contexts, glial plasticity is observed or increased upon injury, the figures are less clear regarding this aspect. A more systematic comparison of injured VNCs versus homeostatic conditions, combined with clear labelling of the injury area would facilitate the understanding of the panels.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s observation. We have carefully checked all figures and labelled then as “Injured” or “Not Injured”. We added a Figure 2-V2 and a figure 4-V2.

      Context/Discussion

      The study finds that glia in the ventral cord of flies have latent neurogenic potential. Such observations have not been made regarding glia in the fly brain, where injury is reported to drive glial divisions or the proliferation of undifferentiated progenitor cells with neurogenic potential.

      Discussing this different strategy for cell replacement adopted by glia in the VNC and pointing out differences to other modes seems fascinating. Highlighting differences in the reactiveness of glia in the VNC compared to the brain also seems highly relevant as they may point to different properties to repair damage.

      Based on the assays employed, the study points to a significant amount of

      glial "identity" changes or interconversions, which is surprising under homeostatic conditions. The significance of this "baseline" plasticity remains undiscussed, although glia unarguably show extensive adaptations during nervous system development.

      It would be interesting to know if the "interconversion" of glia is determined by the needs in the tissue or would shift in the context of selective ablation/suppression of a glial type.

      We deeply appreciate the Reviewer’s enthusiasm on this subject, it is indeed fascinating. We made a reduced discussion in order to fit in the eLife Short report requirements but the specific condition that trigger glial interconversion are of great interest for us. To compromise EG or ALG viability and evaluate the behaviour of glial cells is of great interest for developmental biology and regeneration, but the precise scenario to develop these experiments is not well defined. In this report, we aim to reproduce an injury in Drosophila brain and this model should serve to analyze cellular behaviours. The scenario where we deplete on specific subpopulation of glial cells is conceptually attractive, but far away from the scope of this report.

      Reviewer #3:

      In this manuscript, Casas-Tintó et al. explore the role of glial cells in the response to a neurodegenerative injury in the adult brain. They used Drosophila melanogaster as a model organism and found that glial cells are able to generate new neurons through the mechanism of transdifferentiation in response to injury.

      This paper provides a new mechanism in regeneration and gives an understanding of the role of glial cells in the process.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides valuable new information on the role of the endoplasmic reticulum calcium pump, TgSERCA, in the human pathogen Toxoplasma gondii. It is proposed that the endoplasmic reticulum is the major calcium store in these protists and that calcium is directly transported to other organelles via membrane contact sites. While the experimental work is solid and supported by complementary approaches, direct evidence for intra-organellar calcium transport via membrane domains and specific calcium efflux transporters is lacking.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Li et al. investigate Ca2+ signaling in T. gondii and argue that Ca2+ tunnels through the ER to other organelles to fuel multiple aspects of T. gondii biology. They focus in particular on TgSERCA as the presumed primary mechanism for ER Ca2+ filling. Although, when TgSERCA was knocked out there was still a Ca2+ release in response to TG present. Overall the Ca2+ signaling data do not support the conclusion of Ca2+ tunneling through the ER to other organelles in fact they argue for direct Ca2+ uptake from the cytosol into the organelles as outlined in the specific points below. The authors show EM membrane contact sites between the ER and other organelles, so Ca2+ released by the ER could presumably be taken up by other organelles but that is not ER Ca2+ tunneling. They clearly show that SERCA is required for T. gondii function. Overall, the data presented to not fully support the conclusions reached.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The present study focuses on calcium pools and fluxes in the unicellular parasite Toxoplasma gondii, and in particular on the role of the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) calcium pump TgSERCA in sequestering and redistributing calcium to other intracellular organelles following influx at the plasma membrane. Calcium sequestration by the ER and its interactions with other intracellular organelles, including the concept of tunneling through the ER, have been extensively characterized in mammalian cells and a number of other higher eukaryotes. However, these pathways are still not well understood in many organisms, including protist pathogens such as Toxoplasma. In addition, T. gondii has unique organelles not found in most other organisms, including the apicoplast and the plant-like vacuolar compartment (PLVAC). Moreover, the fact that T. gondii transitions through life cycle stages within and exterior to the host cells, with very different exposures to calcium, adds significance to the current investigation of the role of the ER in redistributing calcium following exposure to physiological levels of extracellular calcium.

      The authors have provided significant new information on the T. gondii SERCA, including its ATP- and calcium-dependence, subcellular localization, and role in taking up calcium from the cytosol when cells are exposed to high extracellular calcium. They also use a conditional knockout of TgSERCA to investigate its role in ER calcium store-filling and the ability of other subcellular organelles to sequester and release calcium. These knockout experiments provide important evidence that ER calcium uptake plays a significant role in maintaining the filling state of other intracellular compartments.

      While it is clearly demonstrated, and not surprising, that the addition of 1.8 mM extracellular CaCl2 to intact T. gondii parasites preincubated with EGTA leads to an increase in cytosolic calcium and subsequent enhanced loading of the ER and other intracellular compartments, there is a caveat to the quantitation of these increases in calcium loading. The authors rely on the amplitude of cytosolic free calcium increases in response to thapsigargin, GPN, nigericin, and CCCP, all measured with fura2. This likely overestimates the changes in calcium pool sizes because the buffering of free calcium in the cytosol is nonlinear, and fura2 (with a Kd of 100-200 nM) is a substantial, if not predominant, cytosolic calcium buffer. Indeed, the increases in signal noise at higher cytosolic calcium levels (e.g. peak calcium in Figure 1C) are indicative of fura2 ratio calculations approaching saturation of the indicator dye.

      Another caveat, not addressed, is that loading of fura2/AM can result in compartmentalized fura2, which might modify free calcium levels and calcium storage capacity in intracellular organelles.

      The finding that the SERCA inhibitor cyclopiazonic acid (CPA) only mobilizes a fraction of the thapsigargin-sensitive calcium stores in T. gondii coincides with previously published work in another apicomplexan parasite, P. falciparum, showing that thapsigargin mobilizes calcium from both CPA-sensitive and CPA-insensitive calcium pools (Borges-Pereira et al., 2020, DOI: 10.1074/jbc.RA120.014906). It would be valuable to determine whether this reflects the off-target effects of thapsigargin or the differential sensitivity of TgSERCA to the two inhibitors.

      The authors interpret the residual calcium mobilization response to Zaprinast observed after ATc knockdown of TgSERCA (Figures 4E, 4F) as indicative of a target calcium pool in addition to the ER. While this may well be correct, it appears from the description of this experiment that it was carried out using the same conditions as Figure 4A where TgSERCA activity was only reduced by about 50%.

      The data in Figures 4A vs 4G and Figures 4B vs 4H indicate that the size of the response to GPN is similar to that with thapsigargin in both the presence and absence of extracellular calcium. This raises the question of whether GPN is only releasing calcium from acidic compartments or whether it acts on the ER calcium stores, as previously suggested by Atakpa et al. 2019 DOI: 10.1242/jcs.223883. Nonetheless, Figure 1H shows that there is a robust calcium response to GPN after the addition of thapsigargin.

      An important advance in the current work is the use of state-of-the-art approaches with targeted genetically encoded calcium indicators (GECIs) to monitor calcium in important subcellular compartments. The authors have previously done this with the apicoplast, but now add the mitochondria to their repertoire. Despite the absence of a canonical mitochondrial calcium uniporter (MCU) in the Toxoplasma genome, the authors demonstrate the ability of T. gondii mitochondrial to accumulate calcium, albeit at high calcium concentrations. Although the calcium concentrations here are higher than needed for mammalian mitochondrial calcium uptake, there too calcium uptake requires calcium levels higher than those typically attained in the bulk cytosolic compartment. And just like in mammalian mitochondria, the current work shows that ER calcium release can elicit mitochondrial calcium loading even when other sources of elevated cytosolic calcium are ineffective, suggesting a role for ER-mitochondrial membrane contact sites. With these new tools in hand, it will be of great value to elucidate the bioenergetics and transport pathways associated with mitochondrial calcium accumulation in T. gondi.

      The current studies of calcium pools and their interactions with the ER and dependence on SERCA activity in T. gondi are complemented by super-resolution microscopy and electron microscopy that do indeed demonstrate the presence of close appositions between the ER and other organelles (see also videos). Thus, the work presented provides good evidence for the ER acting as the orchestrating organelle delivering calcium to other subcellular compartments through contact sites in T. gondi, as has become increasingly clear from work in other organisms.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript describes an investigation of how intracellular calcium stores are regulated and provides evidence that is in line with the role of the SERCA-Ca2+-ATPase in this important homeostasis pathway. Calcium uptake by mitochondria is further investigated and the authors suggest that ER-mitochondria membrane contact sites may be involved in mediating this, as demonstrated in other organisms.

      The significance of the findings is in shedding light on key elements within the mechanism of calcium storage and regulation/homeostasis in the medically important parasite Toxoplasma gondii whose ability to infect and cause disease critically relies on calcium signalling. An important strength is that despite its importance, calcium homeostasis in Toxoplasma is understudied and not well understood.

      A difficulty in the field, and a weakness of the work, is that following calcium in the cell is technically challenging and thus requires reliance on artificial conditions. In this context, the main weakness of the manuscript is the extrapolation of data. The language used could be more careful, especially considering that the way to measure the ER calcium is highly artificial - for example utilising permeabilization and over-loading the experiment with calcium. Measures are also indirect - for example, when the response to ionomycin treatment was not fully in line with the suggested model the authors hypothesise that the result is likely affected by other storage, but there is no direct support for that.

      Below we provide some suggestions to improve controls, however, even with those included, we would still be in favour of revising the language and trying to avoid making strong and definitive conclusions. For example, in the discussion perhaps replace "showed" with "provide evidence that are consistent with..."; replace or remove words like "efficiently" and "impressive"; revise the definitive language used in the last few lines of the abstract (lines 13-17); etc. Importantly we recommend reconsidering whether the data is sufficiently direct and unambiguous to justify the model proposed in Figure 7 (we are in favour of removing this figure at this early point of our understanding of the calcium dynamic between organelles in Toxoplasma).

      Another important weakness is poor referencing of previous work in the field. Lines 248-250 read almost as if the authors originally hypothesised the idea that calcium is shuttled between ER and mitochondria via membrane contact sites (MCS) - but there is extensive literature on other eukaryotes which should be first cited and discussed in this context. Likewise, the discussion of MCS in Toxoplasma does not include the body of work already published on this parasite by several groups. It is informative to discuss observations in light of what is already known.

    5. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Li et al. investigate Ca2+ signaling in T. gondii and argue that Ca2+ tunnels through the ER to other organelles to fuel multiple aspects of T. gondii biology. They focus in particular on TgSERCA as the presumed primary mechanism for ER Ca2+ filling. Although, when TgSERCA was knocked out there was still a Ca2+ release in response to TG present.

      Note that we did not knockout SERCA as it is an essential gene so it would not be possible to isolate parasites that do not express SERCA. We created conditional mutants that downregulate the expression of SERCA and some activity is present in the mutant after 24 h of ATc treatment.

      Overall the Ca2+ signaling data do not support the conclusion of Ca2+ tunneling through the ER to other organelles in fact they argue for direct Ca2+ uptake from the cytosol.

      The authors show EM membrane contact sites between the ER and other organelles, so Ca2+ released by the ER could presumably be taken up by other organelles but that is not ER Ca2+ tunneling.

      They clearly show that SERCA is required for T. gondii function.

      Overall, the data presented to not fully support the conclusions reached

      We agree that the data does not support Ca2+ tunneling as defined and characterized in mammalian cells. In response to this comment, we modified the title and the text accordingly.

      However, we think that the study shows far more than just the role of SERCA in T. gondii functions. We argue that the study shows that the ER (through the activity of the SERCA pump) sequesters and re-distributes calcium to other organelles following influx through the PM. The experiments show that the ER is able to take calcium from the cytosol as it enters the parasite through SERCA activity, and this activity is important for the transition of the parasite between various extracellular calcium exposures. We believe that the role of the ER in redistributing calcium following exposure to physiological levels of extracellular calcium is demonstrated in the experiments shown in Figs 1H-I, 4G-H and 5G,H, I, J, K . There are no previous T. gondii studies that address the question of how intracellular stores are filled with calcium, which are essential for the continuation of the lytic cycle, meaning they are essential for the parasitism of T. gondii.

      Data argue for direct Ca2+ uptake from the cytosol

      The ER most likely takes up calcium from the cytosol following its entry through the PM and redistributes it to the other organelles. We will delete the word “tunneling” and replace it with transfer and re-distribution as they represent our results.

      What we think is re-distribution is shown in Figure 1H and I in which the calcium released after GPN and nigericin are enhanced after TG addition. Of note is that there is no experimental evidence that supports the regulation of calcium entry by store depletion (PMID: 24867952), and we do not think that the enhanced response is due to calcium entry.

      Figure 4G and H show that knocking down SERCA reduces significantly the response to GPN. Fig 5I shows that the mitochondrial calcium uptake is reduced after the addition of GPN in the knockdown mutant. Fig 2B shows that SERCA can take up calcium at 55 nM calcium while mitochondrial uptake needs higher concentrations (Fig 5B-C). However, higher calcium concentrations could be reached at the microdomains formed around MCS between the ER and mitochondrion. Figure 5E shows that the mitochondrion is not responsive to an increase of cytosolic calcium. This is also shown for the apicoplast in Fig. 7 E and F of the Li et al, Nat Commun 2021 paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The role of the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) calcium pump TgSERCA in sequestering and redistributing calcium to other intracellular organelles following influx at the plasma membrane.

      T. gondii transitions through life cycle stages within and exterior to the host cells, with very different exposures to calcium, adds significance to the current investigation of the role of the ER in redistributing calcium following exposure to physiological levels of extracellular calcium.

      They also use a conditional knockout of TgSERCA to investigate its role in ER calcium store-filling and the ability of other subcellular organelles to sequester and release calcium. These knockout experiments provide important evidence that ER calcium uptake plays a significant role in maintaining the filling state of other intracellular compartments.

      We thank the reviewer.

      While it is clearly demonstrated, and not surprising, that the addition of 1.8 mM extracellular CaCl2 to intact T. gondii parasites preincubated with EGTA leads to an increase in cytosolic calcium and subsequent enhanced loading of the ER and other intracellular compartments, there is a caveat to the quantitation of these increases in calcium loading. The authors rely on the amplitude of cytosolic free calcium increases in response to thapsigargin, GPN, nigericin, and CCCP, all measured with fura2. This likely overestimates the changes in calcium pool sizes because the buffering of free calcium in the cytosol is nonlinear, and fura2 (with a Kd of 100-200 nM) is a substantial, if not predominant, cytosolic calcium buffer. Indeed, the increases in signal noise at higher cytosolic calcium levels (e.g. peak calcium in Figure 1C) are indicative of fura2 ratio calculations approaching saturation of the indicator dye.

      We agree about the limitations of using Fura2 but according to the literature (PMID:3838314, fig. 3) Fura2 is suitable for measurements between 100 nM and 1 mM calcium.  The responses in our experiments were within its linear range and the experiments with the SERCA mutant and mitochondrial GCaMPs supports the conclusions of our work.

      We agree that the experiment shown in Fig 1C shows a response close to the limit of the linear range of Fura2 and we can provide a more representative trace in the final article. We can include new quantifications and comparisons.

      Another caveat, not addressed, is that loading of fura2/AM can result in compartmentalized fura2, which might modify free calcium levels and calcium storage capacity in intracellular organelles.

      We are aware of this issue and because of that we have modified our protocol to minimize compartmentalization. We load cells for 26 min at room temperature and keep cells in ice and do not use them for longer that 2-3 hours because we do see evidence of compartmentalization. One evidence of compartmentalization is the increase in the resting calcium concentration.

      The finding that the SERCA inhibitor cyclopiazonic acid (CPA) only mobilizes a fraction of the thapsigargin-sensitive calcium stores in T. gondii coincides with previously published work in another apicomplexan parasite, P. falciparum, showing that thapsigargin mobilizes calcium from both CPA-sensitive and CPA-insensitive calcium pools (Borges-Pereira et al., 2020, DOI: 10.1074/jbc.RA120.014906). It would be valuable to determine whether this reflects the off-target effects of thapsigargin or the differential sensitivity of TgSERCA to the two inhibitors.

      This is an interesting observation, and we will discuss the result considering the Plasmodium study and include the citation. We will add inhibition curves using the MagFluo protocol and compare CPA and TG.

      Figure S1 suggests differential sensitivity, and it shows that thapsigargin mobilizes calcium from both CPA-sensitive and CPA-insensitive calcium pools in T. gondii. Also important is that we used 1 µM TG as we are aware that TG has shown off-target effects at higher concentrations. 

      The authors interpret the residual calcium mobilization response to Zaprinast observed after ATc knockdown of TgSERCA (Figures 4E, 4F) as indicative of a target calcium pool in addition to the ER. While this may well be correct, it appears from the description of this experiment that it was carried out using the same conditions as Figure 4A where TgSERCA activity was only reduced by about 50%.

      We partially agree as pointed by the reviewer knock down of TgSERCA by only 50% means that the ER still could be targeted by zaprinast and no evidence of another target calcium pool. From the MagFLuo4 experiment (although we are aware that the fluorescence of mag Fluo4 is not linear to calcium), there is SERCA activity after 24 hr of ATc treatment.  However, when adding Zaprinast after TG we see a significant release of calcium which is true for both wild type and conditional knockdowns. Because of this result we proposed that there could be another large neutral calcium pool than the one mobilized by TG. We will address these possibilities in the discussion and interpretation of the result.

      The data in Figures 4A vs 4G and Figures 4B vs 4H indicate that the size of the response to GPN is similar to that with thapsigargin in both the presence and absence of extracellular calcium. This raises the question of whether GPN is only releasing calcium from acidic compartments or whether it acts on the ER calcium stores, as previously suggested by Atakpa et al. 2019 DOI: 10.1242/jcs.223883. Nonetheless, Figure 1H shows that there is a robust calcium response to GPN after the addition of thapsigargin.

      The results of the experiments did not exclude the possibility that GPN can also mobilize some calcium from the ER besides acidic organelles. We don’t have any evidence to support that GPN can mobilize calcium from the ER either. Based on our unpublished work, we think GPN mainly release calcium from the PLVAC. We will include the mentioned citation and discuss the result considering the possibility that GPN may be acting on the ER.

      An important advance in the current work is the use of state-of-the-art approaches with targeted genetically encoded calcium indicators (GECIs) to monitor calcium in important subcellular compartments. The authors have previously done this with the apicoplast, but now add the mitochondria to their repertoire. Despite the absence of a canonical mitochondrial calcium uniporter (MCU) in the Toxoplasma genome, the authors demonstrate the ability of T. gondii mitochondrial to accumulate calcium, albeit at high calcium concentrations. Although the calcium concentrations here are higher than needed for mammalian mitochondrial calcium uptake, there too calcium uptake requires calcium levels higher than those typically attained in the bulk cytosolic compartment. And just like in mammalian mitochondria, the current work shows that ER calcium release can elicit mitochondrial calcium loading even when other sources of elevated cytosolic calcium are ineffective, suggesting a role for ER-mitochondrial membrane contact sites. With these new tools in hand, it will be of great value to elucidate the bioenergetics and transport pathways associated with mitochondrial calcium accumulation in T. gondii.

      We thank this reviewer for his/her positive comment. Studies of bioenergetics and transport pathways associated with mitochondrial calcium accumulation is part of our future plans.

      The current studies of calcium pools and their interactions with the ER and dependence on SERCA activity in T. gondi are complemented by super-resolution microscopy and electron microscopy that do indeed demonstrate the presence of close appositions between the ER and other organelles (see also videos). Thus, the work presented provides good evidence for the ER acting as the orchestrating organelle delivering calcium to other subcellular compartments through contact sites in T. gondi, as has become increasingly clear from work in other organisms.

      Thank you

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript describes an investigation of how intracellular calcium stores are regulated and provides evidence that is in line with the role of the SERCA-Ca2+-ATPase in this important homeostasis pathway. Calcium uptake by mitochondria is further investigated and the authors suggest that ER-mitochondria membrane contact sites may be involved in mediating this, as demonstrated in other organisms.

      The significance of the findings is in shedding light on key elements within the mechanism of calcium storage and regulation/homeostasis in the medically important parasite Toxoplasma gondii whose ability to infect and cause disease critically relies on calcium signalling. An important strength is that despite its importance, calcium homeostasis in Toxoplasma is understudied and not well understood.

      We agree with the reviewer. Thank you

      A difficulty in the field, and a weakness of the work, is that following calcium in the cell is technically challenging and thus requires reliance on artificial conditions. In this context, the main weakness of the manuscript is the extrapolation of data. The language used could be more careful, especially considering that the way to measure the ER calcium is highly artificial - for example utilising permeabilization and over-loading the experiment with calcium. Measures are also indirect - for example, when the response to ionomycin treatment was not fully in line with the suggested model the authors hypothesise that the result is likely affected by other storage, but there is no direct support for that.

      The MagFluo protocol has been amply used in mammalian cells, DT40 cells and other cells for the characterization of the IP3 receptor response to IP3. We will include and discuss more citations in the revised article. The scheme at the top of the figure shows the protocol used. There is no overloading with calcium because the cells are permeabilized and the concentrations of calcium used are physiological and all experiments were performed at 220 nm calcium which is within the cytosolic levels tolerated by cells. The experiment was done with permeabilized cells because permeabilization allows the indicator to become diluted, the substrate MgATP to reach the membrane of the ER and in addition allows for the exposure to precise concentrations of calcium. MagFluo4 loading is intended for its compartmentalization to all intracellular compartments and the uptake stimulated by MgATP exclusively occurs in the compartment occupied by SERCA. IO is an ionophore that causes calcium release from other stores in addition to the ER and it is expected that will result in a larger release. We must clarify that the experiment shown in Fig. 2 was done to characterize the activity of SERCA and was not aimed at the characterization of the role of SERCA in the parasite. We will explain this result better in the revised version of the article.

      Below we provide some suggestions to improve controls, however, even with those included, we would still be in favour of revising the language and trying to avoid making strong and definitive conclusions. For example, in the discussion perhaps replace "showed" with "provide evidence that are consistent with..."; replace or remove words like "efficiently" and "impressive"; revise the definitive language used in the last few lines of the abstract (lines 13-17); etc. Importantly we recommend reconsidering whether the data is sufficiently direct and unambiguous to justify the model proposed in Figure 7 (we are in favour of removing this figure at this early point of our understanding of the calcium dynamic between organelles in Toxoplasma).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions and will modify the language as suggested.

      Fig 7 is only a model and as all models could be incorrect. However, considering this reviewer’s criticism we will replace the model for a simpler one that is less speculative.

      Another important weakness is poor referencing of previous work in the field. Lines 248-250 read almost as if the authors originally hypothesised the idea that calcium is shuttled between ER and mitochondria via membrane contact sites (MCS) - but there is extensive literature on other eukaryotes which should be first cited and discussed in this context. Likewise, the discussion of MCS in Toxoplasma does not include the body of work already published on this parasite by several groups. It is informative to discuss observations in light of what is already known.

      We added a citation following the sentence mentioned by the reviewer in lines 248-250 (corrected preprint) and will include more in the revised article. We cite several pertinent articles that describe MCS in Toxoplasma (lines 378-380, very few actually). We will make sure not to miss any new articles that could have been recently published. Note that our work is not about describing the presence of MCSs. We are showing transfer of calcium between the ER and mitochondria and we present evidence that supports that it happens through MCSs.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study examined neuronal activity in the dentate nucleus of the cerebellum when monkeys performed a difficult perceptual decision-making task. The authors provide convincing evidence that the cerebellum represents sensory, motor, and behavioral outcome signals that are sent to the attentional system. This paper is of great general interest in that it shows the involvement of the cerebellum in cognitive processes at the neuronal level.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Recordings were made from the dentate nucleus of two monkeys during a decision-making task. Correlates of stimulus position and stimulus information were found to varying degrees in the neuronal activities.

      Strengths:

      A difficult decision-making task was examined in two monkeys.

      Weaknesses:

      One of the monkeys had difficulty learning the task. The initial version of the manuscript lacked a coherent hypothesis to be tested, although the revision has improved things. In its current form, the manuscript does not provide data regarding the possibility that this part of the brain may have little to do with the task that was being studied. As noted in the response to the reviewer's comments, future studies could address this issue by providing results of additional inactivation experiments.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors trained monkeys to discriminate peripheral visual cues and associate them with planning future saccades of an indicated direction. At the same time, the authors recorded single-unit neural activity in the cerebellar dentate nucleus. They demonstrated that substantial fractions of DN cells exhibited sustained modulation of spike rates spanning task epochs and carrying information about stimulus, response, and trial outcome. Finally, tracer injections demonstrated this region of the DN projects to a large number of targets including several known to interconnect the visual attention network. The data compellingly demonstrate the authors' central claims, and the analyses are well-suited to support the conclusions. Importantly, the study demonstrates that DN cells convey many motor and nonmotor variables related to task execution, event sequencing, visual attention, and arguably decision-making/working memory.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      - Summary: 

      Recordings were made from the dentate nucleus of two monkeys during a decision-making task. Correlates of stimulus position and stimulus information were found to varying degrees in the neuronal activities. 

      We agree with this summary.

      - Strengths: 

      A difficult decision-making task was examined in two monkeys.

      We agree with this statement.

      - Weaknesses: 

      One of the monkeys did not fully learn the task. The manuscript lacked a coherent hypothesis to be tested, and no attempt was made to consider the possibility that this part of the brain may have little to do with the task that was being studied. 

      We understand the reviewers concern. It is correct that one of the monkeys (Mi) did not perform at a high level, but it should be noted that both monkeys learned significantly above chance level. Therefore, we would argue that both monkeys in fact did learn the task but Mi’s performance was suboptimal. This difference in the performance levels gave us a rare opportunity to dive deeper into the reasons why some animals perform better than the others and we show that Mi (the lower performing monkey) paid more attention to the outcome of the previous trial – this is evident from our behavioural and decoding models.

      We tested the overall hypothesis that neurons of the nucleus dentate can dynamically modulate their activity during a visual attention task, comprising not only sensorimotor but also cognitive attentional components. Many neurons in the dentate are multimodal (Figure 3C-D) which was something that was theorized. One of the specific hypotheses that we tested is that the dentate cells can be direction-selective for both the sensorimotor and cognitive component. Given that many of the recorded cells showed direction-selectivity in their firing rate modulation for gap directions and/or stimulus directions, we provide strong evidence that this hypothesis is correct. We have now spelled out this hypothesis more explicitly in the introduction of the revised version. We now also explain better why we tested this specific hypothesis. Indeed, earlier studies in primates such as those by Herzfeld and colleagues (2018, Nat. Neuro.) and van Es and colleagues (2019, Current Biol) have indicated that direction-selectivity of cerebellar activity may occur in various sensorimotor domains.

      We also appreciate the comment of this Reviewer that in our original submission we did not show our attempt to consider the possibility that this part of the brain may have little to do with the task that was being studied. We in fact did consider this possibility in that we successfully injected 3 ml of muscimol (5 μg/ml, Sigma Aldrich) into the dentate nucleus in vivo in one of the monkeys (Mo). This application resulted in a reduction of more than 10% in correct responses of the covert attention task after 45 minutes, whereas the performance remained the same following saline injections. Unfortunately, due to the timing of the experiments and Covid19-related laboratory restrictions we were unable to perform these experiments in the other monkey or repeat them in Mo. We aim to replicate this in future experiments and publish it when we have full datasets of at least two monkeys available. For this paper we have prioritized our tracing experiments, highlighting the connections of the dentate nucleus with attention related areas in brainstem and cortex in both monkeys, following perfusion.

      - Perhaps the large differences in performance between the two subjects can be used as a way to interpret the neural data's relationship to behavior, as it provided a source of variance. This is what we would hypothesize if we believed that this area of the brain is playing a significant role in the task. If one animal learns much more poorly, and this region of the brain is important for that behavior, then shouldn't there be clear, interpretable differences in the neural data? 

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. We have added a new Supplementary Figure 2, in which we present the data for both monkeys separately in the revised manuscript. Comparing the two datasets however, we see more commonalities related to the significant learning in both monkeys than differences that might be related to their different levels of learning. We have therefore decided to show the different datasets transparently in the new Supplementary Figure 2, but to stay on the conservative side in our interpretations.

      - How should we look for these differences? A number of recent papers in mice have uncovered a large body of data showing that during the deliberation period, when the animal is interpreting a sensory stimulus (often using the whisker system), there is ramping activity in a principal component space among neurons that contribute to the decision. This ramping activity is present (in the PCA space) in the motor areas of the cortex, as well as in the medial and lateral cerebellar nuclei. Perhaps a similar computational approach would benefit the current manuscript. 

      We also appreciate this point. We have done the principal component analysis accordingly, and we indeed do find the ramping activity in several components of the dentate activity of both monkeys (Mi and Mo). We have now added a new Supplementary Figure 3 with the first three components of both correct and incorrect trials for Mi and Mo, highlighting their potential contribution.

      - What is the hypothesis that is being tested? That is, what do you think might be the function of this region of the cerebellum in this task? It seems to me that we are not entirely in the dark, as previous literature on mice decision-making tasks has produced a reasonable framework: the deliberation period coincides with ramping activity in many regions of the frontal lobe and the cerebellum. Indeed, the ramp in the cerebellum appears to be a necessary condition for the ramp to be present in the frontal lobe. Thus, we should see such ramping activity in this task in the dentate. When the monkey makes the wrong choice, the ramp should predict it. If you don't see the ramping activity, then it is possible that the hypothesis is wrong, or that you are not recording from the right place. 

      It is indeed one of our specific hypotheses that the dentate cells can be direction-selective for the preparing cognitive component and/or sensorimotor response. We provide evidence that this hypothesis may be correct when we analyze the regular time response curves (see Figure 2 and the new Supplementary Figure 2 where the data of both monkeys are now presented separately). Moreover, we have now verified this by analysing the ramping curves of PCA space (new Supplementary Figure 3) and firing frequency of DN neurons that modulated upon presentation of the C-stimulus (new Supplementary Figure 4). These figures and findings are now referred to in the main text.

      - As this is a difficult task that depends on the ability of the animals to understand the meaning of the cues, it is quite concerning that one of the monkeys performed poorly, particularly in the early sessions. Notably, the disparity between the two subjects is rather large: one monkey at the start of the recordings achieved a performance that was much better than the second monkey did at the end of the recording sessions. You highlighted the differences in performance in Figure 1D and mentioned that you started recording once the animals reached 60% performance. However, this did not make sense to me as the performance of Mi even after the final day of recording did not reach the performance of Mo on the first day of recording. Thus, in contrast to Mo, Mi appeared to be not ready for the task when the recording began.

      We understand this point. However, please note that the learning performance of the monkeys concerned retraining sessions after they had had several weeks of vacation. So, even though it is correct that one of the two monkeys had a very good consolidation and started already at a relatively high level on the first retraining session, the other one also started and ended at a level above chance level (the y-axis starts at 0.5). We now highlight this point better in the Results section.

      - One objective of having two monkeys is to illustrate that what is true in one animal is also true in the other. In some figures, you show that the neural data are significantly different, while in others you combine them into one. Thus, are you confident that the neural data across the animals should be combined, as you have done in Figure 2? Perhaps you can use the large differences in performance as a source of variance to find meaning in the neural data. 

      This is a valid question; as highlighted above, we have now addressed this point in the new Supplementary Figure 2, where the data for both monkeys are presented separately. Given the sample sizes and level of variances, it is in general difficult to draw conclusions about the potential differences and contributions, but the data are sufficiently transparent to observe common trends. With regard to linking differences in the neural data to the differences in performance level, please also consider Figure 4, the new Supplementary Figure 3 (with the ramping PCA component) and new Supplementary Figure 4 (with the additional analysis of the ramping activity of DN neurons that modulated upon presentation of the C-stimulus), which suggests that the ramping stage of Mo starts before that of Mi. This difference highlights the possibility that injecting accelerations of the simple spike modulations of Purkinje cells in the cerebellar hemispheres into the complex of cerebellar nuclei may be instrumental in improving the performance of responses to covert attention, akin to what has been shown for the impact of Purkinje cells of the vestibulocerebellum on eye movement responses to vestibular stimulation (De Zeeuw et al. 1995, J Neurophysiol). This possibility is now also raised in the Discussion.

      - How do we know that these neurons, or even this region of the brain, contribute to this task? When a new task is introduced, the contributions of the region of the brain that is being studied are usually established via some form of manipulation. This question is particularly relevant here because the two subjects differed markedly in their performance, yet in Figure 3 you find that a similar percentage of neurons are responding to the various elements of the task.

      We appreciate this question. As highlighted above, we are refraining from showing our muscimol manipulation (3 ml of 5 μg/ml muscimol, Sigma Aldrich), as it only concerns 1 successful dataset and 1 control experiment. We hope to replicate this reversible lesion experiment in the future and publish it when we have full new datasets of at least two monkeys available. As explained above, for this paper we have sacrificed both monkeys following a timed perfusion, so as to have similar survival times for the transport of the neuro-anatomical tracer involved.  

      - Behavior in both animals was better when the gap direction was up/down vs. left/right. Is this difference in behavior encoded during the time that the animal is making a decision? Are the dentate neurons better at differentiating the direction of the cue when the gap direction is up/right vs. left/right? 

      These data have now been included in the new Supplementary Figure 2; we did not observe any significant differences in this respect.

      Reviewer #2:

      - The authors trained monkeys to discriminate peripheral visual cues and associate them with planning future saccades of an indicated direction. At the same time, the authors recorded single-unit neural activity in the cerebellar dentate nucleus. They demonstrated that substantial fractions of DN cells exhibited sustained modulation of spike rates spanning task epochs and carrying information about stimulus, response, and trial outcome. Finally, tracer injections demonstrated this region of the DN projects to a large number of targets including several known to interconnect the visual attention network. The data compellingly demonstrate the authors' central claims, and the analyses are well-suited to support the conclusions. Importantly, the study demonstrates that DN cells convey many motor and nonmotor variables related to task execution, event sequencing, visual attention, and arguably decision-making/working memory. 

      We thank the Reviewer for this positive and constructive feedback.

      - The study is solid and I do not have major concerns, but only points for possible improvement. 

      We thank the Reviewer for this positive feedback.

      - A key feature of this data is the extended changes/ramps in DN output across epochs (Figure 2). Crudely, this presents a challenge for the view that DN output mainly drives motor effectors, as the saccade itself lasts only a tiny fraction of the overall task. Some discussion of this dichotomy in thinking about the function(s) of the cerebellum, vis a vis the multifarious DN targets the authors demonstrate here, etc., would be helpful. 

      We agree with the Reviewer and we have expanded our Discussion on this point, also now highlighting the outcome of the new PCA analysis recommended by Reviewer 1 (see the new Supplementary figure Figure 3).

      - A high-level suggestion on the data: the presentation of the data focuses (sensibly) on the representation of the stimulus and response epochs (Figures 2-3). Yet, the authors then show that from decoding, it is, in fact, a trial outcome that is best represented in the population (Figure 4). While there is nothing 'wrong' with this, it reads slightly incongruously, and the reader does a bit of a "double take" back to the previous figures to see if they missed examples of the trial-outcome signals, but the previous presentations only show correct trials. Consider adding somewhere in the first 3 main figures some neural data showing comparisons with incorrect trials. This way, the reader develops prior expectations for the outcome decoding result and frame of reference for interpreting it. On a related note, the text contains an earlier introduction of this issue (p24 last sentence) and p25 paragraph 1 cites Figure 3D and 3E for signals "related to the absence of reward" - but the caption says this includes only correct trials? 

      We thank the Reviewer for bringing up these points. We have addressed the textual suggestions. Moreover, we have done the PCA analysis suggested by Reviewer 1 for both the correct and incorrect trials (see Supplementary material).

      - P29: The discrepancy in retrograde labeling between monkeys (2 orders of magnitude): I realize the authors can't really do anything about this, but the difference is large enough to warrant concerns in the interpretation (how did the tracer spread over the drastically larger area? Isotropically? Could it cross more "hard boundaries" and incorporate qualitatively different inputs/outputs?). A small discussion of possible caveats in interpreting the outcomes would be helpful. 

      We fully agree with this comment. As highlighted in the text, in both monkeys we first identified the optimal points for injection in the dentate nucleus electrophysiologically and we used the same pump with the same settings to carry out the injections, but even so the differences are substantial. We suspect that the larger injection might have been caused by an air bubble trapped in the syringe or a deviation in the stock solution, but we can never be sure of that. We have added a potential explanation for the caveat that might have played a role.

      - And a list of quick points: 

      We have addressed all points listed below; we want to thank the Reviewer for bringing them up.

      P3 paragraph 2 needs comma "in daily life,". 

      P4 paragraph 2 "C-gap" terminology not previously defined. 

      P4 paragraph 2 "animals employed different behavioral strategies". Grammatically, you should probably say "each animal employed a different behavioral strategy," but also scientifically the paragraph doesn't connect this claim to anything about the DN (whereas, e.g., the abstract does make this connection clear). 

      P5 paragraph 1 "theca" should be "the". 

      P6 paragraph 1 problem with ignashenkova citation insert. 

      P10 paragraph 1 I think the spike rate "difference between highest and lowest" is not exactly the same as "variance," you might want to change the terminology. 

      P10 paragraph 1 should probably say "To determine if a cell preferentially modulated". 

      P10 paragraph 1 last sentence the last clause could be clearer. 

      P17 paragraph 2 should be something like "as well as those by Carpenter and..."? 

      P20 caption: consider "...directionality in the task: only one C-stim...". 

      P20 caption: consider "to the left and right in the [L/R] task...to the top/bottom in the [U/D] task". 

      Fig1E and S1 - is there a physical meaning of the "weight" unit, and if none, can this be transformed into a more meaningful unit? 

      P21 paragraph 1 consider "activity was recorded for 304 DN neurons...". 

      P21 paragraph 1 "correlations with the temporal windows" it's not clear how activity can "correlate" with a time window, consider rephrasing (activity levels changed during these time epochs, depending on stimulus identity). 

      P21 paragraph 1 should be "by comparing the number of spikes in a bin...". 

      P22 paragraph 2 "when we aligned the neurons to the time of maximum change" needs clarification. The maximum change of what? And per neuron? Across the population? 

      P22 paragraph 2 "than that of the facilitating" should be "than did the facilitating units". 

      P24 paragraph 1 needs a comma and rewording "Within each direction, trials are sorted by the time of saccade onset". 

      P24 paragraph 1 should probably say "Same as in G, but for suppressed cells". 

      P24 paragraph 2 should say "more than one task event" not "events". 

      P24 paragraph 2 needs a comma "To fully characterize the neural responses, we fitted". 

      P25 paragraph 1 should probably say "we sampled from similar populations of DN". 

      P34 paragraph 3 consider rephrasing the sentence that contains both "dissociation" and "dissociate". 

      P37 last line: consider "coordination of cerebellum and cerebral cortex *in* higher order mental..."? 

      P38 paragraph 1 citation needed for "kinematics of goal-directed hand actions of others"? 

      P38 paragraph 1 commas probably not needed "map visual input, from high-level visual regions, onto..." 

      References

      - Herzfeld D.J., Kojima Y, Soetedjo R, Shadmehr R (2018) Encoding of error and learning to correct that error by the Purkinje cells of the cerebellum. Nat Neurosci 21:736–743.

      - van Es, D.M., van der Zwaag W., and Knapen T. (2019) Topographic Maps of Visual Space in the Human Cerebellum. Current Biol Volume 29, Issue 10p1689-1694.e3May 20.

      - De Zeeuw CI, Wylie DR, Stahl JS, Simpson JI. (1995) Phase relations of Purkinje cells in the rabbit flocculus during compensatory eye movements. J Neurophysiol. Nov;74(5):2051-64. doi: 10.1152/jn.1995.74.5.2051.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This is a valuable study describing an implementation of awake mouse fMRI with implanted head coils at high fields. The evidence presented is convincing, combining technical advances with interesting neuroscience applications showing that mice anticipate stimuli given at regular (but at irregular) intervals.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors bring together implanted radiofrequency coils, high-field MRI imaging, awake animal imaging, and sensory stimulation methods in a technological demonstration. The results are very detailed descriptions of the sensory systems under investigation.

      Strengths:

      The maps are qualitatively excellent for rodent whole-brain imaging.<br /> The design of the holder and the coil is pretty clever.

      Weaknesses:

      Some unexpected regions appear on the whole brain maps, and the discussion of these regions is succinct.<br /> The authors do not make the work and effort to train the animals and average the data from several hundred trials apparent enough. This is important for any reader who would like to consider implementing this technology.<br /> The data is not available. This does not let the readers make their own assessment of the results.

      Comments on revisions:

      All good, I can but only congratulate the authors on a study well done.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work explores the advancement of awake mouse BOLD-fMRI at 14 Tesla. The study introduces custom-implanted RF coils aimed at improving signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and assesses their performance in detecting responses to stimuli in awake mice. The coils show significant SNR improvements and are a noteworthy innovation. Detailed descriptions of the coil design, including parts lists and diagrams, enhance the reproducibility of the methods. A thorough 5-week acclimation protocol was used to minimize stress and motion during imaging. Stress was primarily evaluated using eye tracking which, in an fMRI setting, is novel and could help move the field forward with further validation (within the context of fMRI experiments). Overall, the authors successfully demonstrate high-resolution awake mouse fMRI with enhanced SNR; thus achieving their primary aim.

      This work is likely to significantly impact the field by demonstrating the feasibility of high-quality awake mouse fMRI, potentially leading to more accurate and artifact-free studies of brain function. The detailed methods shared will facilitate replication and adoption by other researchers, promoting standardized practices. The methods and data provided serve as valuable resources for the neuroscience community.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors bring together implanted radiofrequency coils, high-field MRI imaging, awake animal imaging, and sensory stimulation methods in a technological demonstration. The results are very detailed descriptions of the sensory systems under investigation.

      Strengths:

      - The maps are qualitatively excellent for rodent whole-brain imaging. - The design of the holder and the coil is pretty clever.

      Weaknesses:

      - Some unexpected regions appear on the whole brain maps, and the discussion of these regions is succinct.

      - The authors do not make the work and e ort to train the animals and average the data from several hundred trials apparent enough. This is important for any reader who would like to consider implementing this technology.

      - The data is not available. This does not let the readers make their own assessment of the results.

      Thank you for the comments on this manuscript. We have provided more detailed discussion of the unexpected regions(page 18 – line 491-494) and training procedures(page7-9 – line 172-236). We also uploaded the datasets to OpenNeuro 

      Whisker (https://doi.org/10.18112/openneuro.ds005496.v1.0.1),  Visual (https://doi.org/10.18112/openneuro.ds005497.v1.0.0) and Zenodo:

      SNR Line Profile Data & Data Processing Scripts:  (https://zenodo.org/doi/10.5281/zenodo.13821455). 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Hike et al. entitled 'High-resolution awake mouse fMRI at 14 Tesla' describes the implementation of awake mouse BOLD-fMRI at high field. This work is timely as the field of mouse fMRI is working toward collecting high-quality data from awake animals. Imaging awake subjects o ers opportunities to study brain function that are otherwise not possible under the more common anesthetized conditions. Not to mention the confounding e  ects that anesthesia has on neurovascular coupling. What has made progress in this area slow (relative to other imaging approaches like optical imaging) is the environment within the MRI scanner (high acoustic noise) - as well as the intolerance of head and body motion. This work adds to a relatively small, but quickly growing literature on awake mouse fMRI. The findings in the study include testing of an implanted head-coil (for MRI data reception). Two designs are described and the SNR of these units at 9.4T and 14T are reported. Further, responses to visual as well as whisker stimulation recorded in acclimated awake mice are shown. The most interesting finding, and most novel, is the observation that mice seem to learn to anticipate the presentation of the stimulus - as demonstrated by activations evident ~6 seconds prior to the presentation of the stimulus when stimuli are delivered at regular intervals (but not when stimuli are presented at random intervals). These kinds of studies are very challenging to do. The surgical preparation and length of time invested into training animals are grueling. I also see this work as a step in the right direction and evidence of the foundations for lots of interesting future work. However, I also found a few shortcomings listed below.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The surface coil, although o ering a great SNR boost at the surface, ultimately comes at a cost of lower SNR in deeper more removed brain regions in comparison to commercially available Bruker coils (at room temperature). This should be quantified. A rough comparison in SNR is drawn between the implanted coils and the Bruker Cryoprobe - this should be a quantitative comparison (if possible) - including any di erences in SNR in deeper brain structures. There are drawbacks to the Cryoprobe, which can be discussed, but a more thorough comparison between the implanted coils, and other existing options should be provided (the Cryoprobe has been used previously in awake mouse experiments(Sensory evoked fMRI paradigms in awake mice - Chen, Physiological e ects of a habituation procedure for functional MRI in awake mice using a cryogenic radiofrequency probe – Yoshida, PREVIOUS REFERENCE). Further, the details of how to build the implanted coils should be provided (shared) - this should include a parts list as well as detailed instructions on how to build the units. Also, how expensive are they? And can they be reused?

      Thank you for the comment. We did not use a Bruker Cryoprobe for this work but rather a Bruker 4array surface coil. We are unable to compare to a cryoprobe since we do not have access to one for our system. A comparison to previously published data using different scanners could be possible but would require the sequence contain identical parameters to avoid introducing an uncontrollable variable, we are planning to recruit different laboratories to test the implanted RF coils with their existing cryoprobes in the future study. 

      We have included an updated figure comparing SNR at different depths across the Bruker 4-array coil and the implanted RF coils. As shown in Supplementary Figure 7B, there is significant SNR enhancement up to 4 mm cortical depth for both single loop and Figure 8 implanted RF coils in comparison to the Bruker 4-array coil.

      Author response image 1.

      Comparison between implanted and commercial coils. A shows representative coils in the single loop (left) and figure 8 styles (right). Supplementary Table 1 provides a parts list and cost for making these coils and Supplementary Figure 1 provides a circuit diagram to assemble. B presents the SNR line profile values as a function of distance from Pia Matter for each coil tested at 9.4T: commercial phased array surface coil (4 Array), implanted single loop, and implanted figure 8. SNR values were calculated by dividing the signal by the standard deviation of the noise. C-E shows a representative FLASH image with line profile of SNR measurements from each of the coils used to create the graph seen in B. Clear visual improvement in SNR can be seen in figures C-E. C – Commercial phased array. D – Single loop at 9.4T. E – Figure 8 at 9.4T. (N4 array = 6, Nsingle loop = 5, Nfigure 8 = 5)

      Additionally, we have added a supplementary figure (supp fig 1) of a circuit diagram, in an effort to disseminate the prototype design of the coils to other laboratories. We have included a detailed parts list with the cost for construction of the coils configured for our scanner(supp table 1). These specifics though would need to be adjusted to the precise field strength/bore size/animal the coil was being built for. As for reusability, the copper wire is cemented to the animal skull and this implantable coil should be considered as consumables for the awake mouse experiments, though the PCB parts can be retrieved.  

      (2) In the introduction, the authors state that "Awake mouse fMRI has been well investigated". I disagree with this statement and others in the manuscript that gives the reader the impression that awake experiments are not a challenging and unresolved approach to fMRI experiments in mice (or rodents). Although there are multiple labs (maybe 15 worldwide) that have conducted awake mouse experiments (with varying degrees of success/thoroughness), we are far from a standardized approach. This is a strength of the current work and should be highlighted as such. I encourage the authors to read the recent systematic review that was published on this topic in Cerebral Cortex by Mandino et al. There are several elements in there that should influence the tone of this piece including awake mouse implementations with the Bruker Cryoprobe, prevalence of surgical preparations, and evaluations of stress.

      Thank you for the comment. We agree with the reviewer that the current stage of awake mouse fMRI studies remains to be improved.  And, we have revised the Introduction to highlight the state-of-theart of awake mouse fMRI (Page 4 – line 81-88). 

      (3) The authors also comment on implanted coils reducing animal stress - I don't know where this comment is coming from, as this has not been reported in the literature (to my knowledge) and the authors don't appear to have evaluated stress in their mice. 

      Since question 3 and 4 are highly related to the acclimation procedures, we will answer the two questions together.   

      (4) Following on the above point, measures of motion, stress, and more details on the acclimation procedure that was implemented in this study should be included.

      We thank the reviewer to raise the animal training issues.  

      During the animal training, we have measured both pupil dynamic and eye motion features from training sessions, of which the detailed procedure is described in Methods (page 7-9 – line 172236). 

      The training procedure is carried out over a total of 5 weeks with four phases of training: i. Holding animal in hands, ii. Head-fixation and pupillometry, iii. Head-fixation and pupillometry with mockMRI acoustic exposure, iv. Head-fixation and pupillometry with Echo-Planar-Imaging (EPI) in the MR scanner.

      Author response table 1.

      As shown in Supp Fig 2B, the spectral power of pupil dynamics (<0.02Hz) and eye movements gradually increased as a function of the training time for head-fixed mice exposed to the mock MRI acoustic environment during phase 3.  In phase 4, when head-fixed mice were put into the scanner for the first time, both eye movements and pupil dynamics were initially reduced during scanning but recovered to an acclimated state on Day 2, similar to the level on Day 8 of phase 3.  These behavioral outputs would provide an alternative way to monitor the stress levels of the mice. 

      Author response image 2.

      The eye movements (A) and power spectra of pupil dynamics (<0.02Hz) (B) change during different training phases.

      It should be noted that stress may be related to increased frequency of eye blinking or twitching movements in human subjects(1–3). Whereas, the eyeblink of head-fixed mice has been used for behavioral conditioning to investigate motor learning in normal behaving mice(4–6). Importantly, head-fixed mouse studies have shown that eye movements are significantly reduced compared to the free-moving mice(7). The increased eye movement during acclimation process would indicate an alleviated stress level of the head-fixed mice in our cases. Meanwhile, stress-related pupillary dilation could dominate the pupil dynamics at the early phase of training(8). We have observed a gradually increased pupil dynamic power spectrum at the ultra-slow frequency during phase 3, presenting the alleviated stress-related pupil dilation but recovered pupil dynamics to other factors, including arousal, locomotion, startles, etc. in normal behaving mice.  Despite the extensive training procedure of the present work in comparison to the existing awake mouse fMRI studies (training strategies for awake mice fMRI have been reviewed by Mandino et al. to show the overall training duration of existing studies(9)), the stress remains a confounding factor for the brain functional mapping in head-fixed mice. In particular, a recent study(10) shows that the corticosterone concentration in the blood samples of head-fixed mice is significantly reduced on Day 25 following the training but remains higher than in the control mice. In the discussion section, we have discussed the potential issues of stress-related confounding factors for awake mouse fMRI studies (Page 16 – lines 436-458). 

      (1) A. Marcos-Ramiro, D. Pizarro-Perez, M. Marron-Romera, D. Gatica-Perez, Automatic blinking detection towards stress discovery. ICMI 2014 - Proceedings of the 2014 International Conference on Multimodal Interaction 307–310 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1145/2663204.2663239/SUPPL_FILE/ICMI1520.MP4.

      (2) M. Haak, S. Bos, S. Panic, L. Rothkrantz, DETECTING STRESS USING EYE BLINKS AND BRAIN ACTIVITY FROM EEG SIGNALS. Lance 21, 76 (2009).

      (3) E. Del Carretto Di Ponti E Sessam, Exploring the impact of Stress and Cognitive Workload on Eye Movements: A Preliminary Study. (2023).

      (4) S. A. Heiney, M. P. Wohl, S. N. Chettih, L. I. Ru olo, J. F. Medina, Cerebellar-dependent expression of motor learning during eyeblink conditioning in head-fixed mice. J Neurosci 34, 14845–14853 (2014).

      (5) S. N. Chettih, S. D. Mcdougle, L. I. Ruffolo, J. F. Medina, Adaptive timing of motor output in the mouse: The role of movement oscillations in eyelid conditioning. Front Integr Neurosci 5, 12996 (2011).

      (6) J. J. Siegel, et al., Trace Eyeblink Conditioning in Mice Is Dependent upon the Dorsal Medial Prefrontal Cortex, Cerebellum, and Amygdala: Behavioral Characterization and Functional Circuitry. eNeuro 2, 51–65 (2015).

      (7) A. F. Meyer, J. O’Keefe, J. Poort, Two Distinct Types of Eye-Head Coupling in Freely Moving Mice. Current Biology 30, 2116-2130.e6 (2020).

      (8) H. Zeng, Y. Jiang, S. Beer-Hammer, X. Yu, Awake Mouse fMRI and Pupillary Recordings in the UltraHigh Magnetic Field. Front Neurosci 16, 886709 (2022).

      (9) F. Mandino, S. Vujic, J. Grandjean, E. M. R. Lake, Where do we stand on fMRI in awake mice? Cereb Cortex 34 (2024).

      (10) K. Juczewski, J. A. Koussa, A. J. Kesner, J. O. Lee, D. M. Lovinger, Stress and behavioral correlates in the head-fixed method: stress measurements, habituation dynamics, locomotion, and motor-skill learning in mice. Scientific Reports 2020 10:1 10, 1–19 (2020).

      (5) It wasn't clear to me at what times the loop versus "Figure 8" coil was being used, nor how many mice (or how much data) were included in each experiment/plot. There is also no mention of biological sex.

      Thank you for the comment. We have clarified sex and number. The figure 8 coil was only used as part of development to show the improvement of the coil design for cortical measurements. The detailed information is described in Method (Page 6 – line 127-129 & Page 10 – line 269-270). Additionally animal numbers have been included in the figure captions.

      (6) Building on the points above, the manuscript overall lacks experimental detail (especially since the format has the results prior to the methods).

      Thank you for the comment. We have modified the manuscript to increase the experimental detail and moved the methods section before the results.

      (7) An observation is made in the manuscript that there is an appreciable amount of negative BOLD signal. The authors speculate that this may come from astrocyte-mediated BOLD during brain state changes (and cite anesthetized rat and non-human primate experiments). This is very strange to me. First, the negative BOLD signal is not plotted (please do this), further, there are studies in awake mice that measure astrocyte activation eliciting positive BOLD responses (see Takata et al. in Glia, 2017).

      We thank the reviewer to raise the negative BOLD fMRI observation issue.  We added a subplot of the negative BOLD signal changes in the revised Figure 4. This negative BOLD signals across cortical areas could be coupled with brain state changes upon air-pu -induced startle responses. Our future studies are focusing on elucidating the brain-wide activity changes of awake mice with fMRI.  We also provide a detailed discussion of the potential mechanism underlying the negative BOLD fMRI signals. First, as reported in the paper (suggested  by the reviewer),  astrocytic Ca2+ transients coincide with positive BOLD responses in the activated cortical areas, which is aligning with the neurovascular coupling (NVC) mechanism. However, there is emerging evidence to show that astrocytic Ca2+ transients are coupled with both positive and negative BOLD responses in anesthetized rats(11) and awake mice(12). An intriguing observation is that cortex-wide negative BOLD signals coupled with the spontaneous astrocytic Ca2+ transients could co-exist with the positive BOLD signal detected at the activated cortex.  Studies have shown that astrocytes are involved in regulating brain state changes(13), in particular, during locomotion(14) and startle responses(15). These brain state-dependent global negative BOLD responses are also related to the arousal changes of both non-human primates(16) and human subjects(17).  The established awake mouse fMRI platform with ultra-high spatial resolution will enable the brain-wide activity mapping of the functional nuclei contributing to the brain state changes of head-fixed awake mice in future studies. (Page 17-18 – Line 478-490)

      (11) M. Wang, Y. He, T. J. Sejnowski, X. Yu, Brain-state dependent astrocytic Ca2+ signals are coupled to both positive and negative BOLD-fMRI signals. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 115, E1647–E1656 (2018).

      (12) C. Tong, Y. Zou, Y. Xia, W. Li, Z. Liang, Astrocytic calcium signal bidirectionally regulated BOLD-fMRI signals in awake mice in Proc. Intl. Soc. Mag. Reson. Med. 32, (2024).

      (13) K. E. Poskanzer, R. Yuste, Astrocytes regulate cortical state switching in vivo. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 113, E2675–E2684 (2016).

      (14) M. Paukert, et al., Norepinephrine controls astroglial responsiveness to local circuit activity. Neuron 82, 1263–1270 (2014).

      (15) R. Srinivasan, et al., Ca2+ signaling in astrocytes from IP3R2−/− mice in brain slices and during startle responses in vivo. Nat Neurosci 18, 708 (2015).

      (16) C. Chang, et al., Tracking brain arousal fluctuations with fMRI. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 113, 4518– 4523 (2016).

      (17) B. Setzer, et al., A temporal sequence of thalamic activity unfolds at transitions in behavioral arousal state. Nat Commun 13 (2022).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I really enjoyed this work. The maps shown are among the best-quality maps out there. Here are suggestions to the authors.

      (1) Both the ACA and VRA are rather unexpected. The authors explain these briefly as being part of the associative cortical areas. Both the ACA and VRA are not canonical associative areas (or at least not to us). This warrants a stronger discussion.

      To verify both ACA and VRA as associate areas, we provide the  connectivity map projections from the Allen Brain Atlas (seen below). These projections are derived from a Cre-dependent AAV tracing of axonal projections. We have included an explanation of this in the introduction. 

      Author response image 3.

      Representative images are shown indicating connections between the barrel cortex and retrosplenial area from an injection in the barrel cortex (Left panel) as well as the visual cortex and cingulate connection from an injection in the visual cortex (Right panel). Images are of connectivity map projections from the Allen Brain Atlas derived from a Cre-dependent AAV tracing of axonal projections

      (2) This is a lot of work. But looking at the figures, this is not obvious. We read in the caption that several hundred trials were used. It would be good to also specify how many mice. It would be clearer to represent this info in the figure as well to support the fact that this is not a trivial acquisition.

      Thank the reviewer to raise the e ort issue. We have edited the figure to include this information and included the numbers in the text as well

      (3) The training protocol is seemingly extensive, but this is only visible by following another reference. Including a description in this work would help the reader make sense of the effort that went into this work.

      We thank the reviewer to raise the training protocol issue. We have more thoroughly discussed the training method used for this study (page 7-9 – line 172-236)

      (4) I really would love to see that dataset made freely available - this should be the norm.

      The datasets have been uploaded to OpenNeuro 

      Whisker (https://doi.org/10.18112/openneuro.ds005496.v1.0.1),  Visual (https://doi.org/10.18112/openneuro.ds005497.v1.0.0) and Zenodo:

      SNR Line Profile Data & Data Processing Scripts: 

      (https://zenodo.org/doi/10.5281/zenodo.13821455). 

      (page 21 – line 573-579)

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) I'm a little confused about the stimulation paradigm and the effect of it causing an effective 2second TR (which is on the long side) - please elaborate (a figure might be helpful). The paradigm for visual stimulation also seems elaborate, can you please explain the logic and how it was developed?

      Thank you for raising the detailed stimulation paradigm issues. The stimulation paradigm is independent and does not interfere with the setup of the effective 2-second TR. The 2-second TR is based on the usage of 2-segment EPI, each with a TR of 1-second. The application of 2-segment paradigm enables the echo spacing with 0.52 ms with effective image bandwidth with 3858Hz, assuring less image distortion.  The stimulation paradigm was defined by an “8s on, 32s o ” epoch such to elicit a strong BOLD response and could be used for any reasonable TR duration. 

      We have included a figure outlining the stimulation paradigm (Supp Fig. 3)

      (2) I had difficulties viewing the movies (on my MAC).

      Thank you for this note. We have re-upload the videos in .mov format

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents valuable findings on the role of the satiety hormone cholecystokinin typically associated with feeding in the control of a pituitary hormone, FSH, which is a critical regulator of reproductive physiology. The authors provide solid pharmacological evidence that cholecystokinin is sufficient to regulate FSH and compelling genetic evidence that one of its receptors is required for gonadal development, with uncertainties remaining about the physiological regulation and necessity of the peptide. The work will be of interest to reproductive biologists, especially those with an interest in the endocrine control of fertility.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript builds on previous work suggesting that the CCK peptide is the releasing hormone for FSH in fishes, which is different than that observed in mammals where both LH and FSH release are under the control of GnRH. Based on data using calcium imaging as a readout for stimulation of the gonadotrophs, the researchers present data supporting the hypothesis that CCK stimulates FSH-containing cells in the pituitary. In contrast LH containing cells show a weak and variable response to CCK, but are highly responsive to GnRH. Data are presented that support the role of CCK in release of FSH. Researchers also state the functional overlap exists in the potency of GnRH to activate FSH cells, thus the two signalling pathways are not separate.<br /> The results are of interest to the field because for many years the assumption has been that fishes use the same signalling mechanism. These data present an intriguing variation where a hormone involved in satiation acts in the control of reproduction.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript are that researchers have shed light on different pathways controlling reproduction in fishes.

      Weaknesses:

      Weaknesses are that it is not clear if multiple ligand/receptors are involved (more than one CCK and more than one receptor?). The imaging of the CCK terminals and CCK receptors needs to be reinforced.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have responded to the comments with clarity and have made the important requested changes such as clarifying the CCK receptors (their expression and exactly which receptor was targeted), and emphasizing the interactions of CCK, namely that CCK induces LH secretion, but not to the same extent as FSH. All minor comments directed to the layout of the figures and text have been addressed. In summary, comments have been addressed satisfactorily.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The pituitary gonadotropins, FSH and LH, are critical regulators of reproduction. In mammals, synthesis and secretion of FSH and LH by gonadotrope cells are controlled by the hypothalamic peptide, GnRH. As FSH and LH are made in the same cells in mammals, variation in the nature of GnRH secretion is thought to contribute to the differential regulation of the two hormones. In contrast, in fish, FSH and LH are produced in distinct gonadotrope populations and may be less (or differently) dependent on GnRH than in mammals. In the present manuscript, the authors endeavored to determine whether FSH may be independently controlled by a distinct peptide, cholecystokinin (CCK), in zebrafish.

      Strengths:

      The authors demonstrated that the CCK receptor is enriched in FSH-producing relative to LH-producing gonadotropes, and that genetic deletion of the receptor leads to dramatic decreases in gonadotropin production and gonadal development in zebrafish. Also, using innovative in vivo and ex vivo calcium imaging approaches, they show that LH- and FSH-producing gonadotropes preferentially respond to GnRH and CCK, respectively. Exogenous CCK also preferentially stimulated FSH secretion ex vivo and in vivo.

      Weaknesses:

      The concept that there may be a distinct FSH-releasing hormone (FSHRH) has been debated for decades. As the authors suggest that CCK is the long-sought FSHRH (at least in fish), they must provide data that convincingly leads to such a conclusion. In my estimation, they have not yet met this burden. In particular, they show that CCK is sufficient to activate FSH-producing cells, but have not yet demonstrated its necessity. Their one attempt to do so was using fish in which they inactivated the CCK receptor using CRISPR-Cas9. While this manipulation led to a reduction in FSH, LH was affected to a similar extent. As a result, they have not shown that CCK is a selective regulator of FSH.

      Our conclusion regarding the necessity of CCK signaling for FSH secretion is based on the following evidence:

      (1) CCK-like receptors are expressed in the pituitary gland predominantly on FSH cells.

      (2) Application of CCK to pituitaries elicits FSH cell activation and to a much lesser degree activation of LH cells.  (calcium imaging assays)

      (3) Application of CCK to pituitaries and by injections in-vivo significantly increased only FSH release.

      (4) Mutating the FSH-specific CCK receptor in a different species of fish (medaka) also causes a complete shutdown of FSH production and phenocopies a fsh-mutant phenotype (Uehara, Nishiike et al. 2023).

      Taken together, we believe that this data strongly supports the conclusion that CCK is necessary for FSH production and release from the fish pituitary. Admittedly, the overlapping effects of CCK on both FSH and LH cells in zebrafish (evident in both our calcium imaging experiments and especially in the KO phenotype) complicates the interpretation of the phenotype. We speculate that the effect of CCK on LH cells in zebrafish can be caused either by paracrine signaling within the gland or by the effects of CCK on GnRH neurons that were shown to express CCK receptors .

      In the current version, we emphasize that CCK also induces LH secretion. Although it does not affect LH to the same extent as FSH, an overlap does exist. This is mentioned in the abstract and discussion.

      Moreover, they do not yet demonstrate that the effects observed reflect the loss of the receptor's function in gonadotropes, as opposed to other cell types.

      Although there is evidence for the expression of CCK receptor in other tissues, we do show a direct decrease of FSH and LH expression in the gonadotrophs of the pituitary of the mutant fish; taken together with its significant expression in FSH cells compared to the rest of the cells of the pituitary in the cell specific transcriptomic, it is the most reasonable explanation for the mutant phenotype.

      Unfortunately, unlike in mice, technologies for conditional knockout of genes in specific cell types are not yet available for our model and cell types. Additional tissue distribution of the three receptors types of CCK was added in supplementary figure 1, from this tissue distribution it can be appreciated how in the pituitary only CCKBRA (our identified CCK receptor) is expressed, while in other tissues it is either not expressed or expressed with the additional CCK receptors that can compensate its activity.

      It also is not clear whether the phenotypes of the fish reflect perturbations in pituitary development vs. a loss of CCK receptor function in the pituitary later in life. Ideally, the authors would attempt to block CCK signaling in adult fish that develop normally. For example, if CCK receptor antagonists are available, they could be used to treat fish and see whether and how this affects FSH vs. LH secretion.

      While the observed gonadal phenotype of the KO (sex inversed fish) should have a developmental origin since it requires a long time to manifest, the effect of the KO on FSH and LH cells is probably more acute. Unfortunately a specific antagonist that affect only CCKRBA and not the other CCK receptors wasn’t identified yet.

      In the Discussion, the authors suggest that CCK, as a satiety factor, may provide a link between metabolism and reproduction. This is an interesting idea, but it is not supported by the data presented. That is, none of the results shown link metabolic state to CCK regulation of FSH and fertility. Absent such data, the lengthy Discussion of the link is speculative and not fully merited.

      In the revised manuscript, we provided data to link cck with metabolic status in supplementary figure 1 and modified the discussion to tone down the link between metabolic status to and reproductive state.

      Also in the Discussion, the authors argue that "CCK directly controls FSH cells by innervating the pituitary gland and binding to specific receptors that are particularly abundant in FSH gonadotrophs." However, their imaging does not demonstrate innervation of FSH cells by CCK terminals (e.g., at the EM level).

      Innervation of the fish pituitary does not imply a synaptic-like connection between axon terminals and endocrine cells. In fact, such connections are extremely rare, and their functionality is unclear. Instead, the mode of regulation between hypothalamic terminals and endocrine cells in the fish pituitary is more similar to "volume transmission" in the CNS, i.e. peptides are released into the tissue and carried to their endocrine cell targets by the circulation or via diffusion. A short explanation was added in lines 395-398 in the discussion

      Moreover, they have not demonstrated the binding of CCK to these cells. Indeed, no CCK receptor protein data are shown.

      Our revised manuscript  includes detailed experiments showing the activation of the receptor by its homologous ligand, supplementary Figure 1 includes a transactivation  assay of CCK to its receptor and the effect of the different mutants on the activation of the receptor. Unfortunately, no antibody is available against this fish specific receptor (one of the caveats of working with fish models); therefore, we cannot present receptor protein data.

      The calcium responses of FSH cells to exogenous CCK certainly suggest the presence of functional CCK receptors therein; but, the nature of the preparations (with all pituitary cell types present) does not demonstrate that CCK is acting directly in these cells.

      We agree with the reviewer that there are some disadvantages in choosing to work with a whole-tissue preparation. However, we believe that the advantages of working in a more physiological context far outweigh the drawbacks as it reflects the natural dynamics more precisely. Since our transcriptome data, as well as our ISH staining, show that the CCK receptor is exclusively expressed in FSH cells, it is improbable that the observed calcium response is mediated via a different pituitary cell type.

      Indeed, the asynchrony in responses of individual FSH cells to CCK (Figure 4) suggests that not all cells may be activated in the same way. Contrast the response of LH cells to GnRH, where the onset of calcium signaling is similar across cells (Figure 3).

      The difference between the synchronization levels of LH and FSH cells activity stems from the gap-junction mediated coupling between LH cells that does not exist between FSH cells(Golan, Martin et al. 2016). Therefore, the onset of calcium response in FSH cells is dependent on the irregular diffusion rate of the peptide within the preparation, whereas the tight homotypic coupling between LH cells generates a strong and synchronized calcium rise that propagates quickly throughout the entire population

      The differences in connectivity between LH and FSH cells is mentioned in lines 194-195

      Finally, as the authors note in the Discussion, the data presented do not enable them to conclude that the endogenous CCK regulating FSH (assuming it does) is from the brain as opposed to other sources (e.g., the gut).

      We agree with the reviewer that, for now, we are unable to determine whether hypothalamic or peripheral CCK are the main drivers of FSH cells. While the strong innervation of the gland by CCK-secreting hypothalamic neurons strengthens the notion of a hypothalamic-releasing hormone and also fits with the dogma of the neural control of the pituitary gland in fish (Ball 1981), more experiments are required to resolve this question.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript builds on previous work suggesting that the CCK peptide is the releasing hormone for FSH in fishes, which is different than that observed in mammals where both LH and FSH release are under the control of GnRH. Based on data using calcium imaging as a readout for stimulation of the gonadotrophs, the researchers present data supporting the hypothesis that CCK stimulates FSH-containing cells in the pituitary. In contrast, LH-containing cells show a weak and variable response to CCK but are highly responsive to GnRH. Data are presented that support the role of CCK in the release of FSH. Researchers also state that functional overlap exists in the potency of GnRH to activate FSH cells, thus the two signalling pathways are not separate. The results are of interest to the field because for many years the assumption has been that fishes use the same signalling mechanism. These data present an intriguing variation where a hormone involved in satiation acts in the control of reproduction.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript are that researchers have shed light on different pathways controlling reproduction in fishes.

      Weaknesses:

      Weaknesses are that it is not clear if multiple ligand/receptors are involved (more than one CCK and more than one receptor?). The imaging of the CCK terminals and CCK receptors needs to be reinforced.

      Reviewer consultation summary: 

      The data presented establish sufficiency, but not necessity of CCK in FSH regulation. The paper did not show that CCK endogenously regulates FSH in fish. This has not been established yet.

      This is a very important comment, also raised by reviewer 1. To avoid repetition, please see our detailed response to the comment above.

      The paper presents the pharmacological effects of CCK on ex vivo preparations but does not establish the in vivo physiological function of the peptide. The current evidence for a novel physiological regulatory mechanism is incomplete and would require further physiological experiments. These could include the use of a CCK receptor antagonist in adult fish to see the effects on FSH and LH release, the generation of a CCK knockout, or cell-specific genetic manipulations.

      As detailed in the responses to the first reviewer, we cannot conduct conditional, cellspecific gene knockout in our model. However we did conducted KO and show the direct effect on FSH and LH secretion together with physiological characterisation of the mutant.

      Zebrafish have two CCK ligands: ccka, cckb and also multiple receptors: cckar, cckbra and cckbrb. There is ambiguity about which CCK receptor and ligand are expressed and which gene was knocked out.

      In the revised manuscript, we clarified which of the receptors are expressed (CCKRBA) and which receptor is targeted. We also provided data showing the specificity of the receptors (both WT and mutant) to the ligands. Supplementary 1 shows receptor cross-activation. The method also specifies the exact NCBI ID numbers of the targeted receptor and the antibody used for the immunostaining.

      Blocking CCK action in fish (with receptor KO) affects FSH and LH. Therefore, the work did not demonstrate a selective role for CCK in FSH regulation in vivo and any claims to have discovered FSHRH need to be more conservative.

      We agree with the reviewer that the overlap in the effect of CCK measured in the calcium activation of cells and in the KO model does not allow us to conclude selectivity. In this context, it is crucial to highlight that CCKRBA exhibits high expression on FSH cells but not on LH cells. Therefore, the effect of CCK on LH cells is likely paracrine or through GnRH neurons that were shown to express CCK receptors. In the current version, we emphasize that CCK also induces LH secretion. Although it does not affect LH to the same extent as FSH, an overlap does exist. This is mentioned in the abstract and discussion.

      The labelling of the terminals with anti-CCK looks a lot like the background and the authors did not show a specificity control (e.g. anti-CCK antibody pre-absorbed with the peptide or anti-CCK in morphant/KO animals).

      Figures colours had been updated to better visualise the specific staining of the antibody. Also, The same antibody had been previously used to mark CCK-positive cells in the gut of the red drum fish(Webb, Khan et al. 2010) , where a control (pre-absorbed with the peptide) experiment had been conducted.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Abstract:

      The authors have not yet established that CCK is the primary regulator of FSH in vivo.

      In the new version, we highlight the leading effect of CCK on the reproductive axis, which includes FSH and LH.

      Introduction:

      The authors need to make clear earlier in the Introduction that fish have two types of gonadotropes. This information comes too late (last paragraph) currently.

      Added in line 42

      They should discuss relevant data on the differential regulation of FSH and LH in fish, as a rationale for looking for different releasing factors.

      This has been discussed in the first paragraph of the introduction

      In the last sentence of the penultimate paragraph, the authors assume that it must be a hypothalamic factor that regulates FSH. Why is this necessarily the case? Are there data indicating that a hypothalamic factor is required for FSH production in fish?

      This has been mentioned in the discussion, we do not deny that circulating CCK or CCK from other brain areas might affect FSH secretion in the pituitary (line 402-404). However, as the hypothalamus serves as the main gateway from the brain to the pituitary and contains hypophysiotropic CCK neurons it is the most reasonable assumption.

      Results:

      In the first paragraph, the authors reference three types of CCK receptors, only one of which is expressed in the pituitary. The specific receptor should be named here.

      The receptor name and NCBI id had been added in this paragraph.

      Figure 1: What specificity controls were used for the ISH in Figure 1?

      HCR- The method used to identify RNA expression and developed by Molecular Instruments (https://www.molecularinstruments.com/hcr-rnafish-protocols), do not require specific control as had been previously done with older ISH methods. The use of multiple short probes assure the specificity to the RNA.More over the expression is specific to the targeted cells.

      In Figure 1D, the red square is missing in the KO fish (at low magnification).

      This was fixed in the updated version.

      In Figure 1G, the number of dots does not correspond to the number of animals described in the figure legend. Does each point represent an animal?

      Each dot represent a fish. The order of the numbers in the legend didn’t match the order in the graph, this had been fixed in the last version

      Figure 2A: It is not clear that all FSH (GFP) cells are double-labeled. Should all double-labeled cells appear white? Many appear as green. Some quantification of the proportion of co-labeling is needed. Also, the scale bars are too small to read. Perhaps add the size of the scale bars to the legend.

      They are all double-labeled, as can be seen by the single-color images, since GFP fluorescence is stronger than RCaMP fluorescence, the double-labelling might be seen a green cells; a scale bar was added.

      Figure 2C: Is the synchronous activity of LH cells here dependent on endogenous GnRH? Can these events be blocked with a GnRH receptor antagonist?

      We currently do not have enough data to support this hypothesis and the in vivo 2 photon system is not optimal to answer these questions since these are spontaneous events which are difficult to predict. This is the main reason we moved to an ex vivo system. The similar response we receive when applying GnRH in the ex vivo system support it is GnRH activation.

      Figure 4C: As some LH cells respond to CCK, can the authors really claim that CCK is a selective regulator of FSH? What explains the heterogeneity in the response of LH cells to CCK?

      In this version, we highlight that CCK directly activates FSH but it is also affecting LH to some extent. However it is clear that the effect on FSH cells is more significant.

      Figures 5A and B: With larger Ns, some of the trends might be significant (e.g., GnRH stimulated FSH release and CCK stimulated LH release).

      Though there is a trend, the values in the Y axis reveal that the trend of response of FSH to GnRH and LH to CCK is lower then the distribution of the basal response (the before) in all of the graphs. Hence we do not believe a larger N will affect those results. We added the range of the secreted hormones concentrations in the result description to emphasize the difference in values,

      Figures 5C and D: What explains the lack of an increase in LH secretion following GnRH treatment?

      We did not measure LH Secretion in the plasma as we didn’t have enough blood, we do see an increase in LH transcription (see supplementary figure 5 – figure supplement 1)

      Also, as mRNA levels were measured (in C), reference should be made to expression rather than transcription. Not all changes in mRNA levels reflect changes in transcription.Also, remove transcription from the legend. Reference to supplementary Figure 4 in the legend should be supplementary Figure 6. Finally, in C and D, distinguish males from females (as in 5A and B).

      Modifications had been done according to the reviewer suggestions.

      Figure legends:

      The figure legends are very long. One way to shorten them is to remove descriptions of the results. The legends should indicate what is in each figure, not the results of the experiments.

      Modifications had been done according to the reviewer suggestions.

      Sample sizes should be spelled out in the legends, as they are not in the M&M.

      We made sure all sample sizes are mentioned in the legend

      Materials and Methods:

      Section 1.1 can be removed as it repeats content presented elsewhere.

      This section was removed

      Section 1.5: It is unclear what this means: "blinding was not applied to ensure tractability" Please clarify.

      This section was removed

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      It appears that zebrafish have two ligands: ccka, cckb. Also multiple receptors: cckar, cckbra and cckbrb. Authors need to discuss this and clearly state which ligand and which receptor they are referring to in the manuscript.

      We discussed the receptor type in the first paragraph of the results, the exact synthetic peptide used is described in the methods. The 8 amino acids of the mature CCK peptide are the same between CCKa and CCKb. A sentence regarding the specificity of the antibody to the mature CCK peptide was added in line 101.

      "to GnRH puff application (300 μl of 30 μg/μl)"; (250 μl of 30 μg/ml CCK)

      Please give the final concentration to make it easy on the readers of the data.

      The molarity of the final concentration was added.

      (2.4) Differential calcium response underlies differential hormone. This section is a bit confusing to read, for example:

      "For that, we collected the medium perfused through our ex vivo system (Fig. 2a) and measured LH and FSH levels using a specific ELISA validated for zebrafish [31] while monitoring the calcium activity of the cells."

      So the authors did the ELISA while monitoring the activity (?). This sentence does not make sense: please rewrite it.

      We modified this sentence  in line 308-311

      To functionally validate the importance of CCK signalling we used CRISPR-cas9 to generate loss-of-function (LOF) mutations in the pituitary- CCK receptor gene.

      The authors need to clearly state WHICH gene they inactivated: Zebrafish have three CCK-receptors, so "the pituitary receptor gene" needs to be defined.

      Was added again in line 107, and is mentioned in the methods

      Figure 3 is a crucial figure!

      Figure 3B: The data are not very convincing. Please state how thick the sections are in the figure legend (assuming these are adult pituitaries),

      Added in the legend (figure 1C in the new version), slice thickness and adult fish.

      Please show at least the merged image a high magnification view of the co-localization of the receptor with the cells.

      This is figure 1 in the new revision, a magnified figure was added

      Please give the scale bar size for 3B.

      Scales for all images were added

      Figure 3C: the co-localization of the terminals of the CCK and FSH cells shows very few cells expressing close to terminals.

      Important: Because the labelling of the terminals with anti-CCK looks a lot like the background, it is very important to show the control (anti-CCK antibody pre-absorbed with the peptide). The authors should have these data. The photo needs to have been taken at the same gain (contrast) and the photo showing the terminals.

      This is  a commercial antibody that had been previously validated for CCK in fish. The co-localization pattern resembles GnRH innervation in the pituitary. In fish when hypothalamic neurons innervate the pituitary they do not innervate all the cells, as this is an endocrine system, the peptide can travel to neighbouring cells via diffusion or aided blood flow (Golan, Zelinger et al. 2015) ).  The images reveal the direct innervation of CCK in the pituitary and its proximity to FSH cells.

      Figure 4c, on right. The text seems to be stretched as if the photo was adjusted without locking the aspect ratio. Please check the original images.

      This has been fixed

      Can the authors use different pseudo colours? Differentiating a double label of white versus yellow is very difficult, and thus the photo is not very convincing.

      This had been changed to green and magenta

      What is meant by "CCK-AB" antibody? Perhaps anti-CCK would be a better label

      This has been fixed

      Figure 5A: increase the magnification of the insets; the structure of the gonads is very difficult to see with clarity in these low mag images. The most obvious way to improve this figure is to reduce or eliminate the pie graph (not really necessary) and show a high magnification (and larger) image of the gonadal structure.

      This is figure 1 in the new version, with magnification of the gonad next to each body section.

      Discussion:

      " Moreover, in the zebrafish, as well as in other species, the functional overlap in gonadotropin signalling pathways is not limited to the pituitary but is also present in the gonad, through the promiscuity of the two gonadotropin receptors"<br /> The reasoning of this sentence is not clear: zebrafish do not use GnRH to control reproduction: they lack GnRH1 through genomic rearrangement (see Whitlock, Postlethwait and Ewer 2019) and KO of GnRH2/GnRH3 does not affect reproduction.

      While GnRH KO model indicate a redundancy of GnRH in this axis in zebrafish, there is also ample evidence for its importance in regulating reproduction such as its effect on gonadotropin (Golan, Martin et al. 2016) and its use in spawning inductions in fish (Mizrahi and Levavi-Sivan 2023). We believe it is currently too soon to conclude that GnRH signalling is completely non relevant to reproduction in cyprinids.  

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors):

      It would be interesting to see calcium imaging experiments in the CCKR receptor mutants to establish a more direct connection between peptide action and activity.

      We added a receptor assay that reflect the non-activation of the mutated receptors by CCK (supplementary figure 1) , and compared it to the wild type that is activated. This show that: 1) CCK directly activate our identified receptor in FSH cells. 2) the mutated receptors are non-active.

      "all homozygous fish (CCKR+12/+7/-1/ CCKR+12/+7/-1, n=12)"

      It may be better to write the genotype of fish separately as CCKR+12/+12, CCKR+7/+7 and CCKR-1/-1, n=12) otherwise it seems as if all alleles occurred together in the same fish.

      Modified according to the reviewer request

      In Figure 1 scale bar legends are very small. 

      Description of the scale bars were added to the all the legends

      Figure 1 legend "On the top right of each panel is the gender distribution" - fish have no gender but sex.

      Modified according to the reviewer request

      The authors should endeavour to improve the presentation of the figures. They should use a sans-serif font and check that text is not cut at the edge of figure panels, that scale bars are uniform and clearly labelled and fonts are of similar size and clearly legible. E.g. labels of the fish brain of Fig3A are very small.

      We modified all the figures to adapt the font and the scales, we increased the size of the image in Figure 3a to make the labels clearer.

      Please use the elife format to name supplementary figures, as Figure X - Figure Supplement Y (each supplement associated with one of the main figures).

      Fixed

      Peptide concentrations in the ex vivo experiments should also be given as molar concentrations not only as '250 μl of 30 μg/ml CCK'.

      Fixed

      "In contrast, FSH cells responded with a very low calcium rise in hormonal secretion in response to GnRH" - a very low rise in hormonal secretion

      Fixed

      Please clarify why you used a GnRH synthetic agonist and not the native peptide.

      It is commonly used for spawning induction in fish (line 245); it has also been shown to directly affect the secretion of LH and FSH (Biran, Golan et al. 2014, Biran, Golan et al. 2014, Mizrahi, Gilon et al. 2019) , added to line 245.

      References

      Ball, J. (1981). "Hypothalamic control of the pars distalis in fishes, amphibians, and reptiles." General and comparative endocrinology 44(2): 135-170.

      Biran, J., M. Golan, N. Mizrahi, S. Ogawa, I. S. Parhar and B. Levavi-Sivan (2014). "Direct regulation of gonadotropin release by neurokinin B in tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus)." Endocrinology 155(12): 4831-4842.

      Biran, J., M. Golan, N. Mizrahi, S. Ogawa, I. S. Parhar and B. Levavi-Sivan (2014). "LPXRFa, the Piscine Ortholog of GnIH, and LPXRF Receptor Positively Regulate Gonadotropin Secretion in Tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus)." Endocrinology 155(11): 4391-4401.

      Golan, M., A. O. Martin, P. Mollard and B. Levavi-Sivan (2016). "Anatomical and functional gonadotrope networks in the teleost pituitary." Scientific Reports 6: 23777.

      Golan, M., E. Zelinger, Y. Zohar and B. Levavi-Sivan (2015). "Architecture of GnRH-Gonadotrope-Vasculature Reveals a Dual Mode of Gonadotropin Regulation in Fish." Endocrinology 156(11): 4163-4173.

      Mizrahi, N., C. Gilon, I. Atre, S. Ogawa, I. S. Parhar and B. Levavi-Sivan (2019). "Deciphering Direct and Indirect Effects of Neurokinin B and GnRH in the Brain-Pituitary Axis of Tilapia." Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 10: 469.

      Mizrahi, N. and B. Levavi-Sivan (2023). "A novel agent for induced spawning using a combination of GnRH analog and an FDA-approved dopamine receptor antagonist." Aquaculture 565: 739095.

      Uehara, S. K., Y. Nishiike, K. Maeda, T. Karigo, S. Kuraku, K. Okubo and S. Kanda (2023). "Cholecystokinin is the follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH)-releasing hormone." bioRxiv: 2023.2005.2026.542428.

      Webb, K. A., Jr., I. A. Khan, B. S. Nunez, I. Rønnestad and G. J. Holt (2010). "Cholecystokinin: molecular cloning and immunohistochemical localization in the gastrointestinal tract of larval red drum, Sciaenops ocellatus (L.)." Gen Comp Endocrinol 166(1): 152-159.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important work investigates how two distinct processes, morphological changes and synaptic plasticity, contribute to the final shape of neuronal dendrites and the spatial structure of their synaptic inputs. The modelling is convincing and could be broadly applied to other similar questions. The work will be of interest to neuroscientists studying dendritic development and connectivity at a single-cell level.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work combines a model of two-dimensional dendritic growth with attraction and stabilisation by synaptic activity. The authors find that constraining growth models with competition for synaptic inputs produces artificial dendrites that match some key features of real neurons both over development and in terms of final structure. In particular, incorporating distance-dependent competition between synapses of the same dendrite naturally produces distinct phases of dendritic growth (overshoot, pruning, and stabilisation) that are observed biologically and leads to local synaptic organisation with functional relevance. The approach is elegant and well-explained but makes some significant modelling assumptions that might impact the biological relevance of the results.

      The main strength of the work is the general concept of combining morphological models of growth with synaptic plasticity and stabilisation. This is an interesting way to bridge two distinct areas of neuroscience in a manner that leads to findings that could be significant for both. The modelling of both dendritic growth and distance-dependent synaptic competition is carefully done, constrained by reasonable biological mechanisms, and well-described in the text. The paper also links its findings, for example in terms of phases of dendritic growth or final morphological structure, to known data well.

      The authors have managed to address my previous comments on the paper well by considering axonal dynamics, spatial correlations, and the effects of changing ratios of BDNF-proBDNF. The modelling has now been validated over a wider range of confounding factors and looks to be a solid basis for future work in this direction.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors propose a mechanistic model of how the interplay between activity-independent growth and an activity-dependent synaptic strengthening/weakening model influences the dendrite shape, complexity, and distribution of synapses. The authors focus on a model for stellate cells with multiple dendrites emerging from a soma. The activity-independent component is provided by a random pool of presynaptic sites representing potential synapses and releasing a diffusible signal promoting dendritic growth. Then, a spontaneous activity pattern with some correlation structure is imposed at those presynaptic sites. The strength of these synapses follows a learning rule previously proposed by the lab: synapses strengthen when there is correlated firing across multiple sites, and synapses weaken if there is uncorrelated firing with the relative strength of these processes controlled by available levels of BDNF/proBDNF. Once a synapse is weakened below a threshold, the dendrite branch at that site retracts and loses its sensitivity to the growth signal.

      This revised version of the manuscripts contains clarifications and additional experiments that better reflect the robustness of the model. I continue to maintain my favorable review. I am glad the research persevered the long delays with changing trainees.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors introduce a computational model that simulates the dendrites of developing neurons in a 2D plane, subject to constraints inspired by known biological mechanisms such as diffusing trophic factors, trafficked resources, and an activity-dependent pruning rule. The resulting arbors are analyzed in terms of their structure, dynamics, and responses to certain manipulations. The authors conclude that 1) their model recapitulates a stereotyped timecourse of neuronal development: outgrowth, overshoot, and pruning 2) Neurons achieve near-optimal wiring lengths, and Such models can be useful to test proposed biological mechanisms- for example, to ask whether a given set of growth rules can explain a given observed phenomenon - as developmental neuroscientists are working to understand the factors that give rise to the intricate structures and functions of the many cell types of our nervous system. 

      Overall, my reaction to this work is that this is just one instantiation of many models that the author could have built, given their stated goals. Would other models behave similarly? This question is not well explored, and as a result, claims about interpreting these models and using them to make experimental predictions should be taken warily. I give more detailed and specific comments below.  

      We thank the reviewer for the summary of the work. But the criticism “that this is one instantiation of many models [we] could have built” is unfair as it can apply to any model. We chose one of the most minimalistic models which implements known biological mechanisms including activity-independent and -dependent phases of dendritic growth, and constrained parameters based on experimental data. We compare the proposed model to other alternatives in the Discussion section. In the revised manuscript, we additionally investigate the sensitivity of model output to variations of specific parameters, as explained below.

      Point 1.1. Line 109. After reading the rest of the manuscript, I worry about the conclusion voiced here, which implies that the model will extrapolate well to manipulations of all the model components. How were the values of model parameters selected? The text implies that these were selected to be biologically plausible, but many seem far off. The density of potential synapses, for example, seems very low in the simulations compared to the density of axons/boutons in the cortex; what constitutes a potential synapse? The perfect correlations between synapses in the activity groups is flawed, even for synapses belonging to the same presynaptic cell. The density of postsynaptic cells is also orders of magnitude of, etc. Ideally, every claim made about the model's output should be supported by a parameter sensitivity study. The authors performed few explorations of parameter sensitivity and many of the choices made seem ad hoc.  

      We have performed detailed sensitivity analysis on the model parameters mentioned by the reviewer, including (I) the density of postsynaptic cells (somatas), (II) the density of potential synapses, and (III) the level of correlations between synapses. 

      (I) While the density of postsynaptic cells in our baseline model seems a bit low, at least when compared to densities observed in adulthood (Keller et al., 2018), we explored how altering this value affects the model dynamics. We found that the postsynaptic cell density does not affect the timing of dendritic outgrowth, overshoot and synaptic pruning. It only changes the final size of the dendritic arbor and the resulting number of connected synapses. This analysis is now included in Supplementary Figure 3-2.

      (II) The density of potential synapses and the density of connected synapses that we used in the manuscript are already in the range of densities that can be found in the literature (Leighton et al., 2024; Ultanir et al., 2007; Glynn et al., 2011; Yang et al., 2014), some of which we already cited in the original submission.

      A potential concern might be that the rapid slowing down of growth in the model could be due to a depletion of potential synapses. To illustrate that this is not the case, we showed that the number of available potential synapses over the time course of the simulations remains high (Figure 3, new panel e). Therefore, the initial density of potential synapses is sufficient and does not affect the final density of connected synapses.

      To further illustrate the robustness of our model dynamics to longer simulation times, we added a new supplementary figure (Supplementary Figure 3-1).

      These new figure additions (Figure 3e, Supplementary Figure 3-1, and Supplementary Figure 3-2) and their implications for the model dynamics are discussed in the Results section of the revised paper:

      p.9 line 198, “After the initial overshoot and pruning, dendritic branches in the model stay stable, with mainly small subbranches continuing to be refined (Figure 3-Figure Supplement 1). This stability in the model is achieved despite the number of potential synaptic partners remaining high (Figure 3e), indicating a balance between activity-independent and activitydependent mechanisms. The dendritic growth and synaptic refinement dynamics are independent of the postsynaptic somata densities used in our simulations (Figure 3-Figure Supplement 2). Only the final arbor size and the number of connected synapses decrease with an increase in the density of the somata, while the timing of synaptic growth, overshoot and pruning remains the same (Figure 3-Figure Supplement 2).”

      We also added more details to the description of our model in the Methods section:

      p.24 line 615, “For all simulations in this study, we distributed nine postsynaptic somata at regular distances in a grid formation on a 2-dimensional 185 × 185 pixel area, representing a cortical sheet (where 1 pixel = 1 micron, Figure 4). This yields a density of around 300 neurons per 𝑚𝑚2 (translating to around 5,000 per 𝑚𝑚3, where for 25 neurons in Figure 3Figure Supplement 2 this would be around 750 neurons per 𝑚𝑚2 or 20,000 per 𝑚𝑚3). The explored densities are a bit lower than compared to neuron densities observed in adulthood (Keller et al., 2018). In the same grid, we randomly distributed 1,500 potential synapses, yielding an initial density of 0.044 potential synapses per 𝜇𝑚2 (Figure 3e). At the end of the simulation time, around 1,000 potential synapses remain, showing that the density of potential synapses is sufficient and does not significantly affect the final density of connected synapses. Thus, the rapid slowing down of growth in our model is not due to a depletion of potential synaptic partners. The resulting density of stably connected synapses is approximately 0.015 synapses per 𝜇𝑚2 (around 60 synapses stabilized per dendritic tree, Figure 3b). This density compares well to experimental findings, where, especially during early development, synaptic densities are described to be within a range similar to the one observed in our model (Leighton et al., 2024; Ultanir et al., 2007; Glynn et al., 2011; Yang et al., 2014; Koshimizu et al., 2009; Tyler and Pozzo-Miller, 2001).”

      (III) Lastly, we investigated how the correlation between synapses of the same activity group might affect our conclusions. As correlations in our model mainly arise from patterns of spontaneous activity which are abundant in early postnatal development (retinal waves (Ackman et al., 2012) or endogenous activity in the form of highly synchronized events involving a large fraction of the cells (Siegel et al., 2012), we explored varying the correlations within each activity group, across activity groups and combinations of both. While this analysis supported our previously described intuition on how competition between synaptic activities should drive activity-dependent refinement, recently a study found direct evidence for such subcellular refinement of synaptic inputs specifically dependent on spontaneous activity between retinal ganglion cell axons and retinal waves in the superior colliculus (Matsumoto et al., 2024). The new analysis confirmed our earlier results that the competition between activity groups leads to activity-dependent refinement and yielded further insight into how the studied activity correlations can affect the competition. Those results are presented in a completely new figure (new Figure 5, supported by the Supplementary Figure 5-1 and 5-2) and discussed in the Results section:

      p.11 line 249, “Group activity correlations shape synaptic overshoot and selectivity competition across synaptic groups.

      Since correlations between synapses emerge from correlated patterns of spontaneous activity abundant during postnatal development (Ackman et al., 2012; Siegel et al., 2012), we explored a wide range of within-group correlations in our model (Figure 5a). Although a change in correlations within the group has only a minor effect on the resulting dendritic lengths (Figure 5b) and overall dynamics, it can change the density of connected synapses and thus also affect the number of connected synapses to which each dendrite converges throughout the simulations (Figure 5c,e). This is due to the change in specific selectivity of each dendrite which is a result of the change in within-group correlations (Figure 5d). While it is easier for perfectly correlated activity groups to coexist within one dendrite (Figure 5-Figure Supplement 1a, 100%), decreasing within-group correlations increases the competition between groups, producing dendrites that are selective for one specific activity group (60%, Figure 5d, Figure 5-Figure Supplement 1a). This selectivity for a particular activity group is maximized at intermediate (approximately 60%) within-group correlations, while the contribution of the second most abundant group generally remains just above random chance levels (Figure 5-Figure Supplement 1a). Further reducing within-group correlations (20%, Figure 5a) causes dendrites to lose their selectivity for specific activity groups due to the increased noise in the activity patterns (20%, Figure 5a). Overall, reducing within-group correlations increases synapse pruning (Figure 5f, bottom), also found experimentally (Matsumoto et al., 2024) as dendrites require an extended period to fine-tune connections aligned with their selectivity biases. This phenomenon accounts for the observed reduction in both the density and number of synapses connected to each dendrite.

      In addition to the within-group correlations, developmental spontaneous activity patterns can also change correlations between groups as for example retinal waves propagated in different domains (Feller et al., 1997) (Figure 5-Figure Supplement 2). An increase in between-group correlations in our model intuitively decreases competition between the groups since fully correlated global events synchronize the activity of all groups (Figure 5-Figure Supplement 2). The reduction in competition reduces pruning in the model, which can be recovered by combining cross-group correlations with decreased within-group correlations (Figure 5-Figure Supplement 2). Our simulations show that altering the correlations within activity groups increases competition (by lowering the within-group correlations) or decreases competition (by raising the across-group correlations). Hence, in our model, competition between activity groups due to non-trivially structured correlations is necessary to generate realistic dynamics between activity-independent growth and activity-dependent refinement or pruning.

      In sum, our simulations demonstrate that our model can operate under various correlations in the spike trains. We find that the level of competition between synaptic groups is crucial for the activity-dependent mechanisms to either potentiate or depress synapses and is fully consistent with recent experimental evidence showing that the correlation between spontaneous activity in retinal ganglion cells axons and retinal waves in the superior colliculus governs branch addition vs. elimination (Matsumoto et al., 2024)."

      Precise details on the implementation of the changed activity correlations were added to the Methods section:

      p. 25 line 638, “Within-group and across-group activity correlations. For the decreased withingroup correlations, we generated parent spike trains for each individual group with the firing rate 𝑟𝑖𝑛 = 𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 ∗ 𝑃𝑖𝑛 (e.g., 𝑃𝑖𝑛 = 100%; 60%; 20%, Figure 5). All the synapses of the same group share the same parent spike train and the remaining spikes for each synapse are uniquely generated with the firing rate 𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 ∗ (1 − 𝑃𝑖𝑛) (e.g., (1 − 𝑃𝑖𝑛) = 0%; 40%; 80%), resulting in the desired firing rate 𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 (see Table 1). For the increase in across-group correlations, we generated one master spike train with the firing rate 𝑟𝑐𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 = 𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 ∗ 𝑃𝑐𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 for all the synapses of all groups (e.g., 𝑃𝑐𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 = 5%; 10%; 20%, Figure 5-Figure Supplement 2). This master spike train is shared across all groups and then filled up according to the within-group correlation (if not specified differently 𝑃𝑖𝑛 = 1 − 𝑃𝑐𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 to maintain the rate 𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙). In all the cases, also in those where the change in across-group correlations is combined with the change in within-group correlations, the remaining spikes for each synapse are generated with a firing rate 𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 ∗ (1 − 𝑃𝑖𝑛 − 𝑃𝑐𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠) to obtain an overall desired firing rate of 𝑟𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙.”

      Point 1.2. Many potentially important phenomena seem to be excluded. I realize that no model can be complete, but the choice of which phenomena to include or exclude from this model could bias studies that make use of it and is worth serious discussion. The development of axons is concurrent with dendrite outgrowth, is highly dynamic, and perhaps better understood mechanistically. In this model, the inputs are essentially static. Growing dendrites acquire and lose growth cones that are associated with rapid extension, but these do not seem to be modeled. Postsynaptic firing does not appear to be modeled, which may be critical to activity-dependent plasticity. For example, changes in firing are a potential explanation for the global changes in dendritic pruning that occur following the outgrowth phase.  

      Thanks to the reviewer for bringing up these important considerations. We do indeed write in the Introduction (e.g. lines 36-76) which phenomena we include in the model and why. The Discussion also compares our model to others (lines 433-490), pointing out that most models either focus on activity-independent or activity-dependent phases. We include both, combining the influence of both molecular gradients and growth factors as well as activity-dependent connectivity refinements instructed by spontaneous activity. We consider our model a tractable, minimalist mechanistic model which includes both activity-independent and activity-dependent aspects. 

      Regarding postsynaptic firing, this is indeed super relevant and an important point to consider. In one of our recent publications (Kirchner and Gjorgjieva, 2021), we studied only an activity-dependent model for the organization of synaptic inputs on non-growing dendrites which have a fixed length. There, we considered the effect of postsynaptic firing (via a back-propagating action potential) and demonstrated that it plays an important role in establishing a global organization of synapses on the entire dendritic tree of the neuron. For example, we showed that it could lead to the emergence of retinotopic maps on the dendritic tree which have been found experimentally (Iacaruso et al., 2017). Since we use the same activity-dependent plasticity model in this paper, we expect that the somatic firing will have the same effect on establishing synaptic distributions on the entire dendritic tree. This is now also discussed in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript:

      p. 21 line 491, “Although we did not explicitly model postsynaptic firing, our previous work with static dendrites has shown that it can play an important role in establishing a global organization of synapses on the entire dendritic tree of the neuron (Kirchner and Gjorgjieva, 2021). For example, we showed that it could lead to the emergence of retinotopic maps on the dendritic tree which have been found experimentally (Iacaruso et al., 2017). Since we use the same activity-dependent plasticity model in this paper, we expect that the somatic firing will have the same effect on establishing synaptic distributions on the entire dendritic tree.”

      Including the concurrent development of axons in the model is indeed very interesting. In fact, a recent tour-de-force techniques paper found similar to what we assume. Hebbian activity-dependent dynamics of axonal branches of retinal ganglion cells experiencing spontaneous activity in relation to retinal waves in the superior colliculus (Matsumoto et al., 2024). New branches tend to be added at the locations where spontaneous activity of individual branches is more correlated with retinal waves, whereas asynchronous activity is associated with branch elimination. We suspect the same Hebbian activity-dependent dynamics to apply also to dendritic growth. 

      To address simultaneous dynamic axons to our growing dendrites, in the revised version of the manuscript, we included a simplified form of axonal dynamics by allowing changes in the lifetime and location of potential synapses, which come from axons of presynaptic partners. We explored different median lifetimes of synapses in combination with several distances with which a synapse can move in the simulated space (new Supplementary Figure 3-3). Our results show that dynamically moving synapses only affect the dynamics and stability of our model when the rate of moving synapses combined with the distance of moving synapses is faster than the dendritic growth. In scenarios in which synapses can move across large distances, dendrites get further destabilized due to synapses transferring from one dendrite to another, perturbing the attractor fields of the potential synapses even in late phases of the simulations. Besides such non-biological scenarios, dynamically moving synapses do not affect the model dynamics too much. Thus, they mostly add additional noise and variability to the growth and pruning without changing the timing and amplitude of the dynamics. These results are discussed in the results section of the revised manuscript:

      p.9 line 207, “The development of axons is concurrent with dendritic growth and highly dynamic Matsumoto et al. (2024). To address the impact of simultaneously growing axons, we implemented a simple form of axonal dynamics by allowing changes in the lifetime and location of potential synapses, originating from the axons of presynaptic partners (Figure 3-Figure Supplement 3). When potential synapses can move rapidly (median lifetime of 1.8 hours), the model dynamics are perturbed quite substantially, making it difficult for the dendrites to stabilize completely (Figure 3–Figure Supplement 3c). However, slowly moving potential synapses (median lifetime of 18 hours) still yield comparable results (Figure 3-Figure Supplement 3). The distance of movement significantly influenced results only when potential synaptic lifetimes were short. For extended lifetimes, the moving distance had a minor impact on the dynamics, predominantly affecting the time required for dendrites to stabilize. This was the result of synapses being able to transfer from one dendrite to another, potentially forming new long-lasting connections even at advanced stages of synaptic refinement. In sum, our results show that potential axonal dynamics only affect the stability of our model when these dynamics are much faster than dendritic growth.”

      Precise details on the implementation of the dynamically moving synapses and their synaptic lifetimes are now in the Methods section:

      p. 25 line 650, “Dynamically moving synapses. For the moving synapses we introduced lifetimes for each synapse, randomly sampled from a log-normal distribution with median 1.8h (for when they move frequently), 4.5h or 18h (for when they move rarely) and variance equal to 1 (Figure 3-Figure Supplement 3b). The lifetime of a synapse decreases only when the synapse is not connected to any of the dendrites (i.e., is a potential synapse). When the lifetime of a synapse expires, the synapse moves to a new location with a new lifetime sampled from the same log-normal distribution. This enables synapses to move multiple times throughout a simulation. The exact locations and distances to which each synapse can move are determined by a binary matrix (dimensions: 𝑝𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑙𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 × 𝑝𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑙𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒) representing a ring (annulus) with the inner radius 𝑑/4 and outer radius 𝑑/2 , where the synapse location is at the center of the matrix. All the locations of the matrix within the ring boundaries (between the inner radius and outer radius) are potential locations to which the synapse can move. The synapse then moves randomly to one of the possible locations where no other synapse or dendrite is located. For the movement distances, we chose the ring dimensions 3 × 3, 25 × 25 and 101 × 101, yielding the moving distances (radii) of 1 pixel per movement, 12 pixels per movement and 50 pixels per movement (𝑟 = (𝑑−1)/2). These pixel distances represent small movements, as much as a dendrite can grow in one step (1 micron), and larger movements which are far enough so that the synapse will not attract the same branches again (12 microns) or far enough so that it might attract a completely different dendrite (50 microns, Figure 3-Figure Supplement 3a).”

      Point 1.3. Line 167. There are many ways to include activity -independent and -dependent components into a model and not every such model shows stability. A key feature seems to be that larger arbors result in reduced growth and/or increased retraction, but this could be achieved in many ways (whether activity dependent or not). It's not clear that this result is due to the combination of activity-dependent and independent components in the model, or conceptually why that should be the case.

      We never argued for model uniqueness. There are always going to be many different models (at different spatial and temporal scales, at different levels of abstraction). We can never study all of them and like any modeling study in systems neuroscience we have chosen one model approach and investigated this approach. We do compare the current model to others in the Discussion. If the reviewers have a specific implementation that we should compare our model to as an alternative, we could try, but not if this means doing a completely separate project.

      Point 1.4. Line 183. The explanation of overshoot in terms of the different timescales of synaptic additions versus activity-dependent retractions was not something I had previously encountered and is an interesting proposal. Have these timescales been measured experimentally? To what extent is this a result of fine-tuning of simulation parameters?  

      We found that varying the amount of BDNF controls the timescale of the activity-dependent plasticity (see our Figure 6c). Hence, changing the balance between synaptic additions vs. retractions is already explored in Figure 6e and f. Here we show that the overshoot and retraction does not have to be fine-tuned but may be abolished if there is too much activity-dependent plasticity. 

      Regarding the relative timescales of synaptic additions vs. retractions: since the first is mainly due to activity-independent factors, and the second due to activity-dependent plasticity, the questions is really about the timescales of the latter two. As we write in the Introduction (lines 61-63), manipulating activity-dependent synaptic transmission has been found to not affect morphology but rather the density and specificity of synaptic connections (Ultanir et al. 2007), supporting the sequential model we have (although we do not impose the sequence, as both activity-independent and activitydependent mechanisms are always “on”; but note that activity-dependent plasticity can only operate on synapses that have already formed).

      The described results are robust to parameter variations (performed on the postsynaptic density, potential synapse density, and within- and across-group correlations) as described in the reply to reviewer #1 point 1.1.

      Point 1.5. Line 203. This result seems at odds with results that show only a very weak bias in the tuning distribution of inputs to strongly tuned cortical neurons (e.g. work by Arthur Konnerth's group). This discrepancy should be discussed.  

      First, we note that the correlated activity experienced by our modeled synapses (and resulting synaptic organization) does not necessarily correspond to visual orientation, or any stimulus feature, for that matter, but is rather a property of correlated spontaneous activity. 

      Nonetheless, there is some variability in what the experimental data show. Many studies have shown that synapses on dendrites are organized into functional synaptic clusters: across brain regions, developmental ages and diverse species from rodent to primate (Kleindienst et al., 2011; Takahashi et al., 2012; Winnubst et al., 2015; Gökçe et al., 2016; Wilson et al., 2016; Iacaruso et al., 2017; Scholl et al., 2017; Niculescu et al., 2018; Kerlin et al., 2019; Ju et al., 2020, Hedrick et al., 2022, Hedrick et al., 2024). Interestingly, some in vivo studies have reported lack of fine-scale synaptic organization (Varga et al., 2011; X. Chen et al., 2011; T.-W. Chen et al., 2013; Jia et al., 2010; Jia et al., 2014), while others reported clustering for different stimulus features in different species. For example, dendritic branches in the ferret visual cortex exhibit local clustering of orientation selectivity but do not exhibit global organization of inputs according to spatial location and receptive field properties (Wilson et al. 2016; Scholl et al., 2017). In contrast, synaptic inputs in mouse visual cortex do not cluster locally by orientation, but only by receptive field overlap, and exhibit a global retinotopic organization along the proximal-distal axis (Iacaruso et al., 2017). We proposed a theoretical framework to reconcile these data: combining activity-dependent plasticity similar to the BDNF-proBDNF model that we used in the current work, and a receptive field model for the different species (Kirchner and Gjorgjieva, 2021). This is now also discussed in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript:

      p. 20 line 471, “The correlated activity experienced by our modeled synapses (and resulting synaptic organization) does not necessarily correspond to visual orientation, or any stimulus feature, for that matter, but is rather a property of spontaneous activity. Nonetheless, there is some variability in what the experimental data show. Many have shown that synapses on dendrites are organized into functional synaptic clusters: across brain regions, developmental ages and diverse species from rodent to primate (Kleindienst et al., 2011; Winnubst et al., 2015; Iacaruso et al., 2017; Scholl et al., 2017; Niculescu et al., 2018; Takahashi et al., 2012; Gökçe et al., 2016; Wilson et al., 2016; Kerlin et al., 2019; Ju et al., 2020; Hedrick et al., 2022, 2024). Other studies have reported lack of fine-scale synaptic organization (Chen et al., 2013; Varga et al., 2011; Chen et al., 2011; Jia et al., 2010, 2014). Interestingly, some of these discrepancies might be explained by different species showing clustering with respect to different stimulus features (orientation or receptive field overlap) (Scholl et al., 2017; Wilson et al., 2016; Iacaruso et al., 2017). Our prior work proposed a theoretical framework to reconcile these data: combining activity-dependent plasticity as we used in the current work, and a receptive field model for the different species (Kirchner and Gjorgjieva, 2021).”

      Point 1.6. Line 268. How does the large variability in the size of the simulated arbors relate to the relatively consistent size of arbors of cortical cells of a given cell type? This variability suggests to me that these simulations could be sensitive to small changes in parameters (e.g. to the density or layout of presynapses).  

      We again thank the reviewer for the detailed explanation and feedback on parameters that should be tested in more detail. We have explored several of the suggested model parameters and believe that we have managed to explain and illustrate their effects on the model's dynamics clearly. The precise changes are explained in the reply to point 1.1 and are now available in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Point 1.7. The modeling of dendrites as two-dimensional will likely limit the usefulness of this model. Many phenomena- such as diffusion, random walks, topological properties, etc - fundamentally differ between two and three dimensions.  

      Indeed, there are many differences between two and three dimensions. We have ongoing work that extends the current model to 3D but is beyond the scope of the current paper. In systems neuroscience, people have found very interesting results making such simplified geometric assumptions about networks, for instance the one-dimensional ring model has been used to uncover fundamental insights about computations even though highly simplified and abstracted. We are convinced that our model, especially with the new sensitivity analysis, makes interesting and novel contributions and predictions.

      Point 1.8. The description of wiring lengths as 'approximately optimal' in this text is problematic. The plotted data show that the wiring lengths are several deviations away from optimal, and the random model is not a valid instantiation of the 2D non-overlapping constraints the authors imposed. A more appropriate null should be considered.  

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback regarding the use of the term “approximately optimal” in describing wiring lengths. We acknowledge that our initial terminology was imprecise and could be misleading. We had previously referred to the minimal wiring length as the optimal wiring length, which does not fully capture the nuances of neuronal wiring optimization. As noted in prior literature, such as the work by Hermann Cuntz (Cuntz et al., 2010 & 2012), neurons can optimize their wiring beyond simply minimizing dendritic length.

      To address this issue, to better capture the balance between wiring minimization and functional constraints, such as conduction delays, we have developed a new modeling approach based on minimum spanning trees with a balancing factor (Cuntz et al., 2010 & 2012). This factor modulates the trade-off between minimizing wiring length and accounting for conduction delays from synapses to the soma. Specifically, the model assumes a balance between minimizing the total dendritic length and minimizing the tree distance between synapses and the site of input integration, typically the soma. This balance is illustrated in Figure 8 (Figure 7 in the original manuscript), where we demonstrate that the deviation from the theoretical minimum length arises because direct paths to synapses often require longer dendrites in our models.

      Together with the new result, which we added as the new panels f, g and h to Figure 8 (originally Figure 7), we also adjusted panel a of Figure 8, to now illustrate the difference between random wiring, minimal wiring and minimal conductance delay. The updated Figure 8 and its new findings are discussed in the results section of the revised manuscript:

      p.17 line 387, “This deviation is expected given that real dendrites need to balance their growth processes between minimizing wire while reducing conduction delays. The interplay between these two factors emerges from the need to reduce conduction delays, which requires a direct path length from a given synapse to the soma, consequently increasing the total length of the dendritic cable. (Cuntz et al., 2010, 2012; Ferreira Castro et al., 2020).

      To investigate this further, we compared the scaling relations of the final morphologies of our models with other synthetic dendritic morphologies generated using a previously described minimum spanning tree (MST) based model. The MST model balances the minimization of total dendritic length and the minimization of conduction delays between synapses and the soma. This balance results in deviations from the theoretical minimum length because direct paths to synapses often require longer dendrites (Cuntz et al., 2008, 2010). The balance in the model is modulated by a balancing factor (𝑏𝑓 ). If 𝑏𝑓 is zero, dendritic trees minimize the cable only, and if 𝑏𝑓 is one, they will try to minimize the conduction delays as much as possible. It is important to note that the MST model does not simulate the developmental process of dendritic growth; it is a phenomenological model designed to generate static morphologies that resemble real cells.

      To facilitate the comparison of total lengths between our simulated and MST morphologies, we generated MST models under the same initial conditions (synaptic spatial distribution) as our models and simulated them to match several morphometrics (total length, number of terminals, and surface area) of our grown morphologies. This allowed us to create a corresponding MST tree for each of our synthetic trees. Consequently, we could evaluate whether the branching structures of our models were accurately predicted by minimum spanning trees based on optimal wiring constraints. We found that the best match occurred with a trade-off parameter 𝑏𝑓 = 0.9250 (Figure 8f). Using the morphologies generated by the MST model with the specified trade-off parameter (𝑏𝑓 ), we showed that the square root of the synapse count and the total length (𝐿) in both our model generated trees and the MST trees exhibit a linear scaling relationship (Figure 8g; 𝑅2 = 0.65). The same linear relationship can be observed for the square root of the surface area and the total length 𝐿 of our model trees and the MST trees (Figure 8h; 𝑅2 = 0.73). Overall, these results indicate that our model generate trees are wellfitted by the MST model and follow wire optimization constraints.

      We acknowledge that the value of the balancing factor 𝑏𝑓 in our model is higher than the range of balancing factors that is typically observed in the biological dendritic counterparts, which generally ranges between 0.2 and 0.4 (Cuntz et al., 2012; Ferreira Castro et al., 2020; Baltruschat et al., 2020). However, it is still remarkable that our model, which does not explicitly address these two conservation laws, achieves approximately optimal wiring. Why do we observe such a high 𝑏𝑓 value? We reason that two factors may contribute to this. First, in our models, local branches grow directly to the nearest potential synapse, potentially taking longer routes instead of optimally branching to minimize wiring length (Wen and Chklovskii, 2008). Second, the growth process in our models does not explicitly address the tortuosity of the branches, which can increase the total length of the branches used to connect synapses. In the future, it will be interesting to add constraints that take these factors into account. Taken together, combining activity-independent and -dependent dendrite growth produces morphologies that approximate optimal wiring.”

      Further details on the fitted MST model and the corresponding analysis were added to the methods section:

      p.26 line 669, “Comparison with wiring optimization MST models. To evaluate the wire minimization properties of our model morphologies (n=288), we examined whether the number of connected synapses (N), total length (L), and surface area of the spanning field (S) conformed to the scaling law 𝐿 ≈ 𝜋−1/2 ⋅ 𝑆1/2 ⋅ 𝑁1/2 (Cuntz et al., 2012). Furthermore, to validate that our model dendritic morphologies scale according to optimal wiring principles, we created simplified models of dendritic trees using the MST algorithm with a balancing factor (bf). This balancing factor adjusts between minimizing the total dendritic length and minimizing the tree distance between synapses and the soma (Cost = 𝐿 + 𝑏𝑓 ⋅ 𝑃 𝐿) (MST_tree; best bf = 0.925) (Cuntz et al., 2010); TREES Toolbox http://www.treestoolbox.org).

      Initially, we generated MSTs to connect the same distributed synapses as our models. We performed MST simulations that vary the balancing factor between 𝑏𝑓 = 0 and 𝑏𝑓 = 1 in steps of 0.025 while calculating the morphometric agreement by computing the error (Euclidean distance) between the morphologies of our models and those generated by the MST models. The morphometrics used were total length, number of terminals, and surface area occupied by the synthetic morphologies.”

      Point 1.9. It's not clear to me what the authors are trying to convey by repeatedly labeling this model as 'mechanistic'. The mechanisms implemented in the model are inspired by biological phenomena, but the implementations have little resemblance to the underlying biophysical mechanisms. Overall my impression is that this is a phenomenological model intended to show under what conditions particular patterns are possible. Line 363, describing another model as computational but not mechanistic, was especially unclear to me in this context.  

      What we mean by mechanistic is that we implement equations that model specific mechanisms i.e. we have a set of equations that implement the activity-independent attraction to potential synapses (with parameters such as the density of synapses, their spatial influence, etc) and the activitydependent refinement of synapses (with parameters such as the ratio of BDNF and proBDNF to induce potentiation vs depression, the activity-dependent conversion of one factor to the other, etc). This is a bottom-up approach where we combine multiple elements together to get to neuronal growth and synaptic organization. This approach is in stark contrast to the so-called top-down or normative approaches where the method would involve defining an objective function (e.g. minimal dendritic length) which depends on a set of parameters and then applying a gradient descent or other mathematical optimization technique to get at the parameters that optimize the objective function. This latter approach we would not call mechanistic because it involves an abstract objective function (who could say what a neuron or a circuit should be trying to optimize?) and a mathematical technique for how to optimize the function (we don’t know if neurons can compute gradients of abstract objective functions). 

      Hence our model is mechanistic, but it does operate at a particular level of abstraction/simplification. We don’t model individual ion channels, or biophysics of synaptic plasticity (opening and closing of NMDA channels, accumulation of proteins at synapses, protein synthesis). We do, however, provide a biophysical implementation of the plasticity mechanism through the BDNF/proBDNF model which is more than most models of plasticity achieve, because they typically model a phenomenological STDP or Hebbian rule that just uses activity patterns to potentiate or depress synaptic weights, disregarding how it could be implemented. To the best of our understanding, this is what is normally considered mechanistic in the field (in contrast to, for example, biophysical).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      This work combines a model of two-dimensional dendritic growth with attraction and stabilisation by synaptic activity. The authors find that constraining growth models with competition for synaptic inputs produces artificial dendrites that match some key features of real neurons both over development and in terms of final structure. In particular, incorporating distance-dependent competition between synapses of the same dendrite naturally produces distinct phases of dendritic growth (overshoot, pruning, and stabilisation) that are observed biologically and leads to local synaptic organisation with functional relevance. The approach is elegant and well-explained, but makes some significant modelling assumptions that might impact the biological relevance of the results. 

      Strengths: 

      The main strength of the work is the general concept of combining morphological models of growth with synaptic plasticity and stabilisation. This is an interesting way to bridge two distinct areas of neuroscience in a manner that leads to findings that could be significant for both. The modelling of both dendritic growth and distance-dependent synaptic competition is carefully done, constrained by reasonable biological mechanisms, and well-described in the text. The paper also links its findings, for example in terms of phases of dendritic growth or final morphological structure, to known data well. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The major weaknesses of the paper are the simplifying modelling assumptions that are likely to have an impact on the results. These assumptions are not discussed in enough detail in the current version of the paper. 

      (1) Axonal dynamics. 

      A major, and lightly acknowledged, assumption of this paper is that potential synapses, which must come from axons, are fixed in space. This is not realistic for many neural systems, as multiple undifferentiated neurites typically grow from the soma before an axon is specified (Polleux & Snider, 2010). Further, axons are also dynamic structures in early development and, at least in some systems, undergo activity-dependent morphological changes too (O'Leary, 1987; Hall 2000). This paper does not consider the implications of joint pre- and post-synaptic growth and stabilisation.  

      We thank the reviewer for the summary of the strengths and weaknesses of the work. While we feel that including a full model of axonal dynamics is beyond the scope of the current manuscript, some aspects of axonal dynamics can be included and are now implemented and tested in the revised manuscript. Since this feedback covers similar aspects of the model that were also pointed out by reviewer #1, we refer here to our detailed reply to their comments 1.1 and 1.2, where we list and discuss all the analyses performed to address the raised issues.

      (2) Activity correlations 

      On a related note, the synapses in the manuscript display correlated activity, but there is no relationship between the distance between synapses and their correlation. In reality, nearby synapses are far more likely to share the same axon and so display correlated activity. If the input activity is spatially correlated and synaptic plasticity displays distance-dependent competition in the dendrites, there is likely to be a non-trivial interaction between these two features with a major impact on the organisation of synaptic contacts onto each neuron.  

      We have explored the amount of correlation (between and within correlated groups) in the revised manuscript (see also our reply to reviewer comment 1.1).

      However, previous experimental work, (e.g. Kleindienst et al., 2011) has provided anatomical and functional analyses that it is unlikely that the functional synaptic clustering on dendritic branches is the result of individual axons making more than one synapse (see pg. 1019).

      (3) BDNF dynamics 

      The models are quite sensitive to the ratio of BDNF to proBDNF (eg Figure 5c). This ratio is also activity-dependent as synaptic activation converts proBDNF into BDNF. The models assume a fixed ratio that is not affected by synaptic activity. There should at least be more justification for this assumption, as there is likely to be a positive feedback relationship between levels of BDNF and synaptic activation.  

      The reviewer is correct. We used the BDNF-proBDNF model for synaptic plasticity based on our previous work (Kirchner and Gjorgjieva, 2021).  

      There, we explored only the emergence of functionally clustered synapses on static dendrites which do not grow. In the Methods section (Parameters and data fitting) we justify the choice of the ratio of BDNF to proBDNF from published experimental work. We also performed sensitivity analysis (Supplementary Fig. 1) and perturbation simulations (Supplementary Fig. 3), which showed that the ratio is crucial in regulating the overall amount of potentiation and depression of synaptic efficacy, and therefore has a strong impact on the emergence and maintenance of synaptic organization. Since we already performed all this analysis, we expect that the same results will also apply to the current model which includes dendritic growth, as it involves the same activity-dependent mechanism.

      A further weakness is in the discussion of how the final morphologies conform to principles of optimal wiring, which is quite imprecise. 'Optimal wiring' in the sense of dendrites and axons (Cajal, 1895; Chklovskii, 2004; Cuntz et al, 2007, Budd et al, 2010) is not usually synonymous with 'shortest wiring' as implied here. Instead, there is assumed to be a balance between minimising total dendritic length and minimising the tree distance (ie Figure 4c here) between synapses and the site of input integration, typically the soma. The level of this balance gives the deviation from the theoretical minimum length as direct paths to synapses typically require longer dendrites. In the model this is generated by the guidance of dendritic growth directly towards the synaptic targets. The interpretation of the deviation in this results section discussing optimal wiring, with hampered diffusion of signalling molecules, does not seem to be correct. 

      We agree with this comment. We had wrongly used the term “optimal wiring” as neurons can optimize their wiring not only by minimizing their dendritic length but other factors as noted by the reviewer. In the revised manuscript we replaced the term “optimal wiring” with “minimal wiring” wherever it was incorrectly used. On top of that, we performed further analysis and discussed these differences, as pointed out in the reply to reviewer #1 point 1.8.

      To summarize, we want to again thank the reviewer for their in-depth review and all the suggestions that helped us improve the analysis and implementation of our model.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      The authors propose a mechanistic model of how the interplay between activity-independent growth and an activity-dependent synaptic strengthening/weaken model influences the dendrite shape, complexity and distribution of synapses. The authors focus on a model for stellate cells, which have multiple dendrites emerging from a soma. The activity independent component is provided by a random pool of presynaptic sites that represent potential synapses and that release a diffusible signal that promotes dendritic growth. Then a spontaneous activity pattern with some correlation structure is imposed at those presynaptic sites. The strength of these synapses follow a learning rule previously proposed by the lab: synapses strengthen when there is correlated firing across multiple sites, and synapses weaken if there is uncorrelated firing with the relative strength of these processes controlled by available levels of BDNF/proBDNF. Once a synapse is weakened below a threshold, the dendrite branch at that site retracts and loses its sensitivity to the growth signal 

      The authors run the simulation and map out how dendrites and synapses evolve and stabilize. They show that dendritic trees growing rapidly and then stabilize by balancing growth and retraction (Figure 2). They also that there is an initial bout of synaptogenesis followed by loss of synapses, reflecting the longer amount of time it takes to weaken a synapse (Figure 3). They analyze how this evolution of dendrites and synapses depends on the correlated firing of synapses (i.e. defined as being in the same "activity group"). They show that in the stabilized phase, synapses that remain connected to a given dendritic branch are likely to be from same activity group (Figure 4). The authors systemically alter the learning rule by changing the available concentration of BDNF, which alters the relative amount of synaptic strengthening, which in turn affects stabilization, density of synapses and interestingly how selective for an activity group one dendrite is (Figure 5). In addition the authors look at how altering the activity-independent factors influences outgrowth (Figure 6). Finally, one of the interesting outcomes is that the resulting dendritic trees represent "optimal wiring" solutions in the sense that dendrites use the shortest distance given the distribution of synapses. They compare this distribute to one published data to see how the model compared to what has been observed experimentally.  

      There are many strengths to this study. The consequence of adding the activity-dependent contribution to models of synapto- and dendritogenesis is novel. There is some exploration of parameters space with the motivation of keeping the parameters as well as the generated outcomes close to anatomical data of real dendrites. The paper is also scholarly in its comparison of this approach to previous generative models. This work represented an important advance to our understanding of how learning rules can contribute to dendrite morphogenesis.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of the work and the suggestions below.

      To improve the clarity of the manuscript, we adjusted and fixed some figures and corresponding paragraphs as follows:

      (1) We increased the number of ticks and their corresponding numbers in all the figures to make them easier to read and interpret.

      (2) In Figure 3 panel d, showing the evolution of synaptic weight, we corrected the upper limit at the yaxis to 1 (from previously 2).

      (3) Due to a typo in the implementation of the BDNF concentration, we had to correct the used BDNF concentrations from 49%, 45% and 40%, to 49%, 46.5% and 43% respectively.

      (4) The y-axis labels of Figure 6 (old Figure 5) panel e and f were changed to make the plots clearer (e: “morphology change explained (%)” to "effect on morphology (%)", and f: “synapse connection explained (%)” to "effect on connected synapses (%)").

      (5) The values for the eta and tau-w in the supplementary Table were corrected. Previously tau-w was falsely 6000 time steps which was corrected to 3000 time steps, and eta was 45% and is now 46.5%.

      We believe that all the changes to the manuscript will address the reviewer’s concerns and enhance the clarity and accuracy of the findings described in the manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study gives new insight into decision-making during C. elegans foraging, providing evidence that animals can make accept-reject decisions upon encountering a food patch. Using rigorous behavioral analysis and quantitative modeling, the authors provide evidence that nematodes integrate sensory information with prior experience and internal state when making this decision. While some of the evidence is compelling, some key claims are only incompletely supported and would benefit from further validation.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work uses a novel, ethologically relevant behavioral task to explore decision-making paradigms in C. elegans foraging behavior. By rigorously quantifying multiple features of animal behavior as they navigate in a patch food environment, the authors provide strong evidence that worms exhibit one of three qualitatively distinct behavioral responses upon encountering a patch:<br /> (1) "search", in which the encountered patch is below the detection threshold;<br /> (2) "sample", in which animals detect a patch encounter and reduce their motor speed, but do not stay to exploit the resource and are therefore considered to have "rejected" it; and<br /> (3) "exploit", in which animals "accept" the patch and exploit the resource for tens of minutes.<br /> Interestingly, the probability of these outcomes varies with the density of the patch as well as the prior experience of the animal. Together, these experiments provide an interesting new framework for understanding the ability of the C. elegans nervous system to use sensory information and internal state to implement behavioral state decisions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The work uses a novel, neuroethologically-inspired approach to studying foraging behavior.

      (2) The studies are carried out with an exceptional level of quantitative rigor and attention to detail.

      (3) Powerful quantitative modeling approaches including GLMs are used to study the behavioral states that worms enter upon encountering food, and the parameters that govern the decision about which state to enter.

      (4) The work provides strong evidence that C. elegans can make 'accept-reject' decisions upon encountering a food resource.

      (5) Accept-reject decisions depend on the quality of the food resource encountered as well as on internally represented features that provide measurements of multiple dimensions of internal state, including feeding status and time.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors repeatedly assert that an individual's behavior in the foraging assay depends on its prior history (particularly cultivation conditions). While this seems like a reasonable expectation, it is not fully fleshed out. The work would benefit from studies in which animals are raised on more or less abundant food before the behavioral task.

      (2) The authors convincingly show that the probability of particular behavioral outcomes occurring upon patch encounter depends on time-associated parameters (time since last patch encounter, time since last patch exploitation). There are two concerns here. First, it is not clear how these values are initialized - i.e., what values are used for the first occurrence of each behavioral state? More importantly, the authors don't seem to consider the simplest time parameter, the time since the start of the assay (or time since worm transfer). Transferring animals to a new environment can be associated with significant mechanical stimulus, and it seems quite possible that transferring animals causes them to enter a state of arousal. This arousal, which certainly could alter sensory function or decision-making, would likely decay with time. It would be interesting to know how well the model performs using time since assay starts as the only time-dependent parameter.

      (3) Similarly, Figures 2L and M clearly show that the probability of a search event occurring upon a patch encounter decreases markedly with time. Because search events are interpreted as a failure to detect a patch, this implies that the detection of (dilute) patches becomes more efficient with time. It would be useful for the authors to consider this possibility as well as potential explanations, which might be related to the point above.

      (4) Based on their results with mec-4 and osm-6 mutants, the authors assert that chemosensation, rather than mechanosensation, likely accounts for animals' ability to measure patch density. This argument is not well-supported: mec-4 is required only for the function of the six non-ciliated light-touch neurons (AVM, PVM, ALML/R, PLML/R). In contrast, osm-6 is expected to disrupt the function of the ciliated dopaminergic mechanosensory neurons CEP, ADE, and PDE, which have previously been shown to detect the presence of bacteria (Sawin et al 2000). Thus, the paper's results are entirely consistent with an important role of mechanosensation in detecting bacterial abundance. Along these lines, it would be useful for the authors to speculate on why osm-6 mutants are more, rather than less, likely to "accept" when encountering a patch.

      (5) While the evidence for the accept-reject framework is strong, it would be useful for the authors to provide a bit more discussion about the null hypothesis and associated expectations. In other words, what would worm behavior in this assay look like if animals were not able to make accept-reject decisions, relying only on exploit-explore decisions that depend on modulation of food-leaving probability?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study provides an experimental and computational framework to behavioral biology that helps examine and understand how C. elegans make decisions while foraging in environments with patches of food. The authors show that worms actively reject or accept food patches depending on a number of internal and external factors.

      The key novelty and strength of this paper is the explicit demonstration of behavior analysis and quantitative modeling to elucidate the decision-making process. In particular, the description of the exploring vs. exploiting phases, and sensing vs. non-sensing categories of C. elegans foraging behavior based on the clustering of behavioral states defined in a multi-dimensional behavior-metrics space, and the implementation of a generalized linear model (GLM) whose parameters can provide quantitative biological interpretations.

      While the concept is interesting, there are many flaws in the experimental, analysis, and models that weaken what one can conclude from the work.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study by Haley et al, the authors investigated explore-exploit foraging using C. elegans as a model system. Through an elegant set of patchy environment assays, the authors built a GLM based on past experience that predicts whether an animal will decide to stay on a patch to feed and exploit that resource, instead of choosing to leave and explore other patches.

      Strengths:

      I really enjoyed reading this paper. The experiments are simple and elegant, and address fundamental questions of foraging theory in a well-defined system. The experimental design is thoroughly vetted, and the authors provide a considerable volume of data to prove their points. My only criticisms have to do with the data interpretation, which I think is easily addressable.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Sensing vs. non-sensing

      The authors claim that when animals encounter dilute food patches, they do not sense them, as evidenced by the shallow deceleration that occurs when animals encounter these patches. This seems ethologically inaccurate. There is a critical difference between not sensing a stimulus, and not reacting to it. Animals sense numerous stimuli from their environment, but often only behaviorally respond to a fraction of them, depending on their attention and arousal state. With regard to C. elegans, it is well-established that their amphid chemosensory neurons are capable of detecting very dilute concentrations of odors. In addition, the authors provide evidence that osm-6 animals have altered exploit behaviors, further supporting the importance of amphid chemosensory neurons in this behavior.

      (2) Search vs. sample & sensing vs. non-sensing

      In Figures 2H and 2I, the authors claim that there are three behavioral states based on quantifying average velocity, encounter duration, and acceleration, but I only see three. Based on density distributions alone, there really only seem to be 2 distributions, not 3. The authors claim there are three, but to come to this conclusion, they used a QDA, which inherently is based on the authors training the model to detect three states based on prior annotations. Did the authors perform a model test, such as the Bayesian Information Criterion, to confirm whether 2 vs. 3 Gaussians is statistically significant? It seems like the authors are trying to impose two states on a phenomenon with a broad distribution. This seems very similar to the results observed for roaming vs. dwelling experiments, which again, are essentially two behavioral states.

      (4) History-dependence of the GLM

      The logistic GLM seems like a logical way to model a binary choice, and I think the parameters you chose are certainly important. However, the framing of them seems odd to me. I do not doubt the animals are assessing the current state of the patch with an assessment of past experience; that makes perfect logical sense. However, it seems odd to reduce past experience to the categories of recently exploited patch, recently encountered patch, and time since last exploitation. This implies the animals have some way of discriminating these past patch experiences and committing them to memory. Also, it seems logical that the time on these patches, not just their density, should also matter, just as the time without food matters. Time is inherent to memory. This model also imposes a prior categorization in trying to distinguish between sensed vs. not-sensed patches, which I criticized earlier. Only "sensed" patches are used in the model, but it is questionable whether worms genuinely do not "sense" these patches.

      (5) osm-6

      The osm-6 results are interesting. This seems to indicate that the worms are still sensing the food, but are unable to assess quality, therefore the default response is to exploit. How do you think the worms are sensing the food? Clearly, they sense it, but without the amphid sensory neurons, and not mechanosensation. Perhaps feeding is important? Could you speculate on this?

      (7) Impact:

      I think this work will have a solid impact on the field, as it provides tangible variables to test how animals assess their environment and decide to exploit resources. I think the strength of this research could be strengthened by a reassessment of their model that would both simplify it and provide testable timescales of satiety/starvation memory.

    5. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments. We are working to revise our manuscript and address each of the reviewers comments. A summary of our planned revisions and responses to some of the reviewers’ major concerns are included below.

      Cultivation Density: Reviewers #1 and #2 suggested that additional studies testing the effects of varying bacterial density during animal development (cultivation) would strengthen our findings. While we agree with the reviewers that this is a very interesting experiment, it is not feasible. Indeed, we attempted this experiment but found it nontrivial to maintain stable bacterial density conditions over long timescales as this requires matching the rate of bacterial growth with the rate of bacterial consumption. Despite our best efforts, we have not been able to identify conditions that satisfy these requirements. We will focus our revised manuscript to include only assertions about the effects of recent experiences.

      Transfer Method: Reviewers #1 and #2 expressed concern that the stress of transferring animals to a new plate may have resulted in an increased arousal state and thus a greater probability of rejecting patches. We thank the reviewers for this thoughtful remark and plan to conduct additional analyses to address this hypothesis. We did, however, anticipate this possibility and, to mitigate the stress of moving, we used an agar plug method where animals were transferred using the flat surface of small cylinders of agar. Importantly, the use of agar as a medium to transfer animals provides minimal disruption to their environment as all physical properties (e.g. temperature, humidity, surface tension) are maintained. Qualitatively, we observe no marked change in behavior from before to after transfer with the agar plug method, especially as compared to the often drastic changes observed when using a metal or eyelash pick.

      Time Parameter: Related to the transfer method, Reviewer #1 expressed concern that the simplest time parameter (time since start of the assay) might better predict animal behavior. We thank the reviewer for pointing out the need to specifically test whether the time-dependent change in explore-exploit decision-making corresponds better with satiety (time off patch) or arousal (time since transfer/start of assay) state. We will conduct additional analyses to address these alternative hypotheses.

      Parameter Initialization: Reviewer #1 pointed out an oversight in our methods section regarding the model parameter values used for the first encounter. We plan to clarify the initialization of parameters in the manuscript. In short, for the first patch encounter where k = 1:

      ρk is the relative density of the first patch.

      τs is the duration of time spent off food since the beginning of the recorded experiment. For the first patch, this is equivalent to the total time elapsed.

      ρh is the approximated relative density of the bacterial patch on the acclimation plates (see Assay preparation and recording in Methods). Acclimation plates contained one large 200 µL patch seeded with OD600 = 1 and grown for a total of ~48 hours. As with all patches, the relative density was estimated from experiments using fluorescent bacteria OP50-GFP as described in Bacterial patch density estimation in Methods.

      ρe is equivalent to ρh.

      Sensing vs. non-sensing: Reviewer #3 suggested that the term “non-sensing” may not be ethologically accurate. We thank the reviewer for their comment and agree that we do not know for certain whether the animals sensed these patches or were merely non-responsive to them. We are, however, confident that these encounters lack evidence of sensing. Specifically, we note that our analyses used to classify events as sensing or non-sensing examined whether an animal’s slow-down upon patch entry could be distinguished from either that of events where animals exploited or that of encounters with patches lacking bacteria. We found that  “non-sensing” encounters are indeed indistinguishable from encounters with bacteria-free patches where there are no bacteria to be sensed (see Figure 2 - Supplement 7C-D and Patch encounter classification as sensing or non-sensing in Methods). Regardless, we agree with the reviewer that all that can be asserted for certain about these events is that animals do not respond to the bacterial patch in any way that we measured. Therefore, we will replace the term “non-sensing” with “non-responding” to better indicate the ethological interpretation of these events.

      Time-dependent changes in sensing vs. non-sensing: Reviewer #1 remarked that the sensation of dilute patches increases with time. We agree with the reviewer that we observe increased responsiveness to dilute patches with time. Although this is interesting, our primary focus was on what decision an animal made given that they clearly sensed the presence of the bacterial patch. Nonetheless, we will add this observation to the discussion as an area of future work to investigate the sensory mechanisms behind this effect.

      Classification of sensing vs. non-sensing: Reviewers #2 and #3 expressed concerns about the validity of the two clusters identified using the semi-supervised QDA approach described. We are grateful to the reviewers for pointing out the difficulty in visualizing the clusters and the need for additional clarity in explaining the supervised labeling. We will use additional visualizations and methods to validate the clusters we have discovered. Specifically, we aim to provide additional evidence that the sensing vs. nonsensing data is bi-modal (i.e. a two-cluster classification method fits best). Further, it seems that there may be some confusion as to how we arrived at 3 encounter types (i.e. search, sample, exploit) that we plan to clarify in the manuscript. Specifically, it’s important to note that two methods were used on two different (albeit related) sets of parameters. We first used a two-cluster GMM to classify encounters as explore or exploit. We then used a two-cluster semi-supervised QDA to classify encounters as sensing or non-sensing (to be changed to “non-responding”, see above response) using a different set of parameters. We thus separated the explore cluster into two (sensing and non-sensing exploratory events) resulting in three total encounter types: exploit, sample (explore/sensing), and search (explore/non-sensing). We will clarify this in the text. Additionally, we will clarify the labelling used for “supervising” QDA. Specifically, we made two simple assumptions: 1) animals must have sensed the patch if they exploited it and 2) animals must not have sensed the patch if there were no bacteria to sense. Thus, we labeled encounters as sensing if they were found to be exploitatory as we assume that sensation is prerequisite to exploitation; and we labeled encounters as non-sensing for events where animals encountered patches lacking bacteria (OD600 = 0). All other points were non-labeled prior to learning the model. In this way, our labels were based on the experimental design and results of the GMM, an unsupervised method; rather than any expectations we had about what sensing should look like. The semi-supervised QDA method then used these initial labels to iteratively fit a paraboloid that best separated these clusters, by minimizing the posterior variance of classification.

      Accept-reject vs. stay-switch: Reviewers #1 and #2 ask for additional discussion on how the accept-reject decision-making framework differs from the stay-switch framework. We thank the reviewers for alerting us to this gap in our discussion. We intend to clarify that these frameworks ask two different types of questions (i.e. “Do you want to eat it?” versus “If so, how long do you want to eat it for?”). These concepts are well described in canonical foraging theory literature (see Pyke, Pulliam & Charnov 1977 for a review on the subject) and are easily distinguishable for animals that forage using the following framework: 1) search for prey, 2) encounter prey from a distance, 3) identify prey type, 4) decide to pursue (accept-reject decision), 5) pursue and capture the prey, 6) exploit prey, and 7) decide to stop exploiting and start searching again (stay-switch decision). In this case, it is easy to see the distinction between accept-reject and stay-switch decisions. However, in some scenarios, animals must physically encounter prey prior to identification and then must make an accept-reject decision. In these cases where pursuit and capture are not visualized, it is harder to distinguish between accept-reject and stay-switch decisions. In our experiments, we find significant bimodality in encounter duration (see Figure 2H) where short duration (exploratory) encounters appear to represent a lower bound where animals spend the minimum amount of time possible on a patch (less than 2 minutes), which we interpret as a rejection of the patch. On the other hand, exploitatory encounters span a large range of durations from 2 to 60+ minutes which we interpret as an initial acceptance of the patch followed by a series of stay-switch decisions which determine the overall duration of the encounter. While one could certainly model our data using only stay-switch decision-making, we ascertain that an encounter of minimal duration is better interpreted ethologically as a rejection than as an immediate switch decision. We will revise the text to further extrapolate upon our point of view on this somewhat philosophical distinction and what it predicts about C. elegans behavior.

      Sensory mutant behavior: Reviewers #1 and #3 ask for further speculation on the observed behavior of osm-6 and mec-4 animals. We will further elaborate on our findings, how they relate to previous studies, and what they suggest about the mechanisms behind these foraging decisions.

      Model design: Reviewer #3 suggested several alterations to the behavioral model. While the proposed model seems entirely reasonable and could aid in elucidating the time component of how prior experience affects decision-making, we chose the present model based on our experience with model selection using these data. Indeed, as the reviewer suggested, we did a great number of analyses involving model selection including model selection criteria (AIC, BIC) and optimization with regularization techniques (LASSO and elastic nets). We found that the problem of model selection was compounded by the enormous array of highly correlated variables we had to choose from. Additionally, we found that both interaction terms and non-linear terms of our task variables could be predictive of accept-reject decisions but that the precise set of terms selected depended sensitively on which model selection technique was used and generally made rather small contributions to prediction. The diverse array of results and combinatorial number of predictors to possibly include failed to add anything of interpretable value. We therefore chose to take a different approach to this problem. Rather than trying to determine what the “best” model was we instead asked whether a minimal model could be used to answer a set of core questions. Indeed, our goal was not maximal predictive performance but rather to distinguish between the effects of different influences enough to determine if encounter history had a significant, independent effect on decision making. We thus chose to only include task variables that spanned the most basic components of behavioral mechanisms to ask very specific questions. For example, we selected a time variable that we thought best encapsulated satiety. While we could have included many additional terms, or made different choices about which terms to include, based on our analyses these choices would not have qualitatively changed our results. Further, we sought to validate the parameters we chose with additional studies (i.e. food-deprived and sensory mutant animals). We regard our study as an initial foray into demonstrating accept-reject decision-making in nematodes. The exact mechanisms and, consequently, the best model design is therefore beyond the scope of this study. Lastly, Reviewer #3 criticized the use of only sensed patches in the model. While we acknowledge that we are not certain as to whether the “non-sensing” encounters are truly not sensed, we find qualitatively similar results when including all exploratory patches in our analyses. In fact, when all encounters are used, we find stronger correlations between our task variables and the accept-reject decision. However, we take the position that sensation is necessary for decision-making and thus believe that while our model’s predictive performance may be better using all encounters, the interpretation of our findings is stronger when we only include sensing events.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides important insights into the role of the Mid1 gene in hippocampal development and its implications in Opitz G/BBB syndrome, with much evidence supporting its impact on synaptic plasticity, neural rhythms, and cognitive functions. The methods, data, and analyses are solid, supporting the claims, presenting several minor weaknesses, and establishing Mid1 as a potential therapeutic target for neurological deficits associated with OS. The conclusions are largely supported by the results, but additional data are needed.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors demonstrated that a mouse model of Opitz syndrome induced by Mid1 gene knockout exhibited a significant decrease in α rhythm in HPC and abnormal synchronization of γ rhythm in the prefrontal cortex and hippocampus, showing decreased synaptic plasticity and learning and memory dysfunction. All these effects were attributed to the inhibition of p Creb by PP2Ac.

      Strengths:

      The authors used Mid1 gene knockout mice as a mouse model of Opitz syndrome. They carried out RNA seq analysis and found cAMP signaling pathway, calcium signaling pathway, and 100 other pathways have changed significantly.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A Mid1 supplementation experiment in Mid1 knockout mice was lacking in this study.

      (2) Enzymes that regulate Creb phosphorylation include not only phosphatases such as PP2A, but also kinases such as CaMKII, PKA, and ERK1/2. These protein kinases should be detected, especially CaMKII, their bioinformatics data show calcium signaling pathways have significantly changed.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript investigates the role of the Mid1 gene in hippocampal (HPC) development and its contribution to Opitz G/BBB syndrome (OS), which is characterized by neurological deficits and structural abnormalities. The authors use a knockout mouse model (Mid1-/y) to elucidate the underlying molecular mechanisms that contribute to learning and memory impairments. They demonstrate that Mid1 gene deletion leads to reduced synaptic plasticity, abnormal neural rhythms, and decreased cognitive functions, providing a mechanistic explanation for the neurological deficits seen in OS patients. This study addresses an important gap in understanding the neural mechanisms underlying Opitz G/BBB syndrome and provides substantial evidence that the Mid1 gene plays a critical role in hippocampal function and cognition.

      Strengths:

      Understanding the role of Mid1 in HPC development could have broader implications for neurodevelopmental disorders beyond OS, particularly in conditions associated with synaptic dysfunction or memory impairments. The study's focus on the impact of Mid1 on the cAMP signaling pathway, BDNF expression, and synaptic plasticity offers novel mechanisms relevant to both neurodevelopment and neurodegeneration. Moreover, the combination of RNA-seq, electrophysiological measurements, and histological staining provides a multidimensional approach to understanding how Mid1 influences neuronal function and structure.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The introduction is insufficient, and the number of references is too low. With only nine references, there isn't enough context to adequately explain the background and previous evidence.

      (2) The specificity of behavioral deficits is lacking. The authors indicate learning and memory dysfunction, yet the Y-maze and Morris water maze primarily assess spatial memory. Additional behavioral tests, such as the novel object recognition test for recognition memory or fear conditioning for associative learning, should be included to provide a more comprehensive assessment.

      (3) The manuscript mentions decreased synaptic plasticity but lacks thorough investigation; a more detailed analysis of long-term potentiation (LTP) or depression (LTD) would strengthen the claims. Additionally, while spine morphology is analyzed, incorporating electrophysiological measurements of synaptic strength would better correlate structural changes with functional outcomes.

      (4) The authors performed H&E staining to count the number of hippocampal pyramidal neurons; however, H&E lacks specificity for identifying pyramidal neurons. Neuronal-specific IHC staining would be more appropriate for this quantification. Additionally, the manuscript does not mention the counting method used, which should be clarified.

      (5) Information on the knockout mice used in the study is missing from the Methods section. Additionally, the sex of the mice should be specified, as exploring potential sex-specific differences in the impact of Mid1 deletion could significantly enhance the study's findings.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tried to characterize the neuronal deficiency in Mid1 knockout mice. They performed behavioral, neuroelectrophysiological, and pathological experiments to show that Mid1 knockout mice have cognitive function, impaired synaptic plasticity, and changes in gene expression.

      Strengths:

      The evidence provides insight into the mechanisms of cognitive impairments in Opitz syndrome. Overall, the manuscript is well-organized.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The major weakness is that the proposed molecular mechanism is not fully supported by the current data. The data presented here only show that changes in gene expression levels, cognitive impairments, and electrophysiological impairments are correlated with each other, but do not support causality.

      (2) The main conclusion is that "The main reason is that the deletion of Mid1 gene will increase the accumulation of Pp2ac protein, inhibit the activity of p-Creb, affect the downstream cAMP pathway, lead to the decrease of synaptic density and plasticity, and ultimately affect the learning and memory ability". This should be toned down, since causality is not supported here.

      (3) The description of the results should be improved. Only one figure is presented in the manuscript. Some key information in the supplementary figures should be moved to the main figures. This is very strange since four display items are allowed even for a short report.

    5. Author response:

      First of all, I'd like to express my heartfelt thanks to you for your meticulous and professional review comments. Your feedback is very important to our work. It not only helps us identify the shortcomings in the paper, but also provides valuable guidance for improving the quality of the paper.

      We carefully read every suggestion you made and were deeply inspired. Please rest assured that we will carefully consider and revise each opinion to ensure that our research work is more rigorous and clear. We promise to revise the manuscript accordingly to meet the standards of the journal and enhance the credibility and influence of the research.

      The main modifications include the experiment of A Mid1 supplementation experiment in Mid1 knockout micesupplementing Mid1 in Mid1 knockout mice; Detection of kinases such as CaMKII, PKA and ERK1/2; Supplementary references; Supplement the behavioral experiment of new object recognition; Electrophysiological measurement experiment of supplementing LTP; Supplementary neuron-specific immunohistochemical staining experiment; Supplementing the information of knockout mice used in the study; Modify the language expression of the article and the problem of too few pictures.

      Thank you again for your valuable time and professional advice. We look forward to submitting the revised manuscript to you for further review.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study makes a valuable advance in our understanding of defensive symbionts in insects. It uses a meta-analysis to quantify the magnitude of change in host fitness components when symbionts are present in hosts exposed to natural enemies. The evidence supporting the study conclusions is solid, with analyses confirming common assumptions that symbionts generally provide defence at low cost to hosts.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cesar, Santos & Cogni use a meta-analysis to report on the direction and magnitude of three fundamental fitness components in defensive symbioses. Specifically, the work focuses on interactions between three arthropod host families (Aphididae, Culicidae, Drosophilidae, and others) and common bacterial endosymbionts (Wolbachia, Serratia, Hamiltonella, Spiroplasma, Rickettsia, Regiella X-type and Arsenophonus). The results of the overall analysis confirm common assumptions and previous work on such fitness components, showing that defensive symbionts provide strong protection to hosts and cause detectable costs to both hosts and the enemy. The analysis provides insight into the extent of the cost/benefit tradeoff for hosts, reporting that the cost is six times lower than the protective effect. The confirmation that natural enemies attacking hosts infected with symbionts have a reduction in their fitness is also an interesting one, as this shows that the majority of defensive symbionts provide protection by resisting enemy infection, as opposed to tolerating it. This finding has important consequences for evolutionary counter-responses in the enemy species. Of course, this result has less relevance for certain types of enemies (such as parasitoids) where successful infection is dependent upon host killing.

      Interesting results also emerge from the subgroup analysis. For the full dataset, both natural and introduced symbionts were similarly effective in positively influencing the fitness of hosts. However, in the Wolbachia-specific analysis, the artificially introduced symbionts caused costs to the hosts where the natural strain did not. These findings have potentially important ramifications for schemes that use endosymbionts for biocontrol or vector competence, suggesting that (in some cases) natural strains may be the more stable choice for deploying (as they are associated with lower costs).

      The analysis draws from an impressively large dataset, but the interpretation of the full impact of the results would be helped by greater detail on the species/strain level systems included, the data extraction approach, and inclusion criteria. Accounting for phylogenetic nonindependence and alternative coding of one of the moderator variables could also strengthen the biological relevance of the models. Suggestions and thoughts are outlined below.

      Strengths & Potential Improvements:

      An impressively large number of effect sizes (3000) from only 226 studies is collected, robustly confirming common assumptions on the magnitude of fundamental fitness components. However the paper would benefit from a clear breakdown in the main text of the specificities of each system included (e.g. a table at the host species/symbiont strain level, where it is possible). Currently, there is not enough detail for those who want a deep dive to understand what data was extracted for the analysis from these 226 studies, or those who want to understand the underlying diversity in the dataset.

      Currently, when the 'natural enemy group' is tested as a moderator it is coded broadly by type of organism (e.g. virus, bacterium, fungi, parasitoid). But this doesn't adequately capture the mode of killing/fitness reduction by the enemy, which would be the much more biologically relevant categorisation for your questions. For example, parasitoid infection is dependent upon host death (thus host fecundity is not relevant, because the host either survived or did not). Among bacterial and viral pathogens antagonists there is scope for both fecundity and survival to be affected. This in turn may be a very influential factor for the outcome. You could consider recoding this enemy moderator.

      The analysis is restricted to arthropod hosts and defensive symbionts that are also classed as endosymbionts. This focus should be made clear early on in the paper, as there are many systems (that are classed by many as defensive symbioses) that are not part of the analysis.

      There is fairly minimalistic testing of moderators/sub-groups (which probably has its statistical strengths) but perhaps there are also some missed opportunities for testing other ecological contributors to variance, including coinfection (although perhaps limited by power) and other approaches to coding enemy group (as detail above).

      Looking at the overview of systems included, there's likely a high degree of phylogenetic non-independence in the dataset. Where it is possible, using phylogenetically controlled models could strengthen this analysis.

      Looking at your included systems (Table S5), you might be able to test the effect of coinfection on the 3 variables of interest. For example, it would be particularly important to see if the effects of two symbionts are additive or not.

      No code for the analysis is provided for review at this stage and full details of the dataset are also not available. This slightly limits the ability to assess the full scope and robustness of the study. It would be helpful to have an extensive table in the supplementary detailing (minimum) the reference, study, experiment, host species, symbiont strain, and a description of the exact data extraction source (e.g.table/figure/in text), and method of extraction.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this exciting study, Cesar and co-authors perform a meta-analysis on the influence of arthropod symbionts on the fitness of their hosts when they are exposed or not to natural enemies. These so-called defensive symbionts are increasingly recognized as key elements in arthropod survival against natural enemies, with effects that ripple through entire terrestrial ecosystems. The topic is timely, the approach is sound, and the manuscript is well-written. I believe this manuscript will attract the attention of entomologists and of microbiologists interested in symbiosis. This study builds on a previous meta-analysis that I was involved in, which was based on phloem-feeding insects. This novel data set is much larger and includes flies (including the model system Drosophila) and mosquitoes (a group of high medical interest). While the previous meta-analysis considered only parasitoids as natural enemies, this study also includes fungi, bacteria, and viruses.

      Strengths:

      The authors compile a very large dataset and provide a broad quantitative overview of the effects of defensive symbionts in insects. By measuring symbiont effects in the presence and absence of natural enemies, the authors are able to infer whether a trade-off between defense and the costs of mutualism in the absence of enemy pressure exists. Defensive symbioses are an important research topic that had its initial "momentum" a decade ago, so the timing for such a systematic review is very appropriate.

      Weaknesses:

      I think the manuscript could be improved by clarifying several sections, particularly the introduction and methods. The introduction section is too specific and heavily reliant on particular examples. In my view, the theoretical background of the study could be made clearer, and the knowledge gap identified more explicitly. A focus on how widespread defensive symbioses are, along with a brief, up-to-date review of the groups possessing such symbionts, would help. This lack of focus is also observed in the methods section, where more details are needed in many instances to better understand how data was collected and analyzed. Regarding the analyses, the multi-level analysis contains many moderators, but it's unclear why these moderators were included. While this may seem a minor issue, it highlights a disconnection between the analyses, the conceptual background, and the hypotheses tested. Another important weakness is that the analyses are too general, and much-hidden information is not immediately apparent. For instance, readers cannot easily identify which species of symbionts are studied (and the effects they have), or which natural enemies are involved. Although this information is found in the supplementary material, including it in the main body would significantly improve the manuscript.

    4. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cesar, Santos & Cogni use a meta-analysis to report on the direction and magnitude of three fundamental fitness components in defensive symbioses. Specifically, the work focuses on interactions between three arthropod host families (Aphididae, Culicidae, Drosophilidae, and others) and common bacterial endosymbionts (Wolbachia, Serratia, Hamiltonella, Spiroplasma, Rickettsia, Regiella X-type and Arsenophonus). The results of the overall analysis confirm common assumptions and previous work on such fitness components, showing that defensive symbionts provide strong protection to hosts and cause detectable costs to both hosts and the enemy. The analysis provides insight into the extent of the cost/benefit tradeoff for hosts, reporting that the cost is six times lower than the protective effect. The confirmation that natural enemies attacking hosts infected with symbionts have a reduction in their fitness is also an interesting one, as this shows that the majority of defensive symbionts provide protection by resisting enemy infection, as opposed to tolerating it. This finding has important consequences for evolutionary counter-responses in the enemy species. Of course, this result has less relevance for certain types of enemies (such as parasitoids) where successful infection is dependent upon host killing.

      Interesting results also emerge from the subgroup analysis. For the full dataset, both natural and introduced symbionts were similarly effective in positively influencing the fitness of hosts. However, in the Wolbachia-specific analysis, the artificially introduced symbionts caused costs to the hosts where the natural strain did not. These findings have potentially important ramifications for schemes that use endosymbionts for biocontrol or vector competence, suggesting that (in some cases) natural strains may be the more stable choice for deploying (as they are associated with lower costs).

      The analysis draws from an impressively large dataset, but the interpretation of the full impact of the results would be helped by greater detail on the species/strain level systems included, the data extraction approach, and inclusion criteria. Accounting for phylogenetic nonindependence and alternative coding of one of the moderator variables could also strengthen the biological relevance of the models. Suggestions and thoughts are outlined below.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #1 for the time and effort dedicated to reviewing our manuscript. The suggestions provided are highly constructive and will greatly assist us in improving both our analyses and the manuscript overall.

      Strengths & Potential Improvements:

      An impressively large number of effect sizes (3000) from only 226 studies is collected, robustly confirming common assumptions on the magnitude of fundamental fitness components. However the paper would benefit from a clear breakdown in the main text of the specificities of each system included (e.g. a table at the host species/symbiont strain level, where it is possible). Currently, there is not enough detail for those who want a deep dive to understand what data was extracted for the analysis from these 226 studies, or those who want to understand the underlying diversity in the dataset.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, and we will add this information to our revised manuscript.

      Currently, when the 'natural enemy group' is tested as a moderator it is coded broadly by type of organism (e.g. virus, bacterium, fungi, parasitoid). But this doesn't adequately capture the mode of killing/fitness reduction by the enemy, which would be the much more biologically relevant categorisation for your questions. For example, parasitoid infection is dependent upon host death (thus host fecundity is not relevant, because the host either survived or did not). Among bacterial and viral pathogens antagonists there is scope for both fecundity and survival to be affected. This in turn may be a very influential factor for the outcome. You could consider recoding this enemy moderator.

      We agree, and we will implement this in the analysis to our revised manuscript.

      The analysis is restricted to arthropod hosts and defensive symbionts that are also classed as endosymbionts. This focus should be made clear early on in the paper, as there are many systems (that are classed by many as defensive symbioses) that are not part of the analysis.

      We agree, and we will implement this to our revised manuscript.

      There is fairly minimalistic testing of moderators/sub-groups (which probably has its statistical strengths) but perhaps there are also some missed opportunities for testing other ecological contributors to variance, including coinfection (although perhaps limited by power) and other approaches to coding enemy group (as detail above).

      We agree, and we will implement this in the analysis to our revised manuscript.

      Looking at the overview of systems included, there's likely a high degree of phylogenetic non-independence in the dataset. Where it is possible, using phylogenetically controlled models could strengthen this analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We will explore the possibility of using phylogenetically controlled models in our analyses, although we recognize the challenges associated with their implementation, particularly in the case of the natural enemies, given the great diversity of distant related groups included in our study - viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoans, nematodes and parasitoids wasps.

      Looking at your included systems (Table S5), you might be able to test the effect of coinfection on the 3 variables of interest. For example, it would be particularly important to see if the effects of two symbionts are additive or not.

      We agree, and we will implement this in the analysis to our revised manuscript.

      No code for the analysis is provided for review at this stage and full details of the dataset are also not available. This slightly limits the ability to assess the full scope and robustness of the study. It would be helpful to have an extensive table in the supplementary detailing (minimum) the reference, study, experiment, host species, symbiont strain, and a description of the exact data extraction source (e.g.table/figure/in text), and method of extraction.

      The code for the analysis and the full raw data with the suggested information are available at https://github.com/cassiasqr/MetaSymbiont (The link is available at the end of the manuscript).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this exciting study, Cesar and co-authors perform a meta-analysis on the influence of arthropod symbionts on the fitness of their hosts when they are exposed or not to natural enemies. These so-called defensive symbionts are increasingly recognized as key elements in arthropod survival against natural enemies, with effects that ripple through entire terrestrial ecosystems. The topic is timely, the approach is sound, and the manuscript is well-written. I believe this manuscript will attract the attention of entomologists and of microbiologists interested in symbiosis. This study builds on a previous meta-analysis that I was involved in, which was based on phloem-feeding insects. This novel data set is much larger and includes flies (including the model system Drosophila) and mosquitoes (a group of high medical interest). While the previous metaanalysis considered only parasitoids as natural enemies, this study also includes fungi, bacteria, and viruses.

      Strengths:

      The authors compile a very large dataset and provide a broad quantitative overview of the effects of defensive symbionts in insects. By measuring symbiont effects in the presence and absence of natural enemies, the authors are able to infer whether a trade-off between defense and the costs of mutualism in the absence of enemy pressure exists. Defensive symbioses are an important research topic that had its initial "momentum" a decade ago, so the timing for such a systematic review is very appropriate.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #2 for dedicating their time and effort to reviewing our manuscript. The suggestions are very insightful and will significantly contribute to improving our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      I think the manuscript could be improved by clarifying several sections, particularly the introduction and methods. The introduction section is too specific and heavily reliant on particular examples. In my view, the theoretical background of the study could be made clearer, and the knowledge gap identified more explicitly. A focus on how widespread defensive symbioses are, along with a brief, up-to-date review of the groups possessing such symbionts, would help. This lack of focus is also observed in the methods section, where more details are needed in many instances to better understand how data was collected and analyzed. Regarding the analyses, the multi-level analysis contains many moderators, but it's unclear why these moderators were included. While this may seem a minor issue, it highlights a disconnection between the analyses, the conceptual background, and the hypotheses tested. 

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions, and we will try to make the introduction and the methods section clearer. 

      Another important weakness is that the analyses are too general, and much-hidden information is not immediately apparent. For instance, readers cannot easily identify which species of symbionts are studied (and the effects they have), or which natural enemies are involved. Although this information is found in the supplementary material, including it in the main body would significantly improve the manuscript.

      We agree, and we will implement this to our   revised manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study provides new insights into the role of the conserved protein FLWR-1/Flower in synaptic transmission using C. elegans. The authors employ a range of techniques, including calcium imaging, ultrastructural analysis, and electrophysiology, providing evidence that challenges previous assumptions about FLWR-1 function. While some findings are solid, several conclusions remain incomplete and require further study to substantiate the proposed mechanisms.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Seidenthal et al. investigated the role of the C. elegans Flower protein, FLWR-1, in synaptic transmission, vesicle recycling, and neuronal excitability. They confirmed that FLWR-1 localizes to synaptic vesicles and the plasma membrane and facilitates synaptic vesicle recycling at neuromuscular junctions, albeit in an unexpected manner. The authors observed that hyperstimulation results in endosome accumulation in flwr-1 mutant synapses, suggesting that FLWR-1 facilitates the breakdown of endocytic endosomes, which differs from earlier studies in flies that suggested the Flower protein promotes the formation of bulk endosomes. This is a valuable finding. Using tissue-specific rescue experiments, the authors showed that expressing FLWR-1 in GABAergic neurons restored the aldicarb-resistant phenotype seen in flwr-1 mutants to wild-type levels. In contrast, FLWR-1 expression in cholinergic neurons in flwr-1 mutants did not restore aldicarb sensitivity, yet muscle expression of FLWR-1 partially but significantly recovered the aldicarb-resistant defects. The study also revealed that removing FLWR-1 leads to increased Ca2+ signaling in motor neurons upon photo-stimulation. Further, the authors conclude that FLWR-1 contributes to the maintenance of the excitation/inhibition (E/I) balance by preferentially regulating the excitability of GABAergic neurons. Finally, SNG-1::pHluorin data imply that FLWR-1 removal enhances synaptic transmission, however, the electrophysiological recordings do not corroborate this finding.

      Strengths:

      This study by Seidenthal et al. offers valuable insights into the role of the Flower protein, FLWR-1, in C. elegans. Their findings suggest that FLWR-1 facilitates the breakdown of endocytic endosomes, which marks a departure from its previously suggested role in forming endosomes through bulk endocytosis. This observation could be important for understanding how Flower proteins function across species. In addition, the study proposes that FLWR-1 plays a role in maintaining the excitation/inhibition balance, which has potential impacts on neuronal activity.

      Weaknesses:

      One issue is the lack of follow-up tests regarding the relative contributions of muscle and GABAergic FLWR-1 to aldicarb sensitivity. The findings that muscle expression of FLWR-1 can significantly rescue aldicarb sensitivity are intriguing and may influence both experimental design and data interpretation. Have the authors examined aldicarb sensitivity when FLWR-1 is expressed in both muscles and GABAergic neurons, or possibly in muscles and cholinergic neurons? Given that muscles could influence neuronal activity through retrograde signaling, a thorough examination of FLWR-1's role in muscle is necessary, in my opinion.

      Would the results from electrophysiological recordings and GCaMP measurements be altered with muscle expression of FLWR-1? Most experiments presented in the manuscript compare wild-type and flwr-1 mutant animals. However, without tissue-specific knockout, knockdown, or rescue experiments, it is difficult to separate cell-autonomous roles from non-cell-autonomous effects, in particular in the context of aldicarb assay results. Also, relying solely on levamisole paralysis experiments is not sufficient to rule out changes in muscle AChRs, particularly due to the presence of levamisole-resistant receptors.

      This issue regarding the muscle role of FLWR-1 also complicates the interpretation of results from coelomocyte uptake experiments, where GFP secreted from muscles and coelomocyte fluorescence were used to estimate endocytosis levels. A decrease in coelomocyte GFP could result from either reduced endocytosis in coelomocytes or decreased secretion from muscles. Therefore, coelomocyte-specific rescue experiments seem necessary to distinguish between these possibilities.

      The manuscript states that GCaMP was used to estimate Ca2+ levels at presynaptic sites. However, due to the rapid diffusion of both Ca2+ and GCaMP, it is unclear how this assay distinguishes Ca2+ levels specifically at presynaptic sites versus those in axons. What are the relative contributions of VGCCs and ER calcium stores here? This raises a question about whether the authors are measuring the local impact of FLWR-1 specifically at presynaptic sites or more general changes in cytoplasmic calcium levels.

      The experiments showing FLWR-1's presynaptic localization need clarification/improvement. For example, data shown in Fig. 3B represent GFP::FLWR-1 is expressed under its own promoter, and TagRFP::ELKS-1 is expressed exclusively in GABAergic neurons. Given that the pflwr-1 drives expression in both cholinergic and GABAergic neurons, and there are more cholinergic synapses outnumbering GABAergic ones in the nerve cord, it would be expected that many green FLWR-1 puncta do not associate with TagRFP::ELKS-1. However, several images in Figure 3B suggest an almost perfect correlation between FLWR-1 and ELKS-1 puncta. It would be helpful for the readers to understand the exact location in the nerve cord where these images were collected to avoid confusion.

      The SNG-1::pHluorin data in Figure 5C is significant, as they suggest increased synaptic transmission at flwr-1 mutant synapses. However, to draw conclusions, it is necessary to verify whether the total amount of SNG-1::pHluorin present on synaptic vesicles remains the same between flwr-1 mutant and wild-type synapses. Without this comparison, a conclusion on levels of synaptic vesicle release based on changes in fluorescence might be premature, in particular given the results of electrophysiological recordings.

      Finally, the interpretation of the E74Q mutation results needs reconsideration. Figure 8B indicates that the E74Q variant of FLWR-1 partially loses its rescuing ability, which suggests that the E74Q mutation adversely affects the function of FLWR-1. Why did the authors expect that the role of FLWR-1 should have been completely abolished by E74Q? Given that FLWR-1 appears to work in multiple tissues, might FLWR-1's function in neurons requires its calcium channel activity, whereas its role in muscles might be independent of this feature? While I understand there is ongoing debate about whether FLWR-1 is a calcium channel, the experiments in this study do not definitively resolve local Ca2+ dynamics at synapses. Thus, in my opinion, it may be premature to draw firm conclusions about calcium influx through FLWR-1.

      Also, the aldicarb data presented in Figures 8B and 8D show notable inconsistencies that require clarification. While Figure 8B indicates that the 50% paralysis time for flwr-1 mutant worms occurs at 3.5-4 hours, Figure 8D shows that 50% paralysis takes approximately 2.5 hours for the same flwr-1 mutants. This discrepancy should be addressed. In addition, the manuscript mentions that the E74Q mutation impairs FLWR-1 folding, which could significantly affect its function. Can the authors show empirical data supporting this claim?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The Flower protein is expressed in various cell types, including neurons. Previous studies in flies have proposed that Flower plays a role in neuronal endocytosis by functioning as a Ca2+ channel. However, its precise physiological roles and molecular mechanisms in neurons remain largely unclear. This study employs C. elegans as a model to explore the function and mechanism of FLWR-1, the C. elegans homolog of Flower. This study offers intriguing observations that could potentially challenge or expand our current understanding of the Flower protein. Nevertheless, further clarification or additional experiments are required to substantiate the study's conclusions.

      Strengths:

      A range of approaches was employed, including the use of a flwr-1 knockout strain, assessment of cholinergic synaptic activity via analyzing aldicarb (a cholinesterase inhibitor) sensitivity, imaging Ca2+ dynamics with GCaMP3, analyzing pHluorin fluorescence, examination of presynaptic ultrastructure by EM, and recording postsynaptic currents at the neuromuscular junction. The findings include notable observations on the effects of flwr-1 knockout, such as increased Ca2+ levels in motor neurons, changes in endosome numbers in motor neurons, altered aldicarb sensitivity, and potential involvement of a Ca2+-ATPase and PIP2 binding in FLWR-1's function.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The observation that flwr-1 knockout increases Ca2+ levels in motor neurons is notable, especially as it contrasts with prior findings in flies. The authors propose that elevated Ca2+ levels in flwr-1 knockout motor neurons may stem from "deregulation of MCA-3" (a Ca2+ ATPase in the plasma membrane) due to FLWR-1 loss. However, this conclusion relies on limited and somewhat inconclusive data (Figure 7). Additional experiments could clarify FLWR-1's role in MCA-3 regulation. For instance, it would be informative to investigate whether mutations in other genes that cause elevated cytosolic Ca2+ produce similar effects, whether MCA-3 physically interacts with FLWR-1, and whether MCA-3 expression is reduced in the flwr-1 knockout.

      (2) In silico analysis identified residues R27 and K31 as potential PIP2 binding sites in FLWR-1. The authors observed that FLWR-1(R27A/K31A) was less effective than wild-type FLWR-1 in rescuing the aldicarb sensitivity phenotype of the flwr-1 knockout, suggesting that FLWR-1 function may depend on PIP2 binding at these two residues. Given that mutations in various residues can impair protein function non-specifically, additional studies may be needed to confirm the significance of these residues for PIP2 binding and FLWR-1 function. In addition, the authors might consider explicitly discussing how this finding aligns or contrasts with the results of a previous study in flies, where alanine substitutions at K29 and R33 impaired a Flower-related function (Li et al., eLife 2020).

      (3) A primary conclusion from the EM data was that FLWR-1 participates in the breakdown, rather than the formation, of bulk endosomes (lines 20-22). However, the reasoning behind this conclusion is somewhat unclear. Adding more explicit explanations in the Results section would help clarify and strengthen this interpretation.

      (4) The aldicarb assay results in Figure 3 are intriguing, indicating that reduced GABAergic neuron activity alone accounts for the flwr-1 mutant's hyposensitivity to aldicarb. Given that cholinergic motor neurons also showed increased activity in the flwr-1 mutant, one might expect the flwr-1 mutant to display hypersensitivity to aldicarb in the unc-47 knockout background. However, this was not observed. The authors might consider validating their conclusion with an alternative approach or, at the minimum, providing a plausible explanation for the unexpected result. Since aldicarb-induced paralysis can be influenced by factors beyond acetylcholine release from cholinergic motor neurons, interpreting aldicarb assay results with caution may be advisable. This is especially relevant here, as FLWR-1 function in muscle cells also impacts aldicarb sensitivity (Figure S3B). Previous electrophysiological studies have suggested that aldicarb sensitivity assays may sometimes yield misleading conclusions regarding protein roles in acetylcholine release.

      (5) Previous studies have suggested that the Flower protein functions as a Ca²⁺ channel, with a conserved glutamate residue at the putative selectivity filter being essential for this role. However, mutating this conserved residue (E74Q) in C. elegans FLWR-1 altered aldicarb sensitivity in a direction opposite to what would be expected for a Ca²⁺ channel function. Moreover, the authors observed that E74 of FLWR-1 is not located near a potential conduction pathway in the FLWR-1 tetramer, as predicted by Alphafold3. These findings raise the possibility that Flower may not function as a Ca2+ channel. While this is a potentially significant discovery, further experiments are needed to confirm and expand upon these results.

      (6) Phrases like "increased excitability" and "increased Ca2+ influx" are used throughout the manuscript. However, there is no direct evidence that motor neurons exhibit increased excitability or Ca2+ influx. The authors appear to interpret the elevated Ca2+ signal in motor neurons as indicative of both increased excitability and Ca2+ influx. However, this elevated Ca2+ signal in the flwr-1 mutant could occur independently of changes in excitability or Ca2+ influx, such as in cases of reduced MCA-3 activity. The authors may wish to consider alternative terminology that more accurately reflects their findings.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Seidenthal et al. investigated the role of the Flower protein, FLWR-1, in C. elegans and confirmed its involvement in endocytosis within both synaptic and non-neuronal cells, possibly by contributing to the fission of bulk endosomes. They also uncovered that FLWR-1 has a novel inhibitory effect on neuronal excitability at GABAergic and cholinergic synapses in neuromuscular junctions.

      Strengths:

      This study not only reinforces the conserved role of the Flower protein in endocytosis across species but also provides valuable ultrastructural data to support its function in the bulk endosome fission process. Additionally, the discovery of FLWR-1's role in modulating neuronal excitability broadens our understanding of its functions and opens new avenues for research into synaptic regulation.

      Weaknesses:

      The study does not address the ongoing debate about the Flower protein's proposed Ca2+ channel activity, leaving an important aspect of its function unexplored. Furthermore, the evidence supporting the mechanism by which FLWR-1 inhibits neuronal excitability is limited. The suggested involvement of MCA-3 as a mediator of this inhibition lacks conclusive evidence, and a more detailed exploration of this pathway would strengthen the findings.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study introduces rationally designed, genetically encoded tools for the selective and reversible ablation of excitatory and inhibitory synapses. The evidence is convincing, supported by robust experiments and clear results that validate the effectiveness of each tool. This work will be of particular interest to researchers exploring the roles of specific synapses within neural circuitry.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work is a continuation of a previous paper from the Arnold group, where they engineered GFE3, which allows to specifically ablate inhibitory synapses. Here, the authors generate 3 different actuators:

      (1) An excitatory synapse ablator.

      (2) A photoactivatable inhibitory synapse ablator.

      (3) A chemically inhibitory synapse ablator.

      Following initial engineering, the authors present characterization and optimization data to showcase that these new tools allow one to specifically ablate synapses, without toxicity and with specificity. Furthermore, they showcase that these manipulations are reversible.

      Altogether, these new tools would be important for the neuroscience community.

      Strengths:

      The authors convincingly demonstrate the engineering, optimization, and characterization of these new probes. The main novelty here is the new excitatory synapse ablator, which has not been shown yet and thus could be a valuable tool for neuroscientists.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few specific issues with regard to these probes that are unclear to me, which require some explanation or potentially new analysis and experiments.

      The biggest concern in this regard is: that almost all the characterization is performed in cultured dissociated neurons. I wonder if, for the typical neuroscience user, it would be trivial to characterize how well these tools express and operate in vivo. This could be substantially different and present some limitations as to the utility of these tools.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a set of genetically encoded tools for the selective and reversible ablation of excitatory and inhibitory synapses. Previously, the authors developed GFE3, a tool that efficiently ablates inhibitory synapses by targeting an E3 ligase to the inhibitory scaffolding protein Gephyrin via GPHN.FingR, a recombinant, antibody-like protein (Gross et al., 2016). Building on this work, they now present three new ablation tools: PFE3, which targets excitatory synapses, and two new versions of GFE3-paGFE3 and chGFE3-that are photoactivatable and chemically inducible, respectively. These tools enable selective and efficient synapse ablation in specific cell types, providing valuable methods for disrupting neural circuits. This approach holds broad potential for investigating the roles of specific synaptic input onto genetically determined cells.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this study lies in the rational design and robust validation of each tool's effectiveness, building on previous work by the authors' group (Gross et al., 2016). Each tool serves distinct research needs: PFE3 enables efficient degradation of PSD-95 at excitatory synapses, while paGFE3 and chGFE3 allow for targeted degradation of Gephyrin, offering spatiotemporal control over inhibitory synapses via light or chemical activation. These tools are efficiently validated through robust experiments demonstrating reductions in synaptic markers (PSD-95 and Gephyrin) and confirming reversibility, which is crucial for transient ablation. By providing tools with both optogenetic and chemical control options, this study broadens the applicability of synapse manipulation across varied experimental conditions, enhancing the utility of E3 ligase-based approaches for synapse ablation.

      Weaknesses:

      While this study provides valuable tools and addresses many critical points for validation, examining potential issues with specificity and background effects in further detail could strengthen the paper. For instance, PFE3 results in reductions in both PSD-95 and GluA1. In previous work, GFE3 selectively reduced Gephyrin without affecting major Gephyrin interactors or other PSD proteins. Clarifying whether PFE3 affects additional PSD proteins beyond GluA1 would be important for accurately interpreting results in experiments using PFE3. Additionally, further insight into PFE3's impact on inhibitory synapses would be valuable.

      For paGFE3 and chGFE3, the E3 ligase (RING domain of Mdm2) is overexpressed throughout cells as a separate construct. Although the authors show that Gephyrin is not significantly reduced without light or chemical activation, it remains possible that other proteins could be ubiquitinated due to the overexpressed E3 domain. Addressing these points would clarify the strengths and limitations of tools, providing users with valuable information.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This paper is an important overview of the currently published literature on low-intensity focussed ultrasound stimulation (TUS) in humans, with a meta-analysis of this literature that explores which stimulation parameters might predict the directionality of the physiological stimulation effects. Whilst currently incomplete, the database proposed by the paper has the potential to become a key community resource if carefully curated and developed.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper is a relevant overview of the currently published literature on low-intensity focussed ultrasound stimulation (TUS) in humans, with a meta-analysis of this literature that explores which stimulation parameters might predict the directionality of the physiological stimulation effects.

      The pool of papers to draw from is small, which is not surprising given the nascent technology. It seems nevertheless relevant to summarize the current field in the way done here, not least to mitigate and prevent some of the mistakes that other non-invasive brain stimulation techniques have suffered from, most notably the theory- and data-free permutation of the parameter space.<br /> The meta-analysis concludes that there are, at best, weak trends toward specific parameters predicting the direction of the stimulation effects. The data have been incorporated into an open database, that will ideally continue to be populated by the community and thereby become a helpful resource as the field moves forward.

      Strengths:

      The current state of human TUS is concisely and well summarized. The methods of the meta-analysis are appropriate. The database is a valuable resource.

      Weaknesses:

      These are not so much weaknesses but rather comments and suggestions that the authors may want to consider.

      (1) I may have missed this, but how will the database be curated going forward? The resource will only be as useful as the quality of data entry, which, given the complexity of TUS can easily be done incorrectly.

      (2) It would be helpful to report the full statistics and effect sizes for all analyses. At times, only p-values are given. The meta-analysis only provides weak evidence (judged by the p-values) for two parameters having a predictive effect on the direction of neuromodulation. This reviewer thinks a stronger statement is warranted that there is currently no good evidence for duty cycle or sonication direction predicting outcome (though I caveat this given the full stats aren't reported). The concern here is that some readers may gallop away with the impression that the evidence is compelling because the p-value is on the correct side of 0.05.

      (3) This reviewer thinks the issue of (independent) replication should be more forcefully discussed and highlighted. The overall motivation for the present paper is clearly and thoughtfully articulated, but perhaps the authors agree that the role that replication has to play in a nascent field such as TUS is worth considering.

      (4) A related point is that many of the results come from the same groups (the so-called theta-TUS protocol being a clear example). The analysis could factor this in, but it may be helpful to either signpost independent replications, which studies come from the same groups, or both.

      (5) The recent study by Bao et al 2024 J Phys might be worth including, not least because it fails to replicate the results on theta TUS that had been limited to the same group so far (by reporting, in essence, the opposite result).

      (6) The summary of TUS effects is useful and concise. Two aspects may warrant highlighting, if anything to safeguard against overly simplistic heuristics for the application of TUS from less experienced users. First, could the effects of sonication (enhancing vs suppressing) depend on the targeted structure? Across the cortex, this may be similar, but for subcortical structures such as the basal ganglia, thalamus, etc, the idiosyncratic anatomy, connectivity, and composition of neurons may well lead to different net outcomes. Do the models mentioned in this paper account for that or allow for exploring this? And is it worth highlighting that simple heuristics that assume the effects of a given TUS protocol are uniform across the entire brain risk oversimplification or could be plain wrong? Second, and related, there seems to be the implicit assumption (not necessarily made by the authors) that the effects of a given protocol in a healthy population transfer like for like to a patient population (if TUS protocol X is enhancing in healthy subjects, I can use it for enhancement in patient group Y). This reviewer does not know to which degree this is valid or not, but it seems simplistic or risky. Many neurological and psychiatric disorders alter neurotransmission, and/or lead to morphological and structural changes that would seem capable of influencing the impact of TUS. If the authors agree, this issue might be worth highlighting.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes a number of aspects of transcranial ultrasound stimulation (TUS) including a generic review of what TUS might be used for; a meta-analysis of human studies to identify ultrasound parameters that affect directionality; a comparison between one postulated mechanistic model and results in humans; and a description of a database for collecting information on studies.

      Strengths:

      The main strength was a meta-analysis of human studies to identify which ultrasonic parameters might result in enhancement or suppression of modulation effects. The meta-analysis suggests that none of the US parameters correlate significantly with effects. This is a useful result for researchers in the field in trying to determine how the parameter space should be further investigated to identify whether it is possible to indeed enhance or suppress brain activity with ultrasound.

      The database is a good idea in principle but would be best done in collaboration with ITRUSST, an international consortium, and perhaps should be its own paper.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper tries to cover too many topics and some of the technical descriptions are a bit loose. The review section does not add to the current literature. The comparison with a mechanistic model is limited to comparing data with a single model at a time when there is no general agreement in the field as to how ultrasound might produce a neuromodulation effect. The comparison is therefore of limited value.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study includes convincing evidence to show that behavioral measures and hippocampal representations of cognitive control are not dependent upon the medial prefrontal cortex. Whilst overall the study is of importance, it is possible that the conceptual framework used to interpret and discuss the findings could be strengthened in a revised version. The results are expected to be of interest to those studying neural mechanisms of cognitive control and functions of associational brain regions.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine the role of the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) in cognitive control, i.e. the ability to use task-relevant information and ignore irrelevant information, in the rat. According to the central-computation hypothesis, cognitive control in the brain is centralized in the mPFC and according to the local hypothesis, cognitive control is performed in task-related local neural circuits. Using the place avoidance task which involves cognitive control, it is predicted that if mPFC lesions affect learning, this would support the central computation hypothesis whereas no effect of lesions would rather support the local hypothesis. The authors thus examine the effect of mPFC lesions in learning and retention of the place avoidance task. They also look at functional interconnectivity within a large network of areas that could be activated during the task by using cytochrome oxydase, a metabolic marker. In addition, electrophysiological unit recordings of CA1 hippocampal cells are made in a subset of (lesioned or intact) animals to evaluate overdispersion, a firing property that reflects cognitive control in the hippocampus. The results indicate that mPFC lesions do not impair place avoidance learning and retention (though flexibility is altered during conflict training), do not affect cognitive control seen in hippocampal place cell activity (alternation of frame-specific firing), a measure of location-specific firing variability, in pretraining. It nevertheless has some effect on functional interconnections. The results overall support the local hypothesis.

      Strengths:

      (1) Straightforward hypothesis: clarification of the involvement of the mPFC in the brain is expected and achieved. Appropriate use of fully mastered methods (behavioral task, electrophysiological recordings, measure of metabolic marker cytochrome oxidase) and rigorous analysis of the data. The conclusion is strongly supported by the data.

      (2) Weaknesses: No notable weaknesses in the conception, making of the study, and data analysis. The introduction does not mention important aspects of the work, i.e. cytochrome oxidase measure and electrophysiological recordings. The study is actually richer than expected from the introduction.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Park et al. set out to test two competing hypotheses about the role of the medial prefrontal cortex (PFC) in cognitive control, the ability to use task-relevant cues and ignore task-irrelevant cues to guide behavior. The "central computation" hypothesis assumes that cognitive control relies on computations performed by the PFC, which then interacts with other brain regions to accomplish the task. Alternatively, the "local computation" hypothesis suggests that computations necessary for cognitive control are carried out by other brain regions that have been shown to be essential for cognitive control tasks, such as the dorsal hippocampus and the thalamus. If the central computation hypothesis is correct, PFC lesions should disrupt cognitive control. Alternatively, if the local computation hypothesis is correct, cognitive control would be spared after PFC lesions. The task used to assess cognitive control is the active place avoidance task in which rats must avoid a section of a rotating arena using the stationary room cues and ignoring the local olfactory cues on the rotating platform. Performance on this task has previously been shown to be disrupted by hippocampal lesions and hippocampal ensembles dynamically represent the room and arena depending on the animal's proximity to the shock zone. They found no group (lesion vs. sham) differences in the three behavioral parameters tested: distance traveled, latency to enter the shock zone, and number of shock zone entries for both the standard task and the "conflict" task in which the shock zone was rotated by 180 degrees. The only significant difference was the savings index; the lesion group entered the new shock zone more often than the sham group during the first 5 minutes of the second conflict session. This deficit was interpreted as a cognitive flexibility deficit rather than a cognitive control failure. Next, the authors compared cytochrome oxidase activity between sham and lesion groups in 14 brain regions and found that only the amygdala showed significant elevation in the lesion vs. sham group. Pairwise correlation analysis revealed a striking difference between groups, with many correlations between regions lost in the lesion group (between reuniens and hippocampus, reuniens and amygdala and a correlation between dorsal CA1 and central amygdala that appeared in the lesion group and were absent in the sham group. Finally, the authors assessed dorsal hippocampal representations of the spatial frame (arena vs. room) and found no differences between lesion and sham groups. The only difference in hippocampal activity was reduced overdispersion in the lesion group compared to the sham group on the pretraining session only and this difference disappeared after the task began. Collectively, the authors interpret their findings as supporting the local computation hypothesis; computations necessary for cognitive control occur in brain regions other than the PFC.

      Strengths:

      (1) The data were collected in a rigorous way with experimental blinding and appropriate statistical analyses.

      (2) Multiple approaches were used to assess differences between lesion and sham groups, including behavior, metabolic activity in multiple brain regions, and hippocampal single-unit recording.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Only male rats were used with no justification provided for excluding females from the sample.

      (2) The conceptual framework used to interpret the findings was to present two competing hypotheses with mutually exclusive predictions about the impact of PFC lesions on cognitive control. The authors then use mainly null findings as evidence in support of the local computation hypothesis. They acknowledge that some people may question the notion that the active place avoidance task indeed requires cognitive control, but then call the argument "circular" because PFC has to be involved in cognitive control. This assertion does not address the possibility that the active place avoidance task simply does not require cognitive control.

      (3) The authors did not link the CO activity with the behavioral parameters even though the CO imaging was done on a subset of the animals that ran the behavioral task nor did they make any attempt to interpret these findings in light of the two competing hypotheses posed in the introduction. Moreover, the discussion lacks any mechanistic interpretations of the findings. For example, there are no attempts to explain why amygdala activity and its correlation with dCA1 activity might be higher in the PFC lesioned group.

      (4) Publishing null results is important to avoid wasting animals, time, and money. This study's results will have a significant impact on how the field views the role of the PFC in cognitive control. Whether or not some people reject the notion that the active place avoidance task measures cognitive control, the findings are solid and can serve as a starting point for generating hypotheses about how brain networks change when deprived of PFC input.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Park and colleagues investigated how the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) influences behavior and hippocampal place cell activity during a two-frame active place avoidance task in rats. Rats learned to avoid the location of mild shock within a rotating arena, with the shock zone being defined relative to distal cues in the room. Permanent chemical lesions of the mPFC did not impair the ability to avoid the shock zone by using distal cues and ignoring proximal cues in the arena. In parallel, hippocampal place cells alternated between two spatial tuning patterns, one anchored to the distal cues and the other to the proximal cues, and this alteration was not affected by the mPFC lesion. Based on these findings, the authors argue that the mPFC is not essential for differentiating between task-relevant and irrelevant information.

      Strengths:

      This study was built on substantial work by the Fenton lab that validated their two-frame active place avoidance task and provided sound theoretical and analytical foundations. Additionally, the effectiveness of mPFC lesions was validated by several measures, enabling the authors to base their argument on the lack of lesion effects on behavior and place cell dynamics.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors define cognitive control as "the ability to judiciously use task-relevant information while ignoring salient concurrent information that is currently irrelevant for the task." (Lines 77-78). This definition is much simpler than the one by Miller and Cohen: "the ability to orchestrate thought and action in accordance with internal goals (Ref. 1)" and by Robbins: "processes necessary for optimal scheduling of complex sequence of behaviour." (Dalley et al., 2004, PMID: 15555683). Differentiating between task-relevant and irrelevant information is required in various behavioral tasks, such as differential learning, reversal learning, and set-shifting tasks. Previous rodent behavioral studies have shown that the integrity of the mPFC is necessary for set-shifting but not for differential or reversal learning (e.g., Enomoto et al., 2011, PMID: 21146155; Cho et al., 2015, PMID: 25754826). In the present task design, the initial training is a form of differential learning between proximal and distal cues, and the conflict training is akin to reversal learning. Therefore, the lack of lesion effects is somewhat expected. It would be interesting to test whether mPFC lesions impair set-shifting in their paradigm (e.g., the shock zone initially defined by distal cues and later by proximal cues). If the mPFC lesions do not impair this ability and associated hippocampal place dynamics, it will provide strong support for the authors' local-computation hypothesis.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This manuscript represents a fundamental contribution demonstrating that fentanyl-induced respiratory depression can be reversed with a peripherally-restricted mu opioid receptor antagonist. The paper reports compelling and rigorous physiological, pharmacokinetic, and behavioral evidence supporting this major claim, and furthers mechanistic understanding of how peripheral opioid receptors contribute to respiratory depression. These findings reshape our understanding of opioid-related effects on respiration and have significant therapeutic implications given that medications currently used to reverse opioid overdose (such as naloxone) produce severe aversive and withdrawal effects via actions within the central nervous system.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper shows that the synthetic opioid fentanyl induces respiratory depression in rodents. This effect is revised by the opioid receptor antagonist naloxone, as expected. Unexpectedly, the peripherally restricted opioid receptor antagonist naloxone methiodide also blocks fentanyl-induced respiratory depression.

      Strengths:

      The paper reports compelling physiology data supporting the induction of respiratory distress in fentanyl-treated animals. Evidence suggesting that naloxone methiodide reverses this respiratory depression is compelling. This is further supported by pharmacokinetic data suggesting that naloxone methiodide does not penetrate into the brain, nor is it metabolized into brain-penetrant naloxone.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness of the study is the fact that the functional significance of opioid-induced changes in neural activity in the nTS (as measured by cFos and GcAMP/photometry) is not established. Does the nTS regulate fentanyl-induced respiratory depression, and are changes in nTS activity induced by naloxone and naloxone methiodide relevant to their ability to reverse respiratory depression?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article, Ruyle and colleagues assessed the contribution of central and peripheral mu opioid receptors in mediating fentanyl-induced respiratory depression using both naloxone and naloxone methiodide, which does not cross the blood-brain barrier. Both compounds prevented and reversed fentanyl-induced respiratory depression to a comparable degree. The advantage of peripheral treatments is that they circumvent the withdrawal-like effects of naloxone. Moreover, neurons located in the nucleus of the solitary tract are no longer activated by fentanyl when nalaxone methiodide is administered, suggesting that these responses are mediated by peripheral mu opioid receptors. The results delineate a role for peripheral mu opioid receptors in fentanyl-derived respiratory depression and identify a potentially advantageous approach to treating overdoses without inflicting withdrawal on the patients.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the article include the intravenous delivery of all compounds, which increase the translational value of the article. The authors address both the prevention and reversal of fentanyl-derived respiratory depression. The experimental design and data interpretation are rigorous and appropriate controls were used in the study. Multiple doses were screened in the study and the approaches were multipronged. The authors demonstrated the activation of NTS cells using multiple techniques and the study links peripheral activation of mu opioid receptors to central activation of NTS cells. Both males and females were used in the experiments. The authors demonstrate the peripheral restriction of naloxone methiodide.

      Weaknesses:

      Nalaxone is already broadly used to prevent overdoses from opioids so in some respects, the effects reported here are somewhat incremental.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript outlines a series of very exciting and game-changing experiments examining the role of peripheral MORs in OIRD. The authors outline experiments that demonstrate a peripherally restricted MOR antagonist (NLX Methiodide) can rescue fentanyl-induced respiratory depression and this effect coincides with a lack of conditioned place aversion. This approach would be a massive boon to the OUD community, as there are a multitude of clinical reports showing that naloxone rescue post fentanyl over-intoxication is more aversive than the potential loss-of-life to the individuals involved. This important study reframes our understanding of successful overdose rescue with potential for reduced aversive withdrawal effects.

      Strengths:

      Strengths include the plethora of approaches arriving at the same general conclusion, the inclusion of both sexes and the result that a peripheral approach for OIRD rescue may side-step severe negative withdrawal symptoms of traditional NLX rescue.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness of this version relates to the data analysis assessed sex-specific contributors to the results.

    1. eLife Assessment

      Aging reduces tissue regeneration capacity, posing challenges for an aging population. In this fundamental study, Reeves et al. show that by combining Wnt-mediated osteoprogenitor expansion (using a special bandage) with intermittent fasting, bone healing can be restored in aged animals. By employing rigorous histological, transcriptomic, and imaging analyses in a clinically relevant model, the authors provide compelling evidence supporting the conclusions. The therapeutic approach presented in this study shows promise for rejuvenating tissue repair, not only in bones but potentially across other tissues.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Aging reduces tissue regeneration capacity, posing challenges for an aging population. In this study, the authors investigate impaired bone healing in aging, focusing on calvarial bones, and introduce a two-part rejuvenation strategy. Aging depletes osteoprogenitor cells and reduces their function, which hinders bone repair. Simply increasing the number of these cells does not restore their regenerative capacity in aged mice, highlighting intrinsic cellular deficits. The authors' strategy combines Wnt-mediated osteoprogenitor expansion with intermittent fasting, which remarkably restores bone healing. Intermittent fasting enhances osteoprogenitor function by targeting NAD+ pathways and gut microbiota, addressing mitochondrial dysfunction - an essential factor in aging. This approach shows promise for rejuvenating tissue repair, not only in bones but potentially across other tissues.

      Strengths:

      This study is exciting, impressive, and novel. The data presented is robust and supports the findings well.

      Weaknesses:

      As mentioned above the data is robust and supports the findings well. I have minor comments only.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Reeves et al explore a model of bone healing in the context of aging. They show that intermittent fasting can improve bone healing, even in aged animals. Their study combines a 'bone bandage' which delivers a canonical Wnt signal with intermittent fasting and shows impacts on the CD90 progenitor cell population and the healing of a critical-sized defect in the calvarium. They also explore potential regulators of this process and identify mitochondrial dysfunction in the age-related decline of stem cells. In this context, by modulating NAD+ pathways or the gut microbiota, they can also enhance healing, hinting at an effect mediated by complex impacts on multiple pathways associated with cellular metabolism.

      Strengths:

      The study shows a remarkable finding: that age-related decreases in bone healing can be restored by intermittent fasting. There is ample evidence that intermittent fasting can delay aging, but here the authors provide evidence that in an already-aged animal, intermittent fasting can restore healing to levels seen in younger animals. This is an important finding as it may hint at the potential benefits of intermittent fasting in tissue repair.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors explore potential mechanisms by which the intermittent fasting protocol might impact bone healing. However, they do not identify a magic bullet here that controls this effect. Indeed, the fact that their results with intermittent fasting can be replicated by changing the gut microbiota or modulating fundamental pathways associated with NAD, suggests that there is no single mechanism that drives this effect, but rather an overall complex impact on metabolic processes, which may be very difficult to untangle.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to address the significant challenge of age-related decline in bone healing by developing a dual therapeutic strategy that rejuvenates osteogenic function in aged calvarial bone tissue. Specifically, the authors investigate the efficacy of combining local Wnt3a-mediated osteoprogenitor stimulation with systemic intermittent fasting (IF) to restore bone repair capacity in aged mice. The highlights are:

      (1) Novel Approach with Aged Models:<br /> This pioneering study is among the first to demonstrate the rejuvenation of osteoblasts in significantly aged animals through intermitted fasting, showcasing a new avenue for regenerative therapies.

      (2) Rejuvenation Potential in Aged Tissues:<br /> The findings reveal that even aged tissues retain the capacity for rejuvenation, highlighting the potential for targeted interventions to restore youthful cellular function.

      (3) Enhanced Vascular Health:<br /> The study also shows that vascular structure and function can be significantly improved in aged tissues, further supporting tissue regeneration and overall health.<br /> Through this innovative approach, the authors seek to overcome intrinsic cellular deficits and environmental changes within aged osteogenic compartments, ultimately achieving bone healing levels comparable to those seen in young mice.

      Strengths:

      The study is a strong example of translational research, employing robust methodologies across molecular, cellular, and tissue-level analyses. The authors leverage a clinically relevant, immunocompetent mouse model and apply advanced histological, transcriptomic, and functional assays to characterise age-related changes in bone structure and function. Major strengths include the use of single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) to profile osteoprogenitor populations within the calvarial periosteum and suture mesenchyme, as well as quantitative assessments of mitochondrial health, vascular density, and osteogenic function. Another important point is the use of very old animals (up to 88 weeks, almost 2 years) modelling the human bone aging that usually starts >65 yo. This comprehensive approach enables the authors to identify critical age-related deficits in osteoprogenitor number, function, and microenvironment, thereby justifying the combined Wnt3a and IF intervention.

      Weaknesses:

      One limitation is the use of female subjects only and the limited exploration of immune cell involvement in bone healing. Given the known role of the immune system in tissue repair, future studies including a deeper examination of immune cell dynamics within aged osteogenic compartments could provide further insights into the mechanisms of action of IF.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The findings of this study are valuable, as they address a critical methodological gap in decision-making research by demonstrating how heuristic strategies can confound interpretations of uncertainty-driven behaviour and provide a clearer framework for distinguishing between uncertainty-seeking and heuristic-driven exploration. While the evidence is solid, with strong methodological rigour in task design and computational modelling, some claims, such as the stability of uncertainty parameters and correlations with psychopathology measures, require refinement. Overall, the data broadly support the study's claims, but interpretational ambiguities limit the impact of certain findings.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study investigates how uncertainty and heuristic strategies influence reward-based decision-making, using a novel two-armed bandit task combined with computational modeling. It aims to disentangle uncertainty-driven behavior from heuristic strategies such as repetition bias and win-stay-lose-shift tendencies, while also exploring individual differences in these processes.

      Strengths:

      The paper is methodologically sound, and the inclusion of subjective reports enhances the validity of the model testing. The findings on the use of heuristics under specific uncertainty conditions are particularly intriguing.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Unclear how the findings significantly diverge from previous work:

      At the start of the introduction, the authors propose a working hypothesis of "heterogeneity in the uncertainty effects." However, this concept is already well-established in the field. Foundational work by Yu and Dayan (2005) and more recent studies by Gershman and colleagues on total and relative uncertainty have provided substantial evidence supporting this idea. Additionally, the notion that such heterogeneity could explain mixed findings has been discussed in studies like Wilson (2014). What specific problem are the authors addressing here, and how does their work significantly differ from previous research?

      Later on, however, it seems that the authors' hypothesis is to test the role of multiple factors in driving participants' decisions in the context considered by the authors. First, why is it important to solve such a puzzle? Second, this too has been investigated previously, see for example Dubois (2022), eLife. Therefore, what novel things is this paper bringing to the table? I do see that the task is novel - mostly combining different experimental strategies previously adopted - and that the model includes both heuristics and uncertainty-based strategies, which can account for their shared variance ... but are the authors really answering a novel question? Also, it is not very clear which question the authors are answering see point C below.

      (2) The sample size appears to be quite small, and the results would be more convincing if supported by a replication study.

      (3) The results section can be somewhat unclear at times, as it introduces novel aspects (e.g., the fMRI session) or questions that were not previously explained within the framework outlined in the introduction. While the findings related to psychopathology are interesting, their relevance to the research question posed in the introduction is not immediately clear. If these findings have significant added value, it would be helpful for the authors to highlight this earlier in the manuscript. Similarly, the results on individual differences in uncertainty (Section 3.6), though intriguing, appear tangential to the primary research question regarding the role of multiple factors in driving participants' decisions. Overall, it would strengthen the manuscript to clarify the main research question and ensure the results are more directly aligned with it.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper addresses mixed findings regarding levels of uncertainty-seeking/avoidance in past reinforcement learning studies. Using computational modelling and a novel variant of a bandit task performed across two sessions, the authors investigate the extent to which uncertainty-driven behaviour can be distinguished from heuristic-like behaviours (e.g., repetition, win-stay/lose-switch). They demonstrate that heuristics account for a significant and stable portion of the variance in choice behaviour, which might otherwise be misattributed to uncertainty-driven parameters. Additionally, they find that relative uncertainty explains additional variance and provides some evidence of stability across sessions.

      Strengths:

      The task is well-designed to tease apart multiple different factors contributing to choice during a bandit task, including separating those tied to uncertainty per se versus other policies. They validate a Bayesian model to account for learning and choice behaviour, as well as subjective estimates of learned value and confidence in these values. The work employs comprehensive model comparison to characterise behaviour in this task, and points to important risks within research on uncertainty preferences using bandit-like tasks when failing to fully account for heuristic-like drivers of such behaviour.

      Weaknesses:

      Part of this work seeks to relate individual differences in various choice parameters across sessions and to relate those to self-report scales. The estimates of cross-session reliability are valuable, particularly when comparing across the different parameters (e.g., heuristic ones being most robust), but the uncertainty-related parameters are interpreted too liberally (i.e., as being stable across sessions when both were weak and one was not significant). Moreover, the correlations with external scales are very hard to interpret given the number of comparisons that were run without correction. The findings overall will have value to people interested in modelling uncertainty preferences in learning tasks -- some of whom have considered heuristic factors less than others -- but perhaps be of more moderate impact beyond this group.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work investigated how uncertainty, repetition bias, and win-stay-lose-shift processes influence reward-based decision-making. Using a modified two-armed bandit task and computational models, the authors provide evidence for individual variation in the integration of uncertainty on choice behaviour that remains somewhat stable across two experiment sessions. The authors also find a number of interesting results due to their ability to disentangle components of this decision-making process using their novel task and models. Specifically, they find that higher total uncertainty leads people to use more heuristic-based strategies like making repetitive choices or engaging in win-stay-lose-shift behaviour. However, they also find that there are individual differences in how people use uncertainty to guide their choices, and that these differences are consistent within individuals across multiple experiment sessions. This finding can help explain prior inconsistencies in the literature, where researchers have found evidence for both uncertainty-seeking and uncertainty-avoidance tendencies. Overall, this research adds to our understanding of the mechanisms of uncertainty-modulated learning and decision-making.

      Strengths:

      One of the primary strengths of this research is that it helps provide support for the idea that mixed and null results in the prior literature could be due to individual differences in uncertainty preferences and that this individual variation is somewhat stable within subjects across multiple experiment sessions. The authors cleverly disentangle expected reward and uncertainty by interleaving free and forced choice trials in their behavioural task, illuminating the novel impact of reward and uncertainty on this particular decision process. However, it should be noted that this behavioural decorrelation does not persist beyond the first few trials after a forced choice period, so whether or not the decorrelation is truly robust remains unclear.

      The authors also use computational modelling to further probe the influence of uncertainty on reward-based choices. Specifically, they compare a Bayesian ideal observer learning model and a variation on a standard Rescorla-Wagner model, finding that a version of the Bayesian model fits the participants' behaviour best. The model descriptions and analyses are clearly explained and methodologically rigorous.

      Interestingly, the authors find that both repetition bias and model parameters that capture a win-stay-lose-shift strategy (signed and unsigned previous prediction error) significantly improve their model fits. They also make an important point that if win-stay-lose-shift behaviour is not controlled for, then switch behaviour (for example, switching to a lower expected reward option after receiving a large loss) may appear to be uncertainty-seeking when it is not. This idea speaks to a larger point that future research should be careful to not conflate "exploration" with "uncertainty-seeking."

      Weaknesses:

      This research has some weaknesses regarding the correlations between the psychopathology measures and the computational model parameters. First, the choice of self-report measures is not well supported by any specific hypotheses. Relatedly, the authors do not include sufficient rationale for their choice to include only results from the anxiety and impulsivity measures in the main text while leaving out significant findings for a number of correlations between other measures and parameter coefficients. It is also not clear how the model parameters are being derived for use in each of these correlational analyses. In sum, the manuscript as-is contains inconsistent and/or confusing reporting of correlation results that require further clarification.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study investigates the mechanisms that contribute to nerve-injury-induced allodynia by studying the role of the estrogen receptor GPR30 in a population of CCK+ neurons in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord that receive direct inputs from primary somatosensory cortex and modulate nociceptive sensitivity. The authors provide convincing evidence, using a variety of complementary approaches, ranging from the cellular to physiology level; however, conclusions that descending corticospinal projections modulate nociceptive behaviors through GPR30 are incompletely supported. With some additional analyses, the findings will be better positioned within the context of spinal circuitry literature.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Chen et al. investigate the role of the membrane estrogen receptor GPR30 in spinal mechanisms of neuropathic pain. Using a wide variety of techniques, they first provide convincing evidence that GPR30 expression is restricted to neurons within the spinal cord, and that GPR30 neurons are well-positioned to receive descending input from the primary sensory cortex (S1). In addition, the authors put their findings in the context of the previous knowledge in the field, presenting evidence demonstrating that GRP30 is expressed in the majority of CCK-expressing spinal neurons. Overall, this manuscript furthers our understanding of neural circuity that underlies neuropathic pain and will be of broad interest to neuroscientists, especially those interested in somatosensation. Nevertheless, the manuscript would be strengthened by additional analyses and clarification of data that is currently presented.

      Strengths:

      The authors present convincing evidence for the expression of GPR30 in the spinal cord that is specific to spinal neurons. Similarly, complementary approaches including pharmacological inhibition and knockdown of GPR30 are used to demonstrate the role of the receptor in driving nerve injury-induced pain in rodent models.

      Weaknesses:

      Although steps were taken to put their data into the broader context of what is already known about the spinal circuitry of pain, more considerations and analyses would help the authors better achieve their goal. For instance, to determine whether GPR30 is expressed in excitatory or inhibitory neurons, more selective markers for these subtypes should be used over CamK2. Moreover, quantitative analysis of the extent of overlap between GRP30+ and CCK+ spinal neurons is needed to understand the potential heterogeneity of the GRP30 spinal neuron population, and to interpret experiments characterizing descending SI inputs onto GRP30 and CCK spinal neurons. Filling these gaps in knowledge would make their findings more solid.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Using a variety of experimental manipulations, the authors show that the membrane estrogen receptor G protein-coupled estrogen receptor (GPER/GPR30) expressed in CCK+ excitatory spinal interneurons plays a major role in the pain symptoms observed in the chronic constriction injury (CCI) model of neuropathic pain. Intrathecal application of selective GPR30 agonist G 1induced mechanical allodynia and thermal hyperalgesia in male and female mice. Downregulation of GPR30 in CCK+ interneurons prevented the development of mechanical and thermal hypersensitivity during CCI. They also show the up modulation of AMPA receptor expression by GPR30.

      Generally, the conclusions are supported by the experimental results. I also would like to see significant improvements in the writing and the description of results.

      Methodological details for some of the techniques are rather sparse. For example, when examining the co-localization of various markers, the authors do not indicate the number of animals/sections examined. Similarly, when examining the effect of shGper1, it is unclear how many cells/sections/animals were counted and analyzed.

      In other sections, there is no description of the concentration of drugs used (for example, Figure 4H). In Figures 4C-E, there is no indication of the duration of the recordings, the ionic conditions, the effect of glutamate receptor blockers, etc

      Some results appear anecdotal in the way they are described. For example, in Figure 5, it is unclear how many times this experiment was repeated.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors convincingly demonstrate that a population of CCK+ spinal neurons in the deep dorsal horn express the G protein-coupled estrogen receptor GPR30 to modulate pain sensitivity in the chronic constriction injury (CCI) model of neuropathic pain in mice. Using complementary pharmacological and genetic knockdown experiments they convincingly show that GPR30 inhibition or knockdown reverses mechanical, tactile, and thermal hypersensitivity, conditioned place aversion, and c-fos staining in the spinal dorsal horn after CCI. They propose that GPR30 mediates an increase in postsynaptic AMPA receptors after CCI using slice electrophysiology which may underlie the increased behavioral sensitivity. They then use anterograde tracing approaches to show that CCK and GPR30 positive neurons in the deep dorsal horn may receive direct connections from the primary somatosensory cortex. Chemogenetic activation of these dorsal horn neurons proposed to be connected to S1 increased nociceptive sensitivity in a GPR30-dependent manner. Overall, the data are very convincing and the experiments are well conducted and adequately controlled. However, the proposed model of descending corticospinal facilitation of nociceptive sensitivity through GPR30 in a population of CCK+ neurons in the dorsal horn is not fully supported.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are very well executed and adequately controlled throughout the manuscript. The data are nicely presented and supportive of a role for GPR30 signaling in the spinal dorsal horn influencing nociceptive sensitivity following CCI. The authors also did an excellent job of using complementary approaches to rigorously test their hypothesis.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness in this manuscript involves overextending the interpretations of the data to propose a direct link between corticospinal projections signaling through GPR30 on this CCK+ population of spinal dorsal horn neurons. For example, even in the cropped images presented, GPR30 is present in many other CCK-negative neurons. Only about a quarter of the cells labeled by the anterograde viral tracing experiment from S1 are CCK+. Since no direct evidence is provided for S1 signaling through GPR30, this conclusion should be revised.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study by Xu and colleagues investigates brainstem circuits mediating evoked respiratory reflexes that they define as cough-like in a freely behaving mouse model. They have applied multiple circuit mapping and manipulation approaches to suggest that the caudal spinal trigeminal nucleus (SP5C) nucleus can play a novel role in generating a reflex cough-like behavior in mice. The authors give incomplete evidence that the reflex behavior produced in their mouse model is definitively cough, limiting functional interpretation of the putative circuit identified and requiring more thorough experimental interrogation of the behavior studied.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Xu and colleagues provides a useful study of brainstem circuits involved in evoked respiratory reflexes that they define to be cough or cough-like in nature. The study is conducted in mice which has the benefit of allowing for the use of modern transgenic tools, although many of the experiments end up using viral vector-based approaches that could be deployed in any species. The disadvantage of the mouse model is understanding the true identity of the respiratory event that is defined as cough. This limitation requires careful interrogation in order to understand the biology of the circuit under investigation. In this respect, the authors provide an incomplete description of a putative cough pathway linking the caudal spinal trigeminal nucleus with the ventral respiratory group. Neurons assigned as CaMKII+ with putative inputs from the paratrigeminal nucleus are central to this circuit, although the evidence for each of these claims is relatively weak or non-existent. Overall, the study employs interesting methods but limitations in methods and details of methods reduce interpretation of the study outcomes.

      Strengths:

      The use of modern methods to investigate brainstem circuits involved in an essential respiratory reflex.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The most significant issue that needs careful consideration is the exact respiratory response, which is called a cough. The authors show a trace from their plethysmography recordings and superimpose the 3 phases of cough (inspiration, compression, expiration) with confidence, yet the parameters used to delineate these phases are unclear. Of more concern, an identical respiratory trace was reported recently as a sneeze in Jiang et al Cell 2024 (PMID 39243765). Comparing Figure 1 in the Xu study with Figure 5 in the Jiang study, it is impossible to see any difference in the respiratory trace that would allow the assignment of one as cough and the other as sneeze. The audio signals also look remarkably similar and the purported cough signal in the Jiang study is quite different. Gannot et al Nat Neurosci 2024 (PMID 38977887) seems to agree with Xu in the identity of a cough signal, but Li et al Cell 2021 (PMID 34133943) again labels these as sneezes. One of the older studies that tried to classify respiratory signals in mice (Chen et al PlosONE 2013) labeled the Jiang cough trace as a deep inspiration, while sneeze looks different again. To add further confusion, Zhang et al AJP 2017 (PMID 28228416 ) provide yet another respiratory plethysmography trace that they define as a cough, and label responses discussed above as expiration reflexes. This begs the question - who, if anyone, is correct? Interpreting the circuits underlying these peculiar mouse responses depends on accuracy in defining the response in the first instance.

      (2) The involvement of the causal nSp5 in cough is an unexpected finding. Some understanding of if and how vagal afferent inputs reach this location would help strengthen the manuscript. The authors claim in the discussion that the nucleus of the solitary tract is not the source of inputs, but rather they may arise from the paratrigeminal nucleus (although no data is presented to support this claim). This could fit with the known jugular vagal afferent pathway, which is embryologically distinct and terminates in trigeminal regions, rather than the NTS. But if this is correct, what does this finding then say about the purported involvement of NTS neurons in cough in mice, for example, the recent study by Gannot et al Nat Neurosci where Tac1-expressing NTS neurons were integral for what they call cough in mice? Xu and colleagues are encouraged to resolve their input circuitry so that we can better understand the pathway under investigation and how it relates to the NTS pathway. Related to this, and the issues differentiating cough-like responses from sneeze, the authors will need to consider how to differentiate their cough-like circuitry from the sneeze pathway from the caudal nSp5 to the cVRG as reported by Li et al Cell 2021. It seems highly possible that the two groups are studying the same circuitry, yet the interpretation is confounded by an inability to agree on the identity of the evoked response.

      (3) Injection volumes and titres for AAV transductions are not stated anywhere. The methods (line 484) indicate that different volumes were used for different purposes, but nowhere is this information stated properly. Looking at representative images suggests that volumes were very large, with most of the brainstem often transduced. As single slices are only ever shown it becomes a concern as to how extensive transductions truly are. The authors need to provide complete maps of viral transduction so that readers can understand exactly what regions could contribute to responses, thereby confounding interpretation.

      (4) The authors do not provide any data to explore the impacts of manipulations on basal breathing. This is important as impacts on the respiratory patterning will likely have profound effects on evoked responses that are not related to the specific pathway under investigation. For example, in Figure 2b. breathing looks to be severely compromised in the TKO animals and disrupted in the M4 DREADD animals. Figure 3 also shows the effects of optical stimulation on breathing patterns, which appear like apnea with several breakthrough augmented breaths (some labeled as cough?), although hard to see properly in the traces provided. Figure 5, one would expect VRG inhibition to have impacts on breathing, and the traces supplied appear to suggest this is the case. Please include data showing breathing effects and consider how these may confound your study interpretation.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study employs a combination of state-of-the-art experimental approaches in mice to identify components of the brainstem circuits involved in the cough reflex in a freely behaving mouse model. The cough reflex is an important respiratory airway defense mechanism, and there has been longstanding interest in defining the neural circuits involved in the mammalian brainstem. Consistent with other recent studies, the present results provide multiple lines of evidence indicating that mice are a suitable model for studying neural mechanisms generating cough behavior. The main novel finding of this study is the authors' results indicating that the caudal spinal trigeminal nucleus (SP5C) nucleus plays a role in generating cough-like behaviors in response to inhaled tussigen. The supporting data presented for this role includes the authors' findings that: (1) neural activity in the SP5C is strongly correlated with tussigen-evoked cough-like behaviors, (2) impairing synaptic outputs or chemogenetic inhibition of SP5C neurons effectively abolished these cough-like reflexes, (3) optogenetically activating a specific subpopulation of excitatory neurons in the SP5C triggers cough-like behaviors, (4) SP5C neurons project monosynaptically to ventral medullary regions containing respiratory circuits that exhibit cough-related neural activity, and (5) specific activation of the SP5C-ventral respiratory circuitry induces robust cough-like behavior without tussive stimuli. This study will be valuable to respiratory neurobiologists studying mechanosensory control of breathing in mammals.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors developed an experimental paradigm in mice that combines whole-body plethysmography (WBP), audio, and video tracking to assess breathing and putative cough-like behaviors in conscious animals.

      (2) The mouse model enables optogenetic, chemogenetic, virus-based circuit tracing and manipulation, and in vivo fiber photometry to analyze neural activity and define circuity in the medulla-producing cough-like behavior.

      (3) Multiple lines of evidence from these experimental approaches support the conclusion that the SP5C nucleus plays a role in the respiratory reflex behaviors studied in mice, but there is uncertainty that these behaviors are definitively cough.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This paper lacks essential quantitative details about the number of animals studied explicitly for many of the experimental paradigms presented and for statistical analyses as well as to verify replication of the neuroanatomical data presented.

      (2) The authors' evidence is incomplete that the reflex behavior produced in their mouse model is definitively cough, limiting functional interpretation of the putative circuit identified and requiring more thorough experimental interrogation of the behavior studied.

      (3) The medullary circuit described conveys afferent sensorimotor signals to downstream respiratory circuits to coordinate cough-like motor behavior, but how the circuits that typically mediate the cough reflex, which involve airway-related vagal sensory neurons, operate in conjunction or parallel with the SP5C circuit described has not been determined, which is a significant gap in understanding how the present results fit into the neural control of the cough reflex.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have submitted a comprehensive manuscript on the production and central pathways that they propose mediate cough-like behaviors in a TRAP2 transgenic mouse model. While the central pathway data are good, there is significant uncertainty regarding the identity of the presumptive cough-like behavior that has been produced in their model which reduces enthusiasm for the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of the TRAP2 model in the investigation of coughing is strong.

      (2) The implication of SP5 in the production of coughing in response to ammonia inhalation is a novel finding. Further, this area can be activated by AAV-CaMKII to induce coughing in the absence of coincident afferent activation is an important observation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A fundamental aspect of this investigation is the unequivocal identification of the behavior that has been evoked. In this case, the authors have not established that they are actually studying cough. The evidence that they present (especially Figure 1 - Supplement 1) clearly shows that the citric acid (2nd example), capsaicin (2nd example), and ammonia (2nd example) box flows lack a large inspiratory component which is a requirement of cough. The referenced behaviors appear to be expulsion/inspiration which is not cough. The only way these behaviors could be cough is if the conventional polarity of presentation of the flow signals are reversed. However, inspection of the flows during breathing strongly indicates that inspiration is down in your records. Again, this makes these behaviors expulsion/inspiration.

      An additional issue is that there are compression phases marked when the flow is occurring. The compression phase is a period of no flow so this is not accurate. There also is no evidence that the mouse has a compression phase at all. In cough flow records in humans, the compression phase can clearly be seen when it happens but not all coughs have one. You must show that a compression phase happens according to the actual description of what this segment of cough actually is.

      It may be that you are evoking behaviors that primarily occur in the mouse. As such, they would be novel airway protective behaviors that are worthy of description and study. Ironically, another manuscript in the journal Cell (Jiang et al, 2024, Cell 187:5981-5997) shows similar box flow polarities as your own and clear cough airflows (Fig. 5B). However, they also show other airflow patterns that resemble what you call cough (Figure 5A) but they call them sneeze. Those airflows are expulsion/inspiration and are clearly not sneezing as the expulsion in this behavior also is preceded not followed by inspiration.

      The definitive manuscript on cough in the mouse is Zhang et al Am J Physiol Reg Integr Comp 312:R718-R726, 2017. In this manuscript, Figure 2 clearly shows both box pressures and intrapleural pressures during airway protective behaviors in the awake mouse. Note that both cough and a behavior known as expiration reflex were recorded. The key element here is that the cough elicited a tri-phasic box flow. The last excursion was associated with a sound. When compared to the pressure it is clear that this last flow excursion is mechanical chest wall recoil from residual volume. The fact that this segment of the flow record was associated with sound strongly suggests that the vocal folds were adducting at the time to "brake" the chest wall recoil. In other words, the airway resistance went up to slow inspiratory airflow as the chest returned to its resting position. As such, this observation suggests that the chest wall mechanics of cough in the mouse are different than that of larger animals.

      (2) Roger Shannon and coworkers have published a number of papers on the detailed brainstem circuits that are responsible for coughing. I recommend that the authors assimilate this knowledge in the context of their results.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The authors present a biologically plausible framework for action selection and learning in the striatum that is a fundamental advance in our understanding of possible neural implementations of reinforcement learning in the basal ganglia. They provide compelling evidence that their model can reconcile realistic neural plasticity rules with the distinct functional roles of the direct and indirect spiny projection neurons of the striatum, recapitulating experimental findings regarding the activity profiles of these distinct neural populations and explaining a key aspect of striatal function.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors propose a new model of biologically realistic reinforcement learning in the direct and indirect pathway spiny projection neurons in the striatum. These pathways are widely considered to provide a neural substrate for reinforcement learning in the brain. However, we do not yet have a full understanding of mechanistic learning rules that would allow successful reinforcement learning like computations in these circuits. The authors outline some key limitations of current models and propose an interesting solution by leveraging learning with efferent inputs of selected actions. They show that the model simulations are able to recapitulate experimental findings about the activity profile in these populations of mice during spontaneous behavior. They also show how their model is able to implement off-policy reinforcement learning.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript has been very clearly written and the results have been presented in a readily digestible manner. The limitations of existing models, that motivate the presented work, have been clearly presented and the proposed solution seems very interesting. The novel contribution of the proposed model is the idea that different patterns of activity drive current action selection and learning. Not only does this allow the model is able to implement reinforcement learning computations well, but this suggestion may have interesting implications regarding why some processes selectively affect ongoing behavior and others affect learning. The model is able to recapitulate some interesting experimental findings about various activity characteristics of dSPN and iSPN pathway neuronal populations in spontaneously behaving mice. The authors also show that their proposed model can implement off-policy reinforcement learning algorithms with biologically realistic learning rules. This is interesting since off-policy learning provides some unique computational benefits and it is very likely that learning in neural circuits may, at least to some extent, implement such computations.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness in this work is that it isn't clear how a key component in the model - an efferent copy of selected actions - would be accessible to these striatal populations. The authors propose several plausible candidates, but future work may clarify the feasibility of this proposal.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The basal ganglia is often understood within a reinforcement learning (RL) framework, where dopamine neurons convey a reward prediction error that modulates cortico-striatal connections onto spiny projection neurons (SPNS) in the striatum. However, current models of plasticity rules are inconsistent with learning in a reinforcement learning framework.

      This paper proposes a new model that describes how distinct learning rules in direct and indirect pathway striatal neurons allow them to implement reinforcement learning models. It proposes that two distinct components of striatal activity affect action selection and learning. They show that the proposed implementation allows learning in simple tasks and is consistent with experimental data from calcium imaging data in direct and indirect SPNs in freely moving mice.

      Strengths:

      Despite the success of reward prediction errors at characterizing the responses of dopamine neurons as the temporal difference error within an RL framework, the implementation of RL algorithms in the rest of the basal ganglia has been unclear. A key missing aspect has been the lack of a RL implementation that is consistent with the distinction of direct- and indirect SPNs. This paper proposes a new model that is able to learn successfully in simple RL tasks and explains recent experimental results.

      The author shows that their proposed model, unlike previous implementations, this model can perform well in RL tasks. The new model allows them to make experimental predictions. They test some of these predictions and show that the dynamics of dSPNs and iSPNs correspond to model predictions.

      More generally, this new model can be used to understand striatal dynamics across direct and indirect SPNs in future experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors could characterize better the reliability of their experimental predictions and the description of the parameters of some of the simulations

      The authors propose some ideas about how the specificity of the striatal efferent inputs but should highlight better that this is a key feature of the model whose anatomical implementation has yet to be resolved.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper points out an inconsistency of the roles of the striatal spiny neurons projecting to the indirect pathway (iSPN) and the synaptic plasticity rule of those neurons expressing dopamine D2 receptors and proposes a novel, intriguing mechanisms that iSPNs are activated by the efference copy of the chosen action that they are supposed to inhibit.

      The proposed model was supported by simulations and analysis of the neural recording data during spontaneous behaviors.

      Strengths:

      Previous models suggested that the striatal neurons learn action-value functions, but how the information about the chosen action is fed back to the striatum for learning was not clear. The author pointed out that this is a fundamental problem for iSPNs that are supposed to inhibit specific actions and its synaptic inputs are potentiated with dopamine dips.

      The authors propose a novel hypothesis that iSPNs are activated by efference copy of the selected action which they are supposed to inhibit during action selection. Even though intriguing and seemingly unnatural, the authors demonstrated that the model based on the hypothesis can circumvent the problem of iSPNs learning to disinhibit the actions associated with negative reward errors. They further showed by analyzing the cell-type specific neural recording data by Markowitz et al. (2018) that iSPN activities tend to be anti-correlated before and after action selection.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is not correct to call the action value learning using the externally-selected action as "off-policy." Both off-policy algorithm Q-learning and on-policy algorithm SARSA update the action value of the chosen action, which can be different from the greedy action implicated by the present action values. In standard reinforcement learning terminology, on-policy or off-policy is regarding the actions in the subsequent state, whether to use the next action value of (to be) chosen action or that of greedy choice as in equation (7).

      It is worth noting that this paper suggested that dopamine neurons encode on-policy TD errors:<br /> Morris G, Nevet A, Arkadir D, Vaadia E, Bergman H (2006). Midbrain dopamine neurons encode decisions for future action. Nat Neurosci, 9, 1057-63. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn1743

      (2) It is also confusing to contract TD learning and Q-learning, as the latter is considered as one type of TD learning. In the TD error signal by state value function (6) is dependent on the chosen action a_{t-1} implicitly in r_t and s_t based on the reward and state transition function.

      (3) It is not clear why interferences of the activities for action selection and learning can be avoided, especially when actions are taken with short intervals or even temporal overlaps. How can the efference copy activation for the previous action be dissociated with the sensory cued activation for the next action selection?

      (4) Although it may be difficult to single out the neural pathway that carries the efference copy signal to the striatum, it is desired to consider their requirements and difference possibilities. A major issue is that the time delay from actions to reward feedback can be highly variable.

      An interesting candidate is the long-latency neurons in the CM thalamus projecting to striatal cholinergic interneurons, which are activated following low-reward actions:<br /> Minamimoto T, Hori Y, Kimura M (2005). Complementary process to response bias in the centromedian nucleus of the thalamus. Science, 308, 1798-801. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1109154

      (5) In the paragraph before Eq. (3), Eq. (1) should be Eq. (2) for the iSPN.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents a valuable study of early brain development using advanced MRI methods. In particular, the study investigates the relationship between the maturation of diffusion MRI tissue properties and suggests that they may precede and guide the emergence of brain folding patterns. The data is solid, however, the evidence supporting the precedence of tissue changes over brain folding appears incomplete.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the analysis of fetal MRI and diffusion-weighted images of the fetal brain in utero, which reveals correlations between spatial and temporal patterns in diffusion behavior (associated with tissue microstructure) with local geometry of the brain surface (describing cortical folding). The authors use advanced imaging and image analysis pipelines, notably high angular resolution multi-shell diffusion imaging (HARDI) and multi-shell, multi-tissue constrained spherical deconvolution (MSMT-CSD) analysis of the resulting data to analyze. The key metric of tissue microstructure is "tissue fraction" which describes the relative contribution of organized anisotropic diffusion to overall diffusion, and the key geometry parameter is sulcal depth.

      The major observation is that tissue fraction, which generally increases with gestational age, is lower in sulcal fundi, and importantly that the relative difference in tissue fraction emerges *before* folding occurs. The relatively low values of tissue fraction in regions of incipient sulci may be important to the physical mechanism of cortical folding.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the manuscript include the application of advanced, highly technical imaging and image analysis methods to extract high-resolution data on both surface geometry and diffusion from a unique fetal cohort. The comparison of local features of surface and microstructure in both age-matched and age-mismatched analyses reveals a clear negative correlation between tissue fraction and sulcal depth.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors could improve the manuscript by (i) expanding their effort to place their current findings in the context of mechanistic models of folding and (ii) explaining more clearly how the diffusion measurements reflect tissue fraction. The relationship between the tissue fraction metric, the diffusion measurements, and the tissue microstructure is quite opaque.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors analyze parameters related to anisotropy and gyrification in the developing human brain and describe an increase in tissue fraction (TF) across development. They correlate TF and sulcal depth in the CP and SP across local neighborhoods, describing a negative correlation. Also, they perform age-mismatched correlation of tissue fraction at early stages with sulcal depth at later ones and show correlation inside sulci, which they interpret as indicating the presence of minor structural changes in the brain that precede the development of sulci.

      Strengths:

      The study compiles a large cohort of cases through different developmental ages and performs sophisticated data analysis. Overall, the work is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      I have some questions. What is the potential meaning of TF? It seems to be an estimator of anisotropy highly related to fractional anisotropy (FA), but it behaves in a complementary manner, increasing along gestation, in sharp contrast with the decrease observed in FA in this study (suppl. fig 3) and by others. Please clarify how it is calculated, what is the potential biological meaning of TF and how it differs from FA.

      The correlations between TF and sulcal depth do not seem to provide much novelty, since as mentioned by the authors, previous evidence has pointed in that direction. The other concept in the paper relates to detecting structural changes in prospective sulcal areas in the cortex, which the authors analyze through the age-mismatched correlation of TF and subsequent sulcation. However, the results do not show a robust correlation as detailed below and do not seem particularly useful, as they require the inclusion of post-hoc information in the model, limiting the strength of the relationship and the predictive value. My main point of criticism is that if TF is a good marker of the structural modifications that will favor the development of sulci later in development, TF should show a map predictive of those sulci (e.g. at GW 25), that is however not the case. It is not necessary to correlate with future sulcal depth, as we know exactly where the primary sulci will develop. Conversely, it seems that TF decreases along the gyrification process, and it might just be a measure of the structural changes accompanying it.

      In Figure 2 it illustrates the increase in TF across GA, but no R values or significance values are provided. Please add them to evaluate the robustness of the correlation.

      In previous work of the authors, the subplate is not clearly distinguished from the subcortical white matter after 31 GW, as it starts to disintegrate (Kostovic et al., 2002; Calixto et al., 2024). However, in this manuscript, the SP is differentiated at those later ages. The methods section describes a 2 mm thick compartment below the cortical plate. However, if that is the case, it seems quite arbitrary (to coincide with the resolution of the diffusion imaging) and risks analyzing a compartment that is no longer present. Please explain the criteria followed for such distinction and more importantly, how such distinction is reliable considering the low detectability described in previous studies. In this regard, the discussion described that a rapid increase in TF was only seen in the SP after 30 GW, but maybe this increase would reflect the dissipation of the SP and the transformation of that space in subcortical white matter, with a much more expected anisotropy. The authors should review this.

      The analysis describes a negative correlation between tissue fraction and sulcal depth when gyrification proceeds and the authors find that an age-mismatched correlation between tissue fraction in young embryos and sulcal depth in older embryos also shows a negative correlation in future sites of sulcation. However, for the correlation to exist, the tissue fraction in young individuals should already show low values in the prospective sulci, but no clear changes can be seen at GW 25 or 27 in lissencephalic areas that will bear sulci later on, as is the case of the central sulcus at GW 25 or the STS at GW 27, the latter showing very high tissue fraction (instead of the expected low).

      Another question refers to Figures 3b and c. The graphs represent specific neighborhoods in the central sulcus at 27 and 35 GW. It can be argued that those neighborhoods might not be representative of the brain or of the whole sulcus. Please show the graph with all neighborhoods, which will provide more definitive evidence of the existence of the correlation. In this regard, the average graphs represented in Figure 3F seem to show a clear correlation at 27 GW in the subplate, but the correlation seems to fade at later stages (in both SP and CP), with both sulci and gyri exhibiting a negative correlation while other sulcal areas do not exhibit correlation. I think all points should be included in the correlation to better support the hypothesis.

      Figure 4 shows the age-mismatched correlations, but they do not seem convincing particularly when they should be more useful, at 25 GW. Indeed, as seen in both Figures A and C, the central sulcus shows a negative correlation only in a few spots on one hemisphere, while (in C) most of the prospective sulcus shows a positive correlation, contrary to the hypothesis.

      Lastly, the authors performed an age-mismatched correlation between TF at different ages and the sulcal depth at 35W, when it is maximal. This maximal depth might be "pushing" the correlation to significant territory. The authors should provide correlation also with the sulcal depth at other GAs, such as P29, P31, or P33, and analyze how the correlations hold.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The study presents important findings that reveal SEPHS2 and VPS37C as new potential drug targets for dasatinib and hydroxychloroquine respectively in addition to confirming known targets of these drugs. The evidence provided is compelling as observed in the methods, data and analyses. This article will be of great interest to chemical biologists, biochemists, and scientists in drug discovery and diagnostics.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Sun et al. introduces a useful system utilizing the proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag for investigating drug-protein interactions in both in vitro (cell culture) and in vivo (zebrafish) settings. The authors presented the development and optimization of the system, as well as examples of its application and the identification of potential novel drug targets. However, the manuscript requires considerable improvements, particularly in writing and justification of experimental design. There are several inaccuracies in data description and a lack of statistics in some figures, undermining the conclusions drawn in the manuscript. Additionally, the authors introduced variants of the ligands and its cognate substrates, yet their use in different experiments appears random and lacks justification. It is challenging for readers to remember and track the specific properties of each variant, further complicating the interpretation of the results.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly backed by data, but certain aspects of data analysis and description require further clarification and expansion.

      Comments on revisions:

      We would like thank authors for submitting this revised version. We appreciate their inclusion of additional experiments, which convincingly demonstrate the absence of significant toxicity for in vivo applications. All our concerns and questions have been fully addressed. The clarity and quality of the writing have been substantially improved. We believe this innovative proximity labeling tool would be inspiring and valuable for the field.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript introduces POST-IT (Pup-On-target for Small molecule Target Identification Technology), a novel non-diffusive proximity tagging system for identifying target proteins in live cells and organisms. This technology preserves cellular context essential for capturing specific drug-protein interactions, including transient complexes and membrane-associated proteins. Using an engineered fusion of proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag, POST-IT specifically labels proximal proteins upon binding to a small molecule, with extensive optimization to enhance specificity and efficiency.

      Strengths:

      The study successfully identifies known targets and discovers new binders, such as SEPHS2 for dasatinib and VPS37C for hydroxychloroquine, advancing our understanding of their mechanisms. Additionally, its application in live zebrafish embryos demonstrates POST-IT's potential for widespread use in biological research and drug development.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed most of the issues I raised in my review. I have no further comments.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The technology requires a halo-tagged derivation of the active compound, and the linked position will have a huge impact on the potential "target hits" of the molecules. Given the fact that most of the active molecules lack of structure-activity relationship information, it is very challenging to identify the optimal position of the halo tag linkage.

      We appreciate your insightful comment. While finding the optimal position to attach a chemical linker to a small molecule of interest is indeed a challenging but necessary step, this is a common difficulty across all target-ID methods, except for those that are modification-free, as we described in Discussion. However, modification-free approaches such as DARTS, CETSA, and TPP have their own limitations, such as low sensitivity and a high false-positive rate. Additionally, DARTS and SPROX are limited to use with cell lysates. Please refer to the introduction in our manuscript for more details on these approaches. On the other hand, synthesizing HTL derivatives is relatively straightforward compared to other modifications, and we provide helpful guidelines for chemical linker design, provided the optimal chemical moiety has been identified, which is crucial for target identification. We selected dasatinib and HCQ/CQ as model compounds because previous studies offered insights into their derivative synthesis. Our data also show that DH5 retains strong kinase inhibitory activity (Figure 4—figure supplement 2), and DC661-H1 demonstrates potent inhibition of autophagy (Figure 6—figure supplement 1). For novel compounds, conducting a thorough structure-activity relationship (SAR) study is essential to determine the optimal position for HTL derivative synthesis.

      (2) Although POST-IT works in zebrafish embryos, there is still a long way to go for the broad application of the technology in other animal models.

      Thank you for your constructive comment. Yes, there is still a long way to go in developing the POST-IT system for broader applications in other animal models, especially in mice. However, we hope that our study provides valuable insights and inspiration to scientists and experts for applying the POST-IT system in various models. We are also committed to further improving its applicability.

      (3) The authors identified SEPHS2 as a new potential target of dasatinib and further validated the direct binding of dasatinib with this protein. However, considering the super strong activity of dasatinib against c-Src (sub nanomolar IC50 value), it is hard to conclude the contribution of SEPHS2 binding (micromolar potency) to its antitumor activity.

      Thank you for your insightful comment. We agree that the anticancer activity of dasatinib primarily results from inhibiting tyrosine kinases such as SRC and ABL. However, SEPHS2 contains an “opal" termination codon, UGA, at the 60th amino acid residue, which codes for selenocysteine. Due to the technical challenge of expressing selenoproteins in E. coli, we mutated it to cysteine for expression in E. coli to avoid premature translation termination, as described in the Materials and Methods section. Although the purified recombinant SEPHS2 shows a Kd of about 10 µM for dasatinib, the binding affinity to endogenous SEPHS2 may be higher since selenocysteine is larger and more electronegative than cysteine. This presents an interesting area for future investigation. Furthermore, our study of dasatinib’s binding to SEPHS2 could help facilitate the development of new SEPHS2 inhibitors, potentially targeting the active site of SEPHS2.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) Target Specificity: It is crucial for the authors to differentiate between the primary targets of the POST-IT system and those identified as side effects. This distinction is essential for assessing the specificity and utility of the technology.

      Thank you for your insightful comment. Drugs inevitably bind to various proteins with differing affinities, which can contribute to both side effects and beneficial outcomes. Typically, the primary targets exhibit high affinities. In this manuscript, we ranked the identified protein targets of DH5 based on affinity from mass spectrometry and p-values (Fig. 5A), and for DC661-H1, we used the SILAC ratio (Fig. 6A). We also individually assessed many drug-protein binding affinities using the MST assay, as well as in vitro and in cellulo assays, demonstrating their specificity. Moreover, we believe it is essential to identify as many protein targets as possible at physiological drug concentrations to better understand the drug’s side effects. Of course, further investigation is required to assess the roles and effects of these target proteins.

      (2) In Vivo Target Identification: The manuscript lacks detailed clarity on which specific targets were successfully identified in the in vivo experiments. Expanding on this information would provide a clearer view of the system's effectiveness and scope in complex biological settings.

      Thank you for your insightful comment regarding in vivo target identification. In this manuscript, we utilized a cell line as the primary method for in vivo target identification and validation after optimizing our system in test tubes. We successfully validated many of the targets identified using our POST-IT system (Figure 6—figure supplement 3). To demonstrate the proof of principle for in vivo application, we employed zebrafish embryos as an in vivo model, showing that endogenous SRC can be effectively pulled down by DH5 treatment (Fig. 7). While we could have explored the entire proteome to identify endogenous target proteins in zebrafish that bind to DH5 or dasatinib, we felt this would extend beyond our original scope, given that we have already demonstrated POST-IT’s ability to identify target proteins for dasatinib. Specific target identification and validation are crucial when using zebrafish for drug discovery. Additionally, we acknowledge that drugs likely interact with a range of protein targets in living organisms and may undergo metabolism and interactions within the circulatory system, which we address in our discussion.

      (3) Reproducibility and Scalability: Discussion on the reproducibility of the POST-IT system across various experimental setups and biological models, as well as its scalability for larger-scale drug discovery programs, would be beneficial.

      Thank you for the suggestion. While our system has shown  high reproducibility in our experiments, further improving both reproducibility and scalability would be advantageous. One potential approach to address this is through the generation of stable-expressing cell lines and transgenic zebrafish lines, which we have discussed in the revised manuscript. Establishing stable cell lines with robust POST-IT expression could enhance scalability for drug discovery applications.

      (4) Quantitative Analysis: A more detailed quantitative analysis of the protein interactions identified by POST-IT, including statistical significance and comparative data against other technologies, would enhance the manuscript.

      Thank you for your suggestion. In our assessment of drug-protein affinity, we included Kd values as quantitative measures using MST assays. The protein targets of dasatinib identified through mass spectrometry are also accompanied by p-values for quantitative analysis (Fig. 5A), and the detailed procedures are described in the Material and methods section. While it is challenging to provide direct comparative data against other technologies, our system successfully identified many known target proteins for dasatinib, as well as SEPHS2 and VPS37C as new targets for dasatinib and for HCQ/CQ, respectively, which were not detected by other methods.

      (5) Technological Limitations: The authors should discuss any limitations or potential pitfalls of the POST-IT system, which would be crucial for future users and for guiding subsequent improvements.

      Thank you for your insightful suggestion We agree that clearly defining the technological limitations is important. Therefore, we have expanded our original discussion on the limitations of our POST-IT system (Discussion section, paragraph 6).

      (6) Long-Term Stability and Activity: Information on the long-term stability and activity of the POST-IT components in different biological environments would ensure the reliability of the system in prolonged experiments.

      Yes, this is an important question. We did not notice any stability or toxicity issues with Halo-PafA and Pup substrates in HEK293T cells or zebrafish, which is an important factor for stable cell lines and transgenic zebrafish lines. However, HTL derivatives of the drug could be toxic or unstable due to the nature of the drug or its metabolism, which needs to be taken into account when designing experiments, and we have included this in the Discussion.

      (7) Comparison with Existing Technologies: A detailed comparison with existing proximity tagging and target identification technologies would help position POST-IT within the current landscape, highlighting its unique advantages and potential drawbacks.

      We appreciate your valuable feedback and agree that such comparisons are crucial. We have included a detailed overview and comparison of existing proximity-tagging systems and their related target identification technologies in the Introduction (lines 78-100) and Discussion (lines 391-412), highlighting their respective pros and cons. Additionally, we have expanded the discussion to further compare these technologies with our POST-IT system, addressing its advantages and limitations (lines 378-390, lines 448-467). We hope this provides sufficient context and information to effectively position POST-IT among the landscape of proximity-tagging target identification technologies.

      (8) Concerns Regarding Overexposed Bands: Several figures in the manuscript, specifically Figure 3A, 3B, 3C, 3F, 3G, Figure 4D, and the second panels in Figure 7C as well as some figures in the supplementary file, exhibit overexposed bands.

      We appreciate your astute observation regarding the overexposed bands and apologize for any confusion. The “overexposed” bands represent the unpupylated proteins, while the bands above them correspond to the pupylated proteins. We intended to clearly show both pupylated and unpupylated bands, although the latter are generally much weaker. We are currently working on further improving our POST-IT system to enhance pupylation efficiency.

      (9) Innovation Concern: There is a previous paper describing a similar approach: Liu Q, Zheng J, Sun W, Huo Y, Zhang L, Hao P, Wang H, Zhuang M. A proximity-tagging system to identify membrane protein-protein interactions. Nat Methods. 2018 Sep;15(9):715-722. doi: 10.1038/s41592-018-0100-5. Epub 2018 Aug 13. PMID: 30104635. It is crucial to explicitly address the novel aspects of POST-IT in contrast to this earlier work.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. Proximity-tagging systems like BioID, TurboID, NEDDylator, and PafA (Lui Q et al., Nat Methods 2018) were initially developed to study protein-protein interactions or identify protein interactomes, as these applications are of broader interest and generally easier to implement. However, applying proximity-tagging systems for small molecule target identification requires significant optimization. As described in the introduction (lines 78-100), target protein identification systems have since been developed using TurboID and NEDDylator (Tao AJ et al., Nat Commun 2023; Hill ZB et al., J Am Chem Soc 2016). It is conceivable that a PafA-based proximity-tagging system could also be adapted for target-ID, and other groups may pursue this approach in the future. Although the PafA-Pup system shows great promise for target-ID applications, extensive optimization was needed to enable its use for this purpose. Finally, we demonstrate that POST-IT offers distinct advantages over other proximity-tagging-based target-ID systems. For more details, please refer to the introduction and discussion sections.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1- Figure Supplement 1A: The Pup substrate "HB-Pup" is mentioned, but the main text or figure legend provides no introduction or description.

      We appreciate your astute observation. We have added a description in the main text and figure legend as follows: “…and used HB-Pup as a control, which contains 6´His and BCCP at the N terminus of Pup” in the main text (line 142) and “HB, TS, and SBP refer to 6´His and BCCP, twin-STII (Strep-tag II), and streptavidin binding peptide, respectively.” in the Figure 1-figure supplement 1A.

      (2) Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 3B: The authors used TS-sPupK61R as a substrate but did not explain why. The main text mentions that mutating sPup alone did not affect polypupylation, raising the question of why TS-sPupK61R was used in this figure. Furthermore, while the authors state that polypupylation becomes evident after 1 hour of incubation (more pronounced after 2 or 3 hours), the reactions here were conducted for only 30 minutes.

      Thank you for your question. Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 3B was conducted to test self-pupylation levels in the different Halo-PafA derivatives. For this purpose, we could use any Pup substrate such as SBP-sPup and SBPK4R-sPupK61R, instead of Ts-sPup and TS-sPupK61R, as they do not show any differences in pupylation activity. We chose Ts-sPup and TS-sPupK61R simply because any Pup substrates could be used for this purpose. Similarly, we did not need to incubate the reaction for a longer time to detect polypupylation, as our intention was to test “self-pupylation”. We demonstrated in Figure 1 – figure supplement 2 that polypupylation is dependent on the number or position of lysine residues in Pup substrate or tags. The results clearly showed that self-pupylation was almost completely abolished by the Halo8KR mutation. To clarify this, we added the following description in lines 168-169: “Ts-sPup and TS-sPupK61R were chosen as sPup substrates for this experiment, although any Pup substrates could have been used. The levels of self-pupylation were assessed.”

      (3) Line 156: The statement that "the TS-tag completely abolished polypupylation in TS-sPup" is inaccurate. Using TSK8R-sPupK61R as the substrate, several bands appear, which likely represent Halo-PafA with varying degrees of polypupylation. Some bands also appear to correspond to those seen when using TS-sPup as a substrate. The authors should clarify how they distinguish between multipupylation and polypupylation in this case.

      We sincerely appreciate your insight into clarifying the distinction between multipupylation and polypupylation. Polypupylation refers to the addition of a new Pup onto a previously linked Pup on the target protein, akin to polyubiquitination. In contrast, multipupylation involves multiple single pupylations at different positions on the target proteins. Since pupylation occurs exclusively at lysine residues in tag-Pup substrates, mutating all lysine residues to arginine, as in TSK48R-sPupK61R, prevents the mutant tag-Pup from linking to another Pup. This means that only single pupylation can proceed with this type of mutant Pup substrate. If multiple pupylated bands are observed with this mutant substrate, it indicates “multipupylation” rather than “polypupylation”, as shown in Figure 1-figure supplement 2D. The same applies to the pupylation bands in Figure 1-figure supplement 2E and F, as sSBP-sPupK61R and SBPK4R-sPupK61R lack lysine residues. By comparing these multipupylation bands, it is also possible to distinguish them from polypupylation bands, which are marked by yellow arrows. However, after 2-3 pupylation bands, higher-order bands become increasingly difficult to distinguish.

      To clarify the mutation in the TS-tag, we revised the sentence in line 156 from “However, further mutations within the TS-tag completely abolished polypupylation in TS-sPup” to “However, further mutations of two lysine residues within the TS-tag, creating TSK8R-sPupK61R, completely abolished polypupylation in TS-sPup”. Additionally, we have inserted sentences in line 152 to define polypupylation and multipupylation, as described here.

      (4) Line 160: Similar to the above concern about line 156, the claim that SBPK4R and sSBP completely prevented polypupylation is unconvincing and requires more supporting evidence.

      Thank you for raising this concern. As mentioned above, both SBPK4R and sSBP lack lysine residues required for pupylation. As a result, these mutants can only undergo multiple single pupylations on the lysine residues of the target protein, which leads to “multipupylation”. In Figure 1-figure supplement 2E and F, pupylation bands by sSBP-sPupK61R or SBPK4R-sPupK61R do not display doublet bands (one from multipupylation and the other from polypupylation), as seen with SBP-sPup, marked by yellow arrows. Notably, Halo-PafA containing polypupylated branches migrates more slowly than one with an equal number of multipupylation events. To clarify this point, we have added the phrase “as shown in sSBP-sPupK61R and SBP4KR-sPupK61R” at the end of the sentence in line 160.

      (5) Lines 176-177: The authors claim that PafAS126A exhibited reduced polypupylation compared to PafA, but given that PafAS126A may reduce depupylase activity, how could it reduce polypupylation levels? Moreover, it is hard to find any data supporting this conclusion in Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 3B.

      We appreciate your insightful comment. At this point, we do not fully understand how the mutation that reduces depupylase activity also decreases polypupylation. It is possible that PafAS126A has a lower preference for pupylated Pup as a prey, which is required for polypupylation, since depupylase activity depends on recognizing pupylated Pup as a prey to remove it. Nonetheless, Halo-PafAS126A shows reduced levels of higher molecular weight bands compared to Halo-PafA, as shown in Figure 1-figure supplement 3B, while exhibiting increased pupylation in lower molecular weight bands, which represent either multipupylation or low-degree polypupylation. Since higher molecular weight bands (> 150 kD) are likely due to polypupylation, this result suggests reduced polypupylation and increased multipupylation in Halo-PafAS126A. To clarify this in the main text, we have added the following description in line 177: “as evidenced by the decreased levels of high molecular weight bands and an increase in low molecular weight bands”

      (6) POST-IT system in cellulo validation: The system was developed using the Halo-tag, yet the in-cell validation uses FRB and FKBP instead, without explaining this switch. This inconsistency makes the logic of the experiment unclear.

      We appreciate your insightful comment. The interaction between rapamycin and FRB or FKBP is known to be highly specific and robust, making this system useful in various biological contexts. Due to this property, rapamycin can induce interaction between two proteins when one is fused with FRB and the other with FKBP. Before testing or optimizing the POST-IT system in cells, we hypothesized that using the rapamycin-induced interaction between FRB and FKBP could introduce pupylation of the target protein, provided that PafA is fused with FRB or FKBP and the target protein is fused with the other. The results demonstrate that PafA can introduce pupylation of the target protein in a proximity-dependent manner via this chemically induced interaction. To further clarify this in the main text, we modified the original sentence in lines 214-216 as follows: “To mimic drug-target interaction-induced pupylation in live cells and assess the potential of PafA as a proximity-tagging system for target-ID, we incorporated the rapamycin-induced interaction between FRB and FKBP into our PL system, as this interaction between a small molecule and a protein is known to be highly specific and robust (Figure 3—figure supplement 1A).”

      (7) Line 209: The authors decided to use the SBP-tag for further studies due to better performance, but in Figure 3 - Figure supplement 1, they still used the unintroduced HB-Pup as the substrate, which is confusing and lacks explanation.

      Thank you for raising your question. The SBP-tag is not superior to the TS-tag in terms of pupylation activity. However, the TSK8R mutant cannot bind to Strep-Tactin beads, while the SBP mutants, SBPK4R and sSBP, can bind to streptavidin. Therefore, we chose the SBP-tag instead of the TS-tag for further studies as a Pup substrate in POST-IT system, as we needed to pull down the target proteins. HB-Pup is consistently used as a control throughout various experiments, as it is the original Pup substrate. In Figure 3-figure supplement 1B and C, HB-Pup was used to test chemically induced pupylation by PafA. In these cases, it was not so critical which Pup substrate was chosen. Furthermore, we compared HB-Pup and different SBP-sPup substrates in Figure 3-figure supplement 1D, where HB-Pup was used as a control or for comparison. Although pupylation bands with HB-Pup appear more robust, this substrate contains multiple lysine residues, leading to high levels of polypupylation. To make it clear, we modified the sentence in line 209 to “Therefore, we decided to use the SBP-tag as a Pup substrate in the POST-IT system for further studies.”.

      (8) Line 220: Both SBP-sPup and SBPK4R-sPupK61R are described as exhibiting efficient pupylation, but the data show mostly self-pupylation and little to no pupylation of the target protein.

      Thank you for your concern. However, pupylation of the target protein is actually quite substantial, as the intensities of the free form and pupylated proteins are relatively similar, as shown in the upper panel of Figure 3-figure supplement 1D. Self-pupylation is always much higher than target pupylation, because PafA constantly pupylates itself, whereas pupylation of the target protein occurs only through interaction. Furthermore, V5-FRB-mKate2-PafA contains many lysine residues, which increases the levels of self-pupylation.

      (9) Lines 222-224: The authors chose SBPK4R-sPupK61R to avoid polypupylation, although SBP-sPup did not cause detectable polypupylation. Neither substrate caused pupylation of the target protein, so the rationale behind this choice is unclear.

      Thank you for raising your question. Similar to the above comment (#8), please refer to the pupylation bands of the target protein, as shown in the upper panel of Figure 3-figure supplement 1D. The pupylation band of the target protein is quite remarkable, as the intensities of the free form and pupylated proteins are comparable. Additionally, there are no multiple pupylation bands in either case, except for one additional weak multipupylation band, indicating no polypupylation by SBP-sPup, which does not have K-to-R mutations. Of course, SBPK4R-sPupK61R can only undergo single pupylation, as it does not contain lysine residues. Although we did not observe polypupylation by SBP-sPup in this experimental condition, it is possible that SBP-sPup may cause polypupylation under different experimental conditions or with other target proteins. Since SBPK4R-sPupK61R exhibits comparable pupylation of the target protein at least in this experiment setting as SBP-sPup, we selected SBPK4R-sPupK61R as the Pup substrate for POST-IT system to avoid any potential polypupylation that could be caused by SBP-sPup in other cases. We believe that polypupylation can introduce bias into the analysis and hinder the comprehensive discovery of additional target proteins for small molecules.

      (10) Line 224: The authors conclude that rapamycin greatly reduced self-pupylation, but the supporting data are unclear.

      Thank you for your constructive comments on our manuscript. Please refer to the lower panel of Figure 3-figure supplement 1D. When using either SBPK4R-sPupK61R or SBP-sPup, rapamycin treatment results in reduced levels of self-pupylation compared to the no-treatment control. However, we did not observe this reduction with HB-Pup and do not know the reason. To clarify this in the main text, we added the following description to the end of the sentence: “when using either SBPK4R-sPupK61R or SBP-sPup, as shown in the lower panel of Figure 3—figure supplement 1D”

      (11) Line 234: The authors selected an 18-amino acid linker, but given that linkers longer than 10 amino acids enhance labeling, this choice should be explained.

      Thank you for raising your question. In fact, a linker of 10 amino acids (aa) or longer is likely to behave similarly. We chose an 18 aa linker instead of a 40 aa linker primarily for the convenience of cloning and to reduce the potential for DNA sequence recombination associated with longer repeats. Additionally, a longer, flexible linker may behave like an intrinsically disordered protein (Harmon et al., 2017), which can lead to unwanted protein-protein interactions or phase separation. To elaborate on this, we added the following sentences after the sentence in line 233-235: “We chose the 18-amino acid linker instead of the 40-amino acid linker for easier cloning and to lower the risk of DNA recombination from longer repeats. Additionally, a longer, flexible linker may behave like an intrinsically disordered protein (Harmon et al., 2017), an unwanted feature for target-ID.”

      (12) S126A and K172R mutations: The authors claim that these mutations additively enhanced pupylation under cellular conditions, but in Figure 3B, the band intensities appear similar for the wild-type and mutant versions.

      Thank you for raising your concern. Although a single pupylation band appears similar among the three different Halo-PafA proteins, multipupylation bands are slightly but noticeably increased by the S126A and K172R mutations compared to Halo8KR-PafA. Since we used SBPK4R-sPupK61R as a Pup substrate, all higher molecular weight bands result from multipupylation rather than polypupylation. This illustrates why it is preferable to use SBPK4R-sPupK61R over SBP-sPup, as the pupylation bands with SBP-sPup are mixtures of poly- and multipupylation, making it difficult to assess levels of target labeling. To clarify this in the main text, we added the following description after the sentence in line 236: “as the higher molecular weight multipupylation bands are slightly but noticeably increased with these mutations compared to Halo8KR-PafA”

      (13) Line 263: The authors selected DH5 for further experiments due to its efficiency, but the data suggest that the performance of DH1 to DH5 is similar.

      We appreciate your question about the different dasatinib HTL derivatives. However, our data clearly show that DH2-5 derivatives bind significantly more effectively to Halo-PafA in vitro and in live cells compared to DH1 (Figure 4A and B). Additionally, the DH2-5 derivatives result in dramatically increased pupylation of the target protein in vitro and noticeable enhancement in live cells (Figure 4C and D). Among DH2 to DH5, there is no obvious difference in binding to Halo-PafA or pupylation of the target protein. Therefore, we chose DH5, as we believe that the longer linker in DH5 may facilitate the binding of a more diverse range of target proteins to dasatinib, enabling the discovery of additional target proteins.

      (14) Line 309: The authors introduce HCQ and CQ as important drugs but then investigate the mechanism using DC661 without introducing or justifying the choice of this compound.

      Thank you for your point. We explained the reason to choose DC661, a dimer form of CQ, instead of CQ for the synthesis of an HTL derivative in line 310. “assuming that a dimer would enhance binding affinity as previously described.” As the dimer forms of a drug or a small molecule such as testosterone dimers, estrogen dimers, and numerous anticancer drug dimers have been often developed to enhance drug effects (Paquin A et., Molecules 2021). Similarly, dimer forms of HCQ/CQ have been introduced and shown to be more potent (Hrycyna CA et al., ACS Chem Biol 2014; Rebecca VW et al., Cancer Discovery 2019). We expected that using a dimer form might offer higher probability to identify target proteins for HCQ/CQ.

      (15) The authors suggest that multipupylation levels were enhanced but do not explain whether this might benefit the system or introduce other issues. Clarifying this point would provide valuable insight for potential users of this system.

      Thank you for your thoughtful suggestion. Polypupylation likely leads to biased enrichment of a limited set of target proteins, and its levels may not correlate with the binding affinity of target proteins to the small molecule of interest, features that can negatively impact target-ID. In contrast, multipupylation may be correlated with binding affinity or interaction frequency, as we observed increased levels of multipupylation with higher Pup concentrations and longer incubation times. This suggests that target proteins with multiple lysines in proximity to PafA can be sequentially pupylated, starting with the most accessible lysine. However, if a target protein has only one accessible lysine, pupylation will occur only once, regardless of the protein’s affinity to the small molecule. In summary, while polypupylation may be a drawback for target-ID, multipupylation could be useful for both target-ID and understanding binding mode. To elaborate on this, we added the following additional explanation after the sentence in line 152: “, whereas multipupylation is more likely correlated with binding affinity or interaction frequency.”

      (16) The author should address whether the Halotag ligand modification of the drug alters the binding properties between the drug and targets. That may be causing artifact binding of the drug and other proteins.

      Thank you for your insightful comment. Yes, it is true that chemical modifications of the small molecule of interest, such as linker derivatization (e.g., HTL) or photo-affinity labeling, generally lead to reduced activity or affinity compared to the original molecule. Synthesizing a derivative is a common challenge across all target-ID methods, except for modification-free approaches, as we mentioned in the Discussion. However, modification-free methods like DARTS, CETSA, and TPP have their own limitations, including low sensitivity or high false positive rates. Identifying the optimal position for chemical modification on the small molecule of interest is critical. We chose dasatinib and HCQ/CQ as model compounds, because previous studies provided insights into their derivative synthesis. In addition, our data show that DH5 retains robust kinase inhibitory activity (Figure 4-figure supplement 2), and DC661-H1 exhibits potent autophagy inhibition (Figure 6-figure supplement 1). For novel compounds, a thorough structure-activity relationship study is essential to identify the optimal position for HTL derivative synthesis.

      (17) The author stated there is no observable toxicity in zebrafish without providing a detailed analysis or enough data. Further analysis of the expression of Halo-PafA and its substrate sPup influence on toxicity or side effects to the living cells or animals would be needed. It is important for in vivo applications.

      Thank you for your constructive suggestion. We have now included additional experimental data in Figure 7-figure supplement 1, showing no toxicity in zebrafish embryos expressing the POST-IT system. We assessed toxicity in two ways: by injecting the POST-IT DNA plasmid into one-cell-stage embryos for acute expression, and by using embryos from transgenic zebrafish expressing POST-IT under a heat-shock inducible promoter. Neither the injection nor the heat-shock activation of POST-IT expression resulted in any noticeable toxicity.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important work presents two studies on predictive processing in subjects with and without tinnitus, matched for age, sex and hearing loss. These studies together provide compelling evidence for an enhanced predictability of upcoming sounds in regular sequences in EEG data recorded from tinnitus subjects. This work will be of interest to researchers, especially neuroscientists, in the tinnitus field and beyond.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This work presents a replicable difference in predictive processing between subjects with and without tinnitus. In two independent MEG studies and using a passive listening paradigm, the authors identify an enhanced prediction score in tinnitus subjects compared to control subjects. In the second study, individuals with and without tinnitus were carefully matched for hearing levels (next to age and sex), increasing the probability that the identified differences could truly be attributed to the presence of tinnitus. Results from the first study could successfully be replicated in the second, although the effect size was notably smaller.

      Throughout the manuscript, the authors provide a thoughtful interpretation of their key findings and offer several interesting directions for future studies. Their conclusions are fully supported by their findings. Moreover, the authors are sufficiently aware of the inherent limitations of cross-sectional studies.

      Strengths:

      The robustness of the identified differences in prediction scores between individuals with and without tinnitus is remarkable, especially as successful replication studies are rare in the tinnitus field. Moreover, the authors provide several plausible explanations for the decline of the effect size observed in the second study.

      The rigorous matching for hearing loss, in addition to age and sex, in the second study is an important strength. This ensures that the identified differences cannot be attributed to differences in hearing levels between the groups.

      The used methodology is explained clearly and in detail, ensuring that the used paradigms may be employed by other researchers in future studies. Moreover, the registering of the data collection and analysis methods for Study 2 as a Registered Report should be commended, as the authors have clearly adhered to the methods as registered.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aimed to test experimentally a theoretical framework that aims to explain the perception of tinnitus, i.e., the perception of a phantom sound in the absence of external stimuli, through differences in auditory predictive coding patterns. To this aim, the researchers compared the neural activity preceding and following the perception of a sound using MEG in two different studies. The sounds could be highly predictable or random, depending on the experimental condition. They revealed that individuals with tinnitus and controls had different anticipatory predictions. This finding is a major step in characterizing the top-down mechanisms underlying sound perception in individuals with tinnitus.

      Strengths:

      This article uses an elegant, well-constructed paradigm to assess the neural dynamics underlying auditory prediction. The findings presented in the first experiment were partially replicated in the second experiment, which included 80 participants. This large number of participants for an MEG study ensures very good statistical power and a strong level of evidence. The authors used advanced analysis techniques - Multivariate Pattern Analysis (MVPA) and classifier weights projection - to determine the neural patterns underlying the anticipation and perception of a sound for individuals with or without tinnitus. The authors evidenced different auditory prediction patterns associated with tinnitus. Overall, the conclusions of this paper are well supported, and the limitations of the study are clearly addressed and discussed.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This important work presents two studies on predictive processes in subjects with and without tinnitus. The evidence supporting the authors' claims is compelling, as their second study serves as an independent replication of the first. Rigorous matching between study groups was performed, especially in the second study, increasing the probability that the identified differences in predictive processing can truly be attributed to the presence of tinnitus. This work will be of interest to researchers, especially neuroscientists, in the tinnitus field.

      We thank the editors at elife very much for their favorable assessment of our manuscript. Based upon the comments of the reviewer, we aimed to further improve our manuscript to be a valuable addition to the tinnitus research field.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aimed to test experimentally a theoretical framework that aims to explain the perception of tinnitus, i.e., the perception of a phantom sound in the absence of external stimuli, through differences in auditory predictive coding patterns. To this aim, the researchers compared the neural activity preceding and following the perception of a sound using MEG in two different studies. The sounds could be highly predictable or random, depending on the experimental condition. They revealed that individuals with tinnitus and controls had different anticipatory predictions. This finding is a major step in characterizing the top-down mechanisms underlying sound perception in individuals with tinnitus.

      Strengths:

      This article uses an elegant, well-constructed paradigm to assess the neural dynamics underlying auditory prediction. The findings presented in the first experiment were partially replicated in the second experiment, which included 80 participants. This large number of participants for an MEG study ensures very good statistical power and a strong level of evidence. The authors used advanced analysis techniques - Multivariate Pattern Analysis (MVPA) and classifier weights projection - to determine the neural patterns underlying the anticipation and perception of a sound for individuals with or without tinnitus. The authors evidenced different auditory prediction patterns associated with tinnitus. Overall, the conclusions of this paper are well supported, and the limitations of the study are clearly addressed and discussed.

      Weaknesses:

      Even though the authors took care of matching the participants in age and sex, the control could be more precise. Tinnitus is associated with various comorbidities, such as hearing loss, anxiety, depression, or sleep disorders. The authors assessed individuals' hearing thresholds with a pure tone audiogram, but they did not take into account the high frequencies (6 kHz to 16 kHz) in the patient/control matching. Moreover, other hearing dysfunctions, such as speech-in-noise deficits or hyperacusis, could have been taken into account to reinforce their claim that the observed predictive pattern was not linked to hearing deficits. Mental health and sleep disorders could also have been considered more precisely, as they were accounted for only indirectly with the score of the 10-item mini-TQ questionnaire evaluating tinnitus distress. Lastly, testing the links between the individuals' scores in auditory prediction and tinnitus characteristics, such as pitch, loudness, duration, and occurrence (how often it is perceived during the day), would have been highly informative.

      Thank you very much for your careful evaluation of our manuscript. We agree with you that our study design has some limitations such as the assessment of higher frequencies, comorbidities, and tinnitus characteristics. In our discussion, we aimed to acknowledge these issues for future research to improve this study design and gain more insights into neural tinnitus processes.

      See e.g.:

      Line 946-949:

      “Additionally, we rigorously controlled for hearing loss in Study 2, however, pure-tone audiometric testing was solely performed up to 8kHz and we were therefore not able to draw conclusions regarding hearing impairments in higher frequencies and their influence on the effects.”

      Line 949-954:

      “Moreover, we did not screen our participants for hyperacusis. This hypersensitivity to mild sounds is widely correlated with the sensation of tinnitus and underlying neural mechanisms are potentially intertwined with tinnitus processes (Schilling et al., 2023; Yukhnovich et al., 2023; Zheng, 2020). Screening for hyperacusis in future work can therefore reveal more details on participant characteristics influencing predictive processing.”

      Line 955-958:

      “In both studies, tinnitus distress was not correlated with the reported prediction effects. Nevertheless, tinnitus can also be characterized by other features such as its loudness, pitch or duration which were not included in the experimental assessment.”

      Line 958-963:

      “Additionally, we solely used a short version of the Mini-TQ (Goebel and Hiller, 1992) in Study 2, which did not allow us to relate prediction scores to subscales like sleep disturbances which potentially influence cognitive functioning and thus predictive processing. Next to sleeping disorders and distress, tinnitus is often also accompanied by psychological comorbidities such as depression or anxiety (Langguth, 2011) which are potential confounds of the results.”

      Comments on revisions:

      Thank you for your responses. There are a few remaining points that, if addressed, could further enhance the manuscript:

      - While the manuscript acknowledges the limitation of not matching groups on hearing thresholds in Study 1, a deeper analysis of participants' hearing abilities and their impact on MEG results, similar to that conducted in Study 2, would be valuable. Specifically, including a linear model that considers all frequencies, group membership, and their interactions could highlight differences across groups. Additionally, examining the effect of high-frequency hearing loss on prediction scores, as performed in Study 2, would strengthen the analysis, particularly given the trend noted (line 719). Such an addition could make a significant contribution to the literature by exploring how hearing abilities may influence prediction patterns.

      We appreciate your feedback and agree with you that it is a crucial question how hearing abilities influence prediction patterns in tinnitus. However, as hearing status was not assessed in the control group in study 1, we are unfortunately not able to include linear models to investigate differences across groups in this sample. This led us to the implementation of study 2 with a comprehensive hearing assessment to investigate group differences. We highlighted this issue in our methods section.

      Line 170-172:

      “As pure-tone audiometric testing was not included for the control subjects, group comparisons between hearing thresholds were not feasible.”

      - The connection with the hippocampal regions (line 864) remains somewhat unclear. While the inclusion of the Paquette reference appropriately links temporal region activity with tinnitus, it does not fully support the statement: "An increased focus on hippocampal regions, e.g., in fMRI, patient, or animal studies, could be a worthwhile complement to our MEG work, given the outstanding relevance of medial temporal areas in the formation of associations in statistical learning paradigms"

      Thank you for your constructive input. This section is purely speculative, and we do not aim to provide strong claims or expected results but solely point out potential future research directions.

      - Authors should add a comparison of participants mini-TQ scores on both studies

      We appreciate your input and added a comparison of mini TQ-scores between samples. For study 1, all subscales were included, however, we computed the comparison solely based on the items of the mini-TQ to increase comparability. The results were not significant, i.e., tinnitus distress values did not differ between studies.

      Line 629-632:

      “We additionally compared tinnitus distress values assessed by the mini-TQ (Goebel and Hiller, 1992) between study 1 and study 2 to detect potential differences between the samples, however, results of the Welch’s t-test were not significant with t(30.7)=1.27, p\=.214.”

      - Authors should add significant level on Fig 6.B as in Fig 3.C, and a n.s on Fig 6.D

      Thank you very much for your input, we added significance levels and a n.s. to the Figures 6B and 6D.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary of the work: In this work, Fruchard et. al. study the enzyme Tgt and how it modifies guanine in tRNAs to queuosine (Q), essential for Vibrio cholerae's growth under aminoglycoside stress. Q's role in codon decoding efficiency and its proteomic effects during antibiotic exposure is examined, revealing Q modification impacts tyrosine codon decoding and influences RsxA translation, affecting the SoxR oxidative stress response. The research proposes Q modification's regulation under environmental cues reprograms the translation of genes with tyrosine codon bias, including DNA repair factors, crucial for bacterial antibiotic response.

      The experiments are well-designed and conducted and the conclusions, for the most part, are well supported by the data. However, a few clarifications will significantly strengthen the manuscript.

      Thank you.

      Major:

      Figure S4 A-D. These growth curves are important data and should be presented in the main figures. Moreover, given that it is not possible to make a rsxA mutant, I wonder if it would be possible to connect rsx and tgt using the following experiment: expression of tgt results in resistance to TOB (in B), while expression of only rsx lower resistance to TOB (in D). Then simultaneous overexpression of both tgt/rsx in the WT strain should have either no effect on TOB resistance or increased resistance, relative to the WT. Perhaps the authors have done this, and if so, the data should be included as it will significantly strengthen their model.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, we have tried to overexpress both tgt and rsxA simultaneously. However, this appears to be toxic as cells form small colonies and cannot grow well in liquid. We think that the presence of 2 plasmids and corresponding selection antibiotics amplify the toxicity of overexpressing rsxA, and even tgt. In fact, it can be seen that tgt overexpression in WT is already slightly deleterious, in the absence of tobramycin (figure 1B).

      Figure S4 - Is there a rationale for why it is possible to make rsx mutants in E. coli, but not in V. cholerae? For example, does E. coli have a second gene/protein that is redundant in function to rsxA, while V. cholerae does not? I think your data hint at this, since in the right panel growth data, your double mutant does not fully rescue back to rsx single mutant levels, suggesting another factor in tgt mutant also acts to lower resistance to TOB. If so, perhaps a line or two in text will be helpful for readers.

      This point raised by the referee is an interesting one that we have also asked ourselves at multiple occasions. In fact, the Rsx operon is linked with oxidative stress and respiration. Vibrio cholerae and E. coli show differences on genes involved in these pathways. V. cholerae lacks the cyo/nuo respiratory complex genes, and does not encode a Suf operon. Moreover, deletion of the anaerobic respiration Frd pathway leads to strong decrease of V. cholerae growth even in aerobic conditions. (10.1128/spectrum.01730-23). We have previously also generally seen differences between the 2 species in response to stress (10.1128/AAC.01549-10) and the way they deal with ROS (10.1371/journal.pgen.1003421). Therefore, we think that the fact that rsx is essential in V. cholerae and not E. coli could either be due to the presence of an additional redundant pathway in E. coli as suggested by the referee, or to more general differences in respiration and treatment of ROS. We thank the referee for highlighting this and we have now included a comment about this in the manuscript.

      - For growth curves in Figure 2 and relative comparisons like in Figure 5D and Figure S4 (and others in the paper), statistics and error bars, along with replicate information should be provided.

      We had mentioned this in the methods section, we have now added the specific information also on figure legends.

      - Figure 6A - Is the transcript fold change in linear or log? If linear, then tgt expression should not be classified as being upregulated in TOB. It is barely up by ~2-fold with TOB- 0.6....which is a mild phenotype, at best.

      We think that 2-fold change of tgt expression can be sufficient to lead to changes in tRNA modification levels. We agree that this is a mild induction, we have thus changed “increase” to “mildly increase” in the results.  

      - Line 779- 780: "This indicates that sub-MIC TOB possibly induces tgt expression through the stringent response activation." To me, the data presented in this figure, do not support this statement. The experiment is indirect.

      We agree, we rephrased: “Tobramycin may induces tgt expression through stringent response activation or through an independent pathway. “

      - Figure 3B and D. - These samples only have tobramycin, correct? The legend says both carbenicillin and tobramycin.

      The legend is correct, samples also have carbenicillin because we are testing here the growth with 2 synonymous beta-lactamase genes in presence of beta-lactams.

      - Figure 5. The color schemes in bars do not match up with the color scheme in cartoons below panels B and C. That makes it confusing to read. Please fix.

      Fixed.

      - A lot of abbreviations have been used. This makes reading a bit cumbersome. Ideally, less abbreviations will be used.

      Fixed

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Fruchard et al. investigate the role of the queuosine (Q) modification of the tRNA (Q-tRNA) in the human pathogen Vibrio cholerae. First, the authors state that the absence of Q-modified tRNAs (tgt mutant) increases the translation of TAT codons and proteins with a high TAT codon bias. Second, the absence of Q increases rsxA translation, because rsxA gene has a high TAT codon bias. Third, increased RsxA in the absence of Q inhibits SoxR response, reducing resistance towards the antibiotic tobramycin (TOB). Authors also predict in silico which genes harbor a higher TAT bias and found that among them are some involved in DNA repair, experimentally observing that a tgt mutant is more resistant to UV than the wt strain. It is worth noting that authors employ a wide variety of techniques, both experimental and bioinformatic. However, some aspects of the work need to be clarified or reevaluated.

      (1) The statement that the absence of Q increases the translation of TAT codons and proteins encoded by TAT-enriched genes presents the following problems that should be addressed:

      (1.1) The increase in TAT codon translation in the absence of Q is not supported by proteomics, since there was no detected statistical difference for TAT codon usage in proteins differentially expressed. Furthermore, there are some problems regarding the statistics of proteomics. Some proteins shown in Table S1 have adjusted p-values higher than their pvalues, which makes no sense. Maybe there is a mistake in the adjusted p-value calculation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thorough examination of our findings. In our study, we employed an adaptive Benjamini-Hochberg (BH) procedure to control the false discovery rate in our list of selected proteins, as explained in the Data Analysis part of the Proteomics MS and analysis part of our material and methods. The classical BH procedure (10.1111/j.2517-6161.1995.tb02031.x) calculates the 𝑚×𝑝(𝑗) adjusted p-value for the i-th ranked p-value as min where 𝑝(𝑗) is the j-th ranked pvalue and 𝑚 is the number of tests (e.g. number of proteins) (see 10.1021/acs.jproteome.7b00170 for details). Since m/j > 1 and 𝑝(𝑗) > 𝑝(𝑖) for 𝑗≥𝑚, it follows that for 𝑗≥i, resulting in adjusted p-values being higher or equal than the original p-values. Therefore, contrary to the reviewer's comment, it is a mathematical property that the adjusted p-value is greater than the original p-value when using the classical Benjamini-Hochberg procedure. 

      However, we want to underline that we used an « adaptive » BH procedure, which calculates the adjusted p-value for the i-th ranked p-value as min , where 𝜋0 is an estimate of the proportion of true null hypotheses (see 10.1021/acs.jproteome.7b00170 for details). Indeed, the classical BH procedure makes the assumption that 𝜋0 \= 1, which is a strong assumption in MS-based proteomics context.  Consequently, the mathematical property that the adjusted p-value is greater than the original p-value does not always hold true in our approach (that depends also on the 𝜋0 parameter).

      In addition, it is not common to assume that proteins that are quantitatively present in one condition and absent in another are differentially abundant proteins. Proteomics data software typically addresses this issue and applies some corrections. It would be advisable to review that.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point. Indeed, some software impute a random small value to replace missing values and then produces statistics based on this imputed data (10.1038/nmeth.3901). However, the validity and relevance of generating statistics in the absence of actual data is questionable. 

      There are no universally accepted guidelines for handling this situation, and we believe it is more logical to set these values aside as potential interesting proteins. It is well-established that intensity values are often missing due to the detection limits of the spectrometer, suggesting that the missing values observed in several replicates of a condition are actually due to low values (see 10.1093/bioinformatics/btp362 and 10.1093/bioinformatics/bts193 for instance). It is thus logical to consider the associated proteins as potentially differentially abundant when comparing their complete absence in all replicates of one condition to their presence in several replicates of another condition.

      (1.2) Problems with the interpretation of Ribo-seq data (Figure 4D). On the one hand, the Ribo-seq data should be corrected (normalized) with the RNA-seq data in each of the conditions to obtain ribosome profiling data, since some genes could have more transcription in some of the conditions studied. In other articles in which this technique is used (such as in Tuorto et al., EMBO J. 2018; doi: 10.15252/embj.201899777), it is interpreted that those positions in which the ribosome moves most slowly and therefore less efficiently translated), are the most abundant. Assuming this interpretation, according to the hypothesis proposed in this work, the fragments enriched in TAT codons should have been less abundant in the absence of Q-tRNA (tgt mutant) in the Rib-seq experiment. However, what is observed is that TAT-enriched fragments are more abundant in the tgt mutant, and yet the Ribo-seq results are interpreted as RNA-seq, stating that this is because the genes corresponding to those sequences have greater expression in the absence of Q. 

      As recommended by the reviewer, we normalized the RiboSeq data with the RNAseq data to account for potential RNA variations. The updated Figure 4 demonstrates that this normalization does not alter our findings, confirming that variations at the RNAseq level do not contradict changes at the translational level. 

      The reviewer's observation that pauses at TAT codons would lead to ribosome accumulation and subsequent categorization as "up" genes is accurate. We must emphasize, however, that this category of “up genes” is probably quite diverse. The effect of ribosome stalling at TAT codons on total mRNA ribosome occupancy is likely highly variable, depending on the location of the TAT codon(s) within the CDS and the gene's expression level. We therefore think that genes in the "Up" category mainly correspond to genes that are more translated because the impact of pausing at TAT codons is probably not strong enough. Note that unlike what is usually done in bacterial riboseq experiments, we did not use any antibiotics to artificially freeze the ribosomes.

      On the other hand, it would be interesting to calculate the mean of the protein levels encoded by the transcripts with high and low ribosome profiling data.

      While this is a common request, we believe that comparing RiboSeq and proteomics data is not particularly informative. RiboSeq data directly measures translation, while proteomics provides information about protein abundance at steady state, reflecting the balance between protein synthesis and degradation. Furthermore, the number of proteins detectable by mass spectrometry is significantly smaller than the number of genes quantified by RiboSeq. Given these factors, there is often a low correlation between translation and protein abundance, making a direct comparison less relevant 

      (1.3) This statement is contrary to most previously reported studies on this topic in eukaryotes and bacteria, in which ribosome profiling experiments, among others, indicate that translation of TAT codons is slower (or unaffected) than translation of the TAC codons, and the same phenomenon is observed for the rest of the NAC/T codons. This is completely opposed to the results showed in Figure 4. However, the results of these studies are either not mentioned or not discussed in this work. Some examples of articles that should be discussed in this work:

      - "Queuosine-modified tRNAs confer nutritional control of protein translation" (Tuorto et al., 2018; 10.15252/embj.201899777)

      - "Preferential import of queuosine-modified tRNAs into Trypanosoma brucei mitochondrion is critical for organellar protein synthesis" (Kulkarni et al., 2021; doi:10.1093/nar/gkab567.

      - "Queuosine-tRNA promotes sex-dependent learning and memory formation by maintaining codonbiased translation elongation speed" (Cirzi et al., 2023; 10.15252/embj.2022112507)

      - "Glycosylated queuosines in tRNAs optimize translational rate and post-embryonic growth" (Zhao et al., 2023; 10.1016/j.cell.2023.10.026)

      - "tRNA queuosine modification is involved in biofilm formation and virulence in bacteria" (Diaz-Rullo and Gonzalez-Pastor, 2023; doi: 10.1093/nar/gkad667). In this work, the authors indicate that QtRNA increases NAT codon translation in most bacterial species. Could the regulation of TAT codonenriched proteins by Q-tRNAs in V. cholerae an exception? In addition, authors use a bioinformatic method to identify genes enriched in NAT codons similar to the one used in this work, and to find in which biological process are involved the genes whose expression is affected by Q-tRNAs (as discussed for the phenotype of UV resistance). It will be worth discussing all of this.

      Thank you for detailed suggestions, we agree that this discussion was missing and this comment gives us a chance to address that in the revised version of the manuscript.

      About the references above suggested by the referee, 4 of these papers were not mentioned in our manuscript, these were published while our manuscript was previously in review and we realize we have not cited them in the latest version of our manuscript. We thank the referee for highlighting this. We have now included a discussion about this. 

      We included the following in the discussion:

      “However, the opposite codon preference was shown in E. coli {Diaz-Rullo, 2023 #1888}. In eukaryotes also, several recent studies indicate slower translation of U-ending codons in the absence of Q34 {Cirzi, 2023 #1887;Kulkarni, 2021 #1886;Tuorto, 2018 #1268}. It’s important to note here, that in V. cholerae ∆tgt, increased decoding of U-ending codons is observed only with tyrosine, and not with the other three NAC/U codons (Histidine, Aspartate, Asparagine). This is interesting because it suggests that what we observe with tyrosine may not adhere to a general rule about the decoding efficiency of U- or C-ending codons, but instead seems to be specific to Tyr tRNAs, at least in the context of V. cholerae. Exceptions may also exist in other organisms. For example, in human cells, queuosine increases efficiency of decoding for U- ending codons and slows decoding of C- ending codons except for AAC {Zhao, 2023 #1889}. In this case, the exception is for tRNA Asparagine. Moreover, in mammalian cells {Tuorto, 2018 #1268}, ribosome pausing at U-ending codons is strongly seen for Asp, His and Asn, but less with Tyr. In Trypanosoma {Kulkarni, 2021 #1886}, reporters with a combination of the 4 NAC/NAU codons for Asp, Asn, Tyr, His have been tested, showing slow translation at U- ending version of the reporter in the absence of Q, but the effect on individual codons (e.g. Tyr only) is not tested. In mice {Cirzi, 2023 #1887}, ribosome slowdown is seen for the Asn, Asp, His U-ending codons but not for the Tyr U-ending codon. In summary, Q generally increases efficiency of U- ending codons in multiple organisms, but there appears to be additional unknown parameters which affect tyrosine UAU decoding, at least in V. cholerae. Additional factors such as mRNA secondary structures or mistranslation may also contribute to the better translation of UAU versions of tested genes. Mistranslation could be an important factor. If codon decoding fidelity impacts decoding speed, then mistranslation could also contribute to decoding efficiency of Tyr UAU/UAC codons and proteome composition.”

      (1.4) It is proposed that the stress produced by the TOB antibiotic causes greater translation of genes enriched in TAT codons. 

      Actually, it’s the opposite because in presence of TOB, in the wt, tgt would be induced leading to more Q on tRNA-Tyr and less translation of TAT.

      On the one hand, it is shown that the GFP-TAT version (gene enriched in TAT codons) and the RsxATAT-GFP protein (native gene naturally enriched in TAT) are expressed more, compared to their versions enriched in TAC in a tgt mutant than in a wt, in the presence of TBO (Fig. 5C). 

      Figure 5C shows relative fluorescence, ie changes of fluorescence in delta-tgt compared to WT. So it’s not necessarily more expressed but “more increased”

      However, in the absence of TOB, and in a wt context, although the two versions of GFP have a similar expression level (Fig. 3SD), the same does not occur with RsxA, whose RsxA-TAT form (the native one) is expressed significantly more than the RsxA-TAC version (Fig. 3SA). How can it be explained that in a wt context, in which there are also tRNA Q-modification, a gene naturally enriched in TAT is translated better than the same gene enriched in TAC?

      We thank the referee for this question based on careful assessment of our data. We agree, there appears to be significantly more RsxA-TAT in WT than RsxA-TAC. This could be due to other effects such as secondary structure formation on mRNA when the wt RsxA is recoded with TAC codons. This does not hinder the conclusion that the translation of the TAT version is increased in delta-tgt compared to WT.  

      It would be expected that in the presence of Q-tRNAs the two versions would be translated equally (as happens with GFP) or even the TAT version would be less translated. On the other hand, in the presence of TOB the fluorescence of WT GFP(TAT) is higher than the fluorescence of WT GFP(TAC) (Figure S3E) (mean fluorescence data for RsxA-GFP version in the presence of TOB is not shown). These results may indicate that the apparent better translation of TAT versions could be due to indirect effects rather from TAT codon translation.

      This is now mentioned in the manuscript

      “We cannot exclude, however, that additional factors such as mRNA secondary structures also contributes to the better translation of UAU versions of tested genes. “

      (2) Another problem is related to the already known role of Q in prevention of stop codon readthrough, which is not discuss at all in the work. In the absence of Q, stop codon readthrough is increased. In addition, it is known that aminoglycosides (such as tobramycin) also increase stop codon readthrough ("Stop codon context influences genome-wide stimulation of termination codon readthrough by aminoglycosides"; Wanger and Green, 2023; 10.7554/eLife.52611). Absence of Q and presence of aminoglycosides can be synergic, producing devastating increases in stop codon readthrough and a large alteration of global gene expression. All of these needs to be discussed in the work. Moreover, it is known that stop codon readthrough can alter gene expression and mRNA sequence context all influence the likelihood of stop codon readthrough. Thus, this process could also affect to the expression of recoded GFP and RsxA versions.

      We included the following in the revised version of the manuscript (results):

      “Q modification impacts decoding fidelity in V. cholerae.

      To test whether a defect in Q34 modification influences the fidelity of translation in the presence and absence of tobramycin, previously developed reporter tools were used (Fabret & Namy, 2021), to measure stop codons readthrough in V. cholerae ∆tgt and wild-type strains. The system consists of vectors containing readthrough promoting signals inserted between the lacZ and luc sequences, encoding β-galactosidase and luciferase, respectively. Luciferase activity reflects the readthrough efficiency, while β-galactosidase activity serves as an internal control of expression level, integrating a number of possible sources of variability (plasmid copy number, transcriptional activity, mRNA stability, and translation rate).  We found increased readthrough at stop codons UAA and to a lesser extent at UAG for ∆tgt, and this increase was amplified for UAG in presence of tobramycin (Fig. S2, stop readthrough). In the case of UAA, tobramycin appears to decrease readthrough, this may be artefactual, due to the toxic effect of tobramycin on ∆tgt.

      Mistranslation at specific codons can also impact protein synthesis. To further investigate mistranslation levels by tRNATyr in WT and ∆tgt, we designed a set of gfp mutants where the codon for the catalytic tyrosine required for fluorescence (TAT at position 66) was substituted by nearcognate codons (Fig. S2). Results suggest that in this sequence context, particularly in the presence of tobramycin, non-modified tRNATyr mistakenly decodes Asp GAC, His CAC and also Ser UCC, Ala GCU, Gly GGU, Leu CUU and Val GUC codons, suggesting that Q34 increases the fidelity of tRNATyr. 

      In parallel, we replaced Tyr103 of the β-lactamase described above, with Asp codons GAT or GAC. The expression of the resulting mutant β-lactamase is expected to yield a carbenicillin sensitive phenotype. In this system, increased tyrosine misincorporation (more mistakes) by tRNATyr at the mutated Asp codon, will lead to increased synthesis of active β-lactamase, which can be evaluated by carbenicillin tolerance tests. As such, amino-acid misincorporation leads here to phenotypic (transient) tolerance, while genetic reversion mutations result in resistance (growth on carbenicillin). The rationale is summarized in Fig. 3C. When the Tyr103 codon was replaced with either Asp codons, we observe increased β-lactamase tolerance (Fig. 3D, left), suggesting increased misincorporation of tyrosine by tRNATyr at Asp codons in the absence of Q, again suggesting that Q34 prevents misdecoding of Asp codons by tRNATyr.

      In order to test any effect on an additional tRNA modified by Tgt, namely tRNAAsp, we mutated the Asp129 (GAT) codon of the β-lactamase. When Asp129 was mutated to Tyr TAT (Fig. 3D, right), we observe reduced tolerance in ∆tgt, but not when it was mutated to Tyr TAC, suggesting less misincorporation of aspartate by tRNAAsp at the Tyr UAU codon in the absence of Q. In summary, absence of Q34 increases misdecoding by tRNATyr at Asp codons, but decreases misdecoding by tRNAAsp at Tyr UAU. 

      This supports the fact that tRNA Q34 modification is involved in translation fidelity during antibiotic stress, and that the effects can be different on different tRNAs, e.g. tRNATyr and tRNAAsp tested here.”

      Added figures: Figure S2, Figure 3CD

      (3) The statement about that the TOB resistance depends on RsxA translation, which is related to the presence of Q, also presents some problems:

      (3.1) It is observed that the absence of tgt produces a growth defect in V. cholerae when exposed to TOB (Figure 1A), and it is stated that this is mediated by an increase in the translation of RsxA, because its gene is TAT enriched. However, in Figure S4F, it is shown that the same phenotype is observed in E. coli, but its rsxA gene is not enriched in TAT codons. Therefore, the growth defect observed in the tgt mutant in the presence of TOB may not be due to the increase in the translation of TAT codons of the rsxA gene in the absence of Q. This phenotype is very interesting, but it may be related to another molecular process regulated by Q. Maybe the role of Q in preventing stop codon readthrough is important in this process, reducing cellular stress in the presence of TOB and growing better.

      FigS4F (now figure 5D) shows that rsxA can be toxic during growth in presence of tobramycin, but it does not show that rsxA translation is increased in E. coli in delta-tgt. However, we agree with the referee that there are probably additional processes regulated by Q which are also involved in the response to TOB stress. We already had mentioned this briefly in the discussion (“Note that, our results do not exclude the involvement of additional Q-regulated MoTTs in the response to sub-MIC TOB, since Q modification leads to reprogramming of the whole proteome. “), we further discussed it as follows:

      “As a consequence, transcripts with tyrosine codon usage bias are differentially translated. One such transcript codes for RsxA, an anti-SoxR factor. SoxR controls a regulon involved in oxidative stress response and sub-MIC aminoglycosides trigger oxidative stress in V. cholerae{Baharoglu, 2013 #720}, pointing to an involvement of oxidative stress response in the response to sub-MIC tobramycin stress.

      A link between Q34 and oxidative stress has also been previously found in eukaryotic organisms {Nagaraja, 2021 #1466}. Note that our results do not exclude the involvement of additional Qregulated translation of other transcripts in the response to tobramycin. Q34 modification leads to reprogramming of the whole proteome, not only for other transcripts with codon usage bias, but also through an impact on the levels of stop codon readthrough and mistranslation at specific codons, as supported by our data.”

      (3.2) All experiments related to the effect of Q on the translation of TAT codons have been performed with the tgt mutant strain. Considering that the authors have a pSEVA-tgt plasmid to overexpress this gene, they would have to show whether tgt overexpression in a wt strain produces a decrease in the translation of proteins encoded by TAT-enriched genes such as RsxA. This experiment would allow them to conclude that Q reduces RsxA levels, increasing resistance to TOB.

      We agree that this would be interesting to test, however, as it can be seen in figure 1B, delta-tgt pSEVAtgt (complemented strain) grows better than WT pSEVA-tgt (tgt overexpression). In fact, overexpression of tgt negatively impacts cell growth and yield smaller colonies, especially when cells carry a second plasmid (e.g with gfp constructs). We have also seen this with other RNA modification gene overexpressions in the lab (unpublished). We believe that the expression of tgt is tuned and since overexpression affects fitness, it is generally difficult to conduct experiments with overexpression plasmid for RNA modifications.  Nevertheless, we have done the experiment (with slow growing bacteria) and when we normalize expression of gfp in the presence of tgt overexpressing plasmid to the condition with no plasmid, we see little (1.5 fold) or no effect of tgt overexpression on fluorescence (see graph below). This is probably due to a toxic effect of ooverexpression and we do not believe these results are biologically relevant. 

      Author response image 1.

      (3.3) On the other hand, Fig. 1B shows that when the wt and tgt strains compete, both overexpressing tgt, the tgt mutant strain grows better in the presence of TOB. This result is not very well understood, since according to the hypothesis proposed, the absence of modification by Q of the tRNA would increase the translation of genes enriched in TAT, therefore, a strain with a higher proportion of Q-modified tRNAs as in the case of the wt strain overexpressing tgt would express the rsxA gene less than the tgt strain overexpressing tgt and would therefore grow better in the presence of TOB. For all these reasons, it would be necessary to evaluate the effect of tgt overexpression on the translation of RsxA.

      See our answer above about negative effect of tgt overexpression.

      (3.4) According to Figure 1I, the overexpression of tRNA-Tyr(GUA) caused a better growth of tgt mutant in comparison to WT. If the growth defect observed in tgt mutant in the presence of TOB is due to a better translation of the TAT codons of rsxA gene, the overexpression of tRNA-Tyr(GUA) in the tgt mutant should have resulted in even better RsxA translation a worse growth, but not the opposite result.

      We agree, we think that rsxA is not the only factor responsible for growth defect of tgt in presence of TOB (as now further discussed in the discussion). Overexpression of tRNAtyr possibly changes the equilibrium between the decoding of TAC vs TAT and may restore translation of TAC enriched genes. As also suggested by rev3, we have measured decoding reporters for TAT/TAC while overexpressing tTNA-tyr. This is now added to the results in fig S2C and the following:

      “We also tested decoding reporters for TAT/TAC in WT and ∆tgt overexpressing tRNATyr in trans (Fig. S1C). The presence of the plasmid (empty p0) amplified differences between the two strains with decreased decoding of TAC (and increased TAT, as expected) in ∆tgt compared to WT. Overexpression of tRNATyrGUA did not significantly impact decoding of TAT and increased decoding of TAC, as expected. Since overexpression of tRNATyrGUA rescues ∆tgt in tobramycin (Fig. 1I) and facilitates TAC decoding, this suggests that issues with TAC codon decoding contribute to the fitness defect observed in ∆tgt upon growth with tobramycin. Overexpression of tRNATyrAUA increased decoding of TAT in WT but did not change it in ∆tgt where it is already high. Unexpectedly, overexpression of tRNATyrAUA also increased decoding of TAC in WT. Thus, overexpression of tRNATyrAUA possibly changes the equilibrium between the decoding of TAC vs TAT and may restore translation of TAC enriched transcripts.” 

      Added figure: figure S1C

      (4) It cannot be stated that DNA repair is more efficient in the tgt mutant of V. cholerae, as indicated in the text of the article and in Fig 7. The authors only observe that the tgt mutant is more resistant to UV radiation and it is suggested that the reason may be TAT bias of DNA repair genes. To validate the hypothesis that UV resistance is increased because DNA repair genes are TAT biased, it would be necessary to check if DNA repair is affected by Q. UV not only produces DNA damage, but also oxidative stress. Therefore, maybe this phenotype is due to the increase in proteins related to oxidative stress controlled by RsxA, such as the superoxide dismutase encoded by sodA. It is also stated that these repair genes were found up for the tgt mutant in the Ribo-seq data, with unchanged transcription levels. Again, it is necessary to clarify this interpretation of the Ribo-seq data, since the fact that they are more represented in a tgt mutant perhaps means that translation is slower in those transcripts. Has it been observed in proteomics (wt vs tgt in the absence of TOB) whether these proteins involved in repair are more expressed in a tgt mutant?

      We agree that our results do not directly show that DNA repair is more efficient, but that delta-tgt responds better to UV. This has been modified in the manuscript. About oxidative stress, we did not see a better or worse response to H202 of delta-tgt. Moreover, since we see better response of deltatgt  to UV only in V. cholerae and not in E. coli, we did not favor the hypothesesi of response to stressox. In proteomics, we do not detect changes for DNA repair genes except for RuvA which is more abundant in delta-tgt. We have toned down the statement about DNA repair in the paper.

      (5) The authors demonstrate that in E. coli the tgt mutant does not show greater resistance to UV radiation (Fig. 7D), unlike what happens in V. cholerae. It should be discussed that in previous works it has been observed that overexpression in E. coli of the tgt gene or the queF gene (Q biosynthesis) is involved in greater resistance to UV radiation (Morgante et al., Environ Microbiol, 2015 doi: 10.1111/1462-2920.12505; and Díaz-Rullo et al., Front Microbiol. 2021 doi: 10.3389/fmicb.2021.723874). As an explanation, it was proposed (Diaz-Rullo and Gonzalez-Pastor, NAR 2023 doi: 10.1093/nar/gkad667) that the observed increase in the capacity to form biofilms in strains that overexpress genes related to Q modification of tRNA would be related to this greater resistance to UV radiation.

      We now mention the previous observations suggesting a link between tgt and UV. We thank the referee for the reference which we had overlooked. Note that in the case of our experiments, all cultures are in planktonic form and are not allowed to form biofilms. We thus prefer not to biofilmlinked processes in this study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript the authors begin with the interesting phenotype of sub-inhibitory concentrations of the aminoglycoside tobramycin proving toxic to a knockout of the tRNA-guanine transglycosylase (Tgt) of the important human pathogen, Vibrio cholerae. Tgt is important for incorporating queuosine (Q) in place of guanosine at the wobble position of GUN codons. The authors go on to define a mechanism of action where environmental stressors control expression of tgt to control translational decoding of particularly tyrosine codons, skewing the balance from TAC towards TAT decoding in the absence of the enzyme. The authors use advanced proteomics and ribosome profiling to reveal that the loss of tgt results in increased translation of proteins like RsxA and a cohort of DNA repair factors, whose genes harbor an excess of TAT codons in many cases. These findings are bolstered by a series of molecular reporters, mass spectrometry, and tRNA overexpression strains to provide support for a model where Tgt serves as a molecular pivot point to reprogram translational output in response to stress.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript has many strengths. The authors use a variety of strains, assays, and advanced techniques to discover a mechanism of action for Tgt in mediating tolerance to sub-inhibitory concentrations of tobramycin. They observe a clear phenotype for a tRNA modification in facilitating reprogramming of the translational response, and the manuscript certainly has value in defining how microbes tolerate antibiotics.

      We thank the referee for their time and comments. 

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions of the manuscript are mostly very well-supported by the data, but in some places control experiments or peripheral findings cloud precise conclusions. Some additional clarification, discussion, or even experimental extension could be useful in strengthening these areas.

      (1) The authors have created and used a variety of relevant molecular tools. In some cases, using these tools in additional assays as controls would be helpful. For example, testing for compensation of the observed phenotypes by overexpression of the Tyrosine tRNA(GUA) in Figure 2A with the 6xTAT strain, Figure 5C with the rxsA-GFP fusion, and/or Figure 7B with UV stress would provide additional information of the ability of tRNA overexpression to compensate for the defect in these situations.

      Thank you for the suggestions. Since overexpression of tRNA tyr is not expected to decrease decoding of TAT, we do not necessarily expect any effect for UV and rsxA expression. Overexpression of tRNA_GUA restores fitness of delta-tgt in TOB, but this is probably independent of RsxA. As ref2 also suggested above, we included in the discussion that the effect seen in delta-tgt with TOB is not only due to RsxA expression but also additional processes. However, these suggestions are interesting and we performed the following experiments in order to have an answer for these questions: 

      - “testing for compensation of the observed phenotypes by overexpression of the Tyrosine tRNA(GUA) in Figure 2A with the 6xTAT strain”: 

      This is now included in figure S2C and results as follows: 

      “We also tested decoding reporters for TAT/TAC in WT and ∆tgt overexpressing tRNA-Tyr in trans (Fig. S1C). The presence of the plasmid amplified differences between the two strains with decreased decoding of TAC (and increased TAT, as expected) in ∆tgt with empty plasmid compared to WT. Overexpression of tRNA_TyrGUA did not significantly impact decoding of TAT and increased decoding of TAC as expected. Since overexpression of tRNA_TyrGUA rescues ∆tgt in tobramycin (Fig. 1I) and facilitates TAC decoding, this suggests that issues with TAC codon decoding contribute to the fitness defect observed in ∆tgt upon growth with tobramycin. Overexpression of tRNA_TyrAUA increased decoding of TAT in WT but did not change it in ∆tgt where it is already high. Interestingly, overexpression of TyrAUA also increased decoding of TAC in WT. Thus, overexpression of tRNA_TyrAUA possibly changes the equilibrium between the decoding of TAC vs TAT and may restore translation of TAC enriched transcripts. “  

      -  Figure 5C with the rxsA-GFP fusion: 

      When we overexpress tRNA_GUA, rsxA fluorescence is 2-fold higher in delta-tgt compared to wt. However, the fluorescence is highly decreased compared to the condition with no tRNA overexpression. While we are not sure whether this apparent decrease is a technical issue or not (e.g. due to the presence of additional plasmid), we prefer not to further explore this in this manuscript. Note that we could not obtain delta-tgt strain carrying both plasmids expressing tRNA_GUA and rsxA, suggesting toxic overproduction of rsxA in this context.

      Author response image 2.

      - Figure 7B with UV stress: 

      Here again, delta-tgt overexpressing tRNA_GUA is still more UV resistant than WT overexpressing tRNA_GUA.

      Author response image 3.

      (2) The authors present a clear story with a reprogramming towards TAT codons in the knockout strain, particularly regarding tobramycin treatment. The control experiments often hint at other codons also contributing to the observed phenotypes (e.g., His or Asp), yet these effects are mostly ignored in the discussion. It would be helpful to discuss these findings at a minimum in the discussion section, or possibly experimentally address the role of His or Asp by overexpression of these tRNAs together with Tyrosine tRNA(GUA) in an experiment like that of Figure 1I to see if a more "wild type" phenotype would present. In fact, the synergy of Tyr, His, and/or Asp codons likely helps to explain the effects observed with the DNA repair genes in later experiments.

      We thank the referee for the suggestion. We agree that there could be synergies between these codons, and that’s probably why proteomics data does not clearly reflect tyrosine codons usage bias. This is now further discussed in the ideas and speculation section. 

      Moreover, we have added Figure S3G and the following result:

      “Since not all TAT biased proteins are found to be enriched in ∆tgt proteomics data, the sequence context surrounding TAT codons could affect their decoding. To illustrate this, we inserted after the gfp start codon, various tyrosine containing sequences displayed by rsxA (Fig. S3G). The native tyrosines were all TAT codons, our synthetic constructs were either TAT or TAC, while keeping the remaining sequence unchanged.  We observe that the production of GFP carrying the TEYTATLLL sequence from RsxA is increased in Δtgt compared to WT, while it is unchanged with TEYTACLLL. However, production of the GFP with the sequences LYTATRLL/LYTACRLL and EYTATLR/ EYTACLR was not unaffected (or even decreased for the latter) by the absence of tgt. Overall, our results demonstrate that RsxA is upregulated in the ∆tgt strain at the translational level, and that proteins with a codon usage bias towards tyrosine TAT are prone to be more efficiently translated in the absence of Q modification, but this is also dependent on the sequence context. “

      (3) Regarding Figure 6D, the APB northern blot feels like an afterthought. It was loaded with different amounts of RNA as input and some samples are repeated three times, but Δcrp only once. Collectively, it makes this experiment very difficult to assess.

      A different amount of RNA was used only for ∆tgt in which we have only one band because of the absence of modification. For all the other conditions, the same amount of RNA was used (0.9 µg). Additional replicates of crp were in an additional gel but only a representative gel was shown in the manuscript. This is now specified in the legend.

      We also attach below the picture of the gel with total RNA (syber Gold labelling of total RNA), where it can be seen that the lanes contain an equivalent quantity of RNA, except for ∆tgt.

      Author response image 4.

      Minor Points:

      (3) Fig S2B, do the authors have a hypothesis why the Asp and Phe tRNAs lead to a growth decrease in the untreated samples? It appears like Phe(GAA) partially compensates for the defect.

      Yes we agree, at this stage we do not have any satisfactory answer for this unfortunately. This would be interesting to study further but this is beyond the scope of the present study.

      (5) Lines 655 to 660 seem more appropriate as speculation in the discussion rather than as a conclusion in the results, where no direct experiments are performed. The authors might take advantage of the "Ideas and Speculation" section that eLife allows.

      Thank you very much for this suggestion, we added this section to the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor.

      - Figure 6 - Fonts on several mutants is different size/type. fixed

      - What is the Pm promoter. Please expand and give enough details so reader can follow. Especially as it is less used in V. cholerae (typical being pBAD or pTAC promoters). done

      - Spacing where references are inserted should be checked. done

      - Line 860-863 - "V. cholerae's response to sub-MIC antibiotic stress is transposable to other Gramnegative pathogens" . This reads awkard. Consider rephrasing. done

      - Figure 7 - Text in A and C is very small and is very hard to read. Font for tgt is different.

      Fixed. Tgt is in italics.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As specified in the public review, more evidence would be necessary to affirm that tRNAs not modified by Q have a greater preference for translating TAT codons, since there are several previous studies in which it is shown that Q-tRNAs have a greater preference for NAT codons (including TAT). For example, it is suggested to explore what happens with other recoded genes (enriched in TAT or TAC) if there is a high level of Q-tRNAs (overexpression of tgt in a wt context). It is also necessary to clarify how to interpret the Ribo-seq results, which apparently is different from how they have been interpreted in other studies.

      Please see above our responses and changes made to the manuscript.

      Minor corrections

      In Figure 8, replace "Epitranscriptomic adapation to stress" with "Epitranscriptomic adaptation to stress".

      Fixed, thank you for noticing!

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Lines 48-50, and 110 to 112, the authors have a nice mechanism and story, yet the lines mentioned feel very qualified (e.g., "possibly", "plausibly") and lead to the abstract hiding the value and major conclusions of the study. The authors could consider to revise or even remove these lines to focus on the take-home message in the abstract and end of introduction/discussion. 

      Thank you for this comment, we modified the text.  

      (2) Additional description for the samples in the results section for Figure 1 would be helpful to the reader.

      Done

      (3) Figure S1, the line of experiments with rluF is interesting, but in the end the choice seems a little random. Have the authors assessed knockouts of other modifications on the ASL for effects? Since the modification is not well characterized in V. cholerae according to the authors, it might make sense to save this for a future paper.

      We removed S1, as we agree that this experiment does not really add something to the paper.

      (4) Line 334 and 353 are redundant.

      Fixed

      (5) It is likely beyond the scope of the study, but it would strengthen the paper to repeat Figure 3 with His and/or Asp based on the findings of 2C and 4E to better understand the contribution of His and Asp to Q biology.

      We repeated figure 3 with Asp. Based on Fig 2C (less efficient decoding of GAC in deta-tgt in TOB) and 4E (positive GAT codon bias in proteins up in riboseq in delta-tgt TOB), we would expect that beta-lactamase with asp GAC would be less efficiently decoded than GAT in delta-tgt. 

      This was added to the manuscript

      “Like Tyr103, Asp129 was shown to be important for resistance to β-lactams (Doucet et al., 2004; Escobar et al., 1994; Jacob et al., 1990). When we replaced the native Asp129 GAT with the synonymous codon Asp129 GAC, the GAC version did not appear to produce functional β-lactamase in ∆tgt (Fig. 3B), suggesting increased mistranslation or inefficient decoding of the GAC codon by tRNAAsp in the absence of Q. Decoding of GAT codon was also affected in ∆tgt in the presence of tobramycin.”

      Added figure: Figure 3B

      (6) The authors could consider replacing 5D with S4A-D, which is easier to understand in our opinion.

      Done

    2. eLife Assessment

      This study investigates the role of queuosine (Q) tRNA modification in aminoglycoside tolerance in Vibrio cholerae and presents convincing evidence to conclude that Q is essential for the efficient translation of TAT codons, although this depends on the context. The absence of Q reduces aminoglycoside tolerance potentially by reprogramming the translation of an oxidative stress response gene, rxsA. Overall, the findings point to an important mechanism whereby changes in Q modification levels control the decoding of mRNAs enriched in TAT codons under antibiotic stress.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary of the work:

      In this work Fruchard et. al. study the enzyme Tgt and how it modifies guanine in tRNAs to queuosine (Q), essential for Vibrio cholerae's growth under aminoglycoside stress. Q's role in codon decoding efficiency and its proteomic effects during antibiotic exposure is examined, revealing Q modification impacts tyrosine codon decoding and influences RsxA translation, affecting the SoxR oxidative stress response. The research proposes Q modification's regulation under environmental cues reprograms the translation of genes with tyrosine codon bias, including DNA repair factors, crucial for bacterial antibiotic response.

      The experiments are well-designed and conducted and the conclusions, for the most part, are well-supported by the data.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have answered my queries

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Fruchard et al. investigate the role of the queuosine (Q) modification of the tRNA (Q-tRNA) in the human pathogen Vibrio cholerae. First, the authors state that the absence of Q-modified tRNAs (tgt mutant) increases the translation of TAT codons and proteins with a high TAT codon bias. Second, the absence of Q increases rsxA translation, because rsxA gene has a high TAT codon bias. Third, increased RsxA in the absence of Q inhibits SoxR response, reducing resistance towards the antibiotic tobramycin (TOB). Authors also predict in silico which genes harbor a higher TAT bias and found that among them are some involved in DNA repair, experimentally observing that a tgt mutant is more resistant to UV than the wt strain. It is worth noting that authors employ a wide variety of techniques, both experimental and bioinformatics.

      The authors have satisfactorily responded to most of the comments that needed clarification. Particularly interesting was the addition of the new results section "Q modification impacts decoding fidelity in V. cholerae", after the suggestion to explore the role of Q in prevention of stop codon readthrough. Although it is not a major problem, since the article is very complete and interesting, the interpretation of the results of RiboSeq data carried out in this work remains controversial. This technique, at least when it has been used in eukaryotes to investigate whether there is a bias in the translation of certain codons affected by Q (Tuorto et al., EMBO J. 2018; doi: 10.15252/embj.201899777), has been interpreted as meaning that ribosomes spend less time in the optimal codons and therefore there is an increase in occupancy at codons where translation slows down. On the other hand, it has been observed that "in ribosome profiling experiments conducted without cycloheximide pretreatment, there is a clear inverse relationship between tRNA abundance and ribosome occupancy, showing that ribosomes spend less time at optimal codons and specifically this has been observed in experiments in which a translation inhibitor such as cycloheximide is not used (see review: Hanson G & Coller J. Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol. doi: 10.1038/nrm.2017.91, and experiments in yeast: Hussmann JA et al. PLoS Genet. doi: 10.1371/journal.pgen.1005732). On the other hand, we believe that the comparison between RiboSeq and proteomic data would be interesting to check whether this interpretation of the RiboSeq data is correct. It should not be a problem that the proteomics data could be incomplete, it would just be a more limited study. If the correct interpretation of the RiboSeq results is as proposed by the authors, a correlation should be observed between the abundance of TAT-enriched RNA fragments and the most abundant proteins. Therefore, it would be interesting to perform this comparison and see if significant results are obtained that help to understand the correct interpretation of the RiboSeq experiments.

    5. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript the authors begin with the interesting phenotype of sub inhibitory concentrations of the aminoglycoside tobramycin proving toxic to a knockout of the tRNA-guanine transglycosylase (Tgt) of the important human pathogen, Vibrio cholerae. Tgt is important for incorporating queuosine (Q) in place of guanosine at the wobble position of GUN codons. The authors go on to define a mechanism of action where environmental stressors control expression of tgt to control translational decoding of particularly tyrosine codons, skewing the balance from TAC towards TAT decoding in the absence of the enzyme. The authors use advanced proteomics and ribosome profiling to reveal that the loss of tgt results in increased translation of proteins like RsxA and a cohort of DNA repair factors, whose genes harbor an excess of TAT codons in many cases. These findings are bolstered by a series of molecular reporters, mass spectrometry, and tRNA overexpression strains to provide support for a model where Tgt serves as a molecular pivot point to reprogram translational output in response to stress. The manuscript therefore improves our understanding of the phenotype of focus and will prove useful for the field in our understanding of Modification Tunable Transcripts.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript has many strengths. The authors use a variety of strains, assays, and advanced techniques to discover a mechanism of action for Tgt in mediating tolerance to sub inhibitory concentrations of tobramycin. They observe a clear phenotype for a tRNA modification in facilitating reprogramming of the translational response, and the manuscript certainly has value in defining how microbes tolerate antibiotics.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions of the manuscript are mostly very well-supported by the data, but a few experimental directions remain inconclusive. The finding linking Tgt and UV damage susceptibility is one example where the phenotype is striking, but the mechanism remains somewhat unclear. Future work in this direction will likely be required to fully understand how Tgt influences the repair of DNA after UV.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The study highlights adhesion G-protein-coupled receptor A3 (ADGRA3) as a potential target for activating adaptive thermogenesis in both white and brown adipose tissue. This finding offers valuable insights for researchers in the field of adipose tissue biology and metabolism. The authors have presented additional evidence to address the reviewers' comments, including experiments conducted on primary stromal vascular fractions from adipose tissues. However, the revised manuscript fails to address several reviewer concerns, such as the measurement of whole-body energy expenditure through indirect calorimetry and the assessment of food intake. Furthermore, the nanoparticle-mediated knockdown of Adgra3 did not adequately address the tissue selectivity of ADGRA in mice. As a result, the primary claims of the study are only partially supported by the available data, leading to the conclusion that the research is deemed incomplete.

    2. Joint Public Review:

      Based on bioinformatics and expression analysis using mouse and human samples, the authors claim that the adhesion G-protein coupled receptor ADGRA3 may be a valuable target for increasing thermogenic activity and metabolic health. Genetic approaches to deplete ADGRA3 expression in vitro resulted in reduced expression of thermogenic genes including Ucp1, reduced basal respiration and metabolic activity as reflected by reduced glucose uptake and triglyceride accumulation. In line, nanoparticle delivery of shAdgra3 constructs is associated with increased body weight, reduced thermogenic gene expression in white and brown adipose tissue (WAT, BAT), and impaired glucose and insulin tolerance. On the other hand, ADGRA3 overexpression is associated with an improved metabolic profile in vitro and in vivo, which can be explained by increasing the activity of the well-established Gs-PKA-CREB axis. Notably, a computational screen suggested that ADGRA3 is activated by hesperetin. This metabolite is a derivative of the major citrus flavonoid hesperidin and has been described to promote metabolic health. Using appropriate in vitro and in vivo studies, the authors show that hesperitin supplementation is associated with increased thermogenesis, UCP1 levels in WAT and BAT, and improved glucose tolerance, an effect that was attenuated in the absence of ADGRA3 expression.

      The revised manuscript fails to address several reviewer concerns, such as the measurement of whole-body energy expenditure through indirect calorimetry and the assessment of food intake.

      The previous reviews are here: https://elifesciences.org/reviewed-preprints/100205v2/reviews#tab-content

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This article identifies ADGR3 as a candidate GPCR for mediating beige fat development. The authors use human expression data from Human Protein Atlas and Gtex databases and combine this with experiments performed in mice and a murine cell line. They refer to a GPCR bioactivity screening tool PRESTO-Salsa, with which it was found that Hesperetin activates ADGR3. From their experiments, authors conclude that Hesperetin activates ADGR3, inducing a Gs-PKA-CREB axis resulting in adipose thermogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The authors analyze human data from public databases and perform functional studies in mouse models. They identify a new GPCR with a role in thermogenic activation of adipocytes.

      Considerations:

      Selection of ADGRA3 as a candidate GPCR relevant for mediating beiging in humans:

      The authors identify GPCRs that are expressed more highly in murine iBAT compared to iWAT in response to cold and assess which of these GPCRs are expressed in human subcutaneous or visceral adipocytes. Although this strategy will identify GPCRs that are expressed at higher levels in brown fat compared to beige and thus possibly more active in thermogenic function, the relevance in choosing GPCRs that also are expressed in unstimulated human white adipocytes should be considered. Thermogenic activity is not normally present in human white adipocytes. It would have strengthened the GPCR selection if the authors instead had assessed the intersection with human brown adipocytes that were activated with norepinephrine.

      We appreciate your constructive feedback and believe that by adopting this refined strategy, we will strengthen our selection of GPCRs related to adipose thermogenesis in other ongoing studies. We look forward to continuing our research in this area and contributing to the understanding of adipose thermogenesis and its potential therapeutic applications. Thank you once again for your valuable input. 

      Strategy to investigate the role of ADGRA3 in WAT beiging:

      Having identified ADGRA3 as their candidate receptor, the authors investigated the receptor in mouse models, the murine inguinal adipocyte cell line 3T3 and in human subcutaneous adipose progenitors (HAdsc) differentiated in vitro. Calling the human cells "beige" is a stretch as these cells are derived from a white adipose depot. The authors do observe regulation in UCP1 and abundance of mitochondria following modification of ADGRA3 in the cells. However, in future studies, it should be considered if the receptor rather plays a role in differentiation per se, and perhaps not specifically in thermogenic differentiation/activity.

      Regarding the reviewer's suggestion to consider whether ADGRA3 plays a role in differentiation per se, rather than specifically in thermogenic differentiation/activity, we acknowledge that this is an important consideration. Our current studies have focused on the role of ADGRA3 in regulating UCP1 expression and mitochondrial abundance, which are hallmarks of adipose thermogenic activity. However, we recognize that ADGRA3 may also have broader roles in adipocyte differentiation and function that are not limited to thermogenesis.

      To address this point, in future studies, we plan to conduct additional experiments to investigate the potential role of ADGRA3 in adipocyte differentiation, including its effects on the expression of markers of adipocyte differentiation and its impact on adipocyte metabolism and function. These studies will provide further insights into the mechanisms by which ADGRA3 regulates adipocyte biology.

      According to the Human Protein Atlas and Gtex databases, ADGRA3 is not only expressed in adipocytes, but also in other tissues and cell types. The authors address this by measuring the expression in a panel of these tissues, demonstrating a knockdown not only in the adipose tissue, but also in the liver and less pronounced in the muscle (Figure S2). It should thus be emphasized that the decreased TG levels in serum and liver in the mice might in fact depend on Adgra3 overexpression in the liver. Even though this might not have been the purpose of the experiment, it is important to highlight this as it could serve as hypothesis building for future studies of the function of this receptor.

      Thank you for your thoughtful comments and feedback. We appreciate the insight provided by the Human Protein Atlas and Gtex databases regarding the tissue distribution of ADGRA3. We fully acknowledge that the decreased TG levels observed in both the serum and liver of the mice might be linked to the overexpression of Adgra3 in the liver.

      Although this was not the primary objective of our experiment, we agree that this observation is worth highlighting as it could serve as a basis for future hypothesis-driven research on the functional role of ADGRA3 in different tissues. In light of your comments, we emphasized this potential link between Adgra3 overexpression in the liver and reduced TG levels in discussion, as follows.

      “…the precise mechanisms underlying the influence of on adipose thermogenesis. Furthermore, it is crucial to highlight that the observed decrease in TG levels in both serum and liver (Figure 4-figure supplement 2C-D) might be attributed to the significant increase in Adgra3 expression in the liver, which is a consequence of the nanoparticle-mediated overexpression of Adgra3. While the exact mechanism remains to be fully elucidated, this correlation suggests a potential link between Adgra3 overexpression in the liver and reduced TG levels in the serum. We will employ more sophisticated models in subsequent studies to further…”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Zhao et al. explored the function of adhesion G protein-coupled receptor A3 (ADGRA3) in thermogenic fat biology.

      Strengths:

      Through both in vivo and in vitro studies, the authors found that the gain function of ADGRA3 leads to browning of white fat and ameliorates insulin resistance.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several lines of weak methodologies such as using 3T3-L1 adipocytes and intraperitoneal(i.p.) injection of virus. Moreover, as the authors stated that ADGRA3 is constitutively active, how could the authors then identify a chemical ligand?

      Comments on revised version:

      The revised manuscript by Zhao et al. has limited improvement. The authors refused to perform revised experiments using primary cultures even though two reviewers pointed out the same weakness (3T3-L1 adipocytes are unsuitable). Using infrared thermography to measure body temperature is also problematic.

      Thanks for your comments. We regret that human adipocytes induced from human adipose-derived stem cells (hADSCs) were not recognized as primary cultures by multiple reviewers. Therefore, we have included relevant experimental results of mouse primary adipocytes induced from stromal vascular fraction (SVF) in Figure 8E-H as a supplement. The thermal imaging device was used to measure the temperature of BAT, while the body temperature was measured at 9:00 using a rectal probe connected to a digital thermometer.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study represents a data processing pipeline to discover causal interactions from time-lapse imaging data, and convincingly illustrates it on a challenging application for the analysis of tumor-on-chip ecosystem data. The authors describe the raw data they used (imaging data), go through a step-by-step description on how to extract the features they are interested in from the raw data, and how to perform the causal discovery process. This paper tackles the problem of learning causal interactions from temporal data, which is applicable to many biological applications.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper presents a data processing pipeline to discover causal interactions from time-lapse imaging data and convincingly illustrates it on a challenging application for the analysis of tumor-on-chip ecosystem data.

      The core of the discovery module is the original tMIIC method of the authors, which is shown in supplementary material to compare favourably to two state-of-the-art methods on synthetic temporal data on a 15 nodes network.

      Strengths:

      This paper tackles the problem of learning causal interactions from temporal data which is an open problem in presence of latent variables.

      The core of the method tMIIC of the authors is nicely presented in connection to Granger-Schreiber causality and to the novel graphical conditions used to infer latent variables and based on a theorem about transfer entropy.

      tMIIC compares favourably to PC and PCMCI+ methods using different kernels on synthetic datasets generated from a network of 15 nodes.

      A full application to tumor-on-chip cellular ecosystems data including cancer cells, immune cells, cancer-associated fibroblasts, endothelial cells and anti cancer drugs, with convincing inference results with respect to both known and novel effects between those components and their contact.

      The code and dataset are available online for the reproducibility of the results.

      Weaknesses:

      The references to "state-of-the-art methods" concerning the inference of causal networks should be more precise by giving citations in the main text, and better discussed in general terms, both in the first section and in the section of presentation of CausalXtract. It is only in the legend of the figures of the supplementary material that we get information.

      Of course, comparison on our own synthetic datasets can always be criticized but this is rather due to the absence of a common benchmark in this domain compared to other domains. I recommend the authors to explicitly propose their datasets made accessible in supplementary material as benchmark for the community.

      Comments on revisions:

      This is a very nice paper.